UACSC AUTO TRUSTS
S-3, 1999-04-30
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: BROADWAY FINANCIAL CORP \DE\, DEF 14A, 1999-04-30
Next: AMERICAN ARTISTS ENTERTAINMENT CORP, PRE 14A, 1999-04-30




          As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 1999
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                   FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



                                UACSC AUTO TRUSTS
                     (Issuer with respect to the securities)

                         UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                   (Originator of the Trusts described herein)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Delaware                                          35-1937340
(State or other jurisdiction                            (I.R.S. Employer
    of incorporation or                                Identification No.)
organization of registrant)


                      9240 Bonita Beach Road, Suite 1109-A
                          Bonita Springs, Florida 34135
                                 (941) 948-1850
                        (Address, including ZIP code, and
                          telephone number, including
                           area code, of registrant's
                          principal place of business)


                               LEEANNE W. GRAZIANI
                         UAC Securitization Corporation
                      9240 Bonita Beach Road, Suite 1109-A
                          Bonita Springs, Florida 34135
                                 (941) 948-1850

                       (Name, address, including ZIP code,
                        and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:
      ERIC R. MOY, ESQ.                              RICHARD M. SCHETMAN, ESQ.
     Barnes & Thornburg                            Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
   11 South Meridian Street                              100 Maiden Lane
 Indianapolis, Indiana 46204                        New York, New York  10038


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  From time
to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement as determined by
market conditions.

     If the only  securities  being  registered  on this Form are being  offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. [ ]

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. [X]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
<PAGE>


                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

=====================================================================================================================
                                                              Proposed          Proposed maximum         Amount of
     Title of each class of           Amount to be        maximum offering     aggregate offering      registration
     securities registered            registered (1)      price per unit (1)         price (1)             fee (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                         <C>             <C>                      <C>

    Asset Backed Securities         $1,000,000.00               100%            $1,000,000.00           $278.00
=====================================================================================================================

</TABLE>
(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2)  Determined pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Securities Act at a rate of $278
     per $1,000,000.


     The registrant  hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>

                                INTRODUCTORY NOTE

         This Registration  Statement contains a form of prospectus  relating to
the offering of Series of Asset Backed  Securities  (consisting  of notes and/or
certificates)  by various  UACSC Auto  Trusts  created  from time to time by UAC
Securitization  Corporation and two forms of prospectus supplement.  One form of
prospectus  supplement  is for a form of Owner Trust and the other is for a form
of Grantor Trust. Each of these prospectus  supplements  relates to the offering
of the the particular Series of Asset Backed Securities described therein.  Each
form of Prospectus  Supplement relates only to the securities  described therein
and is a form that may be used, among others, by UAC Securitization  Corporation
to offer Asset Backed  Securities  including  Asset Backed  Certificates  and/or
Asset Backed Notes under this Registration Statement.




                                       I-2

<PAGE>

                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

      Name and Caption in Form S-3           Caption in Prospectus
      ----------------------------           ---------------------

1.    Foreport of the Registration
      Statement and Outside Front
      Cover Page of Prospectus............   Front  Cover  Page of  Registration
                                             Statement; Outside Front Cover Page
                                             of   Prospectus    and   Prospectus
                                             Supplements

2.    Inside Front and Outside Back
      Cover Pages of Prospectus...........   Inside   Front   Page    Prospectus
                                             Supplements

3.    Summary Information, Risk Factors
      and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
      Charges.............................   Summary   of   Terms    (Prospectus
                                             Supplements and Prospectus), Risk
                                             Factors (Prospectus Supplements and
                                             Prospectus);  Yield and  Prepayment
                                             Considerations          (Prospectus
                                             Supplement)

4.    Use of Proceeds.....................   Use of Proceeds (Prospectus)

5.    Determination of Offering Price.....   *

6.    Dilution............................   *

7.    Selling Security Holders............   *

8.    Plan of Distribution................   Underwriting (Prospectus
                                             Supplements); Plan of Distribution
                                             (Prospectus)

9.    Description of Securities to Be
      Registered..........................   Summary   of   Terms    (Prospectus
                                             Supplements  and  Prospectus);  The
                                             Receivables Pools (Prospectus), The
                                             Receivables     Pool    (Prospectus
                                             Supplements);     Description    of
                                             the Securities  (Prospectus);   The
                                             Notes  Prospectus Supplement); The
                                             Certificates   (Grantor  Trust
                                             Prospectus   Supplement);   Certain
                                             Legal  Aspects  of the  Receivables
                                             (Prospectus);    Certain    Federal
                                             Income       Tax       Consequences
                                             (Prospectus)


10.   Interests of Named Experts and
      Counsel.............................   Legal Opinions (Prospectus
                                             Supplements); Experts (Prospectus
                                             Supplements); Legal Matters
                                             (Prospectus)

11.   Material Changes....................   *

12.   Information with Respect to the
      Registrant..........................   Union  Acceptance  Corporation  and
                                             Affiliates (Prospectus); The Trusts
                                             (Prospectus);   Formation   of  the
                                             Trust   (Prospectus   Supplements);
                                             Description  of  the   Securities
                                             (Prospectus); The Notes Owner Trust
                                             Prospectus Supplement); The    
                                             Certificates (Grantor Trust
                                             Prospectus Supplement)

13.   Incorporation of Certain
      Information by Reference............   Incorporation       of      Certain
                                             Information       by      Reference
                                             (Prospectus)

14.   Disclosure of Commission Position
      on Indemnification for Securities
      Act Liabilities.....................   See page II-2
- -------------
*Not Applicable

<PAGE>
                     [PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FOR OWNER TRUST]

                        UACSC [YEAR] - _____ Owner Trust
                       Automobile Receivable Backed Notes

UAC Securitization Corporation,                    Union Acceptance Corporation,
as seller                                          as servicer
              -----------------------------------------------------


         We are offering the following  classes of automobile  receivable backed
notes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Final                                 Underwriting
Class of    Initial Aggregate                         Maturity       Price to Public        Discount
Notes       Principal Balance       Interest Rate     Date           per Note               per Note
- -----       -----------------       -------------     ----           --------               --------
<S>         <C>                      <C>               <C>            <C>                   <C>
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
B
</TABLE>


         The total price to the public is $_____________. The total underwriting
discount is $____________. The total proceeds to the trust are $_______________.

               You should carefully consider the factors set forth
                  under "Risk Factors" beginning on page __ of
                           this prospectus supplement
                        and on page __ in the prospectus.

         The notes and  certificates  represent  interests in the UACSC [Year] -
____ Owner Trust only and do not  represent  obligations  of or interests in UAC
Securitization   Corporation,   Union  Acceptance  Corporation,   any  of  their
affiliates or any governmental agency.
              -----------------------------------------------------


     This  prospectus  supplement  may be used  to  offer  and  sell  the  notes
certificates only if accompanied by the prospectus.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved  of these  securities or determined  that
this  prospectus  supplement  or the  accompanying  prospectus  is  truthful  or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

              -----------------------------------------------------


                                 [Underwriters]

                   The date of this prospectus is ___________.




<PAGE>




         IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
                   SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS


         We tell you  about  the  notes  in the  following  documents:  (1) this
prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of your notes; and (2)
the accompanying prospectus,  which provides general information,  some of which
may not apply to the notes.

         If  the  description  of  the  notes  varies  between  this  prospectus
supplement  and the  prospectus,  you  should  rely on the  information  in this
prospectus supplement.

         We include  cross-references  in this prospectus  supplement and in the
accompanying  prospectus  to  captions  in these  materials  where  you can find
further  related  discussions.  The following table of contents and the table of
contents  included  in the  accompanying  prospectus  provide the pages on which
these captions are located.

         You can find a listing  of the pages  where  capitalized  terms used in
this  prospectus  supplement  are defined under the caption  "Index of Principal
Terms"  beginning  on page  S-__ in this  prospectus  supplement  and  under the
caption  "Index of Principal  Terms"  beginning  on page __ in the  accompanying
prospectus.

         In this prospectus  supplement and the  accompanying  prospectus,  "we"
refers to the seller,  UAC Securitization  Corporation,  and "you" refers to any
prospective investor in the notes.





<PAGE>




SUMMARY OF TERMS.............................................    1  
         Issuer   ...........................................    1   
         Seller   ...........................................    1
         Servicer ...........................................    1
         Indenture Trustee...................................    1
         Owner Trustee.......................................    1
         Closing Date........................................    1
         The Notes...........................................    2
         Payment Date........................................    2
         Interest on the Notes...............................    2
         Note Principal......................................    3
         The Certificate.....................................    4
         The Trust Assets....................................    4
         Spread Account; Rights of the                          
                  Certificateholder..........................    5
         The Policy..........................................    6
         Policy Amount.......................................    6
         Insurer  ...........................................    7
         Indenture Default; Control by the Insurer and          
                  Noteholders................................    7
         Legal Investment....................................    7
         Optional Redemption.................................    8
         Increase of the Class A-4 Interest Rate and            
                  the Class B Interest Rate..................    8
         Tax Status..........................................    8
         Ratings  ...........................................    8
         ERISA Considerations................................    9
RISK FACTORS.................................................   10
         You May Not be Able to Resell the Notes.............   10
         The Notes Are Obligations of the Trust Only            
                  and are Not Guaranteed by any Other           
                  Party......................................   10
         The Amount in the Spread Account May Not               
                  be Sufficient to Assure Payment of            
                  Principal and Interest.....................   10
         You May Incur a Loss if there is a Default             
                  Under the Policy...........................   11
         Some Notes are More at Risk than Others if             
                  there are Losses on the Receivables........   11
         The Class B Notes are Subordinate to the               
                  Class A Notes..............................   11
         Noteholders Have a Limited Right to Declare            
                  Indenture Defaults or Remedies.............   12
         A Change in the Note Ratings May Adversely             
                  Affect the Notes...........................   13
                                                             

<PAGE>




FORMATION OF THE TRUST.......................................   13
THE RECEIVABLES POOL.........................................   14
         Composition of the Receivables as of                   
                  ____________...............................   15
         Distribution of the Receivables by Remaining           
                  Term as of ____________....................   15
         Geographic Distribution of the Receivables as          
                  of ____________............................   15
         Distribution of the Receivables by Financed            
                  Vehicle Model Year as of                      
                  ____________...............................   15
         Distribution of the Receivables by Contract            
                  Rate as of ____________....................   16
         Delinquencies and Net Losses........................   16
         Delinquency and Credit Loss Experience..............   17
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES...........................   17
         Percent of Initial Note Balance at Various             
                  ABS Percentages (1)........................   19
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS                             
 .............................................................   20
THE NOTES....................................................   20
         Sale and Assignment of Receivables..................   21
         Accounts ...........................................   21
         Advances ...........................................   22
         Payments on the Notes...............................   22
         Distributions on the Certificate....................   30
         The Policy..........................................   30
         Rights of the Insurer upon Servicer Default,           
                  Amendment or Waiver........................   31
THE SELLER AND UAC...........................................   32
THE INSURER..................................................   32
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS.......................................   32
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES..............................   32
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.........................................   35
UNDERWRITING.................................................   36
LEGAL OPINIONS...............................................   37
EXPERTS......................................................   37
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS.....................................   37
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
<PAGE>                                                          
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                                             
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

o        This  summary  highlights  selected  information  from this  prospectus
         supplement and does not contain all of the information  that you should
         consider in making your investment  decision.  To understand all of the
         terms of this offering,  read the entire prospectus  supplement and the
         accompanying prospectus.

o        The definitions of capitalized terms used in this prospectus supplement
         can be found on the pages  indicated in the "Index of Principal  Terms"
         beginning on page S-___ in this  prospectus  supplement or beginning on
         page ___ of the accompanying prospectus.

Issuer

The UACSC [ ]-__ Owner Trust, a Delaware  business  trust,  will issue the notes
offered in this prospectus supplement.

Seller

UAC Securitization  Corporation is the seller and the depositor of the trust. In
this capacity,  the seller will transfer the automobile  receivables and related
property to the trust.

Servicer

Union Acceptance  Corporation ("UAC") will act as the servicer of the trust. The
servicer will receive and apply payments on the automobile receivables,  service
the  collection  of  the  receivables  and  direct  the  trustees  to  make  the
appropriate payments to the noteholders and the certificateholders. The servicer
will receive a monthly servicing fee as compensation for its services.

Indenture Trustee

_________________________ will serve as the indenture trustee under the terms of
an indenture between the trust and the indenture trustee.

Owner Trustee

___________________________ [Delaware] will serve as the owner trustee under the
terms of a trust and servicing  agreement  between the seller,  the servicer and
the owner trustee.

Closing Date

The closing date will be on or about __________________.

                                                         1

<PAGE>




The Notes

On the  closing  date,  the trust will issue the class A-1 notes,  the class A-2
notes,  the class  A-3  notes,  the  class  A-4 notes and the class B notes,  as
described below, under an indenture between the trust and the indenture trustee.
We are offering the notes for sale in this prospectus supplement.  The notes are
non-recourse  obligations  of the trust and are secured by certain assets of the
trust.  The interest  rates and initial  principal  balances of the notes are as
follows:

                            Interest Rate                 Initial Note Balance



class A-1 notes           ____% per annum                     $____________

class A-2 notes           ____% per annum                     $____________

class A-3 notes           ____% per annum                     $____________

class A-4 notes           ____% per annum                     $____________

class B notes             ____% per annum                     $____________



Payment Date

The trust will pay  interest and  principal on the notes on the eighth  calendar
day of each month or, if such day is not a business  day,  on the next  business
day.  The  payments  will begin on  ____________  and will be made to holders of
record of the notes as of the  record  date,  which  will be the day  before the
payment date.  However,  if definitive notes are issued, the record date will be
the  last  day  of the  collection  period  related  to the  payment  date.  The
collection  period  with  respect  to any  payment  date is the  calendar  month
immediately preceding the calendar month in which such payment date occurs.

Interest on the Notes

Interest  on the class A-1 notes  will be  calculated  on the basis of a 360-day
year and the actual  number of days from the  previous  payment date through the
day before the related payment date. Interest on all other classes of notes will
be  calculated  on the  basis of a 360-day  year  consisting  of twelve  30- day
months. See "Yield and Prepayment  Considerations" and "The Notes -- Payments on
the Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

Class  A-1  Monthly  Interest.   Generally,   the  amount  of  monthly  interest
distributable  to the class A-1  noteholders on each payment date is the product
of:

         (1)      1/360th of the interest rate for the class A-1 notes;

         (2)      the  actual  number of days  from the  previous  payment  date
                  through the day before the related payment date; and

                                                         2

<PAGE>




         (3)      the aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of the class A-1
                  notes on the  preceding  payment date (after  giving effect to
                  all payments to noteholders on such date).

Monthly  Interest for Other  Notes.  Generally,  the amount of monthly  interest
distributable   to  each  class  of  noteholders   (other  than  the  class  A-1
noteholders) on each payment date is the product of:

         (1)      one-twelfth  of the interest rate  applicable to such class of
                  notes; and

         (2)      the  outstanding  principal  balance  of  such  class  on  the
                  preceding payment date (after giving effect to all payments to
                  noteholders on such date).

The amount of interest distributable on the first payment date of _________ will
be based upon the initial aggregate principal balance of the applicable class of
notes and will  accrue  from the  closing  date  until the day  before the first
payment  date  (and in the case of all of the  notes  other  than the  class A-1
notes, assuming that the month of the closing date has 30 days).

Note Principal

The trust will  distribute  principal on each payment date to the noteholders of
record as of the record date.  Generally,  the amount of monthly  principal  the
trust will pay is equal to the decrease in the outstanding  principal balance of
the receivables pool during the preceding calendar month.  Additional amounts of
available cash flow from the receivables  will be used to reduce the outstanding
aggregate principal balances of the notes below the pool balance, until the pool
balance  exceeds such aggregate note balances by ____% of the initial  aggregate
principal balance of the notes or $______________.

Generally,  principal will be distributed to the noteholders in the order of the
alpha-numeric  designation  of each class of the notes,  starting with the class
A-1 notes and ending with the class B notes.  For example,  no principal will be
distributed to the class A-2 noteholders until the outstanding principal balance
of the  class  A-1  notes  has  been  reduced  to  zero.  No  principal  will be
distributed to the class B noteholders until the principal of all of the class A
notes has been paid in full.

The trust must pay the outstanding  principal  amount of each class of notes, to
the extent  not  previously  paid,  by the  respective  final  maturity  date as
follows:

                                       FINAL MATURITY DATE

     class A-1 notes                      _______________
     class A-2 notes                      _______________
     class A-3 notes                      _______________
     class A-4 notes                      _______________
     class B notes                        _______________


                                                         3

<PAGE>




Since the rate of payment of  principal of each class of notes  depends  greatly
upon the rate of payment of principal on the  receivables  (including  voluntary
prepayments  and  principal in respect of defaulted  receivables  and  purchased
receivables),  the final  payment in respect of each class of notes  could occur
significantly  earlier  than the  respective  final  maturity  dates.  See "Risk
Factors -- You May Incur a Loss if there is a Default Under the Policy" and "The
Notes -- Payments on the Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

The Certificate

In addition to the notes, the trust will issue an automobile  receivable  backed
certificate  pursuant  to the trust and  servicing  agreement.  The  certificate
represents an undivided  beneficial  ownership interest in the trust and will be
retained by the seller.  We are not  offering the  certificate  for sale in this
offering.

The Trust Assets

The trust will pledge its assets to the indenture  trustee as collateral for the
repayment of the notes. The trust assets will include:

         o        a pool of simple and precomputed interest installment sale and
                  installment loan contracts originated in various states in the
                  United States of America, secured by new and used automobiles,
                  light trucks and vans;

         o        certain  monies due in respect  of the  receivables  as of and
                  after __________;

         o        security  interests in the related  vehicles  financed through
                  the receivables;

         o        funds on deposit in a collection account and a spread account;

         o        any  proceeds  from  claims  on  certain  insurance   policies
                  relating to the financed vehicles or the related obligors;

         o        any lender's single interest insurance policy;

         o        an  unconditional  and irrevocable  insurance policy issued by
                  _____________________  ___________  guaranteeing  payments  of
                  principal and interest on the notes; and

         o        certain rights under the  agreements by which the  receivables
                  are sold  from UAC to the  seller  and from the  seller to the
                  trust.

The trust will  acquire  its assets  from the seller  pursuant  to the trust and
servicing agreement.

                                                         4

<PAGE>




Spread Account; Rights of the Certificateholder

The trust will establish a spread account on the closing date for the benefit of
the  noteholders  and the insurer.  The spread account will hold the excess,  if
any, of the collections on the  receivables  over the amounts which the trust is
required to pay to the noteholders,  the servicer and the insurer. The amount of
funds  available for payment to  noteholders on any payment date will consist of
funds from the following sources:

         (1)      payments  received from obligors in respect of the receivables
                  (net of any amount  required to be  deposited  to the payahead
                  account in respect of precomputed receivables);

         (2)      any net  withdrawal  from the  payahead  account in respect of
                  precomputed receivables;

         (3)      interest earned on funds on deposit in the collection account;

         (4)      liquidation proceeds received in respect of receivables;

         (5)      advances  received from the servicer in respect of interest on
                  certain delinquent receivables; and

         (6)      amounts  received  in  respect  of  required   repurchases  or
                  purchases of receivables by UAC or the servicer.

The  indenture  trustee will withdraw  funds from the spread  account (up to the
amount on deposit in the account) and then draw on the policy,  if the amount of
available funds for any payment date is not sufficient to pay:

         (1)      the  amounts  owed  to the  servicer  (including  the  monthly
                  servicing  fee  and  reimbursement  for  advances  made by the
                  servicer to the trust); and

         (2)      the  required  payments  of  interest  and  principal  to  the
                  noteholders.

If the amount on deposit in the spread  account is zero,  after any  withdrawals
for the benefit of the noteholders, and there is a default under the policy, any
remaining  losses  on the  receivables  will be borne  directly  by the  class B
noteholders (up to the full class B note balance at the time a loss is incurred)
and then by the class A noteholders  pro rata (to the extent of the  outstanding
class or classes of class A notes at such  time).  See "Risk  Factors -- You May
Incur a Loss if there is a Default  Under the  Policy,"  "The Notes -- Accounts"
and "-- Payments on the Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

The trust will be  required  to  maintain a  specified  amount on deposit in the
spread account.  The required  deposit or required spread amount with respect to
any payment date will equal the lesser of:

                                                         5

<PAGE>




         (1)      ____% of the initial  principal  balance of all the classes of
                  notes, or

         (2)      the outstanding  principal balance of all the classes of notes
                  as of the previous  payment date (after  giving  effect to all
                  payments of principal to noteholders on such date).

Any amount on deposit in the spread account on any payment date in excess of the
required  spread amount (after all other  required  deposits to and  withdrawals
from  the  spread   account  have  been  made)  will  be   distributed   to  the
certificateholder. Any such distribution to the certificateholder will no longer
be an asset of the trust.

We intend for the  amount on deposit in the spread  account to grow over time to
the required  spread amount  through the deposit of the excess  collections,  if
any,  on the  receivables.  However,  we cannot  assure  you that the  amount on
deposit in the spread account will actually grow to the required spread amount.

If the average  aggregate  yield of the  receivables  in excess of losses  falls
below the levels set forth in the insurance and  reimbursement  agreement  among
the seller, the trust, Union Acceptance Funding  Corporation  ("UAFC"),  UAC, in
its individual  capacity and as servicer,  and the insurer,  the required spread
amount will be  increased  to ____% of the  aggregate  principal  balance of the
notes. The required spread amount may be increased:

         (1)      if the  servicer  defaults,  fails to  performs  or breaches a
                  material   representation   under  the  trust  and   servicing
                  agreement or the insurance agreement; or

         (2)      upon the  occurrence of certain other events  described in the
                  insurance  agreement  generally involving the amount of losses
                  on the  receivables.  See "The Notes -- Accounts"  and "-- The
                  Policy" in this prospectus supplement.

The Policy

The seller  will  obtain an  unconditional  and  irrevocable  insurance  policy.
Subject to the terms of the policy,  the insurer will  guarantee  the payment of
monthly  interest  and  monthly   principal  on  the  notes  (exclusive  of  any
accelerated principal amount) up to the policy amount.

Policy Amount

The policy amount with respect to any payment date will be:

         (1)      the sum of:

                  (A)      the lesser of: (i) the aggregate  principal  balances
                           of the notes (after giving effect to any distribution
                           of available  funds and any funds  withdrawn from the
                           spread  account  to pay  monthly  principal  on  such
                           payment date) and (ii) the

                                                         6

<PAGE>




                           initial  principal  balances  of the notes  minus all
                           amounts  previously  drawn on the policy or withdrawn
                           from the  spread  account  with  respect  to  monthly
                           principal, plus

                  (B)      monthly interest, plus

                  (C)      the monthly servicing fee;

                  less

         (2)      all amounts on deposit in the spread  account on such  payment
                  date  (after  giving  effect to any funds  withdrawn  from the
                  spread account to pay monthly principal on such payment date).

Insurer

__________________________  is the  insurer  and will  guarantee  the payment of
monthly interest and monthly principal (exclusive of any accelerated payments of
principal) under the terms of the policy.

Indenture Default; Control by the Insurer and Noteholders

         Certain events will cause events of default under the indenture.  If an
indenture default occurs and the insurer is not in default under the policy, the
insurer  may  declare the  indenture  default  and  control  the  remedy.  If an
indenture  default  occurs and the insurer is in default  under the policy,  the
noteholders  holding  notes  evidencing at least  two-thirds of the  outstanding
principal  balances of the notes may declare the  indenture  default and control
the remedy.

         The party that  controls  the remedy may give  notice of  acceleration,
accelerate  the  payment of  principal  in respect of the notes and  declare the
principal  of the  notes to be  immediately  due and  payable.  The  rights  and
remedies of the indenture  trustee and the noteholders upon the occurrence of an
indenture  default  may  include  the right to direct the  indenture  trustee to
liquidate  the  property  of the  trust.  The rights and  remedies  are  further
described   under  "The   Indenture  -  Default  Under  the  Indenture"  in  the
accompanying prospectus.

Legal Investment

The class A-1 notes will be eligible  for  purchase by money  market funds under
Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

                                                         7

<PAGE>




Optional Redemption

The  certificateholder  has the right to redeem all of the receivables as of the
last day of any collection  period on which the aggregate  principal  balance of
the receivables pool is equal to or less than 10% of the original pool balance.

The purchase price for the optional  redemption will be equal to the fair market
value of the receivables;  provided that such amount is equal to or greater than
the sum of:

         (1)      100% of the outstanding principal balances of the notes,

         (2)      accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on the  outstanding  principal
                  balances of the notes at the weighted  average  contract rates
                  of the receivables less any payments  received but not applied
                  to interest or principal, and

         (3)      any amounts due the insurer.

Increase of the Class A-4 Interest Rate and the Class B Interest Rate

If the  certificateholder  does not  exercise  its  rights  with  respect to the
optional  redemption on the first  payment date that the optional  redemption is
permitted,  the class A-4  interest  rate and the class B interest  rate will be
increased by 0.50% after such date.

Tax Status

In the  opinion of special tax  counsel to the  seller,  for federal  income tax
purposes,  the class A notes will be  characterized  as debt,  the class B notes
should  also be  characterized  as debt and the trust  will not be treated as an
association  taxable as a  corporation  or as a  "publicly  traded  partnership"
taxable  as  a  corporation.   The  owner  trustee,   the  noteholders  and  the
certificateholder  will  agree to treat the notes as  indebtedness  for  federal
income tax purposes.  See "Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  in this prospectus
supplement and "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the accompanying prospectus.

Ratings

On the  closing  date,  each class of notes will be issued  only if it  receives
ratings  from Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  and Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. as follows:



                                                         8

<PAGE>




                                               Rating
                                   -------------------------------
         Class                      Moody's                   S&P
         -----                      -------                   ---

         A-1                        P-1                       A-1+

         A-2                        Aaa                       AAA

         A-3                        Aaa                       AAA

         A-4                        Aaa                       AAA

         B                          Aaa                       AAA



         A rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold the notes and may
be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency.
See "Risk  Factors  -- A Change in the Note  Ratings  May  Adversely  Affect the
Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

ERISA Considerations

The class A notes may be eligible for purchase by employee benefit plans subject
to Title I of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA").  Any benefit plan fiduciary considering the purchase of notes should,
among other  things,  consult  with  experienced  legal  counsel in  determining
whether all required  conditions for such purchase have been satisfied.  Neither
an employee  benefit  plan  subject to ERISA or Section  4975 of the Code nor an
individual   retirement   account  may  purchase  class  B  notes.   See  "ERISA
Considerations"   in  this  prospectus   supplement  and  in  the   accompanying
prospectus.

                                                         9

<PAGE>




                                  RISK FACTORS

         You should  carefully  consider the risk factors set forth below and in
the  accompanying  prospectus  as well as the  other  investment  considerations
described in such documents as you decide whether to purchase the notes.

You May Not be Able to 
Resell the Notes                   There is currently  no  secondary  market for
                                   the notes. The underwriters  currently intend
                                   to make a  market  to  enable  resale  of the
                                   notes,  but are under no obligation to do so.
                                   As  such,   we  cannot   assure  you  that  a
                                   secondary  market will develop for your notes
                                   or, if one does  develop,  that  such  market
                                   will provide you with liquidity of investment
                                   or that it will continue for the life of your
                                   notes. 

The Notes Are  Obligations of the 
Trust Only and are Not Guaranteed 
by any Other Party                 The notes are  obligations  of the trust only
                                   and  do  not  represent  an  interest  in  or
                                   obligation  of the seller,  UAC, any of their
                                   affiliates or any other party or governmental
                                   body.  Except for the policy,  the notes have
                                   not been insured or  guaranteed  by any party
                                   or  governmental  body.  See  "The  Notes  --
                                   Payments  on the Notes"  and "-- The  Policy"
                                   and   "The   Insurer"   in  this   prospectus
                                   supplement.

The Amount in the Spread  Account  
May Not be  Sufficient  to Assure  
Payment of
Principal and Interest             If  the  amount  of  available  funds  on any
                                   payment date is not sufficient to pay monthly
                                   interest and monthly principal (after payment
                                   of the  monthly  servicing  fee) to you,  the
                                   indenture  trustee will  withdraw  funds from
                                   the spread account, up to the full balance of
                                   the funds on deposit in such account.

                                   The amount on  deposit in the spread  account
                                   may increase  over time to an amount equal to
                                   the required spread amount.  We cannot assure
                                   you that such  growth  will occur or that the
                                   balance in the spread  account will always be
                                   sufficient  to  assure  payment  in  full  of
                                   monthly  interest and monthly  principal.  If
                                   the amount on  deposit in the spread  account
                                   is reduced to zero  (after  giving  effect to
                                   all deposits and

                                                        10

<PAGE>




                                   withdrawals  from the  spread  account),  the
                                   indenture  trustee  will  then  draw  on  the
                                   policy, up to the policy amount, in an amount
                                   equal to any  remaining  shortfall in respect
                                   of monthly interest and monthly principal.

You May Incur a Loss if there 
is a Default Under the Policy      If the spread  account is reduced to zero and
                                   the insurer  defaults  under the policy,  the
                                   trust will  depend  solely on payments on and
                                   proceeds   from  the   receivables   to  make
                                   payments  on  the  notes.  The  insurer  will
                                   default  under the  policy if it fails to pay
                                   any  required  amount to the trust  when due,
                                   for any reason,  including the  insolvency of
                                   the insurer.

                                   If the trust does not have  sufficient  funds
                                   to  fully  make  the  required   payments  to
                                   noteholders   on  a  payment  date  during  a
                                   default by the insurer, payments on the notes
                                   on  such  payment  date  will   generally  be
                                   reduced in the following order:

                                   1.     class B monthly principal,
                                   2.     class B monthly interest,
                                   3.     class A monthly principal, pro rata, 
                                          and
                                   4.     class A monthly interest, pro rata.

                                   You may not  recover  the  shortfall  in your
                                   payment from  subsequent  collections  on the
                                   receivables  or from  the  insurer.  See "The
                                   Receivables  Pool  --  Delinquencies  and Net
                                   Losses" and "--  Delinquency  and Credit Loss
                                   Experience"  and "The Notes -- Accounts," "--
                                   Payments on the Notes" and "-- The Policy" in
                                   this prospectus supplement.

Some Notes are More at Risk 
than Others if There are Losses 
on the Receivables                 Principal  will  be  paid  on  the  notes  in
                                   alpha-numeric order, beginning with the class
                                   A-1 notes and ending  with the class B notes,
                                   with the exceptions  noted in this prospectus
                                   supplement  if an indenture  default  occurs.
                                   Because payments of principal will be applied
                                   first to the class A-1  notes,  second to the
                                   class  A-2  notes,  third  to the  class  A-3
                                   notes,  fourth to the class  A-4  notes,  and
                                   finally to the class B notes, in the event

                                                        11

<PAGE>




                                                                               
                                   the insurer  defaults  under the policy after
                                   the  class  A-1  notes  have  been  fully  or
                                   partially repaid and before the other classes
                                   of   notes    have   been    fully    repaid,
                                   delinquencies,     defaults     and    losses
                                   experienced  on the  receivables  will have a
                                   disproportionately   greater  effect  on  the
                                   classes of notes which  return  principal  to
                                   noteholders later.

The Class B Notes are 
Subordinate to the Class A Notes   Interest  and  principal  due on the  class B
                                   notes is  subordinate  in priority of payment
                                   to interest and  principal due on the class A
                                   notes. Consequently,  the class B noteholders
                                   will not receive any interest or principal on
                                   a  payment  date  until  the full  amount  of
                                   interest  and  principal on the class A notes
                                   due on such payment date has been paid.

                                   In the event of a default by the insurer, the
                                   class B notes  will be more at risk  than the
                                   class A notes due to delinquencies,  defaults
                                   and losses  experienced  on the  receivables.
                                   See "The  Notes -  Payments  on the Notes" in
                                   this prospectus supplement.

Noteholders Have a Limited Right 
to Declare Indenture Defaults 
or Remedies                        The  insurer  is the only  party that has the
                                   right to declare  an  indenture  default  and
                                   control the remedy for such  default,  unless
                                   the  insurer is in default  under the policy,
                                   in which case the noteholders  will have such
                                   right    subject   to    applicable    voting
                                   requirements.

                                   If an indenture  default occurs,  the insurer
                                   or,    in    certain    circumstances,    the
                                   noteholders,   will   have   the   right   to
                                   accelerate  the payment of  principal  of the
                                   notes and, possibly,  to direct the indenture
                                   trustee to liquidate the trust property.

                                   Following an indenture default, the indenture
                                   trustee and the owner  trustee will  continue
                                   to submit  claims  under the policy to enable
                                   the trust to make payments to you each month.
                                   However,  following an indenture default, the
                                   insurer  may elect to pay all or any  portion
                                   of  the  outstanding   notes,   plus  accrued
                                   interest.

                                                        12

<PAGE>




A Change in the Note Ratings 
May Adversely Affect the Notes     [Moody's  Investors  Service] and [Standard &
                                   Poor's   Rating   Services]  are  the  rating
                                   agencies rating the notes.  Such ratings will
                                   reflect only the views of the relevant rating
                                   agency.  We cannot  assure  you that any such
                                   rating will  continue  for any period of time
                                   or that any  rating  will not be  revised  or
                                   withdrawn  entirely by such rating agency if,
                                   in its judgment,  circumstances so warrant. A
                                   revision  or  withdrawal  of such  rating may
                                   have an adverse  effect on the  liquidity and
                                   market price of your notes. A rating is not a
                                   recommendation  to  buy,  sell  or  hold  the
                                   notes.

                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST

         The trust is a  business  trust  formed  under the laws of the State of
Delaware under a trust and servicing  agreement between the seller, the servicer
and  the  owner  trustee.  The  trust  was  formed  solely  for the  purpose  of
accomplishing  the transactions  described in this prospectus  supplement.  Upon
formation, the trust will not engage in any business activity other than:

         o        acquiring,  managing and holding the  receivables  and related
                  interests described in this prospectus supplement;

         o        issuing the notes and the certificate;

         o        making  payments  and  distributions  on  the  notes  and  the
                  certificate; and

         o        engaging  in  those   activities,   including   entering  into
                  agreements,  that are  necessary,  suitable or  convenient  to
                  accomplish  the above listed  activities or are  incidental to
                  those activities.

         Pursuant to an indenture  between the trust and the indenture  trustee,
the trust  will grant a security  interest  in the trust  assets in favor of the
indenture  trustee  on  behalf of the  noteholders  and for the  benefit  of the
insurer.  The seller  will  transfer  the trust  assets to the owner  trustee in
exchange for the cash proceeds of the notes and the certificate. The seller will
retain the  certificate.  UAC will be responsible  for servicing the receivables
pursuant to the trust and servicing agreement and will be compensated for acting
as the servicer.  To facilitate servicing and to minimize  administrative burden
and expense,  the servicer will be appointed custodian of the receivables by the
indenture  trustee.  However,  the servicer  will not stamp the  receivables  to
reflect the sale and assignment of the receivables to the trust or the indenture
trustee or make any notation of the indenture trustee's lien on the certificates
of title of the  financed  vehicles.  In the  absence  of such  notation  on the
certificates of title, the trust or the indenture trustee may not have perfected
security interests in the financed vehicles securing the receivables.  Under the
terms of the trust and servicing agreement, UAC may

                                                        13

<PAGE>




delegate its duties as servicer and custodian; however, any such delegation will
not relieve UAC of its liability and responsibility with respect to such duties.
See  "Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Servicing
Compensation  and  Payment  of  Expenses"  and  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of the
Receivables" in the accompanying prospectus.

         The trust  will  establish  a spread  account  for the  benefit  of the
noteholders  and the insurer and will obtain the policy.  The indenture  trustee
will draw on the policy,  up to the Policy  Amount,  if Available  Funds and the
amount on  deposit in the  spread  account  (after  paying  amounts  owed to the
servicer) are not sufficient to fully  distribute  Monthly  Interest and Monthly
Principal. If the spread account is reduced to zero and there is a default under
the policy,  the trust will look only to the obligors on the receivables and the
proceeds  from  the  repossession  and sale of  financed  vehicles  that  secure
defaulted  receivables  for payments of interest and principal on the notes.  In
such  event,  certain  factors,  such  as the  indenture  trustee's  not  having
perfected security  interests in some of the financed  vehicles,  may affect the
trust's ability to realize on the collateral securing the receivables,  and thus
may reduce the proceeds to be distributed to the noteholders.  See "The Notes --
Accounts,"  "-- The  Policy" and "--  Payments on the Notes" in this  prospectus
supplement and "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables"  in the  accompanying
prospectus.

                              THE RECEIVABLES POOL

         The  receivables  were selected from the portfolio of UAFC for purchase
by the seller according to several criteria, including that each receivable:

         o        has an  original  number  of  payments  of not  more  than ___
                  payments  and not  less  than  twelve  payments  (except  that
                  approximately  ____% of the aggregate principal balance of the
                  receivables as of ____________ consist of modified receivables
                  which  have been  amended or  modified  after  origination  to
                  provide  that  the  number  of  payments   from  the  time  of
                  origination to maturity may exceed ___ payments);

         o        has a  remaining  maturity of not more than ___ months and not
                  less than three months;

         o        provides for level monthly  payments  that fully  amortize the
                  amount financed over the original term; and

         o        has a contract rate of interest  (exclusive of prepaid finance
                  charges) of not less than ----%.

         The  weighted  average   remaining   maturity  of  the  receivables  is
approximately ___ months as of ____________.

         Approximately   ____%  of  the  aggregate   principal  balance  of  the
receivables as of  ____________  were selected from the "non-prime" or "Tier II"
portfolio of UAFC. See "-- Delinquency and Credit Loss Experience."

                                                        14

<PAGE>




         Approximately   _____%  of  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the
receivables as of ____________  are simple interest  contracts which provide for
equal monthly payments.  Approximately  ____% of the aggregate principal balance
of the receivables as of ____________ are precomputed  receivables originated in
the State of California.  All of such  precomputed  receivables are rule of 78's
receivables.  Approximately  _____% of the  aggregate  principal  balance of the
receivables  as  of  ____________  represent  financing  of  new  vehicles;  the
remainder of the receivables represent financing of used vehicles.

         Receivables  representing  more  than  10% of the  aggregate  principal
balance of the receivables as of  ____________  were originated in the States of
_______________ and  _______________.  The performance of the receivables in the
aggregate  could be  adversely  affected in  particular  by the  development  of
adverse economic conditions in such states.

                Composition of the Receivables as of ____________


                                    [Table]

(1)  References to vans include minivans and van conversions.
(2)  Based on scheduled maturity and assuming no prepayments of the receivables.
(3)  Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.


      Distribution of the Receivables by Remaining Term as of ____________

                                    [Table]


(1)      Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

          Geographic Distribution of the Receivables as of ____________

(1)      Based on address of the dealer selling the related financed vehicle.
(2)      Receivables  originated in the State of Ohio were  solicited by dealers
         for direct financing by UAC or UAC's predecessor. All other receivables
         were  originated by dealers and  purchased  from such dealers by UAC or
         UAC's predecessor.
(3)      Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

            Distribution of the Receivables by Financed Vehicle Model
                             Year as of ____________




                                    [Table]




(1)      Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

                                                        15

<PAGE>




       Distribution of the Receivables by Contract Rate as of ____________


                                    [Table]



(1)      Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

                          Delinquencies and Net Losses


                                                        16

<PAGE>




Delinquency and Credit Loss Experience

                                    [Table]


[Discussion of Delinquency  and Credit Loss  Experience  will be provided in the
applicable prospectus supplement.]

         UAC's  expectations  with respect to delinquency and credit loss trends
constitute  forward-looking statements and are subject to important factors that
could cause actual  results to differ  materially  from those  projected by UAC.
Such factors include, but are not limited to, general economic factors affecting
obligors'  abilities  to make  timely  payments  on their  indebtedness  such as
employment status, rates of consumer bankruptcy,  consumer debt levels generally
and the  interest  rates  applicable  thereto.  In addition,  credit  losses are
affected by UAC's  ability to realize on  recoveries  of  repossessed  vehicles,
including, but not limited to, the market for used cars at any given time.

                       WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES

         Information  regarding  certain maturity and prepayment  considerations
about the notes is described under "Weighted  Average Life of the Securities" in
the  accompanying  prospectus.  Because the rate of payment on  principal of the
notes depends primarily on the rate of payment (including voluntary prepayments,
principal  in  respect  of  receivables  as to which  there has been a  default,
principal in respect of required  repurchases or purchases of receivables by UAC
or the servicer,  and the application of Available Excess Funds to pay principal
on the notes) of the  receivables,  final  payment on each class of notes  could
occur much earlier than the  applicable  final  maturity date. You will bear the
risk of being able to reinvest early  principal  payments on the notes at yields
at least equal to the yield on your notes.

         Prepayments  on  retail   installment  sale  contracts,   such  as  the
receivables,  can be measured  relative to a prepayment  standard or model.  The
model  used in this  prospectus  supplement  is the  Absolute  Prepayment  Model
("ABS").  The ABS model  represents  an assumed  rate of  prepayment  each month
relative to the original  number of receivables in a pool. The ABS model further
assumes that all of the receivables are the same size, amortize at the same rate
and that each  receivable  will be paid as scheduled or will be prepaid in full.
For example, in a pool of receivables  originally containing 100 receivables,  a
1% ABS rate means that one receivable prepays in full each month. The ABS model,
like any prepayment model, does not claim to be either a historical  description
of prepayment experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment.

         The tables on pages  S-___ to S-___ have been  prepared on the basis of
certain assumptions, including that:

         o        the receivables prepay in full at the specified monthly ABS;

         o        each scheduled  payment on the receivables is made on the last
                  day of each  collection  period  and  includes a full month of
                  interest;

                                                        17

<PAGE>




         o        payments  on the notes are paid in cash on each  payment  date
                  commencing  _____________  and on the eighth  calendar  day of
                  each  subsequent  month in accordance with the description set
                  forth under "The Notes -- Payments on the Notes;"

         o        the closing date will be _________________;

         o        the interest rates for the notes are as follows:

                           class A-1 notes                    ___%

                           class A-2 notes                    ___%

                           class A-3 notes                    ___%

                           class A-4 notes                    ___%

                           class B notes                      ___%



         o        no  defaults  or  delinquencies  in the  payment of any of the
                  receivables occur;

         o        no  receivables  are  repurchased  due  to  a  breach  of  any
                  representation or warranty or for any other reason; and

         o        the certificateholder exercises its rights with respect to the
                  optional purchase of the receivables on the first payment date
                  that it is entitled to exercise such rights.

The tables indicate the projected  weighted  average life of each class of notes
and sets forth the percentage of the initial aggregate principal balance of each
class of notes that is  projected  to be  outstanding  after each of the payment
dates  shown at  specified  ABS  percentages.  The tables  also  assume that the
receivables  have been  aggregated into ___  hypothetical  pools with all of the
receivables within each such pool having the characteristics described below:

                                 [Form of Table]

         The   information   included  in  the  following   tables  consists  of
forward-looking statements and involves risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual  results  to  differ   materially  from  those  in  the   forward-looking
statements.  The actual  characteristics and performance of the receivables will
differ from the assumptions  used in  constructing  the tables on pages S-___ to
S-___. We have provided these hypothetical  illustrations  using the assumptions
listed above to give you a general  illustration of how the aggregate  principal
balance  of the notes may  decline.  However,  it is  highly  unlikely  that the
receivables  will  prepay at a constant  ABS until  maturity  or that all of the
receivables  will prepay at the same ABS.  In  addition,  the  diverse  terms of
receivables  within each of the ___  hypothetical  pools could produce slower or
faster rates of principal  payments  than  indicated in the table at the various
specified ABS rates. Any difference between such hypothetical  assumptions,  the
actual characteristics, performance and prepayment experience of the receivables
will affect the percentages

                                                        18

<PAGE>




of the initial  principal  balances of the notes  outstanding  over time and the
weighted average lives of the notes.

             Important notice regarding calculation of the weighted
            average life and the assumptions upon which the tables on
                          pages S-__ to S-__ are based

         The weighted  average life of a note is determined by: (a)  multiplying
the amount of each  principal  payment on the  applicable  note by the number of
years from the assumed  closing date to the related payment date, (b) adding the
results,  and (c) dividing the sum by the related  initial  principal  amount of
such note.

         The  tables  on pages  S-__ to S-__ have  been  prepared  based on (and
should be read in conjunction with) the assumptions  described on pages S-__ and
S-__ (including the assumptions regarding the characteristics and performance of
the  receivables,   which  will  differ  from  the  actual  characteristics  and
performance of the receivables).

         Percent of Initial Note Balance at Various ABS Percentages (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Class A-1 Notes                                Class A-2 Notes


<S>                        <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C> 
Payment Date               1.0%     1.4%     1.6%    1.8%     2.5%       1.0%     1.4%     1.6%    1.8%     2.5%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------








                                       Class A-3 Notes                                Class A-4 Notes


Payment Date               1.0%     1.4%     1.6%    1.8%     2.5%       1.0%     1.4%     1.6%    1.8%     2.5%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



</TABLE>




(1)      See the  important  notice on page S-__ of this  prospectus  supplement
         regarding  calculation of the weighted average life and the assumptions
         upon which these tables are based.

         Percent of Initial Note Balance at Various ABS Percentages (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                 Class B Notes

<S>                                       <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C> 
Payment Date                              1.0%          1.4%         1.6%        1.8%          2.5%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



</TABLE>


                                                        19

<PAGE>




(1)      See the  important  notice on page S-__ of this  prospectus  supplement
         regarding  calculation of the weighted average life and the assumptions
         upon which these tables are based.

                       YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         Monthly  Interest will be  distributed  to  noteholders on each payment
date to the  extent  of the  interest  rate  applicable  to each  class of notes
applied to the aggregate  principal  balance for each class of notes,  as of the
preceding  payment date or the closing date, as applicable  (after giving effect
to payments of  principal on such  preceding  payment  date).  See "The Notes --
Payments on the Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

         Upon a full or partial  prepayment on a receivable,  noteholders should
receive interest for the full month of such prepayment either:

         (1)      through the distribution of interest paid on the receivables;

         (2)      from a withdrawal from the spread account;

         (3)      by an advance from the servicer; or

         (4)      by a draw on the policy.

         Although  the  receivables  will have  different  contract  rates,  the
contract rate of each receivable generally will exceed the sum of:

         (1)      the weighted average of the class A-1 interest rate, the class
                  A-2 interest  rate, the class A-3 interest rate, the class A-4
                  interest rate and the class B interest rate;

         (2)      the per annum rate used to  calculate  the  insurance  premium
                  paid to the insurer; and

         (3)      the per annum rate used to  calculate  the  monthly  servicing
                  fee.

         However,  the contract rate on a small  percentage  of the  receivables
will be less  than the  foregoing  sum.  Disproportionate  rates of  prepayments
between  receivables  with  higher and lower  contract  rates  could  affect the
ability of the trust to pay Monthly Interest to you.

                                    THE NOTES

         The notes will be issued by the trust pursuant to the indenture and the
certificate  will be issued pursuant to the trust and servicing  agreement.  You
may request a copy of these  agreements  (without  exhibits) by  contacting  the
servicer  at the  address  set forth  under  "Reports  to  Noteholders"  in this
prospectus  supplement.  We do not claim that the following summary is complete.
For a more

                                                        20

<PAGE>




detailed  description of the  agreements,  you should read the indenture and the
trust and servicing agreement.

Sale and Assignment of Receivables

         We have  described the conveyance of the  receivables  (1) from UAFC to
the seller pursuant to a purchase agreement dated as of ________________,  among
UAFC, UAC and the seller, (2) from the seller to the trust pursuant to the trust
and servicing agreement and (3) from the trust to the indenture trustee pursuant
to the indenture in the accompanying  prospectus under the heading  "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."

Accounts

         In addition to the collection  account,  the property of the trust will
include the spread account and the payahead account.

         Spread  Account.  On the  closing  date,  the  indenture  trustee  will
establish the spread account for the benefit of the noteholders and the insurer.
The amount held in the spread  account will  increase up to the required  spread
amount by the deposit of payments on the  receivables  not used to make payments
to the noteholders,  the insurer and the servicer for the monthly  servicing fee
and any permitted  reimbursements  of outstanding  advances on any payment date.
Although we intend for the amount on deposit in the spread  account to grow over
time to equal the required spread amount through monthly  deposits of any excess
collections  on the  receivables,  we cannot  assure you that such  growth  will
actually  occur.  On each  payment  date,  any  amounts on deposit in the spread
account after the payment of any amounts owed to the noteholders and the insurer
in  excess  of  the  required   spread  amount  will  be   distributed   to  the
certificateholder.

         Under the terms of the indenture,  the indenture  trustee will withdraw
funds from the spread account, up to the amount on deposit in such account,  and
transfer  such funds to the  collection  account for any  deficiency  of Monthly
Interest or Monthly  Principal as further  described below under "-- Payments on
the Notes," prior to making any draw on the policy.

         In the event that the balance of the spread  account is reduced to zero
and there is a default  under the  policy on any  payment  date,  the trust will
depend solely on current  distributions  on the  receivables to make payments of
principal  and interest on the notes.  In addition,  because the market value of
motor vehicles  generally declines with age and because of difficulties that may
be  encountered  in  enforcing  motor  vehicle  contracts  as  described  in the
accompanying  prospectus under "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables,"  the
servicer may not recover the entire amount due on such  receivables in the event
of a  repossession  and resale of a financed  vehicle  securing a receivable  in
default.  In such event, the class B noteholders may suffer a corresponding loss
up to the extent of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the class B notes at
such  time.  Any  remaining  losses  will  be  borne  pro  rata  by the  class A
noteholders (based upon the then relative outstanding  principal balance of each
class of class A notes).

                                                        21

<PAGE>




         Payahead Account. The servicer will establish a payahead account in the
name of the indenture  trustee on behalf of obligors on the  receivables and the
noteholders.  The  payahead  account  will  initially  be  maintained  with  the
indenture trustee. To the extent required by the trust and servicing  agreement,
early  payments by or on behalf of obligors on precomputed  receivables  will be
deposited in the payahead  account  until such time as the payment  becomes due.
Until such time as payments are  transferred  from the  payahead  account to the
collection  account,  they will not constitute  collected  interest or collected
principal and will not be available for payment to noteholders.  We will pay the
interest  earned on the balance in the  payahead  account to the  servicer  each
month.  We  will  apply  collections  received  with  respect  to a  precomputed
receivable  during a collection period first to any overdue scheduled payment on
such  receivable,  then to the scheduled  payment on such receivable due in such
collection  period. If the amount collected on a precomputed  receivable exceeds
the amount required for any overdue scheduled payment or scheduled payment,  but
is  insufficient  to prepay the  precomputed  receivable in full, then generally
such excess  collections will be transferred to and kept in the payahead account
until  such  amount  may be applied  either to a later  scheduled  payment or to
prepay such receivable in full.

Advances

         With respect to each receivable delinquent more than 30 days at the end
of a collection  period, the servicer will make an advance in an amount equal to
30 days of interest but only if the servicer, in its sole discretion, expects to
recover the advance from subsequent collections on the receivable.  The servicer
will  deposit  the  advance  in the  collection  account on or before the second
business day before the payment date. The servicer will recover its advance from
subsequent  payments by or on behalf of the respective  obligor,  from insurance
proceeds  or, upon the  servicer's  determination  that  reimbursement  from the
preceding  sources is unlikely,  will  recover its advance from any  collections
made on other receivables.

Payments on the Notes

         Available  Funds.  The servicer will deposit in the collection  account
the aggregate principal payments, including full and partial prepayments (except
certain  prepayments  in respect of precomputed  receivables as described  above
under  "--Accounts")  received on all receivables  with respect to the preceding
collection period. The funds available for distribution on the next payment date
("Available Funds") will consist of:

         o        all payments on the simple interest receivables;

         o        the scheduled  payments  received from obligors on precomputed
                  receivables;

         o        interest earned on funds on deposit in the collection account;

         o        the net amount to be transferred  from the payahead account to
                  the collection account for the related payment date;

                                                        22

<PAGE>




         o        all advances for such collection period; and

         o        the purchase amount for all receivables that were purchased or
                  repurchased  by UAC  or  the  servicer  during  the  preceding
                  collection period.

         As an  administrative  convenience,  the servicer  will be permitted to
make the deposit of collections and aggregate  advances and purchase amounts for
or with respect to the collection  period net of distributions to be made to the
servicer  with  respect to the  collection  period  (as  described  below).  The
servicer,  however, will account to the indenture trustee and to the noteholders
as if all deposits and distributions were made individually.

         The  servicer  will  determine  the amount of funds  necessary  to make
payments of Monthly  Principal and Monthly  Interest to the holders of the notes
and to pay the monthly  servicing fee to the servicer.  If there is a deficiency
with respect to Monthly Interest or Monthly Principal on any payment date, after
giving   effect  to  payments  of  the  monthly   servicing  fee  and  permitted
reimbursements of outstanding  advances to the servicer on such payment date, or
if there is a deficiency with respect to the monthly servicing fee, the servicer
will direct the indenture  trustee to withdraw  amounts from the spread account,
up to the amount on deposit in such  account.  If there  remains a deficiency of
Monthly Interest or Monthly  Principal or the monthly servicing fee after such a
withdrawal,  the servicer  will notify the  indenture  trustee of the  remaining
deficiency,  and the indenture trustee will draw on the policy, up to the Policy
Amount, to pay Monthly Interest,  Monthly  Principal,  and the monthly servicing
fee. Additionally,  if the Available Funds for a payment date are not sufficient
to pay current and past due  insurance  premiums  and other  amounts owed to the
insurer pursuant to the insurance agreement,  plus accrued interest thereon, the
servicer  will  notify  the  indenture  trustee  and the owner  trustee  of such
deficiency.  The amount,  if any, then on deposit in the spread  account  (after
giving effect to any  withdrawal  to satisfy a deficiency  described in this and
the preceding sentences) will be available to cover such deficiency.

         Payments.  On each payment  date,  the  indenture  trustee will use the
Available Funds (plus any amounts  withdrawn from the spread account or drawn on
the policy,  as  applicable)  to make the  following  payments in the  following
priority:

         (a)      without  duplication,  an  amount  equal to the sum of (1) the
                  amount of outstanding  advances in respect of receivables that
                  became  defaulted  receivables  during  the  prior  collection
                  period plus (2) the amount of outstanding  advances in respect
                  of   receivables   that   the   servicer   determines   to  be
                  unrecoverable, to the servicer;

         (b)      the monthly  servicing  fee,  including  any  overdue  monthly
                  servicing  fee, to the servicer,  to the extent not previously
                  distributed to the servicer;

         (c)      Class A Monthly Interest to the class A noteholders;

                                                        23

<PAGE>




         (d)      Monthly  Principal to the class A  noteholders,  in accordance
                  with the Principal Payment Sequence;

         (e)      Class B Monthly Interest to the class B noteholders;

         (f)      Monthly  Principal to the class B  noteholders,  in accordance
                  with the Principal  Payment Sequence (only after the principal
                  balances of the class A notes have been repaid in full);

         (g)      the insurance  premium including any overdue insurance premium
                  plus any accrued interest to the insurer;

         (h)      the amount of  recoveries  of  advances  (to the  extent  such
                  recoveries have not previously been reimbursed to the servicer
                  pursuant to clause (a) above), to the servicer;

         (i)      the aggregate amount of any  unreimbursed  draws on the policy
                  payable to the  insurer  under the  insurance  agreement,  for
                  Monthly  Interest,  Monthly  Principal  and any other  amounts
                  owing  to the  insurer  under  the  insurance  agreement  plus
                  accrued interest thereon; and

         (j)      the balance into the spread account.

         After all distributions  pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) above have
been made for each payment date, the servicer will determine the amount of funds
remaining in the spread account on such date. If the funds in the spread account
exceed the required  spread amount,  the indenture  trustee will  distribute any
such excess to the owner trustee for distribution to the certificateholder or by
the  indenture  trustee  directly  to  the  certificateholder.  Any  amounts  so
distributed to the certificateholder will no longer be property of the trust and
will not be available to make payments to you.

         Accelerated  Payments  Following  Indenture  Default.  If the notes are
accelerated following an indenture default, amounts collected will be applied in
the following priority:

         (a)      first, to pay any unpaid monthly servicing fee;

         (b)      second,  to pay any accrued  and unpaid fees of the  indenture
                  trustee and the owner trustee  without  preference or priority
                  of any kind;

         (c)      third, to pay accrued  interest on each class of class A notes
                  on a pro rata basis based on the interest  accrued  (including
                  interest  accrued on past due interest) on each class of class
                  A notes;

                                                        24

<PAGE>




         (d)      fourth,  to pay principal on each class of class A notes, on a
                  pro rata basis  based on the  aggregate  principal  balance of
                  each  class of class A notes,  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of each class of class A notes is reduced to zero;

         (e)      fifth, to pay accrued interest on the class B notes (including
                  accrued interest on past due interest);

         (f)      sixth,  to pay  principal  on the  class  B  notes  until  the
                  aggregate principal balance of the class B notes is reduced to
                  zero;

         (g)      seventh,  to pay amounts owing the insurer under the insurance
                  agreement; and

         (h)      eighth,  to the spread  account,  to be applied in  accordance
                  with the insurance agreement.

         Definitions.  The following defined terms are used in this "Payments on
the Note" section.

         "Monthly  Principal"  for any  payment  date will  equal the sum of the
following:

         1.       the  amount by which the  aggregate  principal  balance of the
                  receivables  pool  declined  during  the  related   collection
                  period;

         2.       the amount, if any, which is necessary to reduce the principal
                  balance  of a class  of notes  to zero on its  final  maturity
                  date; and

         3.       the Accelerated Principal Amount.

For the purpose of determining  Monthly Principal,  the unpaid principal balance
of  a  defaulted  receivable  or  a  receivable  required  to  be  purchased  or
repurchased  by UAC or the servicer will be zero as of the end of the collection
period in which such  receivable  became a defaulted  receivable  or a purchased
receivable.

         A defaulted  receivable for any collection period is a receivable as to
which any of the following has occurred:  (1) any payment,  or part thereof,  in
excess  of $10 is 120  days  or  more  delinquent  as of the  last  day of  such
collection period; (2) the financed vehicle that secures the receivable has been
repossessed;  or (3) the receivable has been determined to be  uncollectable  in
accordance with the servicer's  customary  practices on or prior to the last day
of such collection  period;  provided,  however,  that any receivable  which the
seller or the servicer is obligated to  repurchase  or purchase  pursuant to the
trust and servicing agreement shall be deemed not to be a defaulted receivable.

         "Accelerated  Principal  Amount"  means,  for any payment  date,  after
giving  effect  to all  payments  of  interest  and  principal  (other  than any
Accelerated Principal Amount) to the noteholders,

                                                        25

<PAGE>




an amount  equal to the  lesser  of (1) the  Available  Excess  Funds or (2) the
amount necessary to reduce the aggregate  principal  balances of the notes below
the aggregate  principal  balance of the  receivables  pool as of the end of the
related  collection  period  until  the  aggregate   principal  balance  of  the
receivables pool exceeds the aggregate principal balance of the notes by ___% of
the initial aggregate principal balance of notes or $__________________________

         "Available  Excess  Funds"  for any  payment  date  means the amount of
Available Funds remaining from such payment date after paying the servicer,  the
noteholders  and the insurer the amounts they are  entitled to receive,  without
considering  the  amount of the  Monthly  Principal  payment  in  respect of the
Accelerated Principal Amount.

         "Monthly  Interest"  for any payment date will equal the sum of Class A
Monthly  Interest  and Class B Monthly  Interest  for such  payment date and the
related collection period.

         "Class A Monthly Interest" means the sum of Class A-1 Monthly Interest,
Class A-2 Monthly  Interest,  Class A-3 Monthly  Interest  and Class A-4 Monthly
Interest.

         "Class A-1 Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-three hundred sixtieth (1/360th) of the class A-1
                           interest rate,

                  (b)      the  actual  number  of days  from the  closing  date
                           through the day before the first payment date, and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-1
                           notes on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-three hundred sixtieth (1/360th) of the class A-1
                           interest rate,

                  (b)      the actual  number of days from the previous  payment
                           date through the day before the related payment date,
                           and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-1
                           notes as of the  immediately  preceding  payment date
                           (after giving effect to any  distribution  of Monthly
                           Principal made on such payment date).

         "Class A-2 Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                                                        26

<PAGE>




                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-2 interest rate,

                  (b)      the number of days from the  closing  date  (assuming
                           the month of the  closing  date has 30 days)  through
                           the day before the first payment date, divided by 30,
                           and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-2
                           notes on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-2 interest rate, and

                  (b)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-2
                           notes as of the  immediately  preceding  payment date
                           (after giving effect to any  distribution  of Monthly
                           Principal made on such payment date).

         "Class A-3 Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-3 interest rate,

                  (b)      the number of days from the  closing  date  (assuming
                           the month of the  closing  date has 30 days)  through
                           the day before the first payment date, divided by 30,
                           and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-3
                           notes on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-3 interest rate, and

                  (b)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-3
                           notes as of the  immediately  preceding  payment date
                           (after giving effect to any  distribution  of Monthly
                           Principal made on such payment date).

         "Class A-4 Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-4 interest rate,

                                                        27

<PAGE>




                  (b)      the number of days from the  closing  date  (assuming
                           the month of the  closing  date has 30 days)  through
                           the day before the first payment date, divided by 30,
                           and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-4
                           notes on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-4 interest rate, and

                  (b)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-4
                           notes as of the  immediately  preceding  payment date
                           (after giving effect to any  distribution  of Monthly
                           Principal made on such payment date).

         "Class B Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class B interest rate,

                  (b)      the number of days from the  closing  date  (assuming
                           the month of the  closing  date has 30 days)  through
                           the day before the first payment date, divided by 30,
                           and

                  (c)      the aggregate  principal balance of the class B notes
                           on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class B interest rate, and

                  (b)      the aggregate  principal balance of the class B notes
                           as of the immediately  preceding  payment date (after
                           giving   effect  to  any   distribution   of  Monthly
                           Principal made on such payment date).

         "Principal Payment Sequence" means the order in which Monthly Principal
will be distributed among the noteholders.  The order of distribution of Monthly
Principal is:

         (1)      to the class A-1  noteholders  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class A-1 notes has been reduced to zero;

         (2)      to the class A-2  noteholders  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class A-2 notes has been reduced to zero;

                                                        28

<PAGE>




         (3)      to the class A-3  noteholders  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class A-3 notes has been reduced to zero;

         (4)      to the class A-4  noteholders  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class A-4 notes has been reduced to zero; and

         (5)      to the  class B  noteholders  until  the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class B notes has been reduced to zero.

However,  if the amount of Available Funds (together with amounts withdrawn from
the spread  account  and/or the policy) are not  sufficient  to pay the required
payment  of Class A  Monthly  Principal  to class A  noteholders  in full on any
payment  date,  the  amount  of such  funds  available  to pay  Class A  Monthly
Principal to class A  noteholders  will be  distributed  pro rata to the class A
noteholders based upon the relative aggregate principal balance of each class of
class A notes.

         Example of Payment Date  Activities.  The following chart sets forth an
example of the application of the foregoing provisions to the first payment date
on _____________:

                                   _______________    Collection   Period.   The
                                   collection   period  is  the  calendar  month
                                   preceding  the  payment  date.  The  servicer
                                   receives monthly payments,  prepayments,  and
                                   other proceeds in respect of the  receivables
                                   and deposits them in the collection  account.
                                   The servicer may deduct the monthly servicing
                                   fee from such deposits.

                                   _______________   Determination   Date.   The
                                   determination date is the second business day
                                   before the  payment  date.  On or before this
                                   date,  the servicer  delivers the  servicer's
                                   certificate  setting  forth the amounts to be
                                   distributed  on  the  payment  date  and  the
                                   amounts of any  deficiencies.  If  necessary,
                                   the indenture trustee notifies the insurer of
                                   any draws in respect of the policy.

                                   _______________  Record Date. The record date
                                   is the day before the payment date.  Payments
                                   on the payment  date are made to  noteholders
                                   of record at the  close of  business  on this
                                   date.

                                   _______________  Payment  Date.  The  payment
                                   date is the eighth calendar day of the month,
                                   or if such  day is not a  business  day,  the
                                   first business day thereafter.  The indenture
                                   trustee  withdraws  funds from the collection
                                   account  and, as  necessary,  from the spread
                                   account  and  then  draws on the  policy,  if
                                   necessary,   to  pay  Monthly   Interest  and
                                   Monthly    Principal    (exclusive   of   any
                                   Accelerated  Principal Amount, in the case of
                                   a draw on the policy) to the  noteholders  as
                                   described in this prospectus supplement.  The
                                   indenture trustee

                                                        29

<PAGE>




                                   distributes  the portion of Monthly  Interest
                                   and  Monthly  Principal  to the  noteholders,
                                   pays the monthly  servicing fee to the extent
                                   not  previously   paid,  pays  the  insurance
                                   premium  and all other  amounts  owing to the
                                   insurer.

Distributions on the Certificate

         The certificate  will be in the form of a trust  certificate  initially
issued to the seller and will  entitle  the seller to receive  all funds held in
the spread account in excess of the required  spread amount on each payment date
after  payment of all amounts  owed to the  noteholders,  the  servicer  and the
insurer.  On or after the  termination of the trust,  the  certificateholder  is
entitled to receive any amounts  remaining in the spread account (only after all
required  payments to the  insurer  are made) after the payment of expenses  and
payments to the  noteholders.  See "--  Accounts" and "-- Payments on the Notes"
above.

The Policy

         On or before the closing date, the seller, the trust, UAFC, UAC, in its
individual  capacity  and as  servicer,  and the  insurer  will  enter  into the
insurance  agreement  pursuant to which the insurer will issue an  unconditional
and  irrevocable  insurance  policy.  Subject  to the terms of the  policy,  the
insurer will  guarantee  the payment of Monthly  Interest and Monthly  Principal
(exclusive of any Accelerated  Principal Amount) up to the Policy Amount.  Under
the terms of the  indenture,  after  withdrawal  of any  amounts  in the  spread
account with respect to a payment date to pay a deficiency  in Monthly  Interest
or Monthly  Principal,  the indenture  trustee will be authorized to draw on the
policy for the benefit of the noteholders and credit the collection  account for
such draws as  described  above  under  "--Payments  on the  Notes." The maximum
amount that may be drawn under the policy on any payment  date is limited to the
Policy  Amount for such payment date.  The "Policy  Amount," with respect to any
payment date, will equal:

         (1)      the sum of:

                  (A)      the  lesser  of:   (i)  the   aggregate   outstanding
                           principal  balances of the notes (after giving effect
                           to any  distribution of Available Funds and any funds
                           withdrawn  from the  spread  account  to pay  Monthly
                           Principal on such payment  date) and (ii) the initial
                           aggregate  principal  balances of the notes minus all
                           amounts  previously  drawn on the policy or withdrawn
                           from the  spread  account  with  respect  to  Monthly
                           Principal, plus

                  (B)      Monthly Interest, plus

                  (C)      the monthly servicing fee;

                  less

                                                        30

<PAGE>




         (2)      all amounts on deposit in the spread  account on such  payment
                  date  (after  giving  effect to any funds  withdrawn  from the
                  spread account to pay Monthly Principal on such payment date).

         The policy  will also cover any amount  paid or  required to be paid by
the trust to noteholders that is sought to be recovered as a voidable preference
by a trustee in  bankruptcy  of UAC,  the seller or UAFC  pursuant to the United
States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C.),  as amended from time to time, in accordance
with a final nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction.

         The  insurer  will be entitled  to receive  the  insurance  premium and
certain other amounts on each payment date as described under "--Payments on the
Notes" and to receive  amounts  on  deposit in the spread  account as  described
above under  "--Accounts."  The  insurance  premium for any payment date will be
one-twelfth  of the  product  of the  policy per annum fee rate set forth in the
insurance agreement and the aggregate principal balances of the notes calculated
as of the last day of the  collection  period to which such payment date relates
and  payable   monthly  in  arrears.   The  insurer  will  not  be  entitled  to
reimbursement  of any amounts from the  noteholders.  The  insurer's  obligation
under the policy is  irrevocable  and  unconditional.  The insurer  will have no
obligation  to  the  noteholders  or  the  indenture   trustee  other  than  its
obligations under the policy.

         If the  balance in the spread  account is reduced to zero and there has
been a default  under  the  policy,  the trust  will  depend  solely on  current
collections on the receivables to make payments of principal and interest on the
notes.  In  addition,  because  the  market  value of motor  vehicles  generally
declines  with  age and  because  of  difficulties  that may be  encountered  in
enforcing motor vehicle  contracts as described in the  accompanying  prospectus
under "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables,"  the servicer may not recover
the entire amount due on such  receivables  in the event of a  repossession  and
resale of a financed  vehicle  securing a receivable in default.  In such event,
first, the class B noteholders and second,  the class A noteholders may suffer a
corresponding  loss.  Any such losses of the class A noteholders  would be borne
pro rata based upon the relative principal  balances of the outstanding  classes
of class A notes. See " -- Payments on the Notes" above.

Rights of the Insurer upon Servicer Default, Amendment or Waiver

         Upon the  occurrence  of an event of default by the servicer  under the
trust and  servicing  agreement,  the  insurer,  or the owner  trustee  upon the
consent of the  insurer,  will be entitled to appoint a successor  servicer.  In
addition  to the events  constituting  a servicer  default as  described  in the
accompanying prospectus,  the trust and servicing agreement will also permit the
insurer to appoint a successor  servicer and to redirect payments made under the
receivables to the indenture  trustee upon the occurrence of certain  additional
events  involving  a  failure  of  performance  by the  servicer  or a  material
misrepresentation made by the servicer under the insurance agreement.

         The trust and servicing  agreement  cannot be amended or any provisions
thereof  waived  without the consent of the insurer if such  amendment or waiver
would have a materially adverse effect upon the rights of the insurer.

                                                        31

<PAGE>




                               THE SELLER AND UAC

         UAC  currently  acquires   receivables  from  over  3,900  manufacturer
franchised  automobile  dealerships in 32 states. UAC is an Indiana corporation,
formed in December  1993 by UAC's  predecessor,  Union  Federal  Savings Bank of
Indianapolis,  to  succeed  to the  predecessor's  indirect  automobile  finance
business,  which the predecessor  had operated since 1986. UAC began  purchasing
and  originating  receivables in April 1994. For the fiscal years ended June 30,
1995,  1996,  1997,  and  1998,  UAC  and/or  its  predecessor   acquired  prime
receivables  aggregating  $767 million,  $995 million,  $1,076  million and $945
million,  respectively,  representing  annual increases of 30%, 8% and an annual
decrease of 12%, respectively.  Of the approximately $2.0 billion of receivables
in the  servicing  portfolio  of UAC  (consisting  of the  principal  balance of
receivables  held for  sale  and  securitized  receivables)  at June  30,  1998,
approximately  76% represented  receivables on used cars and  approximately  24%
represented  receivables on new cars.  The seller is a  wholly-owned  bankruptcy
remote subsidiary of UAC.

                                   THE INSURER

         [Information  about the  applicable  insurer  will be  provided  in the
related prospectus supplement.]

                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

         Unless and until  definitive  notes are issued  (which  will occur only
under the  limited  circumstances  described  in the  accompanying  prospectus),
_____________________________,  as indenture  trustee,  will provide monthly and
annual statements  concerning the trust and the notes to Cede & Co., the nominee
of The  Depository  Trust  Company,  as  registered  holder of the  notes.  Such
statements will not constitute  financial statements prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting  principles.  A copy of the most recent monthly or
annual  statement  concerning  the  trust  and  the  notes  may be  obtained  by
contacting the servicer at Union  Acceptance  Corporation,  250 North  Shadeland
Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219 (telephone (317) 231-2717).

                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

General

         Set forth below is a summary of certain  United States  federal  income
tax  considerations  relevant to the  beneficial  owner of a note that holds the
note as a capital asset and, unless otherwise  indicated below, is a U.S. Person
(as  defined in the  accompanying  prospectus).  This  summary  does not address
special tax rules which may apply to certain types of  investors,  and investors
that hold notes as part of an integrated  investment.  This summary  supplements
the  discussion  contained  in the  accompanying  prospectus  under the  heading
"Federal Income Tax  Consequences," and supercedes that discussion to the extent
that the two discussions  are not consistent.  The authorities on which we based
this discussion are subject to change or differing interpretations, and any such
change or

                                                        32

<PAGE>




interpretation   could  apply   retroactively.   This  discussion  reflects  the
applicable  provisions  of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code"), as well as regulations  promulgated by the U.S. Department of Treasury.
You should  consult your own tax  advisors in  determining  the federal,  state,
local and any other tax consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition
of the Notes.

         Characterization  of the  Notes.  There are no  regulations,  published
rulings or judicial decisions addressing the characterization for federal income
tax purposes of securities with terms that are  substantially  the same as those
of the notes.  A basic premise of United States  federal  income tax law is that
the economic  substance of a  transaction  generally  will  determine the United
States federal income tax consequences of such transaction. The determination of
whether the  economic  substance of a loan secured by an interest in property is
instead a sale of a beneficial ownership interest in such property has been made
by the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS")  and the courts on the basis of
numerous factors designed to determine  whether the trust has relinquished  (and
the investor has obtained)  substantial incidents of ownership in such property.
Among those factors,  the primary factors  examined are whether the investor has
the opportunity to gain if the property  increases in value, and has the risk of
loss if the  property  decreases  in  value.  Based  on an  assessment  of these
factors, in the opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, special counsel to the
seller, the class A notes will be treated as indebtedness and the class B should
also be characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes and not as
an ownership interest in the receivables or an equity interest in the trust. See
"Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the accompanying prospectus.

         Classification of the Trust. In the opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham &
Taft,  special  counsel  to the  seller,  the trust  will not be  treated  as an
association  or a  publicly  traded  partnership  taxable as a  corporation  for
federal  income tax  purposes,  but rather will be ignored and treated as a mere
security device when there is a single beneficial owner of the trust, or will be
treated as a domestic  partnership when there are two or more beneficial  owners
of the trust.

Discount and Premium

         For federal income tax reporting  purposes,  it is anticipated that the
notes  [(other  than the class [ ] notes)]  will not be treated  as having  been
issued with original issue  discount.  [The class [ ] notes will not bear stated
interest  and the  original  issue  discount  thereon  will  equal  all  amounts
scheduled to be paid thereon over their issue price.] The prepayment  assumption
that will be used in determining  the rate of accrual of original issue discount
and of market discount and premium, if any, for federal income tax purposes will
be based on the assumption that subsequent to the date of any  determination the
receivables will prepay at [ %] ABS, and there will be no extensions of maturity
for any receivable.  However,  no representation is made as to the rate, if any,
at which the receivables will prepay.

         The IRS has issued regulations under Sections 1271 and 1275 of the Code
generally  addressing  the  treatment of debt  instruments  issued with original
issue discount.  Purchasers of the notes should be aware that the original issue
discount  regulations  and  Section  1272(a)(6)  of the  Code do not  adequately
address certain issues relevant to, or are not applicable to, securities such as
the

                                                        33

<PAGE>




notes. Prospective purchasers of the notes are advised to consult with their tax
advisors concerning the tax treatment of such notes.

         Certain  classes of the notes may be  treated  for  federal  income tax
purposes as having been issued at a premium.  Whether any holder of such a class
of notes will be treated as holding  notes with  amortizable  bond  premium will
depend on such noteholder's purchase price and the payments remaining to be made
on such  note at the time of its  acquisition  by such  noteholder.  You  should
consult your own tax advisors regarding the possibility of making an election to
amortize such premium on such classes of notes.

Gain or Loss on Disposition

         If you  sell a note,  you  must  recognize  gain or loss  equal  to the
difference  between the amount realized from the sale and your adjusted basis in
such  note.  The  adjusted  basis  generally  will equal your cost of such note,
increased by any original issue discount  included in your ordinary gross income
with respect to the note and reduced (but not below zero) by any payments on the
note previously received or accrued by you (other than qualified stated interest
payments) and any amortizable  premium.  Similarly,  a noteholder who receives a
principal  payment with respect to a note will  recognize  gain or loss equal to
the difference  between the amount of the payment and holder's allocable portion
of his or her adjusted basis in the note.  Such gain or loss will generally be a
long-term capital gain or loss if the note was held for more than one year.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

         Payments of  interest  and  principal,  as well as payments of proceeds
from the sale of notes,  may be subject to the  "backup  withholding  tax" under
Section 3406 of the Code at a rate of 31% if recipients of such payments fail to
furnish   to  the  payor   certain   information,   including   their   taxpayer
identification  numbers,  or otherwise  fail to establish an exemption from such
tax. Any amounts  deducted and withheld from a payment to be allowed as a credit
against such federal income tax.  Furthermore,  certain penalties may be imposed
by the IRS on a recipient of payments that is required to supply information but
that does not do so in the proper manner.

         We will report to noteholders and to the IRS for each calendar year the
amount of any  "reportable  payments"  during  such  year and the  amount of tax
withheld, if any, with respect to payments on the notes.

New Withholding Regulations

         On October 6, 1997,  the  Treasury  Department  issued new  regulations
which make certain  modifications to the withholding rules for investors who are
Non-U.S.  Persons and the backup  withholding  and  information  reporting rules
described above. The new regulations attempt to unify certification requirements
and modify reliance standards. Such regulations will generally be effective

                                                        34

<PAGE>




for payments made after December 31, 1999, subject to certain transaction rules.
You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the new regulations.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Subject  to  the  considerations  set  forth  below  and  under  "ERISA
Considerations"  in the  accompanying  prospectus,  the  class  A  notes  may be
purchased by an employee  benefit plan or an  individual  retirement  account (a
"Benefit  Plan")  subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. A fiduciary of a
Benefit Plan must determine  that the purchase of a note is consistent  with its
fiduciary  duties  under  ERISA and does not  result in a  nonexempt  prohibited
transaction  as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section  4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code. Section 406 of ERISA prohibits parties in interest or disqualified
persons  ("Parties in Interest") with respect to a Benefit Plan from engaging in
certain  transactions  (including loans) involving a Benefit Plan and its assets
unless a  statutory  or  administrative  exemption  applies to the  transaction.
Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code imposes  certain excise taxes (or, in
some cases, a civil penalty may be assessed pursuant to section 502(i) of ERISA)
on Parties in Interest which engage in non-exempt prohibited transactions.

         The United States  Department of Labor has issued a regulation  (29 CFR
Section 2510.3-101)  concerning the definition of what constitutes the assets of
a Benefit Plan. This regulation provides that, as a general rule, the underlying
assets and properties of  corporations,  partnerships,  trusts and certain other
entities in which a Benefit Plan  purchases an "equity  interest" will be deemed
for purposes of ERISA to be assets of the investing  Benefit Plan unless certain
exceptions apply.  This regulation  defines an "equity interest" as any interest
in an entity  other than an  instrument  that is treated as  indebtedness  under
applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features.  Although the
issue is not free from doubt,  we believe  that the class A notes  should not be
treated as "equity interests" for purposes of the regulation.  Accordingly,  the
acquisition of the class A notes by benefit plan investors  should not cause the
assets of the trust to be treated as Benefit Plan assets for purposes of Title I
of ERISA.  However,  the notes may not be purchased with the assets of a Benefit
Plan if the seller, the servicer,  the indenture  trustee,  the owner trustee or
any of their affiliates:

         (1) has investment or  administrative  discretion  with respect to such
Benefit Plan assets;

         (2) has  authority  or  responsibility  to give,  or  regularly  gives,
investment  advice  with  respect to such  Benefit  Plan  assets,  for a fee and
pursuant to an agreement or  understanding  that such advice (a) will serve as a
primary basis for investment  decisions with respect to such Benefit Plan assets
and (b) will be based on the particular  investment needs for such Benefit Plan;
or

         (3) is an employer maintaining or contributing to such Benefit Plan.

         Certain  affiliates of the trust or the servicer might be considered or
might become Parties in Interest with respect to a Benefit Plan. In either case,
the  acquisition  or  holding of class A notes by or on behalf of such a Benefit
Plan could be considered to give rise to an indirect prohibited

                                                        35

<PAGE>




transaction within the meaning of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, unless it
is subject to one or more  exemptions  such as one of the  following  Prohibited
Transaction Class Exemptions ("PTCE"):

         o        PTCE 84-14,  which exempts  certain  transactions  effected on
                  behalf of a Benefit  Plan by a "qualified  professional  asset
                  manager,"

         o        PTCE  90-1,  which  exempts  certain  transactions   involving
                  insurance company pooled separate accounts,

         o        PTCE 91-38,  which exempts certain transactions involving bank
                  collective investment funds,

         o        PTCE  95-60,  which  exempts  certain  transactions  involving
                  insurance company general accounts, or

         o        PTCE 96-23,  which exempts  certain  transactions  effected on
                  behalf of a Benefit Plan by certain "in-house asset managers."

         Each  purchaser or transferee of a note that is a Benefit Plan shall be
deemed to have  represented  that the relevant  conditions for exemptive  relief
under at least one of the foregoing  exemptions (or other  applicable  exemption
providing substantially similar relief) have been satisfied.

         Because the class B notes may be considered to have "substantial equity
features,"  you should not  purchase  class B notes if you are a Benefit Plan or
any person using the assets of a Benefit Plan.

         For  additional  information  regarding  treatment  of the notes  under
ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the accompanying prospectus.

                                  UNDERWRITING

         Under  the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
underwriting agreement for the sale of the notes, dated  _________________,  the
seller has agreed to cause the trust to sell and each of the underwriters  named
below has  severally  agreed to purchase the  principal  amount of the notes set
forth below its name below:

                ----------------               -----------
                    ________                    ________                 Total




         In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the notes offered by
the trust.

                                                        36

<PAGE>




         The underwriters  propose to offer part of the notes directly to you at
the prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement and part to
certain  dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of _____%
of the denominations of the class A-1 notes,  _____% of the denominations of the
class A-2 notes,  _____% of the denominations of the class A-3 notes,  _____% of
the  denominations of the class A-4 notes, or _____% of the denominations of the
class B notes.  The  underwriters  may  allow  and such  dealers  may  reallow a
concession not in excess of _____% of the  denominations of the class A-1 notes,
_____% of the denominations of the class A-2 notes,  _____% of the denominations
of the class A-3 notes,  _____% of the  denominations of the class A-4 notes, or
_____% of the denominations of the class B notes.

         The seller and UAC have agreed to indemnify  the  underwriters  against
certain liabilities,  including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

         The  underwriters  tell us that  they  intend  to make a market  in the
notes,  as  permitted  by  applicable  laws  and   regulations.   However,   the
underwriters  are not  obligated  to make a  market  in the  notes  and any such
market-making  may be  discontinued  at any time at the sole  discretion  of the
underwriters.  Accordingly, we give no assurances regarding the liquidity of, or
trading markets for, the notes.

         In connection with this offering,  the  underwriters  may over-allot or
effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of the notes at
a level  above that which  might  otherwise  prevail  in the open  market.  Such
stabilizing, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

         In the ordinary course of their businesses,  the underwriters and their
affiliates  have  engaged and may in the future  engage in  investment  banking,
commercial  banking and other  advisory  or  commercial  relationships  with the
seller, UAC and their affiliates.

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

         Certain legal matters relating to the notes will be passed upon for the
seller and the trust by Barnes & Thornburg,  Indianapolis,  Indiana, and for the
underwriters  by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft.  Certain  federal  income tax
consequences  with  respect  to the notes  will be passed  upon for the trust by
Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft.

                                     EXPERTS

         [The financial  statements of the insurer are expected to be expertized
by its independent accountants.]

                                                        37

<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

         We have listed below the terms used in this  prospectus  supplement and
the pages where definitions of the terms can be found.

ABS .......................................................................   17
Accelerated Principal Amount ..............................................   25
Available Excess Funds ....................................................   26
Available Funds ...........................................................   22
Benefit Plan ..............................................................   35
Class A Monthly Interest ..................................................   26
Class A-1 Monthly Interest ................................................   26
Class A-2 Monthly Interest ................................................   26
Class A-3 Monthly Interest ................................................   27
Class A-4 Monthly Interest ................................................   27
Class B Monthly Interest ..................................................   28
Code ......................................................................   33
ERISA .....................................................................    9
IRS .......................................................................   33
Monthly Interest ..........................................................   26
Monthly Principal .........................................................   25
Parties in Interest .......................................................   35
Principal Payment Sequence ................................................   28
PTCE ......................................................................   36
UAC .......................................................................    1
UAFC ......................................................................    6


                                                        38

<PAGE>

$____________________

UACSC [YEAR]-___ AUTO TRUST

UAC Securitization Corporation
Seller
                                                               [logo]
Union Acceptance Corporation
Servicer


$_____________    Class  A-1 Money Market Automobile  Receivable Backed Notes
$_____________    Class  A-2 Automobile  Receivable  Backed  Notes
$_____________    Class  A-3 Automobile  Receivable  Backed  Notes
$_____________    Class  A-4 Automobile  Receivable  Backed  Notes
$_____________    Class  A-5 Automobile  Receivable  Backed  Notes  



                              ---------------------
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                              ---------------------



                                 [UNDERWRITERS]






         You should rely only on the  information  contained or  incorporated by
reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. We have
not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information.

         We are not offering the  securities in any state where the offer is not
permitted.

         Dealers will deliver this  prospectus  supplement and  prospectus  when
acting as underwriters of the securities with respect to their unsold allotments
or subscriptions.  In addition,  all dealers selling the securities will deliver
this prospectus supplement and prospectus until _____________________.

<PAGE>

[PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FOR GRANTOR TRUST]

UACSC [YEAR]-___ Grantor Trust

UAC Securitization Corporation
Seller                                                         [LOGO]
Union Acceptance Corporation
Servicer

Consider  carefully the risk factors  beginning on page S-12 in this  prospectus
supplement and on page __ in the prospectus.

The certificates  represent  interests in the UACSC [Year]-__ Grantor Trust only
and  do  not  represent  obligations  of  or  interests  in  UAC  Securitization
Corporation, Union Acceptance Corporation or any of their affiliates.

This prospectus  supplement may be used to offer and sell the certificates  only
if accompanied by the prospectus.

                  The trust will issue and the  seller  will sell the  following
                  classes of certificates:

================================================================================
                                       Class A         Class B
                                     Certificates   Certificates
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Initial Aggregate
         Principal Balance          $                $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Pass-Through
                  Rate                      %                %
                  (per annum)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Final Scheduled
                  Payment
                  Date
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Price to Public 1            %               %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Underwriting
                  Discount 2                %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Proceeds to
                  Seller 3                 %                %
================================================================================

                    1    Plus accrued interest,  if any, after  _______________.
                         Total  price to  public  (excluding  such  interest)  =
                         $---------------.

                    2    Total underwriting discount = $__________.

                    3    Total proceeds to the seller = $____________.

                    o    The class B  certificates  will be  subordinate  to the
                         class A certificates.

                    o    A spread account will serve as credit  enhancement  for
                         the  certificates.  Over time,  it is expected that the
                         amount on deposit in the  spread  account  will grow to
                         ____% of the initial aggregate principal balance of the
                         receivables pool.

                    o    The trust will include up to  $__________ of subsequent
                         receivables to be purchased after ______________.

Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
commission has approved or disapproved  these securities or determined that this
prospectus  supplement or the  accompanying  prospectus is accurate or complete.
Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                        [Underwriters of the Certificates]



             The date of this prospectus supplement is ____________


<PAGE>

              IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS


         We tell you about the certificates in the following documents: (1) this
prospectus supplement,  which describes the specific terms of your certificates;
and (2) the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information, some of
which may not apply to the certificates.

         If the description of the  certificates  varies between this prospectus
supplement  and the  prospectus,  you  should  rely on the  information  in this
prospectus supplement.

         We include  cross-references  in this prospectus  supplement and in the
accompanying  prospectus  to  captions  in these  materials  where  you can find
further  related  discussions.  The following Table of Contents and the Table of
Contents  included  in the  accompanying  prospectus  provide the pages on which
these captions are located.

         You can find a listing  of the pages  where  capitalized  terms used in
this  prospectus  supplement  are defined under the caption  "Index of Principal
Terms"  beginning  on page  S-__ in this  prospectus  supplement  and  under the
caption  "Index of Principal  Terms"  beginning  on page __ in the  accompanying
prospectus.

         In this prospectus  supplement and the  accompanying  prospectus,  "we"
refers to the depositor, UAC Securitization Corporation, and "you" refers to any
prospective investor in the certificates.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY OF TERMS...................................    S-4
   Issuer..........................................    S-4
   Seller..........................................    S-4
   Servicer........................................    S-5
   Trustee.........................................    S-5
   The Certificates................................    S-5
   Interest........................................    S-6
   Principal.......................................    S-7
   Subordination...................................    S-7
   The Receivables.................................    S-8
   Pre-Funding Account.............................    S-9
   Spread Account..................................    S-10
   Optional Sale...................................    S-11
   Tax Status......................................    S-11
   Ratings.........................................    S-12
   ERISA Considerations............................    S-12
RISK FACTORS.......................................    S-12
   You may not be able to resell the certificates..    S-12
   The Certificates Are
     Obligations of the Trust Only
     and are not guaranteed by any other party.....    S-12
   The Amount in the Spread Account may not be s
     sufficient to assure payment of principal and
     interest......................................    S-13
   A change in the Certificate Ratings may adversely
     affect the Certificates.......................    S-14
   Subordination...................................    S-14
FORMATION OF THE TRUST.............................    S-15
THE RECEIVABLES POOL...............................    S-16
   Composition of the Initial Receivables
     as of _______________.........................   S-18
   Distribution of the Initial Receivables by
     Remaining Term as of ________________.........   S-19
   Geographic Distribution
     of the Initial Receivables as of
     _______________...............................   S-19
   Distribution of the Initial Receivables by
     Financed Vehicle Model Year
     as of _____________...........................   S-19
   Distribution of the Initial Receivables
     by Contract Rate as of the
     as of _____________...........................   S-19
   Delinquencies, Repossessions and
     Net Losses....................................   S-21
   Delinquency and Credit
     Loss Experience...............................   S-21


                                       2
<PAGE>

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF
   THE CERTIFICATES................................   S-21
   Percent of Initial Certificate Balance
     at Various ABS Percentages....................   S-24
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT
   CONSIDERATIONS..................................   S-25
   Mandatory Repurchase............................   S-26
THE DEPOSITOR AND UAC..............................   S-26
THE CERTIFICATES...................................   S-26
   Sale and Assignment of Receivables;
     Subsequent Receivables........................   S-27
   Accounts........................................   S-28
   Subordination of the
     Class B Certificates..........................   S-30
   Advances........................................   S-31
   Distributions on the Certificates...............   S-31
REPORTS TO
   CERTIFICATEHOLDERS..............................   S-34
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS...............................   S-35
UNDERWRITING.......................................   S-35
LEGAL OPINIONS.....................................   S-36
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS...........................   S-37



                                       3
<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

o        This  summary  highlights  selected  information  from this  prospectus
         supplement and does not contain all of the information  that you should
         consider in making your investment  decision.  To understand all of the
         terms of this offering,  read the entire prospectus  supplement and the
         accompanying prospectus.

o        The definitions of capitalized terms used in this prospectus supplement
         can be found on the pages  indicated in the "Index of Principal  Terms"
         beginning on page S-28 in this  prospectus  supplement  or beginning on
         page 44 of the accompanying prospectus.

Issuer

The  UACSC  [YEAR]-___   Grantor  Trust  is  the  trust  which  will  issue  the
certificates offered in this prospectus supplement.

Seller

UAC  Securitization  Corporation is the depositor of or the seller to the trust.
The seller will transfer the automobile  receivables and related property to the
trust.


                                       4
<PAGE>


Servicer

Union Acceptance  Corporation ("UAC") will act as the servicer of the trust. The
servicer will receive and apply payments on the automobile receivables,  service
the collection of the receivables and direct the trustee to make the appropriate
distributions  to the  certificateholders.  The servicer  will receive a monthly
servicing fee as compensation for its services.

Trustee

- ----------------------.

Closing Date

The closing date will be ______________________.

The Certificates

The trust will issue automobile  receivable backed  certificates on or about the
closing  date under the terms of a pooling  and  servicing  agreement  among the
seller,  the  servicer  and the trustee.  The  certificates  will consist of the
following:

     o   _____% class A automobile receivable  pass-through  certificates in the
         aggregate  principal  amount  of  $__________________; and

     o   ____% class B automobile  receivable  pass-through  certificates in the
         aggregate  principal  amount  of  $__________________;


Each of the certificates  will represent a fractional and undivided  interest in
the trust. The trust assets will include:

     o    a pool  of  simple  and  precomputed  interest  installment  sale  and
          installment loan contracts  originated in various states in the United
          States of America,  secured by new and used automobiles,  light trucks
          and vans;

     o    certain  monies  due in  respect  of the  receivables  as of and after
          a cutoff date of ______________;

     o    security  interests  in the  related  vehicles  financed  through  the
          receivables;

     o    funds on deposit in a certificate  account, a yield supplement account
          and a spread account;

                                       5
<PAGE>


     o    any proceeds from claims on certain insurance policies relating to the
          financed vehicles or the related obligors;

     o    any lender's single interest insurance policy; and

     o    certain rights under the pooling and servicing agreement.

Interest

The trust will distribute  interest on the eighth calendar day of each month or,
if  such  day  is not a  business  day,  on the  next  business  day,  beginning
_______________,  to holders of record of the class A certificates and the class
B certificates  as of the record date,  which will be the day before the payment
date.  However,  if definitive  certificates are issued, the record date will be
the last day of the calendar month  immediately  preceding the calendar month in
which such payment date occurs.

The applicable pass-through rates for the certificates are:

     o    _____% for the class A certificates; and

     o    _____% for the class B certificates.

Interest  on the  class A  certificates  and the  class B  certificates  will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting  of twelve 30-day  months.
See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" and "The Certificates -- Distributions
on the Certificates" in this prospectus supplement.

Generally,  the amount of interest  distributable to the  certificateholders  on
each  payment  date is the  product  of  one-twelfth  of the  pass-through  rate
applicable to such class and the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such
class as of the preceding payment date (after giving effect to all distributions
to certificateholders on such date).

The  amount  of   interest   distributable   on  the  first   payment   date  of
________________  will be  based  upon the  original  principal  balance  of the
applicable  class and will accrue from the closing date until the day before the
first  payment  date (and  assuming  that the month of the  closing  date has 30
days).See "The Certificates -- Distributions on
the Certificates" in this prospectus supplement.


                                       6
<PAGE>

Principal

The   trust   will   distribute   principal   on  each   payment   date  to  the
certificateholders  of record as of the record  date.  Generally,  the amount of
principal  which will be  distributed  is equal to the  difference  between  the
aggregate  outstanding principal balance of the certificates as of the preceding
payment date (after giving effect to any distributions of principal made on such
payment date) and the outstanding  balance of the  receivables  pool on the last
day of the immediately preceding calendar month.

The  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  of the  certificates  as of the
closing date is as follows:

     o    $_____________  for the class A certificates; and

     o    $______________ for the class B certificates.

The  outstanding  principal  amount of the class A certificates  and the class B
certificates,  as the case may be,  will be payable in full on _______ the final
scheduled payment date.

Generally,   on  any  payment  date  monthly   principal   will  be  distributed
proportionately   between  the  class  A  certificateholders  and  the  class  B
certificateholders   pro  rata  based  upon  the   aggregate   balances  of  the
certificates as of the preceding payment date.  However, if there is a shortfall
in  the  funds  available  to  pay  monthly  principal,  no  principal  will  be
distributed to the class B certificateholders  until the full amount of interest
on and  principal of the class A  certificates  payable on such payment date has
been distributed to the class A certificateholders.

Since the rate of payment of  principal  of each class of  certificates  depends
upon the rate of payment of principal on the  receivables  (including  voluntary
prepayments  and principal in respect of defaulted  receivables  and receivables
purchased  or  repurchased  by UAC),  the final  distribution  in respect of the
certificates could occur significantly  earlier than the final scheduled payment
date.  See "The  Certificates  --  Distributions  on the  Certificates"  in this
prospectus supplement.

Subordination

The rights of the class B certificateholders to receive distributions of monthly
interest and monthly principal are subordinated to the rights of the class A



                                       7
<PAGE>


certificateholders.  See  "The  Certificates  --  Subordination  of the  Class B
Certificates,"  "-- Distributions on the  Certificates,"  "-- Accounts -- Spread
Account,"  "Risk  Factors -- Spread  Account"  and " --  Subordination"  in this
prospectus supplement.

The Receivables

On the closing date,  the seller will convey  initial  receivables  to the trust
having an  aggregate  principal  balance  of  approximately  $________  as of an
initial cutoff date of _________. The trust will acquire the initial receivables
from the seller  pursuant to the pooling and servicing  agreement.  In addition,
the  seller  must  sell   subsequent   receivables  to  the  trust  (subject  to
availability)  having an aggregate  principal balance or pre-funded amount equal
to  approximately  $_______.  The  trust  will  be  obligated  to  purchase  the
subsequent  receivables  from the seller (subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions) prior to the end of a specific funding period.

The seller will  designate as a subsequent  cutoff date each effective date that
subsequent  receivables are conveyed to the trust.  Each date during the funding
period  on which  subsequent  receivables  will be  conveyed  to the  trust is a
subsequent  transfer  date.  See  "The   Certificates--Sale  and  Assignment  of
Receivables;   Subsequent  Receivables"  and  "The  Receivables  Pool"  in  this
prospectus   supplement  and  "The   Receivables   Pools"  in  the  accompanying
prospectus.

The initial  receivables  were selected and the subsequent  receivables  will be
selected  from  the  contracts  owned by Union  Acceptance  Funding  Corporation
("UAFC"), based on the criteria specified in the pooling and servicing agreement
and described in this prospectus  supplement under "The Receivables Pool" and in
the accompanying prospectus under "The Receivables Pools."

UAC may originate subsequent  receivables using credit criteria that differ from
those used for the initial receivables.  Therefore,  the initial receivables may
be of a different  credit  quality and seasoning.  In addition,  the transfer of
subsequent  receivables to the trust may adversely affect the characteristics of
the entire  pool of  receivables.  The  provisions  describing  the  transfer of
subsequent  receivables and verification that subsequent  receivables conform to
the  requirements  of the pooling and  servicing  agreement can be found in "The
Receivables  Pool" and "The  Certificates -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables;
Subsequent Receivables" in this prospectus supplement. See also "Risk Factors --
Certain Risks Associated with  Pre-Funding" and "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Subsequent  Receivables"  in the
accompanying prospectus.



                                       8
<PAGE>


Pre-Funding Account

The trustee will deposit and maintain  the  pre-funded  amount in a  pre-funding
account during the funding period from the closing date until the earliest of:

     (1)  the date on which the amount on deposit in the pre-funding account is
          equal to or less than $_______;

     (2)  the  occurrence of an event of default under the pooling and servicing
          agreement;

     (3)  the occurrence of certain events of insolvency of the seller or the
          servicer; or

     (4)  the [third]  payment date.

         The funding period will not be more than three calendar months.

The pre-funded amount initially will equal $_________ and will be reduced by the
amount used to purchase subsequent receivables. See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts -- Pre-Funding Account" in the accompanying
prospectus  and  "The   Certificates--   Sale  and  Assignment  of  Receivables;
Subsequent Receivables" in this prospectus supplement.

The trustee will invest funds on deposit in the  pre-funding  account during the
funding  period in eligible  investments,  subject to certain  limitations.  Any
investment income from such investments will be transferred from the pre-funding
account to the  collection  account on each payment date and will be included in
available funds for such payment date.

If any pre-funded  amount remains in the  pre-funding  account at the end of the
pre-funding  period, the trustee will pay such amount to the  certificateholders
on the payment date on or immediately  following the last day of the pre-funding
period.  The  trustee  will pay the amount to the  certificateholders  pro rata,
based  on  the  initial  principal  amounts  of  the  certificates  held  by the
certificateholders.  The amount the trustee pays to the certificateholders  will
constitute a prepayment of the aggregate  principal  balance of the certificates
and may reduce the certificateholders'  anticipated yield. See "The Certificates
- --  Sale  and  Assignment  of  Receivables;   Subsequent  Receivables"  in  this
prospectus  supplement.  See also "Risk Factors -- Certain Risks Associated with
Pre-Funding"  and  "Description  of the Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --
Accounts" in the accompanying prospectus.


                                       9
<PAGE>

Spread Account

The seller will  establish a spread  account on the closing  date in the name of
the trustee for the benefit of the  certificateholders.  The spread account will
hold the excess,  if any, of the collections on the receivables over the amounts
which the trust is  required to  distribute  to the  certificateholders  and the
servicer.  The amount of funds available for distribution to  certificateholders
on any payment date will consist of funds from the following sources:

     (1)  payments  received from obligors in respect of the receivables (net of
          any amount required to be deposited to the payahead account in respect
          of precomputed receivables);

     (2)  any net withdrawal from the payahead account in respect of precomputed
          receivables;

     (3)  liquidation proceeds received in respect of receivables;

     (4)  advances  received from the servicer in respect of interest on certain
          delinquent receivables;

     (5)  amounts  received in respect of required  repurchases  or purchases of
          receivables by UAC or the servicer; and

     (6)  investment income from funds on deposit in the pre-funding account.

The trustee  will  withdraw  funds from the spread  account (up to the amount on
deposit in the account) if the amount of available funds for any payment date is
not sufficient to pay:

     (1)  the amounts owed to the servicer  (including the monthly servicing fee
          and reimbursement for advances made by the servicer to the trust), and

     (2)  the required payments of monthly interest and monthly principal to the
          certificateholders.

If the amount on deposit in the spread  account is zero,  after any  withdrawals
for  the  benefit  of  the  certificateholders,  any  remaining  losses  on  the
receivables   will  be  borne   directly   pro  rata   first  by  the   class  B
certificateholders  (up to the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  class  B
certificates at such time)


                                       10
<PAGE>

and  then  by  the  class  A   certificateholders.   See  "Risk  Factors,"  "The
Certificates -- Accounts" and "--  Distributions  on the  Certificates"  in this
prospectus supplement.

Any amount on deposit in the spread account on any payment date in excess of the
required  spread amount (after all other  required  deposits to and  withdrawals
from the spread account have been made) will be  distributed to the seller.  Any
such distribution to the seller will no longer be an asset of the trust.

We intend for the  amount on deposit in the spread  account to grow over time to
the required  spread amount  through the deposit of the excess  collections,  if
any,  on the  receivables.  However,  we cannot  assure  you that the  amount on
deposit in the spread account will actually grow to the required spread amount.

The required  spread amount with respect to any payment date will equal ____% of
the aggregate principal balance of the certificates.

Optional Sale

The servicer has the right to purchase all of the receivables as of the last day
of any  collection  period  on which  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
receivables pool is equal to or less than 10% of the initial aggregate principal
balance of the certificates.

The purchase  price  applicable  to the optional  sale will be equal to the fair
market  value of the  receivables;  provided  that  such  amount  is equal to or
greater than the sum of:

     (1)  100%  of  the   outstanding   aggregate   principal   balance  of  the
certificates; and

     (2) accrued  and unpaid  interest on the  outstanding  aggregate  principal
balance  of the  certificates  at the  weighted  average  contract  rates of the
receivables less any payments received but not applied to interest or principal.


Tax Status

In the opinion of special  tax counsel to the seller,  the trust will be treated
as a grantor  trust for federal  income tax  purposes and will not be subject to
federal  income  tax.  Certificateholders  will  be  required  to  report  their
respective  shares of the  trust's  taxable  income,  and,  subject  to  certain
limitations in the case of such owners who are  individuals,  trusts or estates,
may deduct their respective shares of reasonable servicing and other fees. See
"Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the accompanying prospectus.



                                       11
<PAGE>


Ratings

On the closing date, the class A  certificates  must be rated at least _____ and
the class B certificates must be rated at least ____ by at least ____ nationally
recognized   statistical   rating   agencies.   A  security   rating  is  not  a
recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or
withdrawal at any time by the assigning  rating  agency.  See "Risk  Factors-- A
Change in the Certificate Ratings May Adversely Affect the Certificates" in this
prospectus supplement.


ERISA Considerations

The class A certificates  may be eligible for purchase by employee benefit plans
subject to Title I of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA").  Any benefit plan fiduciary considering the purchase of class
A  certificates  should,  among other  things,  consult with  experienced  legal
counsel in  determining  whether all required  conditions for such purchase have
been satisfied.  See "ERISA Considerations" in this prospectus supplement and in
the accompanying prospectus.

Plans should not purchase class B certificates, because the class B certificates
are subordinate to the class A certificates.

                                  RISK FACTORS

         You should  carefully  consider the risk factors set forth below and in
the  accompanying  prospectus  as well as the  other  investment  considerations
described  in such  documents  as you  decide  whether to  purchase  the class A
certificates.

You May Not be Able to
Resell the Notes                        There is currently  no secondary  market
                                        for the  certificates.  The underwriters
                                        currently  intend  to make a  market  to
                                        enable resale of the  certificates,  but
                                        are  under no  obligation  to do so.  As
                                        such,   we  cannot  assure  you  that  a
                                        secondary  market will  develop for your
                                        certificates  or,  if one does  develop,
                                        that such market  will  provide you with
                                        liquidity of  investment or that it will
                                        continue    for   the   life   of   your
                                        certificates.


The Certificates Are Obligations
of the Trust Only and are Not
Guaranteed by any Other Party           The  certificates  are  interests in the
                                        trust  only  and  do  not  represent  an
                                        interest   in  or   obligation   of  the
                                        seller,  UAC or any  other  party  or
                                        governmental body. The certificates have
                                        not been  insured or  guaranteed  by any
                                        party  or  governmental  body.  See "The
                                        Certificates  --  Distributions  on  the
                                        Certificates"    in   this    prospectus
                                        supplement.



                                       12
<PAGE>

The Amount in the Spread
Account May Not be Sufficient
to Assure Payment of Principal
and Interest                            The trustee will withdraw funds from the
                                        spread  account,  up to the full balance
                                        of the funds on deposit in such account,
                                        if the amount of available  funds on any
                                        payment date is not  sufficient to
                                        distribute  monthly interest and monthly
                                        principal  (after payment of the monthly
                                        servicing  fee) to you.  The  amount  on
                                        deposit  in  the  spread   account   may
                                        increase over time to an amount equal to
                                        the required  spread  amount.  We cannot
                                        assure you that such  growth  will occur
                                        or  that  the   balance  in  the  spread
                                        account  will  always be  sufficient  to
                                        assure   payment   in  full  of  monthly
                                        interest and monthly  principal.  If the
                                        balance of the spread account is reduced
                                        to zero on any  payment date,  the
                                        trust  will  depend  solely  on  current
                                        distributions on the receivables to make
                                        distributions  of principal and interest
                                        on the certificates.


                                       13
<PAGE>

A Change in the Certificate
Ratings May Adversely
Affect the Certificates                 On  the  closing   date,   the  class  A
                                        certificates  must  be  rated  at  least
                                        _____ and the class B certificates  must
                                        be rated at least  _____ by the  rating
                                        agencies. Such ratings will reflect only
                                        the views of the relevant rating agency.
                                        We  cannot  assure  you  that  any  such
                                        rating will  continue  for any period of
                                        time  or that  any  rating  will  not be
                                        revised or  withdrawn  entirely  by such
                                        rating   agency  if,  in  its  judgment,
                                        circumstances so warrant.  A revision or
                                        withdrawal  of such  rating  may have an
                                        adverse  effect  on  the  liquidity  and
                                        market  price  of your  certificates.  A
                                        security rating is not a  recommendation
                                        to buy, sell or hold securities.

Subordination                           The    rights    of    the    class    B
                                        certificateholders       to      receive
                                        distributions  of monthly  interest  and
                                        monthly  principal are  subordinated  to
                                        the    rights    of    the    class    A
                                        certificateholders.       See       "The
                                        Certificates  --  Subordination  of  the
                                        Class B Certificates," "-- Distributions
                                        on the  Certificates"  and "  Accounts--
                                        Spread   Account"  in  this   prospectus
                                        supplement.  No distribution of interest
                                        will   be   made   to   the    class   B
                                        certificateholders  on any  payment
                                        date until the full  amount of  interest
                                        payable on the class A  certificates  on
                                        such    payment   date   has   been
                                        distributed     to    the     class    A
                                        certificateholders,  and no distribution
                                        of principal will be made to the class B
                                        certificateholders  on any  payment
                                        date  until  the full  amount of class A
                                        monthly  interest  and  class A  monthly
                                        principal  payable on such  payment


                                       14
<PAGE>


                                        date has  been  paid.  Distributions  of
                                        interest  on the  class  B  certificates
                                        will    not    be     subordinated    to
                                        distributions  of principal on the class
                                        A  certificates.  Because  the rights of
                                        the   class  B   certificateholders   to
                                        receive  distributions of principal will
                                        be  subordinated  to the  rights  of the
                                        class A  certificateholders  to  receive
                                        distributions of interest and principal,
                                        the  class B  certificates  will be more
                                        likely than the class A certificates  to
                                        suffer  losses  due  to  losses  on  the
                                        receivables.  If the aggregate amount of
                                        losses on the  receivables  exceeds  the
                                        amount on deposit in the spread account,
                                        class  B   certificateholders   may  not
                                        recover their initial  investment in the
                                        class B certificates.


                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST

         The seller will  establish  the trust by assigning  the trust assets to
the  trustee in  exchange  for the  certificates.  UAC will be  responsible  for
servicing the  receivables  pursuant to the pooling and servicing  agreement and
will be compensated for acting as the servicer.  To facilitate  servicing and to
minimize  administrative  burden and  expense,  the  servicer  will be appointed
custodian of the  receivables  by the trustee.  However,  the servicer  will not
stamp the  receivables to reflect the sale and assignment of the  receivables to
the trust or make any notation of the trust's lien on the  certificates of title
of the financed vehicles. In the absence of such notation on the certificates of
title,  the trustee may not have  perfected  security  interests in the financed
vehicles securing the receivables.  Under the terms of the pooling and servicing
agreement,  UAC may delegate its duties as servicer and custodian;  however, any
such  delegation will not relieve UAC of its liability and  responsibility  with
respect  to  such  duties.  See  "Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements -- Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" and "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables" in the accompanying prospectus.

         The seller  will  establish  the spread  account for the benefit of the
certificateholders.  If Available  Funds and the amount on deposit in the spread
account (after paying amounts owed to the servicer) are not sufficient to fully


                                       15
<PAGE>


distribute Monthly Interest and Monthly  Principal,  the trust will look only to
the obligors on the receivables and the proceeds from the  repossession and sale
of financed  vehicles that secure  defaulted  receivables for  distributions  of
interest and principal on the certificates. In such event, certain factors, such
as the trustee's not having perfected security interests in some of the financed
vehicles,  may affect the trust's ability to realize on the collateral  securing
the  receivables,  and  thus  may  reduce  the  proceeds  to be  distributed  to
certificateholders.  See  "The  Certificates  --  Accounts"  in this  prospectus
supplement and "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables"  in the  accompanying
prospectus.

                              THE RECEIVABLES POOL

         The pool of receivables  conveyed to the trust will include the initial
receivables  purchased  as of  _______________  and any  subsequent  receivables
purchased as of the applicable subsequent cutoff dates.

         The initial  receivables  were, and the subsequent  receivables were or
will be,  selected  from the  portfolio  of UAFC for  purchase  by the seller by
several criteria, including that each receivable:

          o    had or will have an original  number of payments of not more than
               ___  payments  and not  less  than  ____  payments  (except  that
               approximately  ___% of the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
               initial  receivables  as of  _____________  consist  of  modified
               receivables which have been amended or modified after origination
               to  provide  that  the  number  of  payments  from  the  time  of
               origination to maturity may exceed ___ payments);

          o    had or will have a remaining maturity of not more than ___ months
               and not less than _____ months;

          o    provided or will provide for level  monthly  payments  that fully
               amortize the amount financed over the remaining term; and

          o    had or will  have a  contract  rate  of  interest  (exclusive  of
               prepaid finance charges) of not less than _____%.

         The weighted average remaining  maturity of the initial  receivables is
approximately ___ months as of _______________.

         Approximately  _____% of the aggregate principal balance of the initial
receivables as of  _______________  were selected from the  "non-prime" or "Tier
II" portfolio of UAFC. See "-- Delinquency and Credit Loss Experience."


                                       16
<PAGE>

         Approximately  _____% of the aggregate principal balance of the initial
receivables as of  _______________  are simple interest  contracts which provide
for equal monthly  payments.  Approximately  _____% of the  aggregate  principal
balance  of  the  initial  receivables  as of  _______________  are  precomputed
receivables  originated  in the  State of  California.  All of such  precomputed
receivables are rule of 78's receivables.  Approximately _____% of the aggregate
principal  balance of the  initial  receivables  as of  _____________  represent
financing of new vehicles;  the remainder of the initial  receivables  represent
financing of used vehicles.

         Initial  receivables  representing  more  than  10%  of  the  aggregate
principal  balance  of  the  initial  receivables  as  of  _______________  were
originated in the States of __________  and  _________.  The  performance of the
receivables  in the aggregate  could be adversely  affected in particular by the
development of adverse economic conditions in such states.

         The  trust  is  obligated  to  purchase  subsequent  receivables  on  a
subsequent  transfer date only if the  subsequent  receivables  satisfy  certain
criteria, including that:

         o        the aggregate principal balance of subsequent receivables that
                  are Tier II  receivables  will not be more  than  ____% of the
                  aggregate principal balance of the subsequent receivables;

         o        the aggregate principal balance of subsequent receivables that
                  are  modified  receivables  will not be more than ____% of the
                  aggregate principal balance of the subsequent receivables;

         o        [describe   other   criteria   specific   to  the   particular
                  transaction].

         In  addition,  the  trust  is  obligated  to  purchase  the  subsequent
receivables  only if the  weighted  average  remaining  term of the  receivables
(including the subsequent  receivables) is not more than _____ months. The trust
will determine  whether the receivables  satisfy the above criteria based on the
characteristics  of  the  initial  receivables  as of  _______________  and  any
subsequent receivables as of the related subsequent cutoff date.

         The initial  receivables  will  represent  approximately  _____% of the
initial aggregate principal balance of the certificates. However, except for the
criteria described in the preceding paragraphs, the subsequent receivables are


                                       17
<PAGE>



not required to have any other  specified  criteria.  Therefore,  following  the
transfer of subsequent  receivables to the trust, the aggregate  characteristics
of the entire  receivables  pool,  including the composition of the receivables,
the  distribution  by contract rate and the  geographic  distribution,  may vary
significantly from those of the initial receivables.

         The   composition,   distribution   by  contract  rate  and  geographic
distribution of the initial  receivables as of _______________  are as set forth
in the following tables.

      Composition of the Initial Receivables as of _______________
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                     Weighted
                                                                   Aggregate          Original         Average
                                                   Number of        Principal         Principal       Contract
                                                  Receivables        Balance           Balance          Rate
                                                  -----------        -------           -------          ----
<S>                                               <C>           <C>                 <C>               <C>
New Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks............               $                  $                         %
Used Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks...........                                                            %
New Vans (1).....................................                                                            %
Used Vans (1)....................................                                                            %
                                                  -----------    -----------        ----------          -----
All Receivables..................................                $                  $                        %
                                                  ===========    ===========        ==========          -----


                                                    Weighted       Weighted       Percent
                                                     Average        Average     of Aggregate
                                                    Remaining      Original   Principal
                                                     Term(2)        Term(2)    Balance(3)
                                                     -------        -------    ----------
New Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks..........          mos.            mos.              %
Used Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks.........
New Vans (1)...................................
Used Vans (1)..................................
                                                  -----------    -----------        ----------
All Receivables................................          mos.            mos.              %
                                                  ===========    ===========        ==========
</TABLE>


                                       18
<PAGE>


(1) References to vans include minivans and van conversions.
(2) Based on scheduled maturity and assuming no prepayments of the receivables.
(3) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

       Distribution of the Initial Receivables by Remaining Term
                  as of ___________________

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Percent                                   Percent
                                                   of Total                Aggregate        of Aggregate
    Remaining                   Number of           Number of             Principal          Principal
   Term Range                   Receivables      Receivables (1)            Balance          Balance(1)
   ----------                   -----------      ---------------            -------          ----------
<S>                             <C>                <C>                  <C>                    <C>
  to     months...........                                %             $                             %
  to     months...........
  to     months...........
                                -----------      ----------             -----------          ----------
          Total...........                                %             $                             %
                                ===========      ==========             ===========
==========
</TABLE>

(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.


               Geographic Distribution of the Initial Receivables
                          as of _______________
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                            Percent                                    Percent
                                                           of Total               Aggregate         of Aggregate
                                    Number of              Number of              Principal          Principal
     State (1) (2)                 Receivables          Receivables (3)           Balance            Balance (3)
     -------------                 -----------          ---------------           -------            -----------
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>                  <C>                     <C>
     ........................                                    %            $                              %
     ........................
     ........................


                                       19
<PAGE>


     ........................
     ........................
                                   -----------          ---------              ----------            ---------
         Total...............                                    %             $                             %
                                   ===========          =========              ==========
=========
</TABLE>


(1) Based on address of the dealer selling the related financed vehicle.

(2) Receivables  originated  in  Ohio  were  solicited  by  dealers  for  direct
    financing by UAC or its predecessor.  All other  receivables were originated
    by dealers and purchased from such dealers by UAC or its predecessor.

(3) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

        Distribution of the Initial Receivables by Financed Vehicle Model
                       Year as of _______________
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                         Percent                        Percent
                                                        of Total         Aggregate   of Aggregate
   Model                              Number of         Number of        Principal    Principal
   Year                              Receivables     Receivables(1)      Balance      Balance(1)
   ----                              -----------     --------------      -------      ----------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>                <C>            <C>
     ..........................                               %         $                       %
     ..........................
     ..........................
     ..........................
                                     -----------     ----------         -----------      --------
                  Total........                               %         $                       %
                                     ===========     ==========         ===========      ========
</TABLE>


(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.




                                       20
<PAGE>

            Distribution of the Initial Receivables by Contract Rate
                         as of _______________

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Percent                            Percent
                                                                 of Total         Aggregate       of Aggregate
                                               Number of         Number of        Principal        Principal
Contract Rate Range                           Receivables     Receivables(1)      Balance          Balance(1)
- -------------------                           -----------     --------------      -------          ----------

<S>                                            <C>             <C>              <C>
             to     ......................                              %       $                            %
             to     ......................
             to     ......................
             to     ......................
                                              -----------     ----------        =========          ----------
               Total......................                              %       $                            %
                                              ===========     ===========       =========
==========
</TABLE>

(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

Delinquency and Credit Loss Experience

[Discussion  of  Delinquencies  and Credit  Loss  Experience  to be updated  per
current information]

         UAC's  expectations  with respect to delinquency and credit loss trends
constitute  forward-looking statements and are subject to important factors that
could cause actual  results to differ  materially  from those  projected by UAC.
Such factors include, but are not limited to, general economic factors affecting
obligors'  abilities  to make  timely  payments  on their  indebtedness  such as
employment status, rates of consumer bankruptcy,  consumer debt levels generally
and the  interest  rates  applicable  thereto.  In addition,  credit  losses are
affected by UAC's  ability to realize on  recoveries  of  repossessed  vehicles,
including, but not limited to, the market for used cars at any given time.

                    WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE CERTIFICATES

         Information  regarding  certain maturity and prepayment  considerations
about the certificates is described under "Weighted Average Life of the


                                       21
<PAGE>


Securities"  in the  accompanying  prospectus.  Because  the rate of  payment of
principal  of  the  certificates  depends  primarily  on  the  rate  of  payment
(including   voluntary   prepayments  and  principal  in  respect  of  defaulted
receivables  and  purchased   receivables)  of  the  principal  balance  of  the
receivables,  final  payment  of each  class of  certificates  could  occur much
earlier than the applicable final scheduled payment date. You will bear the risk
of being able to reinvest early principal payments on the certificates at yields
at least equal to the yield on your certificates.

         Prepayments  on  retail   installment  sale  contracts,   such  as  the
receivables,  can be measured  relative to a prepayment  standard or model.  The
model  used in this  prospectus  supplement  is the  Absolute  Prepayment  Model
("ABS").  The ABS model  represents  an assumed  rate of  prepayment  each month
relative to the original  number of receivables in a pool. The ABS model further
assumes that all of the receivables are the same size, amortize at the same rate
and that each  receivable  will be paid as scheduled or will be prepaid in full.
For example, in a pool of receivables  originally containing 100 receivables,  a
1% ABS rate means that one receivable prepays in full each month. The ABS model,
like any prepayment model, does not claim to be either a historical  description
of prepayment experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment.

         The  tables on page S-__ have  been  prepared  on the basis of  certain
assumptions, including that:

         o        the receivables prepay in full at the specified monthly ABS;

         o        each scheduled  payment on the receivables is made on the last
                  day of each  collection  period  and  includes a full month of
                  interest;

         o        distributions  on the  certificates  are  paid in cash on each
                  payment  date  commencing   ____________  and  on  the  eighth
                  calendar day of each  subsequent  month in accordance with the
                  description set forth under "The Certificates -- Distributions
                  on the Certificates;"

         o        the closing date occurs on ______________;

         o        no  defaults  or  delinquencies  in the  payment of any of the
                  receivables occur;

         o        none of the receivables are repurchased due to a breach of any
                  representation or warranty or for any other reason;


                                       22
<PAGE>




         o        the servicer exercises its rights with respect to the optional
                  sale on the first possible payment date; and

         o        the  entire  amount  of  funds  deposited  in the  pre-funding
                  account is used to purchase subsequent receivables.

The  table  indicates  the  projected  weighted  average  life of each  class of
certificates  and sets forth the percentage of the initial  aggregate  principal
balance of each class of certificates  that is projected to be outstanding after
each of the payment  dates shown at specified  ABS  percentages.  The table also
assumes that the receivables have been aggregated into five  hypothetical  pools
with all of the  receivables  within each such pool  having the  characteristics
described below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Assumed       Weighted Average          Weighted Average
              Cutoff Date      Weighted Average        Cutoff        Remaining Term to         Original Term to
   Pool    Principal Balance    Contract Rate           Date       Maturity (in Months)      Maturity (in Months)
   ----    -----------------    -------------           ----       --------------------      --------------------
<S>       <C>                     <C>                  <C>             <C>                      <C>
    1     $                                %
    2
    3
    4
    5
           -----------------    -------------           ----             --------------           ---------------
  Total   $                                %
          ==================    ============            ====             ==============
  ===============
</TABLE>

         The   information   included  in  the  following   tables  consists  of
forward-looking statements and involves risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual  results  to  differ   materially  from  those  in  the   forward-looking
statements.  The actual  characteristics and performance of the receivables will
differ from the  assumptions  used in  constructing  the tables on page S-19. We
have provided these  hypothetical  illustrations  using the  assumptions  listed
above to give you a general  illustration  of how the principal  balances of the
certificates may decline. However, it is highly unlikely that the receivables


                                       23
<PAGE>

will prepay at a constant ABS until maturity or that all of the receivables will
prepay at the same ABS. In addition,  the diverse  terms of  receivables  within
each of the five  hypothetical  pools could  produce  slower or faster  rates of
principal distributions than indicated in the table at the various specified ABS
rates.  Any  difference  between  such  hypothetical  assumptions,   the  actual
characteristics,  performance and prepayment  experience of the receivables will
affect  the  percentages  of  initial   aggregate   principal   balance  of  the
certificates  outstanding  over  time  and the  weighted  average  lives  of the
certificates.

       Important notice  regarding  calculation of the weighted average life and
        the assumptions upon which the tables on page S-__ are based

         The  weighted  average  life of a  certificate  is  determined  by: (a)
     multiplying  the  amount  of  each  principal  payment  on  the  applicable
     certificate  by the number of years from the  assumed  closing  date to the
     related  payment date, (b) adding the results,  and (c) dividing the sum by
     the related initial aggregate principal balance of such certificate.

         The tables on page S-__ have been prepared based on (and should be read
     in  conjunction  with)  the  assumptions  described  on pages  S-__ and S__
     (including the assumptions regarding the characteristics and performance of
     the  receivables,  which will  differ from the actual  characteristics  and
     performance of the receivables).


      Percent of Initial Certificate Balance at Various ABS Percentages (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Class A Certificates                           Class B Certificates
<S>                   <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>
Payment Date          1.0%     1.4%     1.6%    1.8%     2.5%       1.0%     1.4%     1.6%    1.8%   2.5%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     closing date........      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %

 Weighted Average Life (in years) .....
</TABLE>

(1)  See the  important  notice  on page  S-__  of  this  prospectus  supplement
     regarding calculation of the weighted average life and the assumptions upon
     which these tables are based.


                                       24
<PAGE>


                       YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         Monthly  Interest will be  distributed  to  certificateholders  on each
payment date to the extent of the  pass-through  rate applied to the  applicable
certificate  balance as of the  preceding  payment date or the closing  date, as
applicable  (after giving effect to distributions of principal on such preceding
payment date). See "The  Certificates --  Distributions on the  Certificates" in
this prospectus supplement.

         Upon a full or partial  prepayment on a receivable,  certificateholders
will receive interest for the full month of such prepayment either:

         (1)      through the distribution of interest paid on the receivables;

         (2)      from a withdrawal from the spread account; or

         (3)      by an advance from the servicer.

         Although  the  receivables  will have  different  contract  rates,  the
contract rate of each receivable generally will exceed the sum of:

         (1)      the weighted average of the class A pass-through  rate and the
                  class B pass-through rate; and

         (2)      the per annum rate used to  calculate  the monthly servicing
                  fee.

         However,  the contract rate on a small  percentage  of the  receivables
will be less than the foregoing sum. For such receivables, amounts on deposit in
the yield  supplement  account will be used to cover  resulting  shortfalls with
respect to Monthly  Interest and the servicing fee. The  availability of amounts
on  deposit  in  the  yield  supplement  account  reduces  the  likelihood  that
disproportionate  rates of prepayments between receivables with higher and lower
contract  rates will  affect  the  ability  of the trust to  distribute  Monthly
Interest to certificateholders. See "The Certificates -- Accounts."



                                       25
<PAGE>

Mandatory Repurchase

         If any pre-funded amount remains in the pre-funding  account at the end
of  the   pre-funding   period,   the  trustee  will  pay  such  amount  to  the
certificateholders  on the payment date on or immediately following the last day
of the  pre-funding  period.  The  trustee  will pay the  amount,  which will be
applied as a principal prepayment of the certificates, to the certificateholders
pro rata, based on the initial principal amounts of the certificates held by the
certificateholders.

                              THE DEPOSITOR AND UAC

         UAC  currently  acquires   receivables  from  over  3,900  manufacturer
franchised  automobile  dealerships in 32 states. UAC is an Indiana corporation,
formed in December  1993 by UAC's  predecessor,  Union  Federal  Savings Bank of
Indianapolis,  to  succeed  to the  predecessor's  indirect  automobile  finance
business,  which the predecessor  had operated since 1986. UAC began  purchasing
and  originating  receivables in April 1994. For the fiscal years ended June 30,
1995,  1996,  1997,  and  1998,  UAC  and/or  its  predecessor   acquired  prime
receivables  aggregating  $767 million,  $995 million,  $1,076  million and $945
million,  respectively,  representing  annual increases of 30%, 8% and an annual
decrease of 12%, respectively.  Of the approximately $2.0 billion of receivables
in the  servicing  portfolio  of UAC  (consisting  of the  principal  balance of
receivables  held for  sale  and  securitized  receivables)  at June  30,  1998,
approximately  76% represented  receivables on used cars and  approximately  24%
represented receivables on new cars.

                                THE CERTIFICATES

         The  certificates  will be issued pursuant to the pooling and servicing
agreement.  You  may  request  a copy of the  pooling  and  servicing  agreement
(without  exhibits)  by  contacting  the servicer at the address set forth under
"Reports to Certificateholders" in this prospectus supplement. References to the
relevant  sections  of the  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  appear  below in
parentheses.  We do not claim that the  following  summary is complete  and this
summary is subject to and  qualified in its entirety by reference to the pooling
and servicing agreement.


                                       26
<PAGE>



Sale and Assignment of Receivables; Subsequent Receivables

         We have  described the conveyance of the initial  receivables  (1) from
UAFC to the seller pursuant to the purchase  agreement dated as of ____________,
among UAFC,  UAC and the seller and (2) from the seller to the trust pursuant to
the pooling and servicing  agreement in the  accompanying  prospectus  under the
heading  "Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Sale and
Assignment of Receivables." In addition, during the funding period, UAFC will be
obligated  to sell to the seller and the seller will be obligated to sell to the
trust, subsequent receivables having an aggregate principal balance equal to the
pre-funded  amount  of  approximately   $_______________   to  the  extent  that
subsequent receivables are available.

         On each subsequent  transfer date during the funding period,  UAFC will
sell and assign to the seller, and the seller will sell and assign to the trust,
without recourse, their respective interests in the subsequent receivables.  The
subsequent  receivables will be designated by UAFC as of the related  subsequent
cutoff date and  identified  in a schedule  attached to a subsequent  assignment
instrument  relating to such  subsequent  receivables.  Such  instrument will be
executed  and  delivered  on such  subsequent  transfer  date by the  seller for
delivery to the trustee pursuant to the pooling and servicing agreement, subject
to the conditions described below.

         Any conveyance of subsequent receivables is subject to the satisfaction
of the following  conditions,  among others, on or before the related subsequent
transfer date:

o        each such subsequent  receivable must satisfy the eligibility  criteria
         specified  in the pooling and  servicing  agreement  and shall not have
         been  selected from among such  eligible  receivables  in a manner that
         UAFC  or  the   seller   deems   adverse  to  the   interests   of  the
         certificateholders;

o        as of the related  subsequent cutoff date, the receivables in the trust
         at that time,  including the  subsequent  receivables to be conveyed by
         the seller as of such subsequent cutoff date, will satisfy the criteria
         described under "The  Receivables  Pool" in this prospectus  supplement
         and under "The Receivables Pools" in the accompanying prospectus; and

o        UAFC shall have  executed and  delivered to the seller,  and the seller
         shall have executed and delivered to the trustee,  a written assignment
         conveying  such  subsequent  receivables  to the  seller and the trust,
         respectively   (including  a  schedule   identifying   such  subsequent
         receivables).


                                       27
<PAGE>

Moreover,  any such conveyance of subsequent receivables will also be subject to
the  satisfaction  of the  following  requirements  within  ____ days  after the
termination of the funding period:

o        the seller must deliver  certain  opinions of counsel to the trustee
         and the rating  agencies with respect to the validity of the conveyance
         of the subsequent receivables to the trust;

o        the trustee shall have  received  written  confirmation  from a firm of
         certified   independent   public   accountants  that  the  receivables,
         including the subsequent  receivables,  satisfy the criteria  described
         under "The  Receivables  Pool" in this prospectus  supplement and under
         "The Receivables Pools" in the accompanying prospectus; and

o        the rating  agencies  shall have  notified the seller in writing  that,
         following the addition of the subsequent  receivables to the trust, the
         certificates  will  continue to be rated by such rating  agencies in at
         least  the same  rating  categories  in which  they  were  rated on the
         closing date.

Such confirmation of the ratings of the certificates may depend on factors other
than  the   characteristics  of  the  subsequent   receivables,   including  the
delinquency,  repossession and net loss experience on the automobile, light duty
truck and minivan  receivables  in the portfolio  serviced by the servicer.  UAC
will immediately  repurchase from the trustee,  at a price equal to the Purchase
amount  thereof,  any  subsequent  receivable  that fails to satisfy  any of the
foregoing conditions subsequent.

         Subsequent  receivables  may be or may have been originated or acquired
by UAC at a later  date using  credit  criteria  different  from those that were
applied  to  the  initial  receivables.  See  "The  Receivables  Pool"  in  this
prospectus supplement.

Accounts

         In addition to the  certificate  account,  the servicer will  establish
with the trustee for the benefit of the  certificateholders the yield supplement
account, the spread account and the payahead account.

         Yield  Supplement  Account.  For each  receivable on which the contract
rate  is  less  than  the  sum of (a)  the  weighted  average  of  the  class  A
pass-through  rate  and  the  class B  pass-through  rate  and  (b)  the  annual
percentage rate at which the servicing fee is calculated with respect to the


                                       28
<PAGE>

certificate  balance for such  receivable,  on the closing  date the seller will
deposit into the yield  supplement  account an amount equal to the  aggregate of
such shortfall over the term of such receivables based on the scheduled payments
of the  receivables.  We  refer  to the  amount  to be  deposited  in the  yield
supplement  account as total yield  supplement  deposit.  On each  determination
date,  the servicer shall  withdraw an amount to apply to  distributions  on the
certificates  on the related  payment date equal to the scheduled  shortfall for
the  previous  collection  period,  or the yield  supplement  amount.  The yield
supplement  account  will be  maintained  by the  trustee for the benefit of the
certificateholders, but will not form part of the trust. (Section ___.)

         Spread  Account.  On the closing date,  the trustee will  establish the
spread  account,  into which the seller will  deposit an amount equal to ___% of
the initial aggregate  principal balance of the  certificates.  Thereafter,  the
amount held in the spread account will increase up to the required spread amount
by the deposit of payments on the  receivables  not used to make payments to the
certificateholders  and the  servicer  for  the  monthly  servicing  fee and any
permitted  reimbursements of outstanding  advances on any payment date. Although
we intend for the  amount on deposit in the spread  account to grow over time to
equal  the  required  spread  amount  through  monthly  deposits  of any  excess
collections  on the  receivables,  we cannot  assure you that such  growth  will
actually  occur.  On each  payment  date,  any  amounts on deposit in the spread
account,  after the payment of any amounts  owed to the  certificateholders,  in
excess of the required spread amount will be distributed to the seller.

         Under the terms of the pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  the trustee
will withdraw funds from the spread account to the extent available and transfer
such funds to the certificate  account for any deficiency of Monthly Interest or
Monthly  Principal as further  described  below under "--  Distributions  on the
Certificates."

         If the balance of the spread  account is reduced to zero on any payment
date, the trust will depend solely on current  distributions  on the receivables
to  make  distributions  of  principal  and  interest  on the  certificates.  In
addition, because the market value of motor vehicles generally declines with age
and because of  difficulties  that may be encountered in enforcing motor vehicle
contracts as described  in the  accompanying  prospectus  under  "Certain  Legal
Aspects of the  Receivables," the servicer may not recover the entire amount due
on such  receivables  in the event of a  repossession  and  resale of a financed
vehicle  securing a  receivable  in  default.  In such  event,  you may suffer a
corresponding  loss  which  will  be  borne  first  pro  rata  by  the  class  B
certificateholders,  up to  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class  B
certificates, and then pro rata by the class A certificateholders.


                                       29
<PAGE>


         Payahead  Account.  On the closing date,  the servicer will establish a
payahead  account,  in the name of the  trustee  on  behalf of  obligors  on the
receivables and the certificateholders. Payments on precomputed receivables will
be deposited  and held until they are  withdrawn  and applied as payments on the
certificates.  [Insert  description of mechanism for determining the precomputed
payment schedule for specific transaction.]


Subordination of the Class B Certificates

         The rights of the class B certificateholders  to receive  distributions
with respect to the receivables will be subordinated to such rights of the class
A certificateholders to the extent described in this prospectus supplement. This
subordination  is intended to enhance the  likelihood  of timely  receipt by the
class  A  certificateholders  of the  full  amount  of  interest  and  principal
distributable  to  them  on  each  payment  date,  and to  afford  the  class  A
certificateholders  limited  protection  against  losses  due to  losses  on the
receivables.

         No   distribution   of   interest   will  be   made  to  the   class  B
certificateholders on any payment date until the full amount of interest payable
on the class A  certificates  on such payment date has been  distributed  to the
class A certificateholders, and no distribution of principal will be made to the
class B certificateholders  on any payment date until the full amount of Class A
Monthly Interest and Class A Monthly  Principal payable on such payment date has
been paid.  Distributions  of interest on the class B  certificates  will not be
subordinated to distributions of principal of the class A certificates.  Because
the  rights  of the  class B  certificateholders  to  receive  distributions  of
principal will be subordinated  to the rights of the class A  certificateholders
to receive  distributions  of interest and  principal,  the class B certificates
will be more likely than the class A certificates to suffer losses due to losses
on the receivables. If the aggregate amount of losses on the receivables exceeds
the amount on deposit in the spread account,  class B certificateholders may not
recover their initial investment in the class B certificates.

         The class A certificateholders  are protected by the right of the class
A  certificateholders  to receive  distributions  on the receivables  before the
class B  certificateholders  receive  distributions,  in the  manner  and to the
extent described above. In addition, if there are delinquencies or losses on the
receivables,  the class A  certificateholders  may be protected by the funds, if
any, on deposit in the spread account.


                                       30
<PAGE>

Advances

         With respect to each receivable delinquent more than 30 days at the end
of a collection  period, the servicer will make an advance in an amount equal to
30 days of interest but only if the servicer, in its sole discretion, expects to
recover the advance from subsequent collections on the receivable.  The servicer
will  deposit  the  advance  in  the  certificate   account  on  or  before  the
determination  date.  The  servicer  will  recover its advance  from  subsequent
payments by or on behalf of the respective obligor,  from insurance proceeds or,
upon the servicer's  determination that reimbursement from the preceding sources
is  unlikely,  will  recover  its  advance  from any  collections  made on other
receivables.

Distributions on the Certificates

         The servicer  will  deposit in the  certificate  account the  aggregate
principal  payments,  including  full and partial  prepayments  (except  certain
prepayments  in respect of  precomputed  receivables  as  described  above under
"--Accounts")  received  on  all  receivables  with  respect  to  the  preceding
collection period. The funds available for distribution on the next payment date
("Available Funds") will consist of:

         o        all payments on the simple interest receivables;

         o        the scheduled payments on precomputed receivables;

         o        the yield supplement amount for the related payment date;

         o        the net amount to be transferred  from the payahead account to
                  the collection account for the related payment date;

         o        all advances for such collection period; and

         o        the purchase amount for all receivables  that became purchased
                  receivables during the preceding collection period.

The servicer will determine the amount of funds necessary to make  distributions
of Monthly Principal and Monthly Interest to the  certificateholders  and to pay
the monthly servicing fee to the servicer. If there is a deficiency with respect
to Monthly  Interest or Monthly  Principal  on any payment  date,  after  giving
effect to payments of the monthly servicing fee and permitted  reimbursements of
outstanding  advances to the servicer on such payment  date,  the servicer  will
withdraw amounts from the spread account, up to the amount on deposit in


                                       31
<PAGE>

such  account.  If there  remains a  deficiency  of Monthly  Interest or Monthly
Principal  after such a withdrawal,  the servicer will notify the trustee of the
remaining deficiency.

         On each payment date, the trustee will apply or cause to be applied the
Available Funds (plus any amounts withdrawn from the spread account) to make the
following payments in the following priority:

         (a)      without duplication,  an amount equal to the sum of the amount
                  of  outstanding  advances in respect of  receivables  (x) that
                  became  defaulted  receivables  during  the  prior  collection
                  period   plus  (y)  that  the   servicer   determines   to  be
                  unrecoverable, to the servicer;

         (b)      the monthly  servicing  fee,  including  any  overdue  monthly
                  servicing  fee, to the servicer,  to the extent not previously
                  distributed to the servicer;

         (c)      pro rata, Class A Monthly  Interest,  including  any  overdue
                  Class A Monthly Interest, to the class A certificateholders;

         (d)      pro rata, Class B Monthly  Interest,  including  any  overdue
                  Class B Monthly Interest, to the class B certificateholders;

         (e)      pro  rata, Class  A  Monthly   Principal,   to  the class  A
                  certificateholders;

         (f)      pro  rata, Class  B  Monthly   Principal,   to  the  class  B
                  certificateholders;

         (g)      the amount of  recoveries  of  advances  (to the  extent  such
                  recoveries have not previously been reimbursed to the servicer
                  pursuant to clause (a) above), to the servicer;

         (h)      the amount of  liquidation  proceeds on purchased  receivables
                  purchased by the servicer, to the servicer;

         (i)      the amount of  liquidation  proceeds on purchased  receivables
                  repurchased by the seller, to the seller; and

         (j)      the balance into the spread account.


                                       32
<PAGE>

         After all distributions  pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) above have
been made for each  payment  date,  the amount of funds  remaining in the spread
account on such date, if any, in excess of the required  spread amount,  will be
distributed  by the trustee to the seller.  Any  amounts so  distributed  to the
seller will no longer be property of the trust and will not be available to make
payments to you.

         "Class A Monthly  Interest"  means, (1) for the first payment date, the
product  of the  following:  (one-twelfth  of the  class  A  pass-through  rate)
multiplied  by (the number of days from the closing date  (assuming the month of
the  closing  date has 30 days)  through the day before the first  payment  date
divided by 30)  multiplied by (the  aggregate  principal  balance of the class A
certificates  at the  closing  date) and (2) for any  subsequent  payment  date,
one-twelfth  of the product of the class A  pass-through  rate and the aggregate
principal  balance of the class A certificates as of the  immediately  preceding
payment  date (after  giving  effect to any  distribution  of Monthly  Principal
required to be made on such preceding payment date).

         "Class A Monthly  Principal" for any payment date will equal the amount
necessary to reduce the aggregate  principal balance of the class A certificates
to ____% of the aggregate  unpaid  principal  balances of the receivables on the
last day of the preceding  collection period;  provided,  however,  that Class A
Monthly  Principal on the final scheduled  payment date will equal the aggregate
principal  balance of the class A certificates  on such date. For the purpose of
determining  Class A  Monthly  Principal,  the  unpaid  principal  balance  of a
defaulted receivable or a purchased receivable is deemed to be zero on and after
the  last  day of the  collection  period  in  which  such  receivable  became a
defaulted receivable or a purchased receivable.

         "Class B Monthly  Interest"  means, (1) for the first payment date, the
product  of the  following:  (one-twelfth  of the  class  B  pass-through  rate)
multiplied  by (the number of days from the closing date  (assuming the month of
the  closing  date has 30 days)  through the day before the first  payment  date
divided by 30)  multiplied by (the  aggregate  principal  balance of the class B
certificates  at the  closing  date) and (2) for any  subsequent  payment  date,
one-twelfth  of the product of the class B  pass-through  rate and the aggregate
principal  balance of the class B certificates as of the  immediately  preceding
payment  date (after  giving  effect to any  distribution  of Monthly  Principal
required to be made on such preceding payment date).

         "Class B Monthly  Principal" for any payment date will equal the amount
necessary to reduce the aggregate  principal balance of the class B certificates
to ____% of the sum of the


                                       33
<PAGE>

aggregate  unpaid  principal  balances of the receivables on the last day of the
preceding collection period;  provided,  however, that Class B Monthly Principal
on the final scheduled  payment date will equal the aggregate  principal balance
of the class B certificates on such date. For the purpose of determining Class B
Monthly Principal,  the unpaid principal balance of a defaulted  receivable or a
purchased  receivable  is  deemed  to be zero on and  after  the last day of the
collection  period in which such receivable  became a defaulted  receivable or a
purchased receivable.

         A defaulted  receivable for any collection  period is any receivable as
to which any of the following has occurred: (1) any payment, or part thereof, in
excess  of $10 is 120  days  or  more  delinquent  as of the  last  day of  such
collection period; (2) the financed vehicle that secures the receivable has been
repossessed;  or (3) the receivable has been determined to be  uncollectable  in
accordance with the servicer's  customary  practices on or prior to the last day
of such collection  period;  provided,  however,  that any receivable  which the
seller or the servicer is obligated to  repurchase  or purchase  pursuant to the
pooling  and  servicing  agreement  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  a  defaulted
receivable.

         "Monthly Interest" for any payment date will equal the sum of the Class
A Monthly Interest and the class B Monthly Interest.


         As an  administrative  convenience,  the servicer  will be permitted to
make the deposit of collections and aggregate  advances and purchase amounts for
a purchased or  repurchased  receivables  for or with respect to the  collection
period,  net of  distributions to be made to the servicer or seller with respect
to the collection period. The servicer, however, will account to the trustee and
to the  certificateholders  as if  all  deposits  and  distributions  were  made
individually.

         The  following  chart sets forth an example of the  application  of the
foregoing provisions to the first payment date on _________________:

__________________ .....................Collection Period. The servicer receives
                                        monthly payments, prepayments, and other
                                        proceeds  in respect of the  receivables
                                        and  deposits  them  in the  collection
                                        account.  The  servicer  may  deduct the
                                        monthly    Servicing   fee   from   such
                                        deposits.

__________________......................Determination  Date.  The  determination
                                        date is the second  business  day before
                                        the  payment  date.  On or  before  this
                                        date,   the   servicer    delivers   the
                                        servicer's certificate setting forth the
                                        amounts to be distributed on the payment
                                        date and  notifying  the  trustee of any
                                        deficiencies.

__________________  ....................Record   Date.   Distributions   on  the
                                        payment    date    are    made   to
                                        certificateholders   of  record  at  the
                                        close of business on this date.

__________________......................Payment  Date.  The payment  date is the
                                        eighth  calendar day of the month, or if
                                        such  day is  not a  business  day,  the
                                        first  business  day   thereafter.   The
                                        trustee  withdraws funds from the spread
                                        account,  if  necessary,  to pay Monthly
                                        Principal   and   Monthly   Interest  to
                                        certificateholders  as described in this
                                        prospectus   supplement.   The   trustee
                                        distributes    to     certificateholders
                                        amounts   payable   in  respect  of  the
                                        certificates   and  pays   the   monthly
                                        servicing   fee   to  the   extent   not
                                        previously paid.

                          REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

       Unless and until  definitive  certificates  are issued  (which will occur
only under the limited circumstances  described in this prospectus  supplement),
____________________________,  as  trustee,  will  provide  monthly  and  annual
statements  concerning the trust and the certificates to Cede & Co., the nominee
of The Depository Trust Company, as registered holder of the certificates.  Such
statements will not constitute  financial statements prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting  principles.  A copy of the most recent monthly or
annual  statement  concerning the trust and the  certificates may be obtained by
contacting the servicer at Union  Acceptance  Corporation,  250 North  Shadeland
Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219 (telephone (317) 231-7939).



                                       34
<PAGE>

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Subject to the considerations set forth under "ERISA Considerations" in
the  accompanying  prospectus,  the class A  certificates  may be  eligible  for
purchase by an employee  benefit  plan or an  individual  retirement  account (a
"Benefit  Plan")  subject  to Title I of ERISA or Section  4975 of the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code").  A fiduciary of a Benefit Plan
must determine that the purchase of a class A certificate is consistent with its
fiduciary  duties  under  ERISA and does not  result in a  nonexempt  prohibited
transaction  as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. For
additional  information  regarding  treatment of the class A certificates  under
ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the accompanying prospectus.

       Benefit Plans should not purchase class B certificates  because the class
B certificates are subordinate to the class A certificates.

                                  UNDERWRITING

         Under  the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
underwriting  agreement for the sale of the certificates,  dated ______________,
the seller has agreed to sell and each of the underwriters named below severally
agreed to purchase the principal  amount of the certificates set forth below its
name below:

                         Principal Amount of              Principal Amount of
Underwriters            Class A Certificates             Class B Certificates
- ------------            --------------------             --------------------
                       $                              $

                       $                              $

         Total         $                              $

         In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to
the terms and  conditions set forth  therein,  to purchase all the  certificates
offered by the seller.

         The underwriters propose to offer part of the certificates  directly to
you at the prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus  supplement and
part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of
_____%  of the  denominations  of the  class A  certificates  or  _____%  of the
denominations  of the class B certificates.  The underwriters may allow and such
dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of _____% of the denominations of
the  class  A  certificates  or  _____%  of the  denominations  of the  class  B
certificates.

         The seller and UAC have agreed to indemnify  the  underwriters  against
certain liabilities,  including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.



                                       35
<PAGE>

         The  underwriters  tell us that  they  intend  to make a market  in the
certificates,  as permitted by applicable  laws and  regulations.  However,  the
underwriters are not obligated to make a market in the certificates and any such
market-making  may be  discontinued  at any time at the sole  discretion  of the
underwriters.  Accordingly, we give no assurances regarding the liquidity of, or
trading markets for, the certificates.

         In connection with this offering,  the  underwriters  may over-allot or
effect  transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of the class A
certificates  at a level  above that which might  otherwise  prevail in the open
market. Such stabilizing, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

         In the ordinary course of their businesses,  the underwriters and their
affiliates  have  engaged and may in the future  engage in  investment  banking,
commercial  banking and other  advisory  or  commercial  relationships  with the
seller, UAC and their affiliates.

         The seller will receive proceeds of approximately  $_____________  from
the sale of the class A certificates (representing approximately  _____________%
of  the  principal  amount  of  the  class  A  certificates)  after  paying  the
underwriting    discount   of   $_____________    (representing    approximately
_____________%  of the  principal  amount  of the  class  A  certificates),  and
approximately   $_____________  from  the  sale  of  the  class  B  certificates
(representing approximately  _____________% of the principal amount of the class
B  certificates)  after  paying  the  underwriting  discount  of  $_____________
(representing approximately  _____________% of the principal amount of the class
B certificates). Additional offering expenses are estimated to be
$-------------.

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

         Certain legal matters relating to the certificates  will be passed upon
for the  seller  by  Barnes  &  Thornburg,  Indianapolis,  Indiana,  and for the
Underwriters  by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft.  Certain  federal  income tax
consequences with respect to the certificates will be passed upon for the seller
by Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft.



                                       36
<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

         We have listed below the terms used in this  prospectus  supplement and
the pages where definitions of the terms can be found.

ABS ........................................................           S-22
Available Funds ............................................           S-31
Benefit Plan ...............................................           S-35
Class A Monthly Interest....................................           S-33
Class A Monthly Principal ..................................           S-33
Class B Monthly Interest....................................           S-33
Class B Monthly Principal ..................................           S-33
Code .......................................................           S-35
ERISA ......................................................           S-35
Monthly Interest ...........................................           S-34
Monthly Principal ..........................................           S-33
UAC ........................................................           S-5
UAFC .......................................................           S-8

<PAGE>
                                [BASE PROSPECTUS]

PROSPECTUS

================================================================================

                                UACSC Auto Trusts
                            Asset Backed Certificates

                         UAC Securitization Corporation
                                    depositor
                          Union Acceptance Corporation
                                    servicer

  The trusts--
  
                           o        A new trust  will be  formed  to issue  each
                                    series    of   asset    backed    securities
                                    ("Securities").
  
                           o        The  primary  assets of each trust will be a
                                    pool  of  new  and  used  automobile  retail
                                    installment   sale  and   installment   loan
                                    contracts    secured   by   new   and   used
                                    automobiles, light trucks and vans.
  
                           o        Each trust will hold  security or  ownership
                                    interests in the vehicles financed under the
                                    trust's   receivables,   any  proceeds  from
                                    claims   on   certain   related    insurance
                                    policies,  amounts  on  deposit in the trust
                                    accounts    identified    in   the   related
                                    prospectus   supplement   and   any   credit
                                    enhancement  arrangements  specified  in the
                                    related prospectus supplement.
  
                           o        If  specified  in  the  related   prospectus
                                    supplement,  the  trust  will  own  funds on
                                    deposit in a pre-funding  account which will
                                    be used to purchase  additional  receivables
                                    during the period  specified  in the related
                                    prospectus supplement.
  
                           The offered securities--

                           o        will represent  beneficial  interests in the
                                    related trust;
                          
                           o        will be paid  only  from the  assets  of the
                                    related trust;

                           o        will  be  rated  by one or  more  nationally
                                    recognized  rating  agencies  on the related
                                    closing date;

                           o        may benefit from one or more forms of credit
                                    enhancement; and

                           o        will  be  issued  as  part  of a  designated
                                    series,  which  will  include  one  or  more
                                    classes of notes and/or certificates.

Consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page ___ in this prospectus.
                        
The Securities of a given series represent  beneficial  interests in the related
trust only. Such Securities do not represent obligations of or interests in, and
are  not  guaranteed  or  insured  by  UAC  Securitization  Corporation,   Union
Acceptance Corporation or any of their affiliates.
                        
This  prospectus may be used to offer and sell any series of Securities  only if
accompanied by the related prospectus supplement.


                                   ----------

Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
commission has approved or disapproved  of these  securities or determined  that
this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

                                   ----------

              The date of this prospectus is ____________________.


<PAGE>

         IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
                      AND THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT


         We tell  you  about  the  securities  in two  separate  documents  that
progressively  provide more detail: (1) this prospectus,  which provides general
information,  some of which may not apply to a particular  series of securities,
including your series;  and (2) the related  prospectus  supplement,  which will
describe the specific terms of your series of securities, including:

o        the timing of interest and principal payments;

o        the priority of interest and principal payments;

o        financial and other information about the receivables;

o        information about credit enhancement for each class;

o        the ratings of each class; and

o        the method for selling the securities.

         If the  descriptions of a particular  series of securities vary between
this  prospectus  and  the  prospectus  supplement,   you  should  rely  on  the
information in the prospectus supplement.

         You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus and
the related  prospectus  supplement,  including the information  incorporated by
reference.  We have not authorized  anyone to provide you with any additional or
different  information.  The information in the related prospectus supplement is
only accurate as of the date of the related  prospectus  supplement.  We are not
offering the securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

         We  include  cross-references  in this  prospectus  and in the  related
prospectus  supplement to captions in these materials where you can find further
related discussions. The following table of contents provides the pages on which
these captions are located.

         You can find a listing  of the pages  where  capitalized  terms used in
this  prospectus  are  defined  under the  caption  "Index of  Principal  Terms"
beginning on page __ of this prospectus.

         In this  prospectus  and in any  related  prospectus  supplement,  "we"
refers to the seller,  UAC Securitization  Corporation,  and "you" refers to any
prospective investor in the securities.

                                                         1

<PAGE>




SUMMARY OF TERMS..........................................
         Issuer   ........................................
         Seller   ........................................
         Servicer ........................................
         Trustee  ........................................
         Indenture Trustee................................
         The Notes........................................
         The Certificates.................................
         Strip Securities.................................
         Book Entry Securities............................
         Prepayment of Securities Due to Purchase
         The Trust Property...............................
         Pre-Funded Receivables...........................
         Credit Enhancement...............................
         Transfer and Servicing Agreements................
         Repurchase of Receivables by UAC or the
                  Servicer................................
         Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables;
                  Repurchase Obligations..................
         Tax Considerations...............................
         ERISA Considerations.............................
         Ratings  ........................................

RISK FACTORS..............................................
         Pre-Funding May Reduce Your
                  Anticipated Yield.......................
         If the Trust Does Not Have a Perfected
                  Security Interest in a Financed
                  Vehicle, It May Not Be Able to
                  Collect on the Receivable...............
                           If a Receivables Transfer is Not a Sale, the
                                    Insolvency of UAC or Its Affiliates
                                    Could Reduce Payments to You
         Limited Obligations of UAC and Its
                  Affiliates Have Limited
                  Obligations to Make Payments to
                  the Trusts..............................
         Each Trust Will Have Limited Assets .............
         Payments on Some Securities May be
                  Subordinated to Payments on
                  Other Securities........................

                            2

<PAGE>




         Rapid Prepayments May Reduce Your
                  Anticipated Yield.......................
                           Book-Entry Registration........

THE TRUSTS................................................
         The Owner Trustee and the Indenture
                  Trustee.................................

THE RECEIVABLES POOLS.....................................
         General  ........................................
         Underwriting Procedures..........................
         Allocation of Payments...........................
         Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net
                  Losses..................................

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE
         SECURITIES.......................................

POOL FACTORS AND OTHER POOL
         INFORMATION......................................

USE OF PROCEEDS...........................................

UNION ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND
         AFFILIATES.......................................
         UAC Finance Corporation..........................
         Union Acceptance Funding Corporation.............
         Performance Funding Corporation..................
         UAC Securitization Corporation...................

DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES.............................
         General  ........................................
         Payments of Principal and Interest...............
         Book-Entry Registration..........................
         Definitive Securities............................
         Statements to Securityholders....................
         List of Securityholders..........................

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND
         SERVICING AGREEMENTS.............................
         Sale and Assignment of Receivables...............
         Sale and Assignment of Subsequent
                  Receivables.............................

                            3

<PAGE>




         Accounts ........................................
         Servicing Procedures.............................
         Collections......................................
         Advances ........................................
         Servicing Compensation and Payment of
                  Expenses................................
         Payments and Distributions.......................
         Credit Enhancement...............................
         Evidence of Compliance...........................
         Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer...........
         Servicer Defaults................................
         Rights Upon Servicer Default.....................
         Waiver of Past Defaults..........................
         Amendment........................................
         Termination......................................

THE INDENTURE.............................................
         Default under the Indenture......................
         Certain Covenants................................
         Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture..........
         Modification of Indenture........................

CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE
         RECEIVABLES......................................
         Security Interest in Vehicles....................
         Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights................
         Deficiency Judgments and Excess
                  Proceeds................................
         Consumer Protection Laws.........................
         Other Limitations................................
         Bankruptcy Matters...............................

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES...........................
         FASITs   ........................................
         Tax Characterization of the Trust as a
                  Partnership.............................
         Tax Consequences to Holders of the
                  Notes ..................................
         Tax Consequences to Holders of the
                  Certificates............................
         TRUSTS TREATED AS GRANTOR
                  TRUSTS..................................
         Tax Characterization of Grantor Trusts...........

                            4

<PAGE>




         Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons..............

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS......................................

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION......................................

LEGAL MATTERS.............................................

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE
         INFORMATION......................................

INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS..................................


                            5

<PAGE>




                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

o        This summary highlights  selected  information from this prospectus and
         does not contain  all of the  information  that you should  consider in
         making your investment decision. To understand all of the terms of this
         offering,  read the entire  prospectus and the accompanying  prospectus
         supplement.

o        The  definitions  of capitalized  terms used in this  prospectus can be
         found  on  the  pages  indicated  in the  "Index  of  Principal  Terms"
         beginning on page __ of this prospectus.

Issuer

The issuer with  respect to any series of notes  and/or  certificates  will be a
trust.  If the trust  issues  notes and  certificates,  the trust will be formed
under a trust and servicing  agreement between the seller,  the servicer and the
owner trustee. If the trust only issues  certificates,  the trust will be formed
under a pooling and servicing  agreement among the seller,  the servicer and the
trustee.

Seller

UAC Securitization Corporation will be the seller in connection with each trust.
The seller's principal  executive offices are located at 9240 Bonita Beach Road,
Suite 1109-A,  Bonita Springs,  Florida 34135, and its telephone number is (941)
948-1850.

Servicer

Union  Acceptance  Corporation  ("UAC") will be the servicer of each trust.  The
servicer's  principal  executive  offices  are  located  at 250 North  Shadeland
Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219, and its telephone number is (317) 231-2717.

Trustee

The trustee or owner trustee will be specified in the prospectus  supplement for
each trust.

Indenture Trustee

The indenture trustee with respect to any series of securities that includes one
or more classes of notes will be the indenture  trustee specified in the related
prospectus supplement.

The Notes

A series of  securities  issued by a trust may  include  one or more  classes of
notes. Each class of notes of a series will be issued under an indenture between
the applicable trust and the related indenture  trustee.  We will specify in the
related  prospectus  supplement which class or classes of notes, if any, will be
offered in connection with the issuance of a series.


                                                         1

<PAGE>




Generally,  each  class  of notes  will  have a stated  note  principal  balance
specified  in the  related  prospectus  supplement  and the  notes  will  accrue
interest on the stated note principal balance at a specified rate. Each class of
notes  may  have a  different  interest  rate,  which  may be  fixed,  variable,
adjustable,  or any  combination  of fixed,  variable  and  adjustable.  We will
specify the interest rate for each class of notes or the method for  determining
such  interest  rate  in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  In  the  related
prospectus  supplement  we will  specify  the  timing  and  amount of  principal
payments  or the method  for  determining  the  timing  and amount of  principal
payments of each class of notes.

If a series  includes two or more classes of notes,  as specified in the related
prospectus supplement, each class may differ as to:

         o        timing and/or priority of payments;

         o        seniority and/or allocation of payments and losses;

         o        calculation and rate of interest;

         o        amount of payments of principal or interest;

         o        dependence of payments upon the occurrence of specified events
                  or upon collections from certain designated receivables; and

         o        any combination of the above.

The Certificates

A series of  securities  issued by a trust may  include  one or more  classes of
certificates.  We will issue each class of  certificates of a series pursuant to
the related trust and servicing agreement or pooling and servicing agreement. We
will  specify in the  related  prospectus  supplement  which class or classes of
certificates of the related series are being offered.  Generally,  each class of
offered  certificates will have a stated certificate  principal balance and will
accrue interest on such class  certificate  balance at a specified  pass-through
rate. See "Description of the Securities -- Payments of Principal and Interest."

The  pass-through  rate applicable to each class of  certificates  may be fixed,
variable, adjustable or any combination of fixed, variable and adjustable.

We  will  specify  the  pass-through  rate or the  method  for  determining  the
applicable  pass-through  rate for each  class of  certificates  in the  related
prospectus supplement.  A series of certificates may include two or more classes
of certificates that may differ as to:

         o         timing and/or priority of distributions;

                                                         2

<PAGE>




         o        seniority and/or allocations of distributions and losses;

         o        calculation and pass-through rate of interest;

         o        amount of distributions in respect of principal or interest;

         o        dependence of payments upon the occurrence of specified events
                  or upon collections from certain designated receivables; or

         o        any combination of the above.

Strip Securities

If provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  a series may include one or
more classes of strip notes or strip certificates entitled to:

         o        interest  payments  with   disproportionate,   nominal  or  no
                  principal payments or

         o        principal  payments  with  disproportionate,   nominal  or  no
                  interest payments.

Book Entry Securities

We expect that the securities will be available in book-entry form only and will
be  available  for  purchase  in minimum  denominations  of $1,000 and  integral
multiples thereof,  except that one security of each class may be issued in such
denomination as is required to include any residual amount.  You will be able to
receive  definitive  securities  only  in the  limited  circumstances  described
elsewhere  in this  prospectus  or in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  See
"Description of the Securities -- Definitive Securities."

Prepayment of Securities due to Purchase

If so provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the  servicer or another
entity will be entitled to  purchase  the  receivables  from a trust or to cause
such  receivables  to be  purchased  by  another  entity  when  the  outstanding
principal  balance has declined below a specified level, in the manner described
in  such  prospectus  supplement.  If the  servicer  or any  such  other  entity
exercises any such option to purchase the receivables, the trust will prepay the
outstanding   securities.   See  "Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements -- Termination." In addition,  if the related  prospectus  supplement
provides that the property of a trust will include a pre-funding account for the
purchase of receivables  for a specified  funding period after the closing date,
one or more  classes of  securities  may be subject to a partial  prepayment  of
principal  following  the end of the  funding  period,  in the manner and to the
extent specified in the related prospectus  supplement.  See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts -- Pre-Funding Account."

                                                         3

<PAGE>




The Trust Property

Unless the related prospectus  supplement specifies  otherwise,  the property of
each trust will include:

         o        a pool of simple interest and precomputed interest installment
                  sale and  installment  loan contracts  secured by new and used
                  automobiles, light trucks and vans;

         o        certain amounts due or received from the receivables after the
                  cutoff date specified in the related prospectus supplement;

         o        security  interests  in  the  vehicles  financed  through  the
                  receivables;

         o        any right to recourse UAC has against the dealers who sold the
                  financed vehicles;

         o        proceeds from claims on certain insurance policies;

         o        certain rights under the related  purchase  agreement to cause
                  UAC  to  repurchase   receivables   affected   materially  and
                  adversely by breaches of the representations and warranties of
                  UAC; and

         o        all proceeds of the above.

The property of each trust also will  include  amounts on deposit in, or certain
rights with  respect to,  certain  accounts,  including  the related  collection
account  and  any  pre-funding  account,  spread  account  (or  cash  collateral
account),  payment  account,  yield  supplement  account  or any  other  account
identified in the applicable  prospectus  supplement.  See  "Description  of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts."

The receivables arise, or will arise, from:

(1)      motor  vehicle  installment  sale  contracts  that were  originated  by
         dealers  for  assignment  to  UAC  (directly  or  through  UAC  Finance
         Corporation,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of UAC  ("UACFC"),  or Union
         Federal  Savings Bank of  Indianapolis,  UAC's  predecessor  and parent
         corporation before August 7, 1995 ) or

(2)      motor  vehicle  loan  contracts  that were  solicited  by  dealers  for
         origination by UAC, UACFC or UAC's predecessor.

UAFC will sell all the  receivables  to be  included  in a trust to the  seller.
Then, the seller will transfer the receivables to the trust.

Immediately after UAC originates or otherwise acquires the automobile receivable
contracts, UAC sells the receivables to its subsidiary, Union Acceptance Funding
Corporation ("UAFC"). From time

                                                         4

<PAGE>




to time, UAC repurchases  receivables  from UAFC which are modified to provide a
different  monthly  payment or longer term to  maturity or a different  contract
rate of interest.  Any modified receivables to be included in a trust with other
receivables  will be sold by UAC to UAFC for  subsequent  resale  to the  seller
pursuant to the purchase agreement.

Payment of the amount due to the registered  lienholder under each receivable is
secured by a first perfected  security interest in the related financed vehicle.
UAFC, UAC, UACFC,  Performance  Funding Corporation ("PFC") or UAC's predecessor
is or will be the registered  lienholder on the  certificate of title of each of
the financed vehicles.

The receivables for each  receivables  pool will be selected from the automobile
receivable  portfolio of UAFC or, in the case of any modified  receivables to be
included in the trust, UAC, based on the criteria specified in the related trust
and servicing agreement or pooling and servicing agreement and described in this
prospectus  under "The  Receivables  Pools,"  "Description  of the  Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements--  Sale and  Assignment of  Receivables"  and " - Sale and
Assignment of Subsequent  Receivables," and in the related prospectus supplement
under "The Receivables Pool."

On the date a series of securities is issued, the seller will convey receivables
to the related trust in the aggregate  principal  amount provided in the related
prospectus supplement.

Pre-Funded Receivables

With  respect to any  series of  securities,  the trust may  commit to  purchase
additional  receivables from the seller following the date on which the trust is
established and the related  securities are issued. See "Description of Transfer
and Servicing  Agreements -- Accounts -- Pre-Funding  Account." We will describe
any such pre-funding arrangement in the related prospectus supplement.

Credit Enhancement

A trust may provide any one or more of the following forms of credit enhancement
for one or more class or classes of  securities  to the extent  described in the
related prospectus supplement:

         o        subordination  of one or more other  classes of  securities of
                  the same series,

         o        spread accounts (or cash collateral accounts),

         o        yield supplement accounts,

         o        insurance policies,

         o        surety bonds,

         o        letters of credit,

                                                         5

<PAGE>




         o        credit or liquidity facilities,

         o        over-collateralization,

         o        guaranteed investment contracts,

         o        swaps or other interest rate protection agreements,

         o        repurchase obligations,

         o        other  agreements  providing  third-party  payments  or  other
                  support,

         o        cash deposits, or

         o        any other arrangements described in the prospectus supplement.

We will describe any form of credit  enhancement,  including any limitations and
exclusions  from  coverage,  with  respect  to a trust or class  or  classes  of
securities in the related prospectus supplement.

Transfer and Servicing Agreements

UAFC will sell the receivables to the seller without  recourse,  pursuant to the
related  purchase  agreement  among UAC, UAFC and the seller.  If the trust will
issue one or more classes of notes,  the trust will pledge the  receivables  and
the trust's property to the indenture trustee as collateral for repayment of the
notes.  In addition,  the servicer will agree in the related trust and servicing
agreement  or pooling  and  servicing  agreement  to service,  manage,  maintain
custody of and make collections on the related receivables.

Unless otherwise  provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the servicer
will advance  funds to cover 30 days of interest due on any  receivable  that is
more than 30 days delinquent. The servicer will make such an advance only if the
servicer  expects  to recover  such  advance  from  subsequent  payments  on the
receivable.  Advances by the  servicer  will  increase the funds  available  for
distributions  to  securityholders  on a payment  date,  but the  servicer  will
recover such advances from  subsequent  payments of the  receivables  or, to the
extent set forth in the related prospectus  supplement,  from insurance proceeds
or withdrawals  from any spread account or other available  credit  enhancement.
See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Advances."

Repurchase of Receivables by UAC or the Servicer

UAC must  repurchase from the trust any receivable in which the interest of such
trust is materially and adversely  affected by a breach of any representation or
warranty made by UAC and/or UAFC in the related purchase agreement,  unless such
breach is cured in a timely manner following the discovery by or notice to UAC.

                                                         6

<PAGE>




In addition, the servicer must purchase any receivable if:

         (1)      among  other  things,  without  being  ordered  to  do so by a
                  bankruptcy  court or  otherwise  being  mandated  by law,  the
                  servicer:

         o        reduces  the rate of  interest  under the  related  receivable
                  contract,

         o        changes the amount of the  scheduled  monthly  payments or the
                  amount financed or

         o        fails to maintain a perfected security interest in the related
                  financed vehicle

and

         (2)      the  interest of the  securityholders  in such  receivable  is
                  materially and adversely affected by such action or failure to
                  act of the servicer.

If the servicer extends the date for final payment by the obligor on the related
receivable  beyond  the  latest  final  scheduled  maturity  date for any  class
specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  the servicer must purchase the
receivable on such final  scheduled  maturity date.  Except as described  above,
none of UAC, UAFC, the trust or the seller will have any other  obligation  with
respect to the receivables or the securities.  See  "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."

The servicer will receive a monthly fee for servicing  the  receivables  of each
trust. The monthly  servicing fee will be equal to (1) the monthly servicing fee
rate multiplied by (2) the aggregate  principal  balance of the receivables pool
as of the beginning of the related collection period (after giving effect to any
payments of principal  made on such date as of the beginning of each  collection
period).  In addition,  the servicer will receive certain late fees,  prepayment
charges and other  administrative fees or similar charges.  UAC may also receive
investment earnings from certain accounts and other cash flows with respect to a
trust.  See  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses."

Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables; Repurchase Obligations

In connection with the sale of receivables by UAFC to the seller,  by the seller
to a trust,  and,  in the case of a series  of notes  issued by the  trust,  the
pledge of the  receivables  and the trust's  property to the indenture  trustee,
security  interests in the related financed vehicles will be assigned by UAFC to
the seller,  by the seller to the trust and, if applicable,  by the trust to the
indenture trustee.  However, the certificates of title to such financed vehicles
will not be amended to reflect the assignments to the seller, to the trust or to
the  indenture  trustee.  In the  absence of such  amendments,  the trust or the
indenture  trustee may not have a perfected  security  interest in the  financed
vehicles securing the receivables in some states.

                                                         7

<PAGE>




Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  prospectus  supplement,  UAC must
repurchase from a trust any receivable sold to such trust as to which all action
necessary to secure a first perfected  security interest in the related financed
vehicle in the name of UAFC, UAC, UACFC,  PFC or UAC's  predecessor has not been
taken as of the date such receivable is purchased by such trust, if:

         (1)      such breach  materially and adversely  affects the interest of
                  the related securityholders in such receivable, and

         (2)      such  breach  is not  cured  by the  end of the  second  month
                  following the discovery by or notice to UAC of such breach.

If a trust or the indenture trustee does not have a perfected  security interest
in a financed vehicle,  it may not be able to enforce its rights to repossess or
otherwise collect on the financed vehicle. If the trust or the indenture trustee
has a perfected  security  interest in the  financed  vehicle,  the trust or the
indenture  trustee  will have a prior claim over  subsequent  purchasers  of the
financed  vehicle  and holders of  subsequently  perfected  security  interests.
However,  a trust or indenture  trustee could lose its security  interest or the
priority of its security interest in a financed vehicle due to liens for repairs
of financed  vehicles due to liens for unpaid taxes by the related  obligor,  or
through  fraud or negligence of a third party.  None of the seller,  UAFC,  UAC,
UACFC, PFC or UAC's predecessor will be required to repurchase a receivable with
respect to which a trust or indenture trustee loses its security interest or the
priority of its  security  interest in the related  financed  vehicle  after the
closing date as the result of any such mechanic's lien, tax lien or the fraud or
negligence of a third party.

Creditors  such as UAC and UACFC are  required to comply with  federal and state
consumer  protection  laws  in  connection  with  originating,   purchasing  and
collecting consumer  receivables such as the receivables.  Certain of these laws
provide that an assignee of such a  receivable  (such as a trust or an indenture
trustee) is liable to the related  obligor for any violation of such laws by the
creditor.  Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement,  UAC
must  repurchase  from the trust any  receivable  that fails to comply  with the
requirements of such consumer protection laws on the closing date if:

         (1)      such failure materially and adversely affects the interests of
                  the related securityholders in such receivable; and

         (2)      such  breach  is not  cured  by the  end of the  second  month
                  following the discovery by or notice to UAC of such breach.



UAC must  repurchase any such receivable for which there is an uncured breach on
or before the date that such breach is required to be cured.  See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables."

Tax Considerations

                                                         8

<PAGE>




If the  prospectus  supplement  does not specify that the related  trust will be
treated as a grantor trust, upon the issuance of a series of securities, special
federal  tax  counsel  to  such  trust  identified  in  the  related  prospectus
supplement will deliver an opinion to the effect that:

         o        any  notes of such  series  will or,  if so  specified  in the
                  related prospectus supplement, should be characterized as debt
                  for federal income tax purposes; and

         o        such trust will not be  characterized  as an association (or a
                  publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable as a  corporation  for
                  federal income tax purposes.

If a prospectus  supplement specifies that the related trust is a grantor trust,
federal tax counsel  will  deliver an opinion to the effect that such trust will
be treated as a grantor  trust for federal  income tax  purposes and will not be
subject to federal  income  tax.  See  "Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences"  for
additional  information regarding the application of federal tax laws to a trust
and the related securities.

ERISA Considerations

Subject to the  considerations  discussed under "ERISA  Considerations"  in this
prospectus  and  in the  related  prospectus  supplement  and  unless  otherwise
provided  therein,  any securities  that meet certain U. S.  Department of Labor
requirements  are  eligible  for  purchase by employee  benefit  plans and plans
subject to the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as amended
("ERISA"). Notes that are treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and
which have no  substantial  equity  features  may be acquired  by such  employee
benefit plans. A class of  certificates  that is subordinated to any other class
of  certificates  of the same series may not be  acquired  by any such  employee
benefit plan, a plan subject to ERISA or an individual  retirement account.  The
related  prospectus  supplement  will  indicate  if we do not believe a class of
securities is eligible for purchase by such plans. See "ERISA Considerations" in
this prospectus and in the related prospectus supplement.

Ratings

To the extent  described in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the securities
must  be  rated  by  one  or  more  nationally  recognized   statistical  rating
organizations.  A rating is not a recommendation  to purchase,  hold or sell the
securities  because a rating does not comment as to market price or  suitability
for a particular  investor.  Ratings of securities address the likelihood of the
payment of principal and interest on the securities  pursuant to their terms. We
cannot assure you that any rating will remain for a given period of time or that
any rating will not be lowered or  withdrawn  entirely by a rating  agency.  For
more  detailed  information  regarding  the  ratings  assigned  to any  class of
securities of a particular  series,  see "Summary of Terms -- Ratings" and "Risk
Factors  -- The  Limitations  of the Note  Ratings"  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.



                                                         9

<PAGE>




                                  RISK FACTORS

         You should  carefully  consider the risk factors set forth below before
purchasing any securities of any series.

Pre-Funding May Reduce 
Your Anticipated Yield             If the related prospectus supplement provides
                                   for the  sale  and  purchase  of  receivables
                                   during a funding  period  after  the  closing
                                   date using a pre-funded amount, the seller or
                                   the trust will deposit the pre- funded amount
                                   specified in such prospectus  supplement into
                                   the pre-funding  account on the closing date.
                                   During  the  funding  period  and until  such
                                   amounts   are   applied  by  the  trustee  to
                                   purchase subsequent  receivables,  amounts on
                                   deposit in the pre-  funding  account will be
                                   invested   in   eligible   investments.   Any
                                   investment   income  with   respect  to  such
                                   investments  (net of any  related  investment
                                   expenses) will be distributed on each payment
                                   date during the funding period as part of the
                                   available  funds for the  preceding  calendar
                                   month.  We expect that the investment  income
                                   earned  on   amounts   on   deposit   in  the
                                   pre-funding  account  will be less  than  the
                                   interest  accrued  at the  interest  rate  or
                                   pass-through  rate  applicable to the portion
                                   of   the   securities   represented   by  the
                                   pre-funded amount.

                                   If  the  principal   amount  of   receivables
                                   originated   or  acquired  by  UAC  during  a
                                   funding  period and  possessing  the required
                                   attributes  to  transfer  to a trust  is less
                                   than  the  pre-funded  amount,  UAFC  and the
                                   seller   may   have   insufficient   eligible
                                   receivables  to  subsequently  transfer  to a
                                   trust.   To  the   extent   that  the  entire
                                   pre-funded amount has not been applied to the
                                   subsequent purchase of receivables by the end
                                   of the related  funding  period,  any amounts
                                   remaining in the pre-funding  account will be
                                   distributed  as a full or partial  prepayment
                                   of  principal  to  holders  of  one  or  more
                                   classes of the related  series of  securities
                                   following the end of the funding  period,  in
                                   the  amounts and  pursuant to the  priorities
                                   set   forth   in   the   related   prospectus
                                   supplement.  Such  prepayment  may reduce the
                                   securityholder's outstanding principal

                                                        10

<PAGE>




                                   balance and anticipated  yield.  See "Summary
                                   of  Terms  --  Pre-Funded   Receivables"  and
                                   "Description  of the Transfer  and  Servicing
                                   Agreements   --  Sale   and   Assignment   of
                                   Subsequent Receivables."

If the Trust Does Not Have a 
Perfected  Security Interest 
in a Financed Vehicle,
It May Not be Able to Collect 
on the Receivable                  Simultaneously with each sale of receivables,
                                   UAFC will  assign to the  seller,  the seller
                                   will assign to the related trust, and, in the
                                   case  of a  series  of  notes  issued  by the
                                   trust, the trust will pledge to the indenture
                                   trustee,  security  interests  in the related
                                   financed  vehicles.   Due  to  administrative
                                   burden and expense, however, the certificates
                                   of title to such  financed  vehicles will not
                                   be amended to reflect the  assignments to the
                                   seller,  the trust or the indenture  trustee.
                                   In the absence of such amendments, a trust or
                                   the   indenture   trustee   may  not  have  a
                                   perfected  security interest in such financed
                                   vehicles in some states.

                                   If a trust or the indenture  trustee does not
                                   have  a  perfected  security  interest  in  a
                                   financed  vehicle,  it  may  not be  able  to
                                   enforce its rights to  repossess or otherwise
                                   collect on such financed vehicle in the event
                                   of a default  by the  obligor.  As such,  the
                                   trust  or  the   indenture   trustee  may  be
                                   adversely  affected by such  failure.  If the
                                   trust's or the indenture  trustee's  security
                                   interest in a financed  vehicle is perfected,
                                   the trust or the indenture  trustee will have
                                   a prior claim over  subsequent  purchasers of
                                   such   financed   vehicle   and   holders  of
                                   subsequently  perfected  security  interests.
                                   However,  the trust or the indenture  trustee
                                   could  lose  its  security  interest  or  the
                                   priority  of  its  security   interest  in  a
                                   financed  vehicle due to liens for repairs of
                                   such financed vehicle, due to liens for taxes
                                   unpaid by the related  obligor or through the
                                   fraud or negligence of a third party. None of
                                   the seller,  UAFC, UAC,  UACFC,  PFC or UAC's
                                   predecessor   will  have  any  obligation  to
                                   repurchase a receivable in respect of which a
                                   trust  or the  indenture  trustee  loses  its
                                   security  interest  or  the  priority  of its
                                   security  interest  in the  related  financed
                                   vehicle as the result of any such

                                                        11

<PAGE>




                                   mechanic's   lien,   tax  lien  or  fraud  or
                                   negligence  occurring  after  the  date  such
                                   security  interest  was conveyed to the trust
                                   or the indenture trustee.  See "Certain Legal
                                   Aspects  of  the   Receivables   --  Security
                                   Interest  in   Vehicles"   and  "--  Consumer
                                   Protection Laws."

If a Receivables Transfer is 
Not a Sale, the Insolvency of 
UAC or its Affiliates
Could Reduce Payments to You       UAC and UAFC will  warrant  to the  seller in
                                   each purchase agreement that the sales of the
                                   receivables by UAFC to the seller, and by the
                                   seller to the  related  trust,  respectively,
                                   are  valid  sales of the  receivables  to the
                                   seller and to such trust. The benefit of such
                                   warranty  will be  assigned  by the seller to
                                   each trust in the related trust and servicing
                                   agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement
                                   and further, in the case of a series of notes
                                   issued by the related trust, will be assigned
                                   by  the  related   trust  to  the   indenture
                                   trustee.  However,  the interest of the trust
                                   or the indenture trustee could be affected by
                                   the  insolvency  of UAC or its  affiliates as
                                   follows:

                                   (1) If UAC, UACFC, UAFC or the seller becomes
                                   a debtor in a bankruptcy  case and a creditor
                                   or  trustee-in-bankruptcy  of such  debtor or
                                   such  debtor  itself  claims that the sale of
                                   receivables  to the seller or such trust,  as
                                   applicable,  constitutes  a  pledge  of  such
                                   receivables  to secure a loan by such debtor,
                                   then   delays   in   distributions   on   the
                                   receivables to  securityholders  could occur.
                                   If the  court  rules  in  favor  of any  such
                                   bankruptcy trustee,  creditor or debtor, then
                                   reductions  in the  amounts of such  payments
                                   could result.

                                   (2) If the  transfer  of  receivables  to the
                                   seller  or any trust is  treated  as a pledge
                                   rather than a sale, a tax or government  lien
                                   on the property of UAFC or the seller arising
                                   before the  transfer of such  receivables  to
                                   such  trust  may  have   priority  over  such
                                   trust's interest in such receivables.

                                                        12

<PAGE>




                                   However, if the transfers of receivables from
                                   UAC  and  UAFC to the  seller  and  from  the
                                   seller to the trust are treated as sales, the
                                   receivables  would  not be part of  UAFC's or
                                   the seller's  bankruptcy estate and would not
                                   be  available  to  creditors  of  UAFC or the
                                   seller.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the
                                   Receivables -- Bankruptcy Matters."

UAC and its Affiliates Have 
Limited Obligations to Make 
Payments to the Trusts             Generally,  none of the  seller,  UAFC,  UAC,
                                   UACFC,  PFC  or  UAC's   predecessor  on  the
                                   certificates   of  title   to  the   financed
                                   vehicles (or any of their affiliates) will be
                                   obligated  to make any payments to a trust in
                                   respect   of  the   related   securities   or
                                   receivables.  The limited circumstances under
                                   which UAC will be required  to make  payments
                                   to a trust  relate  to  UAC's  obligation  to
                                   repurchase  from the  trust  any  receivables
                                   with  respect to which UAC has  breached  any
                                   representations  and  warranties  made in the
                                   purchase    agreements    and   such   breach
                                   materially and adversely  affects the trust's
                                   interest  in such  receivable.  In  addition,
                                   UAC, as servicer, may be required to purchase
                                   receivables   from  a  trust  under   certain
                                   circumstances  set  forth  in the  trust  and
                                   servicing   agreement   or  the  pooling  and
                                   servicing agreement.  See "Description of the
                                   Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and
                                   Assignment of Receivables"  and "-- Servicing
                                   Procedures."

Each Trust Will Have 
Limited Assets                     None  of the  trusts  will  have  significant
                                   assets or  sources  of funds  other  than the
                                   related   receivables   and,  to  the  extent
                                   provided    in   the    related    prospectus
                                   supplement,  a  pre-funding  account,  spread
                                   account,  yield  supplement  account or other
                                   form of credit enhancement. The securities of
                                   each series will represent  obligations of or
                                   interests in the related  trust only and will
                                   not represent obligations of or interests in,
                                   or be  insured or  guaranteed  by, any of the
                                   lienholders  named  on  the  certificates  of
                                   title,  the applicable  trustees or any other
                                   entity.  Consequently,   you  must  rely  for
                                   repayment   upon   payments  on  the  related
                                   receivables   and,   if  and  to  the  extent
                                   available,

                                                        13

<PAGE>




                                   amounts available under any available form of
                                   credit  enhancement,  all as specified in the
                                   related prospectus supplement.

Payments on Some Securities May 
Be Subordinated to Payments on 
Other Securities                   To  the  extent   specified  in  the  related
                                   prospectus     supplement,     payments    or
                                   distributions    on   certain    classes   of
                                   securities may be subordinated to payments or
                                   distributions on other classes of securities.

Rapid Prepayments May Reduce 
Your Anticipated Yield             Any of the  receivables can be prepaid at any
                                   time by the related obligor.  With respect to
                                   any receivable,  the term prepayment includes
                                   prepayments  in  full,  partial   prepayments
                                   (including   those   related  to  rebates  of
                                   extended    warranty   contract   costs   and
                                   insurance  premiums) and  liquidations due to
                                   defaults,  as well as  receipts  of  proceeds
                                   from   physical   damage,   credit  life  and
                                   disability   insurance   policies   and   any
                                   lender's   single   insurance   policy,   and
                                   purchase  amounts  with  respect  to  certain
                                   other  receivables  repurchased  by  UAC as a
                                   result  of a breach  of a  representation  or
                                   warranty or  purchased  by the  servicer  for
                                   administrative    reasons.    The   rate   of
                                   prepayments   on  the   receivables   may  be
                                   influenced by many economic, social and other
                                   factors,  including  the fact that an obligor
                                   generally   may  not  sell  or  transfer  the
                                   financed   vehicle   securing  a   receivable
                                   without  the   consent  of  the   appropriate
                                   lienholder.  The  rate of  prepayment  on the
                                   receivables  may  also be  influenced  by the
                                   structure of the underlying contracts. If the
                                   receivables    prepay   more   rapidly   than
                                   expected,   your  anticipated  yield  may  be
                                   reduced.  See  "Weighted  Average Life of the
                                   Securities."  In addition,  if so provided in
                                   the  related   prospectus   supplement,   the
                                   servicer or another entity may be entitled to
                                   purchase   the   receivables   of   a   given
                                   receivables  pool  under  the   circumstances
                                   described in such prospectus supplement which
                                   may further  reduce your  anticipated  yield.
                                   See   "Description   of  the   Transfer   and
                                   Servicing Agreements - Termination."


                                                        14

<PAGE>




                                   In  addition,  a  series  of  securities  may
                                   include one or more classes of  interest-only
                                   or other  strip  securities  entitled  to (1)
                                   interest   payments   with   disproportionate
                                   nominal  or  no  principal  payments  or  (2)
                                   principal  payments  with   disproportionate,
                                   nominal or no interest  payments.  Such strip
                                   securities  may be more  sensitive than other
                                   classes of  securities  of such series to the
                                   rate of payment on the  related  receivables.
                                   If you wish to  invest  in any such  class of
                                   securities, you should carefully consider the
                                   information  provided  with  respect  to such
                                   strip  securities  under "Risk  Factors"  and
                                   elsewhere    in   the   related    prospectus
                                   supplement.

Book-Entry Registration            Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
                                   prospectus  supplement,  each  class  of  the
                                   securities of a given series  initially  will
                                   be  represented  by one or more  certificates
                                   registered  in the name of Cede & Co., or any
                                   other nominee of The Depository Trust Company
                                   ("DTC") set forth in the  related  prospectus
                                   supplement, and will not be registered in the
                                   names of the  holders of such  securities  or
                                   their nominees.  Because of this,  unless and
                                   until  definitive  securities for such series
                                   are issued, you will not be recognized by the
                                   trustee  as  securityholders  as such term is
                                   used  in  this  prospectus.  As  such,  until
                                   definitive securities are issued,  beneficial
                                   owners  of the  securities  will  be  able to
                                   exercise the rights of  securityholders  only
                                   indirectly  through DTC and its participating
                                   organizations.   See   "Description   of  the
                                   Securities -- Book-Entry  Registration" and "
                                   -- Definitive Securities."


                                                        15

<PAGE>




                                   THE TRUSTS

         Each  series  of  securities   will  be  issued  by  a  separate  trust
established by the seller pursuant to a trust and servicing agreement or pooling
and servicing agreement for the transactions described in this prospectus and in
the related prospectus  supplement.  Except as otherwise provided in the related
prospectus supplement, the property of each trust will include:

         (1)      a pool of receivables,  including any receivables  conveyed to
                  the trust after the closing date, and certain  payments due or
                  received thereunder after the applicable cutoff date;

         (2)      a pre-funded amount to purchase  receivables after the closing
                  date, if so provided in the related prospectus supplement;

         (3)      interests  in  certain  amounts  that may from time to time be
                  held in separate  trust  accounts  established  and maintained
                  pursuant  to the  related  trust and  servicing  agreement  or
                  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  and, if so provided in the
                  related prospectus supplement, the proceeds of such accounts;

         (4)      security  interests  in the  financed  vehicles  and any other
                  interest of UAFC, UAC, UACFC,  PFC and UAC's  predecessor (the
                  "Named  Lienholders")  as the  registered  lienholders  on the
                  certificates of title of each of the financed vehicles and the
                  seller in such financed vehicles;

         (5)      any recourse rights of the Named Lienholders against dealers;

         (6)      any rights of UAC or its  predecessor  to proceeds from claims
                  on or refunds of  premiums  with  respect to certain  physical
                  damage, credit life and disability insurance policies covering
                  the  financed  vehicles or the  obligors,  as the case may be,
                  including any lender's single interest insurance policy;

         (7)      any  property  that  secures  a  receivable  and that has been
                  acquired by the trust;

         (8)      certain rights under the related purchase agreement among UAC,
                  UAFC and the seller; and

         (9)      any and all proceeds of the foregoing.

         The  receivables  in each  receivables  pool were or will be either (a)
originated  by dealers  for  assignment  to UAC (either  directly or  indirectly
through UAC's predecessor) or (b) solicited by dealers for origination by UAC or
its predecessor.  Immediately  after the origination or other acquisition of the
receivables by UAC, UAC sells the  receivables to UAFC in the ordinary course of
business.  Modified  receivables  are  resold  by UAFC to UAC at the  time  such
receivables  are  modified.  Modified  receivables  included  in a trust will be
repurchased from UAC by UAFC for

                                                        16

<PAGE>




subsequent resale to the seller pursuant to the purchase  agreement.  One of the
Named  Lienholders will be the registered  lienholder listed on the certificates
of title of the financed vehicles.  The receivables will continue to be serviced
by UAC as the  initial  servicer  under each trust and  servicing  agreement  or
pooling and servicing agreement.

         On or prior to the  applicable  closing  date,  UAFC  will  sell to the
seller, pursuant to the related purchase agreement, receivables in the aggregate
principal amount specified in the related prospectus supplement.  Thereafter, on
such closing date, the seller will convey such receivables to the related trust.
UAFC and the seller may be  required  to convey  additional  receivables  to the
trust after the closing  date if  indicated in the  prospectus  supplement.  See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of
Subsequent Receivables" in this prospectus.

         UAFC and the  seller  will not  convey to a trust any  contract  with a
dealer establishing "dealer reserves" or any rights to recapture dealer reserves
pursuant to such a contract.  To the extent specified in the related  prospectus
supplement,  a pre-funding  account,  spread account,  yield supplement account,
surety bond, swap or other interest rate protection, or any other form of credit
enhancement  may be a part  of the  property  of a  trust  or may be held by the
applicable trustee for the benefit of holders of the related securities.

         If the protection provided to the securityholders by the subordination,
if any, of one or more  classes of  securities  of such series and by any spread
account,  yield supplement account or other available form of credit enhancement
for such  series  is  insufficient,  the  securityholders  will  have to look to
payments by or on behalf of obligors on the related receivables and the proceeds
from the  repossession  and sale of  financed  vehicles  that  secure  defaulted
receivables  for  distributions  of  principal  of and  interest  on the related
securities.  In such event, certain factors,  such as the trust or the indenture
trustee not having perfected security interests in all of the financed vehicles,
may limit the  ability  of a trust to  liquidate  the  collateral  securing  the
related receivables or may limit the amount realized to less than the amount due
under such receivable. Securityholders may not receive timely payment on, or may
incur losses on their  investment in, such securities as a result of defaults or
delinquencies  by obligors and depreciation in the value of the related financed
vehicles.  See  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Credit
Enhancement" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables."

The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee

         The owner  trustee for each trust and, if the trust issues  notes,  the
indenture  trustee  for the series of notes,  will be  specified  in the related
prospectus  supplement.  The liability of the owner trustee and/or the indenture
trustee in  connection  with the issuance and sale of the related  securities is
limited  solely to the  express  obligations  of such  trustee  set forth in the
related trust and servicing agreement or pooling and servicing agreement and, if
applicable, in the related indenture.

         A trustee  may  resign at any time.  The  servicer  may remove an owner
trustee,  and the  servicer or the insurer may remove an indenture  trustee,  if
such trustee ceases to be eligible to

                                                        17

<PAGE>




continue  as trustee  under the trust and  servicing  agreement  or pooling  and
servicing agreement, or, if applicable,  under the indenture, or if such trustee
becomes  insolvent.  If the  trustee  resigns or if the  servicer or the insurer
removes a trustee, the servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor to such
trustee.  The  insurer  must  consent  to any such  appointment  of a  successor
trustee.  Any resignation or removal of a trustee and appointment of a successor
trustee  will not become  effective  until the  successor  trustee  accepts  the
appointment.

                              THE RECEIVABLES POOLS

General

         The  receivables in each  receivables  pool were or will be acquired by
UAC,  UACFC or UAC's  predecessor  from dealers or originated  by UAC,  UACFC or
UAC's   predecessor   through  dealers  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.
Immediately  after their origination or acquisition by UAC, the receivables were
or will be conveyed to UAFC.  Modified  receivables are resold by UAFC to UAC at
the time such receivables are modified. Modified receivables included in a trust
will be  repurchased  from  UAC by UAFC  for  subsequent  resale  to the  seller
pursuant to the purchase  agreement.  One of the Named  Lienholders  will be the
registered  lienholder  on the  certificates  of title  to each of the  financed
vehicles.

         The  receivables  to be sold to each trust will be selected from UAFC's
portfolio  for  inclusion  in a  receivables  pool  based on  several  criteria,
including that, unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus  supplement,
each receivable:

         o        is secured by a new or used vehicle;

         o        provides  for  level  monthly  payments  (except  for the last
                  payment,  which may be different from the level payments) that
                  fully  amortize the amount  financed over the original term to
                  maturity of the receivable;

         o        is a precomputed  receivable or a simple interest  receivable;
                  and

         o        satisfies the other criteria, if any, set forth in the related
                  prospectus  supplement.  Except as  described  in the  related
                  prospectus  supplement,  no selection  procedures  believed by
                  UAFC or the seller to be adverse  to  securityholders  were or
                  will be used in selecting the receivables.

Underwriting Procedures

         UAC uses the degree of the  applicant's  creditworthiness  as the basic
criterion when  originating an  installment  sale contract or purchasing  such a
contract  from a dealer.  Each credit  application  requires  that the applicant
provide current information  regarding the applicant's  employment history, bank
accounts, debts, credit references, and other factors that bear on

                                                        18

<PAGE>




creditworthiness.  UAC applies uniform  underwriting  standards when originating
loans on new and used vehicles.  UAC also typically  obtains credit reports from
major credit reporting  agencies  summarizing the applicant's credit history and
paying  habits,  including  such items as open  accounts,  delinquent  payments,
bankruptcies,  repossessions, lawsuits, and judgments. UAC's credit analysts may
verify an applicant's employment or, where appropriate,  check directly with the
applicant's  creditors.  On the basis of such information,  extensive historical
data and the experience of its senior management, UAC is in a position to assess
an  applicant's  ability to repay a loan.  Since  December  1988,  the  criteria
applied by UAC to evaluate  applicants have included credit scoring using models
developed by independent  firms experienced in developing credit scoring models.
Credit scoring evaluates an applicant's  credit profile to arrive at an estimate
of  the  associated   credit  risk.  Credit  scoring  models  are  developed  by
statistically   evaluating  common   characteristics  of  applicants  and  their
correlation with credit risk.

         While UAC  adheres  to no  specific  loan-to-value  ratios,  the amount
financed by UAC under an installment  contract generally will not exceed, in the
case of new vehicles, the manufacturer's  suggested retail price of the financed
vehicle,  including  sales tax,  license  fees and title fees,  plus the cost of
service and warranty contracts and premiums for physical damage, credit life and
disability  insurance  obtained in connection with the vehicle or the financing.
In the case of used  vehicles,  if the  applicant  meets UAC's  creditworthiness
criteria,  the amount  financed  may exceed the  "average  black book value" (as
published by National Auto Research,  a standard reference source for dealers in
used cars) of the financed vehicle,  including sales tax, license fees and title
fees, plus the cost of service and warranty  contracts and premiums for physical
damage,  credit life and disability  insurance  obtained in connection  with the
vehicle  or  financing.  UAC  believes  that the resale  value of a new  vehicle
purchased  by  an  obligor  will  generally  decline  below  the  manufacturer's
suggested  retail  price and,  in some  cases,  may decline for a period of time
below the principal balance outstanding on the related installment contract. UAC
also  believes  that the resale value of a used vehicle  purchased by an obligor
will  generally  decline,  but  believes  that the  percentage  of such  decline
generally  will be less than the  percentage of decline in the resale value of a
new vehicle. UAC regularly reviews the quality of the receivables purchased from
dealers and regularly  conducts  quality  audits to ensure  compliance  with its
established policies and procedures.

         The underwriting procedures and standards employed by UAC's predecessor
are substantially similar to those used by UAC and,  accordingly,  references to
UAC in the foregoing  discussion of UAC's underwriting  procedures apply also to
any  receivables  included in a  receivables  pool that was acquired by UAC from
UACFC or UAC's predecessor or receivables that are otherwise originated by UACFC
or UAC's predecessor. See also "Union Acceptance Corporation and Affiliates."

Allocation of Payments

         The  receivables   will  be  either  simple  interest   receivables  or
precomputed  receivables.  Simple interest receivables provide for equal monthly
payments  that  are  applied,  first  to  interest  accrued  to the date of such
payment,  then to principal due on such date,  then to pay any  applicable  late
charges,  and  then  to  further  reduce  the  outstanding   principal  balance.
Accordingly, if an obligor pays a fixed

                                                        19

<PAGE>




monthly installment before its due date under a simple interest receivable,  the
portion of the payment  allocable to interest for the period since the preceding
payment  will be less than it would have been had the  payment  been made on the
contractual  due date and the  portion  of the  payment  applied  to reduce  the
principal balance of the receivable will be correspondingly greater. Conversely,
if an  obligor  pays  a  fixed  monthly  installment  under  a  simple  interest
receivable after its contractual due date, the portion of such payment allocable
to interest for the period since the  preceding  payment will be greater than it
would  have been had the  payment  been made  when due and the  portion  of such
payment  applied  to reduce the  principal  balance  of the  receivable  will be
correspondingly  less, in which case a larger  portion of the principal  balance
may be due on the final scheduled payment date.


         Precomputed   receivables  consist  of  either  (1)  monthly  actuarial
receivables or (2) receivables that provide for allocation of payments according
to the "sum of  periodic  balances"  method,  similar  to the  rule of 78's.  An
actuarial  receivable  provides for amortization of the receivable over a series
of fixed level monthly  installments.  Each monthly  installment,  including the
monthly installment  representing the final payment of the receivable,  consists
of an amount of interest equal to one-twelfth of the annual  percentage  rate of
the receivable  multiplied by the unpaid  principal  balance of the loan, and an
amount of principal  equal to the  remainder of the monthly  payment.  A rule of
78's  receivable  provides  for the payment by the obligor of a specified  total
amount of  payments,  payable in equal  monthly  installments  on each due date,
which total represents the principal amount financed and add-on interest for the
term of the  receivable.  The rate at which the  amount of  add-on  interest  is
earned and, correspondingly,  the amount of each fixed monthly payment allocated
to  reduction  of  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the  receivable  are
calculated in accordance with the sum of the periodic time balances or the "rule
of 78's".  If a  precomputed  receivable is prepaid in full  (voluntarily  or by
liquidation,  acceleration  or  otherwise),  under the terms of the  contract  a
"refund"  or  "rebate"  will be made to the  obligor of the portion of the total
amount  of  payments  then due and  payable  under  the  contract  allocable  to
"unearned" interest.  Unearned interest is calculated in accordance with the sum
of the periodic  time  balances  method or a method  equivalent  to the "rule of
78's".  The amount of any such rebate under a precomputed  receivable  generally
will be less than or equal to the remaining  scheduled payments of interest that
would have been due under a simple  interest  receivable  for which all payments
were made on schedule and generally will be significantly less than such amount.

         Unless otherwise stated in the related  prospectus  supplement,  all of
the  receivables  that  are  precomputed   receivables  will  be  rule  of  78's
receivables; however, the trust will account for all rule of 78's receivables as
if such receivables were actuarial receivables. Except as otherwise indicated in
the related  prospectus  supplement,  early payments on precomputed  receivables
will be deposited to the payahead account as described under "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts." Amounts received upon prepayment
in full of a rule of 78's receivable in excess of the then outstanding principal
balance of such receivable  (computed on an actuarial  basis) will not be passed
through to  securityholders,  except to the extent necessary to pay interest and
principal on the securities.

                                                        20

<PAGE>




         In the event of the liquidation of a receivable or the  repossession of
a financed  vehicle,  amounts  recovered  are applied  first to the  expenses of
repossession  and then to unpaid  principal and interest and any related payment
or other fee.

Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses

         Certain  information  concerning  the  experience of UAC  pertaining to
delinquencies,  repossessions and net losses with respect to new and used retail
automobile,  light truck and van receivables  (including  receivables previously
sold by UAC or its  predecessor  but which UAC continues to service) will be set
forth  in  each  prospectus  supplement.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the
delinquency,   repossession   and  net  loss  experience  with  respect  to  any
receivables pool will be comparable to prior experience or to such information.

                     WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES

         The weighted  average life of the  securities  of any series  generally
will be influenced  by the rate at which the  principal  balances of the related
receivables are paid, which payment may be in the form of scheduled amortization
or prepayments.  For this purpose,  the term prepayments includes prepayments in
full,  partial  prepayments  (including  those  related to  rebates of  extended
warranty contract costs and insurance  premiums),  liquidations due to defaults,
as well as receipts of proceeds,  if any, from physical damage,  credit life and
disability  and/or any lender's  single  interest  insurance  policies,  and the
purchase  amount  of  receivables  repurchased  by  UAC  due  to a  breach  of a
representation  or warranty or  purchased  by the  servicer  for  administrative
purposes.  Obligors may prepay the receivables at any time without penalty.  The
rate of  prepayment  of  automotive  receivables  is  influenced by a variety of
economic, social and other factors, including the fact that an obligor generally
may not sell or transfer the financed vehicle securing a receivable  without the
consent of the applicable Named Lienholder as the registered  lienholder (or the
servicer  on  behalf  of  such  lienholder).  The  rate  of  prepayment  on  the
receivables may also be influenced by the structure of the underlying contracts.
A series of securities which includes notes may require, to the extent specified
in the related prospectus  supplement,  principal payments at a rate faster than
the rate at which  principal  payments on the  receivables  are  received.  Such
accelerated  payments,  if any, will be made from the excess cash flows expected
to come from the receivables and this feature should shorten the average life of
some or all of the  securities  of  such  series.  In  addition,  under  certain
circumstances, UAC will be obligated to repurchase receivables from a trust as a
result of breaches of representations  and warranties,  and the servicer will be
obligated  to  purchase  receivables  from a trust as a result  of  breaches  of
certain covenants.  In each case, UAC will repurchase such receivables  pursuant
to the related  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements.  See  "Description  of the
Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of  Receivables," " --
Servicing Procedures," and "-- Termination" regarding the option of the servicer
or any other entity to purchase or cause the  receivables to be purchased from a
trust.

         A series of  securities  may include one or more classes of strip notes
or  strip   certificates   that  may  be  entitled  to  interest  payments  with
disproportionate, nominal or no principal payments or

                                                        21

<PAGE>




principal  payments  with  disproportionate,  nominal  or no  interest  payments
("Strip  Securities").  Such Strip Securities may be more sensitive than certain
other  classes of  securities  of the same  series to the rate of payment of the
related receivables.  Prospective  investors in any such Strip Securities should
consider  carefully the  information  regarding  such  securities in the related
prospectus supplement.

         In light of the above  considerations,  there can be no assurance as to
the amount of principal payments to be made on the securities of a series on any
payment date since such amount will depend,  in part, on the amount of principal
collected  on the  related  receivables  pool during the  applicable  collection
period.  Any  reinvestment  risks resulting from a faster or slower incidence of
prepayment of  receivables  will be borne entirely by the  securityholders.  The
related prospectus supplement may set forth certain additional  information with
respect  to  the  maturity  and  prepayment  considerations  applicable  to  the
particular  receivables  pool and the related series of securities or particular
classes of securities.

                     POOL FACTORS AND OTHER POOL INFORMATION

         The "Pool  Factor" for each class of  securities  will be a seven-digit
decimal which the servicer will compute prior to each  distribution with respect
to such class of  securities  and which will  indicate the  remaining  aggregate
principal balance of such class of securities, as of the applicable payment date
(after giving effect to  distributions  to be made on such payment  date),  as a
fraction of the initial aggregate principal balance of such class of securities.
Each Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the related closing date and thereafter
will decline to reflect reductions in the applicable aggregate principal balance
of the notes or the certificates.  A  securityholder's  portion of the aggregate
outstanding  aggregate  principal  balance of the notes or the certificates will
equal the  product of (1) the  original  denomination  of such  securityholder's
security and (2) the  applicable  Pool Factor at the time of  determination  for
such class of securities.

         Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  prospectus   supplement,
securityholders  will receive  reports on or about each payment date  concerning
payments  received on the receivables,  the aggregate  principal  balance of the
receivables pool and each Pool Factor.  In addition,  securityholders  of record
during  any  calendar  year  will be  furnished  information  for tax  reporting
purposes not later than the latest date  permitted by law. See  "Description  of
the Securities -- Statements to Securityholders."

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         Unless otherwise  provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the
seller  will  apply  the net  proceeds  from the sale of the  securities  to the
purchase  of the  receivables  from  UAFC and,  if so  provided  in the  related
prospectus  supplement,  to fund  the  pre-funding  account.  UAFC  will use the
portion of such proceeds  paid to it to repay  short-term  borrowings  and/or to
purchase  receivables from UAC and for general corporate purposes,  and UAC will
use such proceeds for general corporate purposes.

                                                        22

<PAGE>




                   UNION ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND AFFILIATES

         UAC is an automotive  finance company engaged primarily in the indirect
financing (the purchase of loan contracts from dealers) of automobile  purchases
by  individuals.  UAC  consummated  its initial  public  offering of its Class A
Common  Stock on August 7,  1995.  In  conjunction  with  such  offering,  UAC's
predecessor, Union Federal Savings Bank of Indianapolis, completed a spin-off of
UAC. UAC is no longer a subsidiary of its predecessor.

UAC Finance Corporation

         UACFC is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of UAC,  formed in November 1996 as
an  Indiana  corporation.  UACFC  is  organized  primarily  for the  purpose  of
purchasing or originating  automobile installment sale contracts and installment
loan  contracts  from dealers in certain  states where UAC is not licensed to do
so,  reselling  such  receivables to UAC and  conducting  activities  incidental
thereto.

Union Acceptance Funding Corporation

         UAFC is a special purpose,  bankruptcy remote,  wholly-owned subsidiary
of UAC, formed in April 1994 as a Delaware corporation, and is organized for the
limited purpose of acquiring from UAC and holding  automobile  installment  sale
and  installment  loan  contracts,  reselling  such  receivables  and conducting
activities incidental thereto.  Immediately upon its acquisition of receivables,
UAC sells such receivables to UAFC,  together with its security  interest in the
related financed vehicle and other collateral.  UAFC is registered as lienholder
on most of the  certificates  of  title  for the  financed  vehicles.  Effective
February 28, 1998, UAFC acquired the non-prime automobile financing portfolio of
PFC, another wholly-owned  subsidiary of UAC, and also succeeded to its business
of purchasing  "non-prime" or "Tier II"  automobile  loan contracts from UAC. On
January 1, 1999,  UAC ceased  purchasing  Tier II  installment  loan  contracts;
however,  a small percentage of the receivables  included in a trust may be Tier
II receivables originated before January 1, 1999.

Performance Funding Corporation

         PFC is a special purpose, bankruptcy remote, wholly-owned subsidiary of
UAC, formed in October 1994 as a Delaware corporation, and was organized for the
limited purpose of acquiring and holding "non-prime" automobile installment sale
and  installment  loan  contracts  from UAC,  reselling  such  receivables,  and
conducting  activities  incidental  thereto.  Prior  to  March  1998,  UAC  sold
non-prime  receivables to PFC together with its security interest in the related
financed  vehicle  and other  collateral  immediately  upon its  acquisition  of
receivables.  PFC  is  registered  as  lienholder  on a  limited  number  of the
certificates of title for the financed vehicles.

UAC Securitization Corporation

         UAC Securitization Corporation is a special purpose, bankruptcy remote,
wholly-owned subsidiary of UAC, formed in October 1994 as a Delaware corporation
and is organized for the

                                                        23

<PAGE>




limited purpose of acquiring  automobile  installment  sale and installment loan
contracts from UAC or UAFC, reselling such receivables and conducting activities
incidental thereto.

         The seller has taken steps in structuring the transactions contemplated
hereby that are intended to ensure that the voluntary or involuntary application
for  relief by UAC or UAFC under the United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or similar
applicable  state  insolvency laws will not result in the  consolidation  of the
assets and  liabilities  of the seller with those of UAC,  UACFC or UAFC.  These
steps  include  the  creation  of  the  seller  as a  separate,  limited-purpose
subsidiary  pursuant  to  a  certificate  of  incorporation  containing  certain
limitations  (including  restrictions on the nature of the seller's business, as
described  above,  and  restrictions  on the  seller's  ability  to  commence  a
voluntary case or proceeding  under any bankruptcy or insolvency law without the
unanimous  affirmative  vote of all its  directors).  However,  there  can be no
assurance  that  the  activities  of the  seller  would  not  result  in a court
concluding  that the assets and liabilities of the seller should be consolidated
with those of UAC or UAFC in a proceeding  under such  bankruptcy  or insolvency
law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Bankruptcy Matters."

         In  addition,  tax and certain  other  statutory  liabilities,  such as
liabilities to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, if any, relating to the
underfunding  of pension plans of UAC or its affiliates can be asserted  against
the seller.  To the extent that any such liabilities arise after the transfer of
receivables to a trust, the trust's or the indenture  trustee's  interest in the
receivables  would be prior to the interest of the claimant  with respect to any
such  liabilities.  However,  the  existence of a claim against the seller could
permit the claimant to subject the seller to an involuntary proceeding under the
United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or other  bankruptcy or  insolvency  laws.  See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Bankruptcy Matters."

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

General

         With respect to each trust that issues notes and  certificates,  one or
more classes of notes of the related series will be issued pursuant to the terms
of an indenture and one or more classes of  certificates  of the related  series
will be issued  pursuant to the terms of a trust and  servicing  agreement  or a
pooling and  servicing  agreement.  With  respect to each trust that only issues
certificates,  one or more classes of certificates of the related series will be
issued  pursuant to the terms of a pooling and  servicing  agreement.  A form of
each of the  indenture,  the trust and  servicing  agreement and the pooling and
servicing  agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration  statement
of which this prospectus forms a part.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  the
securities will be available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and
integral  multiples in excess  thereof in book-entry  form only.  The statements
made under this caption are summaries  only. For a more detailed  description of
the securities, you should read the indenture, the trust and servicing agreement
and/or the pooling and servicing agreement, as applicable.

                                                        24

<PAGE>




Payments of Principal and Interest

         The  timing  and  priority  of  payments  of  principal  and  interest,
distributions,  seniority,  allocations of losses,  interest rate,  pass-through
rate and amount of or method of determining  payments of or  distributions  with
respect to principal  and interest on each class of  securities of a series will
be described in the related prospectus supplement.  Payments or distributions on
the  securities  will be made on the  payment  dates  specified  in the  related
prospectus  supplement.  To  the  extent  provided  in  the  related  prospectus
supplement,  a series of  securities  may include  one or more  classes of Strip
Securities entitled to (1) interest distributions with disproportionate, nominal
or  no   principal   distributions   or   (2)   principal   distributions   with
disproportionate, nominal or no interest distributions. Each class of securities
may have a different  interest rate or pass-through  rate, which may be a fixed,
variable or adjustable  rate (and which may be zero for certain classes of Strip
Securities)  or  any  combination  of  the  foregoing.  The  related  prospectus
supplement  will specify the  interest  rate and/or  pass-through  rate for each
class of securities of a series or the method for determining such rates.

         To the  extent  specified  in any  prospectus  supplement,  one or more
classes of securities of a given series may have fixed principal and/or interest
payment schedules or provisions for minimum mandatory payments,  as set forth in
such prospectus supplement.

         In the case of a series of securities that includes two or more classes
of securities,  the timing,  sequential order,  priority of payment or amount of
distributions in respect of interest and principal,  and any schedule or formula
or other provisions applicable to the determination  thereof, of each such class
shall be as set forth in the related  prospectus  supplement.  Unless  otherwise
specified  in the related  prospectus  supplement,  distributions  in respect of
interest on and principal of any class of securities  will be made on a pro rata
basis among all holders of securities of such class.

Book-Entry Registration

         Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  each
class of securities  initially will be represented by one or more  certificates,
in each  case  registered  in the name of the  nominee  of DTC.  Unless  another
nominee is specified in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the nominee of DTC
will be Cede & Co.  Accordingly,  such  nominee is  expected to be the holder of
record of the securities of each series, except for securities, if any, retained
by the seller or UAC.  Unless and until  definitive  securities are issued under
the  limited  circumstances  described  in  this  prospectus  or in the  related
prospectus supplement,  no securityholder will be entitled to receive a physical
certificate  representing a security.  All references in this  prospectus and in
the related prospectus  supplement to actions by  securityholders  will refer to
actions taken by DTC upon instructions  from the  participating  members of DTC,
and all references in this prospectus and in the related  prospectus  supplement
to distributions,  notices, reports and statements to securityholders will refer
to distributions,  notices, reports and statements to DTC or its nominee, as the
case may be, as the registered  holder of the  securities,  for  distribution to
securityholders  in  accordance  with DTC's  procedures  with  respect  thereto.
Beneficial owners of the securities ("Security Owners") will not be

                                                        25

<PAGE>




recognized as "securityholders" by the related trustee and/or, if applicable the
indenture trustee,  and Security Owners will be permitted to exercise the rights
of securityholders only indirectly through DTC and its participants.

         DTC is a limited-purpose  trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a "banking  organization"  within the meaning of the New York
Banking Law, a member of the Federal  Reserve System,  a "clearing  corporation"
within the meaning of the Uniform  Commercial  Code (the "UCC") in effect in the
State of New York, and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions
of Section 17A of the Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  DTC was
created  to hold  securities  for the DTC  participants  and to  facilitate  the
clearance and  settlement of securities  transactions  between DTC  participants
through  electronic  book-entries,  thereby  eliminating  the need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  DTC  participants  include  securities  brokers and
dealers,  banks, trust companies and clearing  corporations.  Indirect access to
the DTC system also is available to banks, brokers,  dealers and trust companies
that clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship with a DTC participant,
either directly or indirectly.

         Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  prospectus  supplement,
Security  Owners  that are not DTC  participants  or indirect  participants  but
desire to purchase,  sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or an interest in,
the   securities  may  do  so  only  through  DTC   participants   and  indirect
participants. In addition, all Security Owners will receive all distributions of
principal and interest from the related trustee through DTC participants.  Under
a book-entry format,  Security Owners may experience some delay in their receipt
of payments,  since such  payments  will be forwarded by the related  trustee to
DTC's  nominee.  DTC will then  forward such  payments to the DTC  participants,
which thereafter will forward them to indirect participants or Security Owners.

         Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its  operations,  DTC is required  to make  book-entry  transfers  among DTC
participants  on whose  behalf it acts with  respect  to the  securities  and to
receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  of  and  interest  on  the
securities.  DTC  participants  and indirect  participants  with which  Security
Owners have  accounts with respect to the  securities  similarly are required to
make book-entry transfers and to receive and transmit such payments on behalf of
their respective Security Owners. Accordingly, although Security Owners will not
possess physical securities representing the securities, the DTC rules provide a
mechanism  by which DTC  participants  and  indirect  participants  will receive
payments and transfer interests,  directly or indirectly,  on behalf of Security
Owners.

         Because DTC can act only on behalf of DTC participants, who in turn act
on behalf of indirect  participants and certain banks, the ability of a Security
Owner to pledge securities to persons or entities that do not participate in the
DTC system,  or otherwise take actions with respect to such  securities,  may be
limited due to the lack of a physical certificate representing such securities.

         DTC has advised the seller that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Security Owner under the applicable trust and servicing  agreement or
pooling and servicing  agreement and the indenture  only at the direction of one
or more DTC participants to whose account with DTC the

                                                        26

<PAGE>




securities are credited.  DTC may take conflicting actions with respect to other
undivided  interests  to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of DTC
participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.

         Except as  required  by law,  neither  the  trustee  nor the  indenture
trustee,  if  applicable,  will have any liability for any aspect of the records
relating to or payments  made on account of  beneficial  ownership  interests of
securities of any series held by DTC's nominee, or for maintaining,  supervising
or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Definitive Securities

         Unless  otherwise  stated in the  related  prospectus  supplement,  the
securities  of a given series will be issued in fully  registered,  certificated
form to securityholders or their respective nominees,  rather than to DTC or its
nominee, only if

         o        the related trustee or, if applicable,  the indenture  trustee
                  determines  that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge
                  properly its  responsibilities  as depository  with respect to
                  the related  securities and such trustees are unable to locate
                  a qualified successor,

         o        the trustee or, if applicable, the indenture trustee elects to
                  terminate the book-entry system through DTC, or

         o        after the  occurrence  of a default by the servicer  under the
                  applicable  trust  and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and
                  servicing  agreement,  Security Owners representing at least a
                  majority of the outstanding principal amount of the securities
                  of such series,  advise the related  trustee  through DTC that
                  the  continuation  of a  book-entry  system  through DTC (or a
                  successor  thereto) is no longer in the best  interests of the
                  related Security Owners.

         Upon the occurrence of any of the events  described in the  immediately
preceding paragraph,  the related trustee will be required to notify the related
Security  Owners,  through DTC  participants,  of the availability of definitive
securities.   Upon  surrender  by  DTC  of  the  certificates  representing  all
securities  of  any  affected  class  and  the  receipt  of   instructions   for
re-registration,   the  trustee  or  indenture  trustee  will  issue  definitive
securities to the related  Security Owners.  Payments on the related  definitive
securities  will be made  thereafter  by the  related  trustee  directly  to the
holders in whose name the related  definitive  securities  are registered at the
close  of  business  on the  applicable  record  date,  in  accordance  with the
procedures  set forth in this  prospectus and in the related trust and servicing
agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement and the indenture,  if applicable.
Payments  will be made by check  mailed to the  address of such  holders as they
appear on the register specified in the related agreements;  however,  the final
payment  on  any  securities  (whether   definitive   securities  or  securities
registered in the name of a depository or its nominee) will be made only upon

                                                        27

<PAGE>




presentation  and surrender of such securities at the office or agency specified
in the notice of final payment to securityholders.

         Definitive  securities  will be  transferable  and  exchangeable at the
offices of the related trustee (or any security registrar appointed thereby). No
service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
such trustee may require  payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

Statements to Securityholders

         With respect to each series of securities,  on or prior to each payment
date,  the  servicer  (to the extent  applicable  to such  securityholder)  will
prepare and forward to the related  trustee and, if  applicable,  the  indenture
trustee  to be  included  with the  payment to each  securityholder  of record a
statement  setting  forth  for  the  related  collection  period  the  following
information  (and any other  information  specified  in the  related  prospectus
supplement):

         (1)      the amount of the payment allocable to principal of each class
                  of securities of such series;

         (2)      the amount of the payment  allocable to interest on each class
                  of securities of such series;

         (3)      the  amount of the  servicing  fee paid to the  servicer  with
                  respect to the related collection period;

         (4)      the   aggregate   principal   balance  of  the  notes  or  the
                  certificates  and the Pool Factor for each class of securities
                  of such series as of the payment date after  giving  effect to
                  all payments under clause (1) above on such date;

         (5)      the  balance  of any  spread  account  or other form of credit
                  enhancement,  after giving effect to any additions  thereto or
                  withdrawals  therefrom or reductions thereto to be made on the
                  following payment date;

         (6)      with  respect  to any  series  of  securities  as to  which  a
                  pre-funding  account has been  established,  for payment dates
                  during the funding period,  the remaining  pre-funded  amount;
                  and

         (7)      with  respect  to any  series  of  securities  as to  which  a
                  pre-funding account has been established, for the payment date
                  that  falls on or  immediately  after  the end of the  funding
                  period,  the amount, if any, of the pre-funded amount that has
                  not been used to purchase subsequent receivables.

                                                        28

<PAGE>




         In addition,  within the  prescribed  period of time for tax  reporting
purposes after the end of each calendar year during the term of each trust,  the
related trustee or indenture  trustee,  as applicable,  will mail to each person
who at  any  time  during  such  calendar  year  shall  have  been a  registered
securityholder a statement  containing  certain  information for the purposes of
such  securityholder's  preparation of federal income tax returns.  See "Federal
Income Tax Consequences."

List of Securityholders

         Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  each
trustee and indenture  trustee,  within 15 days after receipt of written request
of the  servicer,  will  provide  the  servicer  with a list  of the  names  and
addresses  of all  holders of record as of the most  recent  record  date of the
related  series  of  securities.  In  addition,  three  or more  holders  of the
securities  of any series or one or more holders of such  securities  evidencing
not  less  than  25%  of  the  applicable  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
certificates or 25% of the applicable  aggregate principal balance of the notes,
as the case may be, may, by written  request to the related trustee or indenture
trustee, obtain access to the list of all certificateholders or noteholders,  as
the case may be,  maintained  by such  trustee for the purpose of  communicating
with other  certificateholders or noteholders with respect to their rights under
the related  trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement,
under the indenture, if applicable, or under such securities.

              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

         The  following  summary  describes  certain  terms of (1) each purchase
agreement  pursuant to which the seller will purchase  receivables from UAFC and
(2) each trust and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and  servicing  agreement
pursuant to which a trust will be created and will purchase receivables from the
seller and the servicer will agree to service such  receivables  and pursuant to
which  securities  may be issued  (collectively,  the  "Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements").  If the trust  also  issues a series of notes,  the notes  will be
issued pursuant to an indenture.  See "The Indenture" in this prospectus.  Forms
of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  have been filed as exhibits to the
registration  statement of which this  prospectus  forms a part. This summary of
the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  is not  complete.  For a more  detailed
description  of the  agreements,  you should  read the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements and the related prospectus supplement.

Sale and Assignment of Receivables

         On the related closing date:

         (1)      UAFC  will  sell and  assign  to the  seller  pursuant  to the
                  related purchase agreement, without recourse, its entire right
                  in the related  receivables,  including its security interests
                  in the related financed vehicles;

         (2)      the seller will sell and assign to the related trust  pursuant
                  to the applicable Transfer and Servicing  Agreements,  without
                  recourse, (a) its entire right in such receivables,

                                                        29

<PAGE>




                  including the security interests in the financed vehicles, and
                  (b) if so provided in the related prospectus  supplement,  the
                  applicable pre-funded amount; and

         (3)      in the case of a series of notes issued by a trust,  the trust
                  will pledge its entire right in such receivables and the other
                  property  of the  trust as  collateral  for  repayment  of the
                  notes.

Each receivable will be identified in a schedule  appearing as an exhibit to the
related  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement.  Concurrently  with  the  sale and
assignment of the receivables and, if applicable,  the pre-funded  amount to the
related trust, the trustee or indenture  trustee will execute,  authenticate and
deliver  the  related  series of  securities  to the  seller,  or the trust,  as
applicable, in exchange for such receivables and such pre-funded amount, if any.
The related  prospectus  supplement will specify whether the property of a trust
will include the pre-funded amount and, if so, the terms,  conditions and manner
under which  subsequent  receivables  will be sold and assigned by the seller to
the related trust and, if applicable, the related indenture trustee.

         In each purchase agreement,  UAFC and UAC will represent and warrant to
the seller, among other things, that:

         (1)      the   information   provided   with  respect  to  the  related
                  receivables is correct in all material respects;

         (2)      the obligor on each such  receivable has obtained or agreed to
                  obtain and maintain  physical  damage  insurance  covering the
                  financed vehicle in accordance with UAC's normal requirements;

         (3)      at the closing date, with respect to receivables conveyed to a
                  trust on the closing date,  and on the  applicable  subsequent
                  transfer date with respect to any subsequent receivables,  the
                  receivables  are free and  clear  of all  security  interests,
                  liens,  charges and  encumbrances,  other than the lien of the
                  seller, and no offsets,  defenses or counterclaims against the
                  seller,  UAFC,  UACFC or UAC have been  asserted or threatened
                  with respect to the related receivables;

         (4)      at  the  closing  date  or   subsequent   transfer   date,  as
                  applicable,  each of the related  receivables  is secured by a
                  first  perfected  security  interest in the  related  financed
                  vehicle  in  favor  of  UAFC  (or  one  of  the  other   Named
                  Lienholders) or all necessary action has been taken by UAC, or
                  one of the other  Named  Lienholders  to  secure  such a first
                  perfected security interest; and

         (5)      each  of  the  related   receivables,   at  the  time  it  was
                  originated,  complied  and, at the closing date or  subsequent
                  transfer  date,  as  applicable,  complies,  in  all  material
                  respects with  applicable  federal and state laws,  including,
                  without limitation,  consumer credit, truth in lending,  equal
                  credit opportunity and disclosure laws.

                                                        30

<PAGE>




         As of the last day of any collection  period following the discovery by
or  notice  to UAC of a  breach  of any such  representation  or  warranty  that
materially and adversely  affects the interests of the seller or its assignee in
a receivable (or as of the last day of the preceding  collection  period, if UAC
so elects), UAC, unless it has cured such breach, will repurchase the receivable
at a price equal to the unpaid  principal  balance  owed by the obligor  thereon
plus, accrued interest on such amount at the contract rate of such receivable to
the date of  purchase,  and  such  receivable  will be  considered  a  purchased
receivable as of the purchase  date.  In each trust and  servicing  agreement or
pooling and servicing agreement, the seller will assign certain rights under the
related  purchase  agreement to the related trust,  and in each  indenture,  the
trust will assign  such  rights  under the  related  purchase  agreement  to the
related  indenture  trustee.  Such  rights  include  the  right to cause  UAC to
repurchase  receivables  with  respect  to  which  it is in  breach  of any such
representation and warranty.  The repurchase  obligation of UAC pursuant to each
Transfer and Servicing  Agreement or indenture  will  constitute the sole remedy
available to the related  securityholders  or applicable trustee for any uncured
breach of a representation or warranty.

Sale and Assignment of Subsequent Receivables

         If the related  prospectus  supplement  provides that the property of a
trust will  include a pre- funding  account,  UAFC will be obligated to sell and
assign to the seller pursuant to the related purchase agreement,  and the seller
will be  obligated  to sell and  assign to the  related  trust  pursuant  to the
related  trust and  servicing  agreement  or pooling  and  servicing  agreement,
subsequent  receivables  from  time to time  during  the  funding  period  in an
aggregate  outstanding  principal amount  approximately  equal to the pre-funded
amount.  If the trust issues a series of notes,  the trust will pledge its right
in such  subsequent  receivables  to the  indenture  trustee as  collateral  for
payment of the  notes.  The  related  trust will be  obligated  pursuant  to the
related  trust and  servicing  agreement or pooling and  servicing  agreement to
purchase all such subsequent  receivables  from the seller,  and, as applicable,
the  related  indenture  trustee  will  be  obligated  pursuant  to the  related
indenture to accept the pledge of such  subsequent  receivables  from the trust,
subject to the satisfaction,  on or before the related subsequent transfer date,
of the following conditions precedent, among others:

         (1)      each such subsequent  receivable shall satisfy the eligibility
                  criteria   specified  in  the  related   trust  and  servicing
                  agreement  or pooling and  servicing  agreement  and shall not
                  have been  selected from among the eligible  receivables  in a
                  manner that UAFC or the seller deems  adverse to the interests
                  of the related securityholders;

         (2)      as  of  the  applicable   cutoff  date  for  such   subsequent
                  receivables,  all of the  receivables  in the  related  trust,
                  including  the  subsequent  receivables  to be conveyed to the
                  trust as of such date,  must satisfy the parameters  described
                  under  "The  Receivables  Pools" in this  prospectus  and "The
                  Receivables Pool" in the related prospectus supplement;

         (3)      any required  deposit to any spread  account or other  similar
                  account must have been made; and

                                                        31

<PAGE>




         (4)      UAFC must  execute and deliver to the seller,  the seller must
                  execute  and deliver to such trust,  and, if  applicable,  the
                  trust must  execute and deliver to the  indenture  trustee,  a
                  written  assignment  conveying such subsequent  receivables to
                  the  seller,  the  related  trust and the  indenture  trustee,
                  respectively.

         In addition,  the  conveyance of subsequent  receivables  to a trust is
subject  to the  satisfaction  of the  following  conditions  subsequent,  among
others,  each of which must be  satisfied  within  the  applicable  time  period
specified in the related prospectus supplement:

         (1)      the seller  must  deliver  certain  opinions of counsel to the
                  related  owner  trustee  and,  if  applicable,  the  indenture
                  trustee with respect to the validity of the conveyance of such
                  subsequent  receivables to the trust and, if  applicable,  the
                  indenture trustee;

         (2)      the applicable trustee must receive written  confirmation from
                  a firm of certified independent public accountants that, as of
                  the end of the period  specified  therein,  the receivables in
                  the related  receivables  pool,  including all such subsequent
                  receivables,  satisfied the  parameters  described  under "The
                  Receivables  Pools" in this  prospectus  and "The  Receivables
                  Pool" in the related prospectus supplement; and

         (3)      each of the rating  agencies  must have notified the seller in
                  writing  that,  following  the  conveyance  of the  subsequent
                  receivables to the trust and, if applicable, the pledge of the
                  subsequent receivables to the indenture trustee, each class of
                  securities  of the  related  series  will have the same rating
                  assigned  to it by  such  rating  agency  that  it  had on the
                  related closing date.

         If any such conditions  precedent or conditions  subsequent are not met
with respect to any subsequent  receivables  within the time period specified in
the  related  prospectus  supplement,  UAC will be  required  under the  related
Transfer and Servicing Agreement to repurchase such subsequent  receivables from
the related  trust,  at a purchase price equal to the related  purchase  amounts
therefor.

Accounts

         Collection  Account.  With  respect  to each  trust,  the  seller  will
establish and the servicer  will  maintain a collection  account with and in the
name of the related trust on behalf of the related  securityholders,  into which
all payments made on or in respect of the related  receivables will be deposited
(as described in this  prospectus) and from which all payments or  distributions
with respect to the related  securities  will be made. The amounts on deposit in
the collection  account will be invested by the  applicable  trustee in eligible
investments.

         Payahead Account. If so provided in the related prospectus  supplement,
the servicer will establish a payahead  account in the name of the related trust
and for the benefit of obligors on the  receivables,  into which,  to the extent
required  by  the  trust  and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and  servicing
agreement,  payaheads on precomputed  receivables  will be deposited  until such
time as the

                                                        32

<PAGE>




payment  becomes  due.  Until such time as  payments  are  transferred  from the
payahead account to the collection account,  they will not constitute  collected
interest or collected  principal and will not be available for  distribution  to
securityholders.  The payahead  account will  initially be  maintained  with the
applicable trustee.  Interest earned on the balance in the payahead account will
be remitted to the servicer  monthly.  Collections  on a precomputed  receivable
made during a collection  period shall be applied first to any overdue scheduled
payment on such receivable, then to the scheduled payment on such receivable due
in such  collection  period.  If any  collections  remaining after the scheduled
payment is made are  insufficient to prepay the precomputed  receivable in full,
then generally such  remaining  collections  shall be transferred to and kept in
the payahead account until such later  collection  period as the collections may
be  retransferred  to the  collection  account  and  applied  either  to a later
scheduled payment or to prepay such receivable in full.

         Pre-Funding   Account.   If  so  provided  in  the  related  prospectus
supplement,  the servicer will  establish and maintain a pre-funding  account in
the name of the related owner trustee (or, in the case of a series of securities
which  includes  notes,  the  indenture   trustee)  on  behalf  of  the  related
securityholders, into which the seller or the trust, as applicable, will deposit
the  pre-funded  amount  on the  related  closing  date.  In no  event  will the
pre-funded amount exceed 25% of the original aggregate  principal balance of the
receivables  pool for the related  series of securities.  The pre-funded  amount
will be used by the related trustee to purchase subsequent  receivables from the
seller from time to time during the  funding  period.  The amounts on deposit in
the  pre-funding  account  during the  funding  period  will be  invested by the
applicable  trustee in eligible  investments.  Any investment income, net of any
related  investment  expenses,  received on the  eligible  investments  during a
collection  period will be included in the interest  distribution  amount on the
following  payment date. The funding  period,  if any, for a trust will begin on
the  related  closing  date and will end on the date  specified  in the  related
prospectus  supplement,  which in no event  will be later  than the date that is
three calendar months after the related  closing date. Any amounts  remaining in
the pre-funding  account at the end of the funding period will be distributed to
the related securityholders, in the manner and priority specified in the related
prospectus supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related securities.

         Other  Accounts;  Investment of trust Funds.  Any other  accounts to be
established  with  respect to a trust,  including  any spread  account,  payment
account or yield supplement account, will be described in the related prospectus
supplement.

         For  each  series  of  securities,  funds  in the  collection  account,
pre-funding  account  and any other  trust  accounts  identified  as such in the
related  prospectus  supplement  will be  invested in  eligible  investments  as
provided in the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement or, if applicable,  the
indenture, and any related investment income will be distributed as described in
this prospectus and in the related prospectus  supplement.  Eligible investments
generally  will be limited to investments  acceptable to the rating  agencies as
being  consistent  with the rating of the related  securities.  Except as may be
otherwise   indicated  in  the  applicable   prospectus   supplement,   eligible
investments will include:

                                                        33

<PAGE>




         (1)      direct  obligations  of, and  obligations  guaranteed  by, the
                  United  States  of  America,  the  Federal  National  Mortgage
                  Association,  or any  instrumentality  of the United States of
                  America;

         (2)      demand  and time  deposits  in or similar  obligations  of any
                  depository   institution  or  trust  company   (including  the
                  trustees  or  any  agent  of the  trustees,  acting  in  their
                  respective commercial capacities) having an approved rating of
                  at least P-1 by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  or A-1+ by
                  Standard & Poor's Rating  Services (an  "Approved  Rating") or
                  any  other  deposit  which is  fully  insured  by the  Federal
                  Deposit Insurance Corporation;

         (3)      repurchase  obligations with respect to any security issued or
                  guaranteed  by an  instrumentality  of the  United  States  of
                  America  entered into with a depository  institution  or trust
                  company having an Approved Rating (acting as principal);

         (4)      short-term  corporate securities bearing interest or sold at a
                  discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws
                  of the United States of America or any State,  the  short-term
                  unsecured  obligations  of which have an Approved  Rating,  or
                  higher, at the time of such investment;

         (5)      commercial paper having an Approved Rating at the time of such
                  investment;

         (6)      a  guaranteed  investment  contract  issued  by any  insurance
                  company  or  other   corporation   acceptable  to  the  rating
                  agencies;

         (7)      interests  in any money  market fund having a rating of Aaa by
                  Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. or AAAm by Standard & Poor's
                  Ratings Services; and

         (8)      any other  investment  approved  in  advance in writing by the
                  rating agencies.

         Except as described  in this  prospectus  or in the related  prospectus
supplement,  eligible  investments  will be limited to obligations or securities
that  mature  on or  before  the  date of the  next  scheduled  distribution  to
securityholders  of such series;  provided,  however,  that,  unless the related
prospectus supplement requires otherwise,  each trust and servicing agreement or
pooling and servicing  agreement and indenture,  if  applicable,  will generally
permit the  investment of funds in any spread  account or similar type of credit
enhancement  account  to  be  invested  in  eligible   investments  without  the
limitation that such eligible investments mature not later than the business day
prior  to the  next  succeeding  payment  date if (1)  the  servicer  obtains  a
liquidity facility or similar arrangement with respect to such spread account or
other  account  and (2) each  rating  agency  that  initially  rated the related
securities  confirms in writing that the ratings of such  securities will not be
lowered or withdrawn as a result of eliminating or modifying such limitation.

                                                        34

<PAGE>




         The accounts  established on behalf of the trusts will be maintained as
eligible deposit accounts. Eligible deposit account means either:

         (1)      a segregated account with an eligible institution, or

         (2)      a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department
                  of a depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the
                  United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or
                  the District of Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign
                  bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for
                  funds  deposited  in  such  account,  so  long  as  any of the
                  securities of such depository institution have a credit rating
                  from  each  rating  agency  in  one  of  its  generic   rating
                  categories that signifies investment grade.

         Eligible institution means, with respect to a trust,

         (1)      the corporate trust department of the applicable trustee, or

         (2)      a  depository  institution  organized  under  the  laws of the
                  United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or
                  the District of Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign
                  bank)

                  (a)      that has either (i) a long-term unsecured debt rating
                           of at least  Baa3 from  Moody's  Investor's  Service,
                           Inc. or (ii) a long-term  unsecured  debt  rating,  a
                           short-term  unsecured debt rating or a certificate of
                           deposit rating acceptable to the rating agencies, and

                  (b)      whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

Servicing Procedures

         The servicer will make  reasonable  efforts to collect all payments due
with  respect to the  receivables  and,  consistent  with the related  trust and
servicing  agreement  or pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  will  follow  such
collection  procedures  as it  follows  with  respect to  comparable  automotive
installment  contracts  that it owns or services for others.  The servicer  will
continue to follow such normal  collection  practices and procedures as it deems
necessary or advisable to realize upon any receivables with respect to which the
servicer determines that eventual payment in full is unlikely.  The servicer may
sell the financed vehicle securing such receivables at a public or private sale,
or take any other action permitted by applicable law.

         Consistent  with  its  normal  procedures,  the  servicer  may,  in its
discretion,  arrange  with the obligor on a  receivable  to extend or modify the
payment  schedule;  if,  however,  the extension of a payment  schedule causes a
receivable to remain  outstanding on the latest final scheduled  payment date of
any class of securities with respect to a series of securities  specified in the
related prospectus

                                                        35

<PAGE>




supplement, the servicer will purchase such receivable as of the last day of the
collection  period  preceding such final scheduled  payment date. The servicer's
purchase  obligation  will  constitute the sole remedy  available to the related
securityholders or applicable trustee for any such modification of a receivable.

Collections

         With  respect to each trust,  the  servicer  will  deposit all payments
(from whatever source) on and all proceeds of the related receivables  collected
during a collection  period into the related  collection  account not later than
two business days after receipt  thereof.  However,  at any time that and for so
long as (1) UAC is the  servicer,  (2) no servicer  default  under the trust and
servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement shall have occurred and
be  continuing  with  respect to the  servicer  and (3) each other  condition to
making  deposits  less  frequently  than daily as may be specified by the rating
agencies or set forth in the related  prospectus  supplement is  satisfied,  the
servicer  will not be  required  to deposit  such  amounts  into the  collection
account until on or before the applicable payment date. Pending deposit into the
collection account,  collections may be invested by the servicer at its own risk
and for its own benefit and will not be  segregated  from its own funds.  If the
servicer were unable to remit such funds, securityholders might incur a loss. To
the extent set forth in the related prospectus supplement,  the servicer may, in
order to satisfy the requirements  described above, obtain a letter of credit or
other security for the benefit of the related trust to secure timely remittances
of collections on the related  receivables and payment of the aggregate purchase
amounts with respect to receivables purchased by the servicer.

         Unless  otherwise  provided in the  applicable  prospectus  supplement,
payaheads on precomputed  receivables  will be  transferred  from the collection
account and deposited into the payahead  account for subsequent  transfer to the
collection account, as described above under "-- Accounts."

Advances

         Unless otherwise  provided in the related prospectus  supplement,  if a
receivable  is delinquent  more than 30 days at the end of a collection  period,
the  servicer  will make an advance in the amount of 30 days of interest  due on
such  receivable,  but  only  to the  extent  that  the  servicer,  in its  sole
discretion,  expects to recover the advance from  subsequent  collections on the
receivable or from  withdrawals  from any spread account or other form of credit
enhancement.  The servicer will deposit advances in the collection account on or
prior to the date specified  therefor in the related prospectus  supplement.  If
the  servicer  determines  that  reimbursement  of an  advance  from  subsequent
payments on or with respect to the related receivable is unlikely,  the servicer
may recover such  advance from  insurance  proceeds,  collections  made on other
receivables  or from  any  other  source  specified  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.

                                                        36

<PAGE>


Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  the
servicer will be entitled to receive a servicing fee with respect to each trust,
at a rate equal to one percent (1.00%) per annum, payable monthly at one-twelfth
the annual rate, of the related  aggregate  principal balance of the receivables
pool as of the  beginning of the related  collection  period.  Unless  otherwise
provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the servicer also will collect
and retain any late  fees,  prepayment  charges,  other  administrative  fees or
similar  charges  allowed by applicable law with respect to the  receivables and
will be entitled to reimbursement from each trust for certain liabilities.

         The  servicing  fee will  compensate  the servicer for  performing  the
functions of a third-party  servicer of automotive  receivables  as an agent for
the  related  trust,  including  collecting  and posting  all  payments,  making
advances, responding to inquiries of obligors on the receivables,  investigating
delinquencies,   sending  payment  coupons  to  obligors,   and  overseeing  the
collateral in cases of obligor  default.  The servicing fee will also compensate
the  servicer  for  administering  the  related   receivables  pool,   including
accounting for collections and furnishing  monthly and annual  statements to the
related trustee with respect to distributions, and generating federal income tax
information  for such trust and for the related  securityholders.  The servicing
fee also will reimburse the servicer for certain taxes, accounting fees, outside
auditor fees, data processing costs, and other costs incurred in connection with
administering the applicable receivables pool.

Payments and Distributions

         With  respect to each series of  securities,  beginning  on the payment
date specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  payments of principal and
interest (or,  where  applicable,  of interest  only or principal  only) on each
class of securities  entitled thereto will be made by the related trustee to the
related securityholders.  The timing, calculation, allocation, order, source and
priorities of, and  requirements  for, all payments to the holders of each class
of securities will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

         With  respect  to each  trust,  collections  on or with  respect to the
related  receivables will be deposited into the related  collection  account for
distribution to the related  securityholders  on each payment date to the extent
and in the  priority  provided  in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  Credit
enhancement,  such as a  spread  account,  yield  supplement  account  or  other
arrangement,  may be available to cover  shortfalls in the amount  available for
distribution  on such date to the extent  specified  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.  As more fully described in the related prospectus  supplement,  and
unless otherwise specified therein,  payments in respect of principal of a class
of securities of a series will be subordinate to payments in respect of interest
on such class, and payments in respect of one or more classes of securities of a
series may be subordinate to payments in respect of other classes of securities.
Payments of principal on the  securities  of a series may be based on the amount
of principal  collected or due, or the amount of realized losses incurred,  in a
collection  period  or,  to  the  extent  provided  in  the  related  prospectus
supplement,  may be made on an accelerated  basis subject to the availability of
excess cash flow from the receivables.

                                                        37

<PAGE>

Credit Enhancement

         The amounts and types of any credit  enhancement  arrangements  and the
provider thereof,  if applicable,  with respect to each class of securities of a
series will be set forth in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  To the extent
provided in the related prospectus  supplement,  credit or cash flow enhancement
may be in the form of subordination of one or more classes of securities, spread
accounts, cash collateral accounts, reserve accounts, yield supplement accounts,
insurance  policies,  letters of credit,  surety bonds,  over-collateralization,
credit or liquidity facilities,  guaranteed investment contracts, swaps or other
interest rate protection agreements,  repurchase  obligations,  other agreements
with respect to third-party  payments or other support,  cash deposits,  or such
other arrangements as may be described in the related prospectus supplement,  or
any  combination  of the foregoing.  If specified in the  applicable  prospectus
supplement,  credit or cash flow enhancement for a class of securities may cover
one or  more  other  classes  of  securities  of the  same  series,  and  credit
enhancement  for a series of  securities  may cover one or more other  series of
securities.

         The existence of a spread  account or other form of credit  enhancement
for the benefit of any class or series of  securities is intended to enhance the
likelihood of receipt by the securityholders of such class or series of the full
amount of principal and interest due thereon and to decrease the likelihood that
such securityholders  will experience losses.  Unless otherwise specified in the
related prospectus  supplement,  the credit enhancement for a class or series of
securities  will not provide  protection  against all risks of loss and will not
guarantee repayment of all principal and interest thereon. If losses occur which
exceed the amount covered by such credit enhancement or which are not covered by
such credit enhancement, securityholders will bear their allocable share of such
losses, as described in the related  prospectus  supplement.  In addition,  if a
form  of  credit   enhancement  covers  more  than  one  series  of  securities,
securityholders  of any such series will be subject to the risk that such credit
enhancement may be exhausted by the claims of securityholders of other series.

         Spread Account.  If so provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,
pursuant to the related trust and  servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing
agreement or indenture,  if applicable,  the seller or the trust, as applicable,
will cause the applicable  trustee to establish a spread account for a series or
class or classes of securities,  which will be maintained with such trustee.  To
the extent provided in the related prospectus  supplement,  a spread account may
be funded by an initial  deposit by the seller on the closing date in the amount
set forth in the related prospectus  supplement and, if the related series has a
funding  period,  may also be funded  on each  subsequent  transfer  date to the
extent described in the related prospectus  supplement.  As further described in
the related prospectus  supplement,  the amount on deposit in the spread account
may be increased or reinstated on each payment date, to the extent  described in
the  related  prospectus  supplement,  by the  deposit  thereto of the amount of
collections on the related receivables  remaining on such payment date after the
payment of all other  required  payments  and  distributions  on such date.  The
related  prospectus  supplement will describe the circumstances  under which and
the manner in which  distributions  may be made out of any such spread  account,
either to holders of the certificates covered thereby or to the seller or to any
other entity.

                                                        38

<PAGE>
Evidence of Compliance

         Each trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement
will provide that a firm of independent public accountants will furnish annually
to the related  trustee a statement as to compliance by the servicer  during the
preceding twelve months with certain standards  relating to the servicing of the
receivables.

         Each trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement
will also provide for delivery to the related trustee each year of a certificate
signed by an officer of the servicer stating that the servicer has fulfilled its
obligations under such agreements  throughout the preceding twelve months or, if
there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such  obligation,  describing
each such  default.  The  servicer has agreed or will agree to give each trustee
notice of the  occurrence of certain  servicer  defaults under the related trust
and servicing agreement or pooling and servicing agreement.

         Copies of the foregoing  statements and certificates may be obtained by
securityholders  by a request in writing  addressed  to the  related  trustee or
indenture  trustee at the Corporate  trust Office for such trustee  specified in
the related prospectus supplement.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

         Each trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement
will provide that UAC may not resign from its obligations and duties as servicer
thereunder,  except upon  determination that UAC's performance of such duties is
no longer  permissible  under  applicable law. No such  resignation  will become
effective  until the related  trustee or a successor  servicer has assumed UAC's
servicing obligations and duties under the related trust and servicing agreement
or pooling and servicing agreement.

         Each trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement
will  further  provide  that  neither  the  servicer  nor any of its  directors,
officers,  employees and agents will be under any liability to the related trust
or  securityholders  for  taking any action or for  refraining  from  taking any
action  pursuant to the related  trust and  servicing  agreement  or pooling and
servicing agreement or for errors in judgment;  provided,  however, that neither
the servicer nor any such person will be protected  against any  liability  that
would  otherwise  be  imposed  by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
negligence in the performance of the servicer's  duties or by reason of reckless
disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder.  In addition, each trust and
servicing  agreement or pooling and  servicing  agreement  will provide that the
servicer  is under no  obligation  to appear in,  prosecute  or defend any legal
action  that is not  incidental  to its  servicing  responsibilities  under such
agreements  and that,  in its  opinion,  may cause it to incur  any  expense  or
liability.

         Under the circumstances specified in each trust and servicing agreement
or pooling and servicing  agreement,  any entity into which UAC may be merged or
consolidated,  or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation to which
UAC is a party, or any entity  succeeding to the indirect  automobile  financing
and  receivable  servicing  business of UAC,  which  corporation or other entity
assumes the  obligations of the servicer,  will be the successor to the servicer
under such agreements.

                                                        39

<PAGE>




Servicer Defaults

         Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  prospectus   supplement,
servicer  defaults  under  each trust and  servicing  agreement  or pooling  and
servicing agreement will consist of:

         (1)      any  failure by the  servicer or UAC to deliver to the related
                  owner trustee or, if  applicable,  the  indenture  trustee for
                  payment to the related  securityholders  any required payment,
                  which  failure  continues  unremedied  for five  business days
                  after written  notice to the servicer of such failure from the
                  applicable  trustee  or  holders  of  the  related  securities
                  evidencing  not  less  than  25%  of the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the notes (or  aggregate  principal  balance of the
                  certificates and/or notional principal amount, if applicable);

         (2)      any failure by the servicer, UAC or the seller duly to observe
                  or perform in any  material  respect any covenant or agreement
                  in the related  trust and  servicing  agreement or pooling and
                  servicing  agreement,  which failure  materially and adversely
                  affects  the rights of the related  securityholders  and which
                  continues  unremedied for 60 days after written notice of such
                  failure is given to the  servicer,  UAC or the seller,  as the
                  case may be, by the related owner trustee,  or, if applicable,
                  the indenture  trustee,  or holders of the related  securities
                  evidencing  not  less  than  25%  of the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the notes (or  aggregate  principal  balance of the
                  certificates and/or notional principal amount, if applicable);
                  and

         (3)      certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshaling
                  of assets and liabilities, or similar proceedings with respect
                  to the servicer and certain actions by the servicer indicating
                  its   insolvency,   reorganization   pursuant  to   bankruptcy
                  proceedings or inability to pay its obligations.

Rights Upon Servicer Default

         Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, as long
as a servicer default under the related trust and servicing agreement or pooling
and servicing  agreement  remains  unremedied,  the related owner trustee or, if
applicable,  indenture trustee, upon direction to do so by holders of securities
of the related series  evidencing  not less than 25% of the aggregate  principal
balance of the notes (or aggregate  principal balance of the certificates and/or
notional  principal  amount,  if  applicable)  may  terminate all the rights and
obligations  of the  servicer  under  such  agreements,  whereupon  a  successor
servicer  appointed  by the related  trustee or such trustee will succeed to all
the  responsibilities,  duties  and  liabilities  of  the  servicer  under  such
agreements  and will be  entitled  to  similar  compensation  arrangements.  If,
however,  a bankruptcy  trustee or similar  official has been  appointed for the
servicer, and no servicer default other than such appointment has occurred, such
trustee or official  may have the power to prevent  the  related  trustee or the
related  securityholders  from  effecting a transfer of servicing.  In the event
that the  related  trustee is  unwilling  or unable to act as  successor  to the
servicer, such trustee may appoint, or may petition a court of

                                                        40

<PAGE>




competent  jurisdiction  to  appoint,  a  successor  with  assets  of  at  least
$50,000,000  and whose  regular  business  includes the  servicing of automotive
receivables. The related trustee may arrange for compensation to be paid to such
successor  servicer,  which  in no  event  may be  greater  than  the  servicing
compensation  paid  to the  servicer  under  the  related  trust  and  servicing
agreement or pooling and servicing agreement.

Waiver of Past Defaults

         Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, holders
of  securities  evidencing  not less than a majority  of the  related  aggregate
principal  balance  of  the  notes  (or  aggregate   principal  balance  of  the
certificates or notional  principal amount, if applicable) may, on behalf of all
such  securityholders,  waive any default by the servicer in the  performance of
its obligations  under the related trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and
servicing  agreement  and its  consequences,  except a  default  in  making  any
required  deposits to or payments from any account in accordance  with the trust
and servicing agreement.  No such waiver will impair the securityholders' rights
with respect to subsequent servicer defaults.

Amendment

         Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  each
trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing agreement may be amended
from time to time by the seller,  the servicer,  the trust and the related owner
trustee or, if applicable, indenture trustee, without the consent of the related
securityholders,  to cure any  ambiguity,  correct or  supplement  any provision
therein that may be inconsistent with other provisions  therein,  or to make any
other  provisions  with  respect  to  matters or  questions  arising  under such
agreements  that are not  inconsistent  with the  provisions of the  agreements;
provided that such action shall not, in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to
the related  trustee,  materially  and  adversely  affect the  interests  of any
related  securityholder.  Each trust and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and
servicing  agreement  may also be amended by the seller,  the  servicer  and the
related  trustee  with the  consent  of the  holders of the  related  securities
evidencing not less than 51% of the related  aggregate  principal balance of the
notes (or aggregate  principal balance of the certificates or notional principal
amount,  if applicable)  for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing
in any manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of such  agreements or of
modifying in any manner the rights of such securityholders;  provided,  however,
that no such  amendment  may (1) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of,
or accelerate or delay the timing of,  collections  of payments on or in respect
of the related receivables or distributions that are required to be made for the
benefit of such  securityholders  or (2) reduce the aforesaid  percentage of the
aggregate  principal  balance of such  series that is required to consent to any
such  amendment,  without the  consent of the holders of all of the  outstanding
securities  of such series.  No amendment of the trust and  servicing  agreement
shall be  permitted  unless an opinion of counsel is delivered to the trustee to
the effect that such amendment  will not adversely  affect the tax status of the
trust.

Termination

                                                        41

<PAGE>




         Unless otherwise  specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  the
obligations of the servicer, the seller, the trust and the related owner trustee
or indenture trustee pursuant to the applicable trust and servicing agreement or
pooling and servicing agreement or indenture, if applicable, will terminate upon
the  earliest  to occur of (1) the  maturity  or other  liquidation  of the last
receivable in the related  receivables  pool and the  disposition of any amounts
received upon liquidation of any such remaining  receivables and (2) the payment
to the  related  securityholders  of all  amounts  required  to be  paid to them
pursuant  to the  applicable  trust  and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and
servicing agreement and, in the case of a series of notes issued by a trust, the
indenture.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related  prospectus  supplement,  in
order to avoid excessive  administrative  expenses,  the servicer or one or more
other  entities  identified  in  the  related  prospectus  supplement,  will  be
permitted,  at its option, to purchase from each trust or to cause such trust to
sell all remaining  receivables in the related receivables pool as of the end of
any collection  period,  if the aggregate  principal  balance of the receivables
pool as of the end of the related  collection period would be less than or equal
to 10% of the initial aggregate  principal balance of the receivables pool, at a
purchase price equal to the fair market value of such receivables,  but not less
than  the  sum  of  (1)  the  outstanding  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
receivables  pool and (2) accrued and unpaid interest on such amount computed at
a rate equal to the weighted average contract rate of the receivables, minus any
amount representing  payments received on the receivables and not yet applied to
reduce the principal balance thereof or interest related thereto.

                                  THE INDENTURE

         The  following  summary  describes  certain  terms  of  each  indenture
pursuant  to which a trust  will  issue a series  of  notes,  if any.  A form of
indenture  has been filed as an exhibit to the  registration  statement of which
this  prospectus is a part.  The following  summary is not complete.  For a more
detailed  description  of the  indenture,  you should read the indenture and the
related prospectus supplement.

Default under the Indenture

         With respect to the notes of a given series, unless otherwise specified
in the related  prospectus  supplement,  an indenture  default under the related
indenture will occur if:

         o        the trust fails to pay any  interest or  principal on any note
                  after such  amounts  are due and payable for five or more days
                  after  notice  thereof is given to the trust by the  indenture
                  trustee,  or if  applicable,  the insurer,  or after notice is
                  given to such trust and the  indenture  trustee by the holders
                  of at least 25% of the  principal  amount  of the  outstanding
                  notes;

         o        the trust  defaults in the  observance or  performance  of any
                  covenant or  agreement  that it made in the related  indenture
                  and the default continues for a period of 90 days after notice
                  is  given  to such  trust  by the  indenture  trustee  or,  if
                  applicable, the insurer, or

                                                        42

<PAGE>




                  after notice is given to such trust and such indenture trustee
                  by the holders of at least 25% of the principal  amount of the
                  outstanding notes;

         o        the trust makes any  representation or warranty in the related
                  indenture (or in any certificate  delivered in connection with
                  such indenture) that was incorrect in a material respect as of
                  the time  made,  and such  breach is not cured  within 30 days
                  after notice is given to such trust by the  indenture  trustee
                  or, if  applicable,  the insurer,  or after notice is given to
                  such trust and such  indenture  trustee  by the  holders of at
                  least 25% of the  principal  amount of the  outstanding  notes
                  (voting as a single class); or

         o        certain  events of  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership  or
                  liquidation  of the  applicable  trust  (a  "Trust  Bankruptcy
                  Event") occur.

         Either the insurer or the noteholders may declare an indenture default.
The insurer will control the remedy for an indenture default, unless the insurer
is in default under the policy,  in which case the noteholders  will control the
remedy.  The party who  declares  the  indenture  default  may give  notice  and
accelerate  the  payment of  principal  in respect of the notes,  declaring  the
principal on the notes immediately due and payable.

         If an indenture  default occurs and the insurer is not in default under
the Policy,  the insurer will have the right to control the remedy.  The insurer
may, at its discretion,  require the indenture trustee to liquidate the property
of the trust, in whole or in part, on any date following the acceleration of the
notes due to such  indenture  default.  Such  liquidation  will  cause a full or
partial  redemption  of the  notes.  However,  the  insurer  may not  cause  the
indenture  trustee to  liquidate  the  property of the trust if the  liquidation
proceeds  would not be  enough  to pay all  outstanding  principal  and  accrued
interest  on the  notes,  unless  the  indenture  default  arose  from  a  Trust
Bankruptcy Event.  Following an indenture default and acceleration of the notes,
the  indenture  trustee will  continue to submit claims under the Policy for any
shortfalls  in amounts  needed to make  payments on the notes,  unless the party
controlling the remedies liquidates the property of the trust.

         If an indenture  default occurs and the insurer is in default under the
Policy,  the holders of at least  two-thirds  (2/3) of the  aggregate  principal
balance of the notes then  outstanding  (voting as a single class) will have the
right to control the remedies available under the indenture with respect to such
default,  including the right to direct the  indenture  trustee to liquidate the
property of the trust.  However,  the  noteholders  may not direct the indenture
trustee to  liquidate  the property of the trust  unless the  indenture  default
arose from a Trust Bankruptcy Event.

         If the  noteholders  elect to  liquidate  the trust  property  upon the
occurrence of a Trust  Bankruptcy  Event, as described above, the Policy may not
be available to cover losses to noteholders  resulting  from the  liquidation of
the trust assets.  The Policy will be  terminated,  and the insurer will have no
further  obligation  to make  any  additional  payment  under  the  Policy.  The
noteholders may determine to sell the receivables whether or not the proceeds of
such sale will be  sufficient  to pay any portion of the  principal and interest
payable with respect to any subordinated class of notes. Upon

                                                        43

<PAGE>




such a sale of the  receivables by the indenture  trustee,  if the proceeds from
such sale and any amounts on deposit in the spread  account  and the  collection
account are not sufficient to pay all the notes in full,  then the  subordinated
class of notes will bear losses as described in the prospectus supplement.

Certain Covenants

         Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement with respect to a
series that includes  notes,  each indenture will provide that the related trust
may not consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless:

         o        the entity formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger
                  is organized under the laws of the United States, any state or
                  the District of Columbia;

         o        such entity expressly  assumes the trust's  obligation to make
                  due and punctual  payments on the notes of the related  series
                  and the  performance or observance of every  obligation of the
                  trust under the indenture;

         o        no indenture  default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing
                  immediately after such merger or consolidation;

         o        the indenture  trustee has been advised that the rating of the
                  securities  of such series then in effect would not be reduced
                  or withdrawn  by any rating  agency as a result of such merger
                  or consolidation; and

         o        the  indenture  trustee has  received an opinion of counsel to
                  the effect  that such  consolidation  or merger  would have no
                  material adverse tax consequence to the trust or to any of its
                  noteholders.

         Each trust that issues notes will not, among other things:

         o        except as expressly permitted by the applicable indenture, the
                  applicable  Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  or  certain
                  related documents with respect to such trust, sell,  transfer,
                  exchange  or  otherwise  dispose  of any of the assets of such
                  trust;

         o        claim any credit on or make any  deduction  from the principal
                  and  interest  payable in respect of the notes of the  related
                  series (other than amounts withheld under the Internal Revenue
                  Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or applicable state law)
                  or assert any claim  against any  present or former  holder of
                  such notes  because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed
                  upon such trust;

         o        dissolve or  liquidate in whole or in part until the notes are
                  repaid or will be repaid as a result thereof;

                                                        44

<PAGE>




         o        permit the validity or effectiveness of the related  indenture
                  to be impaired  or permit any person to be  released  from any
                  covenants or obligations with respect to such notes under such
                  indenture except as may be expressly permitted thereby; or

         o        permit any lien,  charge,  excise,  claim,  security interest,
                  mortgage or other encumbrance to be created on or extend to or
                  otherwise  impair  the  assets of such  trust or the  proceeds
                  thereof.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

         An indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing
the related notes upon the delivery to the indenture trustee for cancellation of
all such notes or, with certain  limitations,  upon deposit with such  indenture
trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all such notes.

Modification of Indenture

         With respect to each trust that issues notes, unless otherwise provided
in the related prospectus  supplement,  the trust and the indenture trustee may,
with the consent of the holders of notes of the related  series  evidencing  not
less than 51% of the outstanding  principal  balance of such notes,  acting as a
single  class and with the  consent of the  servicer  (which  consent may not be
unreasonably  withheld) execute a supplemental  indenture to add to or change in
any manner the indenture, or modify (except as provided below) in any manner the
rights of the noteholders.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related  prospectus  supplement with
respect to a series of securities which includes notes, the indenture may not be
amended to:

         o        change  the due date of any  installment  of  principal  of or
                  interest  on any  outstanding  note or  reduce  the  principal
                  amount,  the  interest  rate on or the  redemption  price with
                  respect  thereto or change the method,  place,  or currency of
                  payment;

         o        impair  the right to  institute  suit for the  enforcement  of
                  certain provisions of the indenture regarding payment;

         o        reduce  the   percentage  of  the  aggregate   amount  of  the
                  outstanding  notes of such series  which is  required  for any
                  such  indenture  supplement  or the  consent of the holders of
                  which is required  for any waiver of  compliance  with certain
                  provisions of the indenture or defaults thereunder;

         o        modify or alter the provisions of the indenture  regarding the
                  voting of notes held by the applicable trust, the seller or an
                  affiliate of any of them;

         o        reduce the percentage of the aggregate  outstanding  amount of
                  such series which is required to direct the indenture  trustee
                  to sell or liquidate the receivables if the

                                                        45

<PAGE>




                  proceeds  of  such  sale  would  be  insufficient  to pay  the
                  principal  amount  and  accrued  but  unpaid  interest  on the
                  outstanding notes of such series; or

         o        permit  the  creation  of any  lien  ranking  prior to or on a
                  parity with the lien of the indenture  trustee with respect to
                  any of the  collateral  for such notes or, except as otherwise
                  permitted or  contemplated  in such  indenture,  terminate the
                  lien of such  indenture on any such  collateral or deprive the
                  holder of any such note of the  security  afforded by the lien
                  of such indenture trustee.

         Unless otherwise provided in the applicable  prospectus supplement with
respect to a series that  includes  notes,  the related  trust and the indenture
trustee  may also enter into  supplemental  indentures,  without  obtaining  the
consent of the  noteholders of the related  series,  but with the consent of the
servicer  (which  consent may not be  unreasonably  withheld) for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of the  indenture  or of  modifying in any manner the rights of such
noteholders;  provided that such action will not materially and adversely affect
the interest of any such noteholder.

                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

Security Interest in Vehicles

         Installment  sale contracts  such as those included in the  receivables
evidence  the credit sale of  automobiles,  light  trucks and vans by dealers to
obligors;  the contracts and the installment  loan and security  agreements also
constitute  personal property security agreements and include grants of security
interests in the vehicles under the UCC. Perfection of security interests in the
vehicles is generally  governed by the motor  vehicle  registration  laws of the
state in which the vehicle is located.  In all of the states where UAC currently
acquires  or  originates  receivables,  a  security  interest  in a  vehicle  is
perfected by notation of the secured  party's lien on the vehicle's  certificate
of title.  With respect to the receivables,  the lien is or will be perfected in
the name of one of the Named Lienholders.  The terms of each receivable prohibit
the sale or transfer of the financed vehicle without the lienholder's consent.

         Pursuant to each  purchase  agreement,  UAFC will  assign its  security
interests  in the financed  vehicles to the seller  along with the  receivables.
Pursuant  to each  trust  and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and  servicing
agreement,  the  seller  will  assign its  security  interests  in the  financed
vehicles  to the  related  trust  along with the  receivables.  In the case of a
series of notes issued by a trust,  pursuant to each  indenture,  the trust will
grant the  indenture  trustee a security  interest in its assets,  including its
security interest in the financed  vehicles and the receivables.  Because of the
administrative burden and expense, neither the seller nor the applicable trustee
will amend any certificate of title to identify itself as the secured party.

         In most states, an assignment or pledge such as that under the Transfer
and  Servicing  Agreements  or the  indenture  is an effective  conveyance  of a
security interest without amendment of

                                                        46

<PAGE>




any lien noted on a vehicle's  certificate of title,  and the assignee  succeeds
thereby to the assignor's  rights as secured party.  In many states in which the
receivables were originated, the laws governing certificates of title are silent
on the question of the effect of an  assignment  on the  continued  validity and
perfection of a security interest in vehicles. However, with respect to security
interests perfected by a central filing, the UCC in these states provides that a
security  interest  continues to be valid and perfected even though the security
interest has been  assigned to a third party and no  amendments or other filings
are made to reflect the assignment.  An official  comment to the UCC states that
this rule should control a security  interest in a vehicle which is perfected by
the notation of the lien on the certificate of title.  Although the comment does
not have the force of law,  official  comments are typically  given  substantial
weight by the courts.

         The  other  states  in  which  the  receivables  were  originated  have
statutory  provisions  that  address  or  could  be  interpreted  as  addressing
assignments.  However,  nearly all of these statutory  provisions  either do not
require  compliance with the procedure outlined to insure the continued validity
and  perfection  of the  lien or are  ambiguous  on the  issue  of  whether  the
procedure  must be followed.  Under the official  comment noted above,  if these
procedures  for  noting  an  assignee's  name  on a  certificate  of  title  are
determined to be merely  permissive in nature,  the procedures would not have to
be followed as a condition  to the  continued  validity  and  perfection  of the
security interest.

         By not  identifying  the trust or the indenture  trustee as the secured
party on the  certificate  of title,  the security  interest of the trust or the
indenture  trustee in the vehicle could be defeated through fraud or negligence.
In the  absence  of fraud or forgery  by the  vehicle  owner or one of the Named
Lienholders, or administrative error by state or local agencies, the notation of
UAFC's or its  predecessor's  lien on the  certificates  should be sufficient to
protect  the trust or the  indenture  trustee  against  the right of  subsequent
purchasers of a vehicle or subsequent  lenders who take a security interest in a
vehicle securing a receivable.  If there are any vehicles as to which one of the
Named Lienholders failed to obtain a perfected  security interest,  its security
interest would be  subordinate  to, among others,  subsequent  purchasers of the
vehicles and holders of perfected security interests.  Such a failure,  however,
would constitute a breach of warranties under the related Transfer and Servicing
Agreements  and would  create an  obligation  of UAC to  repurchase  the related
receivable,  unless such breach were cured in a timely manner.  See "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."

         Under the laws of most  states,  including  most of the states in which
the receivables have been or will be originated, the perfected security interest
in a vehicle continues for four months after a vehicle is moved to a state other
than the state which issued the  certificate of title and  thereafter  until the
vehicle owner  re-registers  the vehicle in the new state.  A majority of states
require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a vehicle. Since UAFC
(or one of the  other  Named  Lienholders)  will  have  its  lien  noted  on the
certificates   of  title  and  the  servicer  will  retain   possession  of  the
certificates of title issued by most states in which receivables were or will be
originated, the servicer would ordinarily learn of an attempt at re-registration
through the request from the obligor to surrender  possession of the certificate
of title or would receive notice of surrender from the state of  re-registration
since the security  interest would be noted on the  certificate of title.  Thus,
the secured

                                                        47

<PAGE>




party would have the  opportunity  to  re-perfect  its security  interest in the
vehicle in the state of relocation.  In states that do not require a certificate
of title for  registration  of a motor vehicle,  re-  registration  could defeat
perfection.

         In the ordinary  course of servicing  receivables,  the servicer  takes
steps to effect  re-perfection  upon  receipt  of notice of  re-registration  or
information from the obligor as to relocation.  Similarly, when an obligor sells
a vehicle, the servicer must surrender possession of the certificate of title or
will  receive  notice  as a  result  of  UAFC's  (or  one  of  the  other  Named
Lienholders')  lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have an  opportunity to
require satisfaction of the related receivable before release of the lien. Under
each trust and  servicing  agreement  or pooling and  servicing  agreement,  the
servicer is obligated to take appropriate steps, at its own expense, to maintain
perfection of security interests in the financed vehicles.

         Under the laws of most states,  liens for repairs  performed on a motor
vehicle  and liens for unpaid  taxes would take  priority  over even a perfected
security  interest in a financed vehicle.  In some states, a perfected  security
interest in a financed vehicle may take priority over liens for repairs.

         UAC and UAFC will  represent and warrant in each Transfer and Servicing
Agreement  that,  as of the date of issuance of the  securities,  each  security
interest in a financed  vehicle is or will be prior to all other  present  liens
(other  than tax  liens  and  liens  that  arise by  operation  of law) upon and
security interests in such financed vehicle. However, liens for repairs or taxes
could arise at any time during the term of a receivable. No notice will be given
to the trustee, the indenture trustee or the securityholders in the event such a
lien arises.

Repossession

         In the event of a default by vehicle purchasers, the holder of a retail
installment sale contract or an installment loan and security  agreement has all
of the  remedies of a secured  party under the UCC,  except  where  specifically
limited by other state laws.  The remedy  employed by the servicer in most cases
of  default  is  self-help  repossession  and is  accomplished  simply by taking
possession  of the  financed  vehicle.  The  self-help  repossession  remedy  is
available under the UCC in most of the states in which  receivables have been or
will be originated as long as the  repossession  can be  accomplished  without a
breach of the peace.

         In cases where the obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession,
or if otherwise required by applicable state law, a court order must be obtained
from the  appropriate  state  court.  The vehicle  must then be  repossessed  in
accordance with that order.

Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights

         In the event of default by an obligor,  some jurisdictions require that
the obligor be notified of the default and be given a time period  within  which
the obligor may cure the default prior to

                                                        48

<PAGE>




repossession.  Generally,  this right of  reinstatement  may be  exercised  on a
limited number of occasions in any one-year period.

         The UCC and other state laws  require  the secured  party to provide an
obligor with  reasonable  notice of the date,  time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private sale of the  collateral may be held. The
obligor generally has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual sale by
paying the secured party the unpaid  principal  balance of the  obligation  plus
reasonable expenses for repossessing,  holding, and preparing the collateral for
disposition  and  arranging  for its sale,  and,  to the extent  provided in the
related retail installment sale contract,  and, as permitted by law,  reasonable
attorneys' fees.

Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds

         The proceeds of resale of financed  vehicles  generally will be applied
first to the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of
the  indebtedness.  If the net proceeds from resale do not cover the full amount
of  the  indebtedness,  a  deficiency  judgment  may  be  sought.  However,  the
deficiency  judgment  would be a personal  judgment  against the obligor for the
shortfall,  and a defaulting obligor can be expected to have very little capital
or sources of income available following repossession. Therefore, in many cases,
it may not be useful to seek a deficiency  judgment  or, if one is obtained,  it
may be settled at a significant discount.

         Occasionally, after resale of a vehicle and payment of all expenses and
all  indebtedness,  there is a surplus of funds.  In that case, the UCC requires
the  lender to remit the  surplus  to any  holder of a lien with  respect to the
vehicle or if no such  lienholder  exists,  the UCC requires the lender to remit
the surplus to the former owner of the vehicle.

Consumer Protection Laws

         Numerous  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  and  related
regulations impose substantial  requirements upon lenders and servicers involved
in consumer  finance.  These laws  include the  Truth-in-Lending  Act, the Equal
Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  the Fair Credit
Billing Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection  Practices
Act, the Magnuson-Moss  Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's  Regulations B
and Z,  state  adaptations  of the  National  Consumer  Act  and of the  Uniform
Consumer Credit Code and state motor vehicle retail  installment sales acts, and
other similar laws.  Also,  state laws impose finance charge  ceilings and other
restrictions  on consumer  transactions  and  require  contract  disclosures  in
addition to those required under federal law. Those requirements impose specific
statutory  liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their  provisions.
In some cases,  this  liability  could affect an  assignee's  ability to enforce
consumer finance contracts such as the receivables.

         The  so-called   "Holder-in-Due-Course"   Rule  of  the  Federal  Trade
Commission (the "FTC Rule"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated by
the Uniform  Consumer Credit Code,  other state statutes,  or the common laws in
certain states, has the effect of subjecting a seller (and certain

                                                        49

<PAGE>




related lenders and their  assignees) in a consumer  credit  transaction and any
assignee  of the  seller to all  claims  and  defenses  that the  obligor in the
transaction  could assert against the seller of the goods.  Liability  under the
FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the  contract,  and
the holder of the contract  may also be unable to collect any balance  remaining
due thereunder from the obligor.  Most of the receivables will be subject to the
requirements of the FTC Rule. Accordingly, the trustee or the indenture trustee,
as holder of the receivables, will be subject to any claims or defenses that the
obligor of the related  financed  vehicle  may assert  against the seller of the
vehicle.  Such  claims are limited to a maximum  liability  equal to the amounts
paid by the obligor on the receivable.

         Under most state motor vehicle dealer licensing laws,  dealers of motor
vehicles are required to be licensed to sell motor  vehicles at retail sale.  In
addition,  with respect to used vehicles, the Federal Trade Commission's Rule on
Sale of Used Vehicles  requires that all used vehicle dealers prepare,  complete
and display a "Buyer's  Guide" which  explains  the  warranty  coverage for such
vehicles. Furthermore,  federal odometer regulations promulgated under the Motor
Vehicle  Information and Cost Savings Act requires that all used vehicle dealers
furnish a written  statement signed by the seller certifying the accuracy of the
odometer  reading.  If a dealer is not properly  licensed or if either a Buyer's
Guide or Odometer Disclosure  Statement was not provided to the purchaser of the
related  financed  vehicle,  the obligor may be able to assert a defense against
the  dealer.  If an  obligor  were  successful  in  asserting  any such claim or
defense,   such  claim  or   defense   would   constitute   a  breach  of  UAC's
representations  and warranties under each Transfer and Servicing  Agreement and
would create an  obligation  of UAC to  repurchase  the  receivable  unless such
breach were cured in a timely  manner.  See  "Description  of the  Transfer  and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."

         Courts have applied  general  equitable  principles to secured  parties
pursuing  repossession  or  litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These
equitable  principles  may have the effect of  relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.

         In several cases,  consumers have asserted that the self-help  remedies
of secured  parties  under the UCC and  related  laws  violate  the due  process
protections  provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the United
States.  Courts  have  generally  upheld  the notice  provisions  of the UCC and
related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale by the
creditor  do not  involve  sufficient  state  action  to  afford  constitutional
protection to consumers.

         UAC will  represent  and warrant in each purchase  agreement  that each
receivable  complies  with all  requirements  of law in all  material  respects.
Accordingly,  if an obligor has a claim against a trust for violation of any law
and such claim  materially  and  adversely  affects the trust's or the indenture
trustee's interest in a receivable,  such violation would constitute a breach of
UAC's  representations  and  warranties  under the purchase  agreement and would
create an obligation of UAC to repurchase such receivable unless the breach were
cured.  See  "Description  of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and
Assignment of Receivables."

                                                        50

<PAGE>




Other Limitations

         In addition to the laws limiting or prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  bankruptcy  laws and
related  state  laws,  may  interfere  with or affect the ability of a lender to
realize upon  collateral  or enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example,  in a
Chapter 13 proceeding  under the federal  bankruptcy  law, a court may prevent a
lender from repossessing an automobile, and, as part of the rehabilitation plan,
reduce  the  amount  of the  secured  indebtedness  to the  market  value of the
automobile at the time of bankruptcy (as  determined by the court),  leaving the
party providing  financing as a general unsecured  creditor for the remainder of
the  indebtedness.  A bankruptcy  court may also reduce the monthly payments due
under a contract or change the rate of  interest  and time of  repayment  of the
indebtedness.

Bankruptcy Matters

         UAC and UAFC will  represent and warrant to the seller in each purchase
agreement,  and the seller will  warrant to the related  trust in each trust and
servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement,  that the sales of the
receivables by UAC to UAFC, by UAFC to the seller and by the seller to the trust
are  valid  sales  of the  receivables  to UAFC,  the  seller  and  such  trust,
respectively.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if UAC, UAFC, UACFC or the seller
were  to   become  a  debtor   in  a   bankruptcy   case  and  a   creditor   or
trustee-in-bankruptcy  of such  debtor or such  debtor  itself  were to take the
position that the sale of  receivables  to UAFC,  the seller or the trust should
instead be treated as a pledge of such receivables to secure a borrowing of such
debtor,  delays in payments of collections  of  receivables  to  securityholders
could  occur or (should the court rule in favor of any such  trustee,  debtor or
creditor)  reductions  in the  amounts of such  payments  could  result.  If the
transfer of receivables to the trust is treated as a pledge instead of a sale, a
tax or government lien on the property of UAC, UAFC or the seller arising before
the transfer of the related  receivables  to such trust may have  priority  over
such trust's interest in such receivables.  If the transfers of receivables from
UAC and UAFC to the  seller  and from the  seller to the trust  are  treated  as
sales, the receivables  would not be part of the UAC's,  UAFC's,  UACFC's or the
seller's  bankruptcy  estate and would not be available to the bankrupt entity's
creditors.

         The  decision  of the U.S.  Court of  Appeals  for the  Tenth  Circuit,
Octagon Gas System,  Inc. v. Rimmer (In re Meridian Reserve,  Inc.) (decided May
27, 1993), contains language to the effect that under the UCC accounts sold by a
debtor would remain property of the debtor's  bankruptcy estate,  whether or not
the sale of the accounts was  perfected.  Although  the  receivables  constitute
chattel paper under the UCC, rather than accounts,  Article 9 of the UCC applies
to the sale of chattel paper as well as the sale of accounts,  and perfection of
a security  interest in both chattel paper and accounts may be  accomplished  by
the filing of a UCC-1 financing  statement.  If,  following a bankruptcy of UAC,
UAFC or the seller,  a court were to follow the  reasoning of the Tenth  Circuit
reflected  in the above  case,  then the  receivables  could be  included in the
bankruptcy estate of UAC, UAFC, UACFC or the seller,  as applicable,  and delays
in payments of collections on or in respect of the receivables  could occur. UAC
and UAFC will warrant to the seller in each purchase  agreement,  and the seller
will warrant to the trust in each trust and servicing agreement or pooling

                                                        51

<PAGE>




and servicing agreement,  that the sale of the related receivables to the seller
or the  related  trust is a sale of such  receivables  to the  seller and to the
trust, respectively.

                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The following is a general  summary of the material  federal income tax
consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the securities.  The
summary does not purport to deal with federal income tax consequences applicable
to all categories of holders, some of which may be subject to special rules. For
example,  its does not discuss the tax  treatment  of  securityholders  that are
insurance  companies,  regulated  investment companies or dealers in securities.
You are urged to consult  your own tax  advisors  in  determining  the  federal,
state,  local,  foreign and any other tax  consequences  to you of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the securities.

         The following summary is based upon current provisions of the Code, the
Treasury  regulations  promulgated  thereunder and judicial or ruling authority,
all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.  Each trust
will be  provided  with an opinion  of federal  tax  counsel  regarding  certain
federal income tax matters  discussed  below.  Such opinions,  however,  are not
binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") or the courts.  No ruling on
any of the issues  discussed  below will be sought from the IRS. For purposes of
the following summary,  references to the trust, the notes, the certificates and
related terms,  parties and documents shall be deemed to refer, unless otherwise
specified in this prospectus,  to each trust, the notes and the certificates and
the related terms, parties and documents applicable to such trust.

         The federal income tax  consequences  to  certificateholders  will vary
depending  on whether the trust is treated as a  partnership  under the Code and
applicable  Treasury  regulations  or  whether  the trust  will be  treated as a
grantor trust.  The prospectus  supplement for each series of certificates  will
specify  whether  the trust  will be treated  as a  partnership  or as a grantor
trust.

FASITs

         Sections  860H  through 860L of the Code provide for the creation of an
entity for  federal  income tax  purposes,  referred  to as a  "financial  asset
securitization  investment trust" ("FASIT").  These provisions were effective as
of September 1, 1997, but many technical issues  concerning  FASITs have not yet
been addressed by Treasury  regulations.  To qualify as a FASIT,  an entity must
meet  certain  requirements  under  Section 860L of the Code and must elect such
treatment. The applicable trust and servicing agreement or pooling and servicing
agreement and indenture,  if applicable,  may be amended in accordance  with the
provisions  thereof to provide  that the seller and  trustee  will cause a FASIT
election  to be made for the trust if the seller  delivers to the trustee or the
indenture trustee and, if applicable,  the insurer, an opinion of counsel to the
effect that, for federal income tax purposes,  (1) the deemed  issuance of FASIT
regular  interests  (occurring  in  connection  with  such  election)  will  not
adversely  affect  the  federal  income tax  treatment  of the  securities,  (2)
following such election such trust will not be deemed to be an  association  (or
publicly traded

                                                        52

<PAGE>




partnership)  taxable as a  corporation  and (3) such election will not cause or
constitute  an  event  in  which  gain  or  loss  would  be  recognized  by  any
securityholder or the trust.

TRUSTS TREATED AS PARTNERSHIPS

Tax Characterization of the Trust as a Partnership

         A  trust  which  does  not  affirmatively  elect  to  be  treated  as a
corporation  will  be  treated  as  a  partnership  under  applicable   Treasury
regulations  as long as  there  are two or more  beneficial  owners  and will be
ignored as a separate  entity  where there is a single  beneficial  owner of all
equity  classes of the related  series.  Federal tax  counsel  will  deliver its
opinion that a trust will not be an association (or publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation  for federal income tax purposes.  This opinion will be
based on the assumption  that the terms of the trust and servicing  agreement or
pooling and servicing  agreement and  indenture  and related  documents  will be
complied with,  including the making of no affirmative election to be treated as
a corporation.  Such counsel's opinion will also conclude that the nature of the
income of the trust will exempt it from the rule that  certain  publicly  traded
partnerships are taxable as corporations.

         If a trust  were  taxable  as a  corporation  for  federal  income  tax
purposes, it would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income. The
trust's  taxable  income  would  include  all  of  its  income  on  the  related
receivables,  less  servicing  fees and  other  deductible  expenses,  which may
include its interest  expense on the notes.  Any such corporate income tax could
materially  reduce cash available to make  distributions on the securities,  and
beneficial owners of securities (the "Security  Owners") could be liable for any
such tax that is unpaid by the trust.

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes

         Treatment of the notes as Indebtedness.  The seller will agree, and the
noteholders  will agree by their  purchase of notes,  to treat the notes as debt
for federal income tax purposes.  Federal tax counsel will,  except as otherwise
provided in the related prospectus  supplement,  advise the trust that the notes
should be classified as debt for federal  income tax  purposes.  The  discussion
below assumes this characterization of the notes is correct.

         OID. The  discussion  below  assumes that all payments on the notes are
denominated in U.S.  dollars,  and that the interest formula for the notes meets
the requirements for "qualified stated interest" under Treasury regulations (the
"OID Regulations") relating to original issue discount ("OID"), and that any OID
on the notes (i.e.,  any excess of the principal  amount of the notes over their
issue price) does not exceed a de minimis amount (i.e., 0.25% of their principal
amount  multiplied  by the number of full years  included  in their  term),  all
within the meaning of the OID Regulations. If these conditions are not satisfied
with respect to any given series of notes,  additional tax  considerations  with
respect to such notes will be disclosed in the applicable prospectus supplement.

                                                        53

<PAGE>




         Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following  paragraph,  the notes will not be considered  issued
with OID.  The  stated  interest  thereon  will be taxable  to a  noteholder  as
ordinary  interest  income  when  received  or accrued in  accordance  with such
noteholder's method of tax accounting.  Under the OID Regulations, a holder of a
note issued with more than a de minimis  amount of OID must  include such OID in
income,  on a pro rata basis,  as  principal  payments  are made on the note.  A
purchaser  who buys a note  for more or less  than  its  principal  amount  will
generally  be  subject,  respectively,  to the  premium  amortization  or market
discount rules of the Code.

         A holder of a note that has a fixed  maturity date of not more than one
year from the issue  date of such  short-term  note may be  subject  to  special
rules.  An accrual  basis holder of a  short-term  note (and certain cash method
holders,  including regulated investment companies, as set forth in Section 1281
of the Code)  generally  would be required to report interest income as interest
accrues on a straight-line  basis over the term of each interest  period.  Other
cash basis holders of a short-term note would, in general, be required to report
interest  income  as  interest  is  paid  (or,  if  earlier,  upon  the  taxable
disposition  of  the  short-term  note).  However,  a  cash  basis  holder  of a
short-term note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer
a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness  incurred
to purchase or carry the  short-term  note until the taxable  disposition of the
short-term  note. A cash basis taxpayer may elect under Section 1281 of the Code
to accrue interest income on all  nongovernment  debt obligations with a term of
one year or less,  in which case the  taxpayer  would  include  interest  on the
short-term  note in  income as it  accrues,  but  would  not be  subject  to the
interest  expense deferral rule referred to in the preceding  sentence.  Certain
special rules apply if a short-term  note is purchased for more or less than its
principal amount.

         Sale or Other  Disposition.  If a noteholder  sells a note,  the holder
will  recognize  gain or loss in an amount equal to the  difference  between the
amount realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the note. The
adjusted tax basis of a note to a particular  noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the note, increased by any market discount,  acquisition discount,  OID
and gain  previously  included by such  noteholder in income with respect to the
note and decreased by the amount of bond premium, if any,  previously  amortized
and by the amount of principal payments  previously  received by such noteholder
with respect to such note. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if
the note was held as a  capital  asset,  except  for gain  representing  accrued
interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income.  Capital
losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.

         Non-U.S.  Holders.  Interest payments made (or accrued) to a noteholder
who is a  nonresident  alien,  foreign  corporation  or  other  holder  who is a
Non-U.S. Person (as defined below under "Trusts Treated as Grantor Trusts -- Tax
Consequences  to  Non-U.S.  Certificateholders")  generally  will be  considered
"portfolio  interest" and generally will not be subject to United States federal
income tax and  withholding  tax, if the interest is not  effectively  connected
with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the Non-U.S.
Person and the  Non-U.S.  Person (1) is not  actually  or  constructively  a "10
percent  shareholder"  of the trust or the seller  (including a holder of 10% of
the

                                                        54

<PAGE>




outstanding  certificates) or a "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to
which the trust or the seller is a "related  person"  within the  meaning of the
Code and (2) provides  the trustee or other person who is otherwise  required to
withhold  U.S. tax with respect to the notes with an  appropriate  statement (on
Form W-8 or a similar form), signed under penalties of perjury,  certifying that
the beneficial owner of the note is a Non-U.S. Person and providing the Non-U.S.
Person's  name and  address.  If a note is held  through a  securities  clearing
organization  or certain  other  financial  institutions,  the  organization  or
institution may provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding  agent.
In that case, however, the signed statement must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or
substitute  form  provided by the  Non-U.S.  Person that owns the note.  If such
interest is not  portfolio  interest,  then it will be subject to United  States
federal income and  withholding  tax at a rate of 30 percent,  unless reduced or
eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.

         Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption,  retirement or other
taxable  disposition  of a note by a Non-U.S.  Person will be exempt from United
States federal income and  withholding  tax,  provided that (1) such gain is not
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States by the  Non-U.S.  Person  and (2) in the case of an  individual  Non-U.S.
Person,  the individual is not present in the United States for 183 days or more
in the taxable year.

         Final  regulations  dealing  with  withholding  tax on  income  paid to
Non-U.S.  Persons and related matters were issued by the Treasury  Department on
October 6, 1997.  These new withholding  regulations will generally be effective
for payments made after December 31, 1999,  subject to certain transition rules.
Prospective  investors  who are Non-U.S.  Persons are strongly  urged to consult
their own tax advisors with respect to the new withholding regulations.

         Backup  Withholding.  Each noteholder (other than an exempt holder such
as a corporation, tax-exempt organization,  qualified pension and profit-sharing
trust,   individual   retirement  account  or  nonresident  alien  who  provides
certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide,  under
penalties of perjury,  a  certificate  containing  the holder's  name,  address,
correct federal taxpayer  identification  number and a statement that the holder
is not  subject to backup  withholding.  Should a nonexempt  noteholder  fail to
provide the  required  certification,  the trust will be required to withhold 31
percent of the amount  otherwise  payable to the holder,  and remit the withheld
amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.

         Possible  Alternative  Treatments  of the Notes.  If,  contrary  to the
opinion of federal tax counsel,  the IRS successfully  asserted that one or more
classes  of notes in a series  did not  represent  debt for  federal  income tax
purposes,  such notes might be treated as equity  interests in the trust.  If so
treated,  the trust might be treated as a publicly traded partnership that would
not be taxable as a corporation  because it would meet certain qualifying income
tests.  Nonetheless,  treatment  of the  notes  as  equity  interests  in such a
publicly  traded  partnership  could have  adverse tax  consequences  to certain
holders.  For example,  income to certain tax-exempt entities (including pension
funds) would be "unrelated business taxable income", income to Non-U.S.  Persons
generally  would  be  subject  to U.S.  tax  and  U.S.  tax  return  filing  and
withholding tax requirements, and individual holders might be subject to certain
limitations on their ability to deduct their share of trust expenses.

                                                        55

<PAGE>




Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates

         Treatment  of the trust as a  Partnership.  The seller and the servicer
will agree, and the related  certificateholders  will agree by their purchase of
certificates,  to treat the trust as a  partnership  for purposes of federal and
state income tax,  franchise  tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part
by income,  with the  assets of the  partnership  being the  assets  held by the
trust, the partners of the partnership being the  certificateholders  (including
the holder of any certificates  representing the retained interest in the trust)
and  the  notes   being   debt  of  the   partnership.   However,   the   proper
characterization of the arrangement  involving the trust, the certificates,  the
notes, the seller and the servicer is not clear because there is no authority on
transactions closely comparable to that contemplated herein.

         A variety of alternative  characterizations are possible.  For example,
because the  certificates  have certain  features  characteristic  of debt,  the
certificates  might be  considered  debt of the  seller or the  trust.  Any such
characterization  would not result in  materially  adverse tax  consequences  to
certificateholders  as  compared  to  the  consequences  from  treatment  of the
certificates  as  equity  in  a  partnership,  described  below.  The  following
discussion  assumes  that  the  certificates  represent  equity  interests  in a
partnership.

         Partnership Taxation.  As a partnership,  the trust will not be subject
to federal  income  tax.  Rather,  each  certificateholder  will be  required to
separately  take into account such holder's  allocated  share of income,  gains,
losses,  deductions  and credits of the trust.  The trust's  income will consist
primarily  of interest  and finance  charges  earned on the related  receivables
(including  appropriate  adjustments for market discount,  OID and bond premium)
and any gain upon  collection or  disposition of such  receivables.  The trust's
deductions  will  consist  primarily  of interest  accruing  with respect to the
notes,  servicing and other fees,  and losses or deductions  upon  collection or
disposition of receivables.

         The tax  items  of a  partnership  are  allocable  to the  partners  in
accordance with the Code,  Treasury  regulations  and the partnership  agreement
(i.e.,  the trust  Agreement and related  documents).  The trust  Agreement will
provide,  in general,  that the  certificateholders  will be  allocated  taxable
income of the trust for each month equal to the sum of:

         (1)      the interest  that accrues on the  certificates  in accordance
                  with their terms for such month,  including  interest accruing
                  at the related  pass-through rate for such month and interest,
                  if any, on amounts  previously due on the certificates but not
                  yet distributed;

         (2)      any trust  income  attributable  to  discount  on the  related
                  receivables  that  corresponds  to any excess of the principal
                  amount of the certificates over their initial issue price;

         (3)      any other amounts of income payable to the  certificateholders
                  for such month; and

                                                        56

<PAGE>




         (4)      in  the  case  of  an  individual,   estate  or  trust,   such
                  certificateholder's  share  of  income  corresponding  to  the
                  miscellaneous   itemized  deductions  described  in  the  next
                  paragraph.

         Such allocation of interest will be reduced by any  amortization by the
trust of  premium on  receivables  that  corresponds  to any excess of the issue
price of certificates over their principal amount.  Unless otherwise provided in
the related  prospectus  supplement,  all remaining  taxable income of the trust
will be  allocated to the owner of the  retained  interest of the trust.  In the
event the trust  issues  certificates  which are Strip  Securities,  the  amount
allocated  to  such   certificateholders  will  equal  the  excess  of  (1)  the
pass-through  rate  applicable  to  the  Strip  Securities  times  the  notional
principal amount for the Strip Securities for such month over (2) the portion of
the amount  distributed with respect to the Strip Securities for such month that
would  constitute  a return  of basis if the  Strip  Securities  constituted  an
instrument  described  in Section  860G(a)(1)(B)(ii)  of the Code,  applying the
principles of Section  1272(a)(6)  of the Code and employing the constant  yield
method of accrual (utilizing the appropriate prepayment  assumption);  provided,
that no negative accruals shall be permitted,  and, provided further, that other
deductions derived by the trust equal to the aggregate remaining capital account
balances of the certificateholders will be allocated to such Strip Securities in
proportion to the respective  capital account  balances  immediately  before the
final redemption.

         The portion of expenses of the trust  (including  fees to the servicer,
but not interest expense)  allocated to taxpayers that are individuals,  estates
or trusts would be  miscellaneous  itemized  deductions to such taxpayers.  Such
deductions  might be disallowed to such  taxpayers in whole or in part and might
result in such  taxpayers  being taxed on an amount of income  that  exceeds the
amount  of cash  actually  distributed  to such  taxpayers  over the life of the
trust.  Any net  loss of the  trust  will be  allocated  first  to the  retained
interest holder to the extent of its adjusted capital account, then to the other
certificateholders  in the  priorities  set forth in the trust  Agreement to the
extent of their  respective  adjusted  capital  accounts,  and thereafter to the
retained interest holder.

         The trust intends to make all calculations  relating to market discount
income  and  amortization  of  premium  with  respect  to both  simple  interest
receivables  and  precomputed  receivables  on an aggregate  basis rather than a
receivable-by-receivable   basis.   If  the  IRS  were  to  require   that  such
calculations be made separately for each receivable, the trust might be required
to incur  additional  expense,  but it is  believed  that  there  would not be a
material adverse effect on certificateholders.

         Discount  and  Premium.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in the related
prospectus supplement,  it is believed that the receivables were not issued with
OID, and, therefore, the trust should not have OID income. However, the purchase
price paid by the trust for the related  receivables may be greater or less than
the remaining  principal balance of the receivables at the time of purchase.  If
so, the  receivables  will have been  acquired at a premium or discount,  as the
case may be. (As indicated  above,  the trust will make this  calculation  on an
aggregate    basis,   but   might   be   required   to   recompute   it   on   a
receivable-by-receivable basis.)

                                                        57

<PAGE>




         If the trust acquires the related  receivables at a market  discount or
premium,  it will elect to include any such  discount in income  currently as it
accrues over the life of such  receivables or to offset any such premium against
interest  income on such  receivables.  As  indicated  above,  a portion of such
market   discount   income   or   premium   deduction   may  be   allocated   to
certificateholders.

         Section 708 Termination.  Under Section 708 of the Code, the trust will
be deemed to  terminate  for federal  income tax  purposes if 50% or more of the
capital  and  profits  interests  in the  trust are sold or  exchanged  within a
12-month period.  Under applicable Treasury  regulations,  such a 50% or greater
transfer would cause a deemed  contribution  of the assets of the trust to a new
partnership  in exchange  for  interests in the trust.  Such  interests in a new
partnership  would  be  deemed  distributed  to the  partners  of the  trust  in
liquidation  thereof,  which would not constitute a sale or exchange.  The trust
will not comply with certain technical requirements that might apply when such a
constructive  termination  occurs.  As a result,  the trust  may be  subject  to
certain tax  penalties  and may incur  additional  expenses if it is required to
comply  with those  requirements.  Furthermore,  the trust  might not be able to
comply due to lack of data.

         Disposition of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital gain or loss will be
recognized  on a sale of  certificates  in an  amount  equal  to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the certificates sold.
With respect to noncorporate certificateholders,  such capital gain or loss will
be short-term or long-term,  depending on whether the  certificate has been held
for (1) 12 months or less, or (2) more than 12 months, respectively.  (Long-term
capital gain tax rates provide a reduction as compared with  short-term  capital
gains, which are taxed at ordinary income tax rates.) A certificateholder's  tax
basis in a certificate  will generally  equal the holder's cost increased by the
holder's  share of trust  income  (includible  in income) and  decreased  by any
distributions received with respect to such certificate.  In addition,  both the
tax basis in the certificates and the amount realized on a sale of a certificate
would  include the  holder's  share of the  liabilities  of the trust.  A holder
acquiring  certificates at different prices may be required to maintain a single
aggregate  adjusted  tax  basis in such  certificates  and,  upon  sale or other
disposition of some of the certificates, to allocate a portion of such aggregate
tax basis to the certificates sold (rather than maintaining a separate tax basis
in each  certificate  for purposes of  computing  gain or loss on a sale of that
certificate).

         Any  gain on the sale of a  certificate  attributable  to the  holder's
share of unrecognized  accrued market discount on the related  receivables would
generally  be  treated as  ordinary  income to the holder and would give rise to
special tax reporting requirements.  The trust does not expect to have any other
assets that would give rise to such special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to
avoid  those  special  reporting  requirements,  the trust will elect to include
market discount in income as it accrues.

         If a certificateholders is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including  income  attributable  to disallowed  itemized  deductions
described  above) over the life of the  certificates  that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the certificates.

                                                        58

<PAGE>




         Allocations  Between  Transferors  and  Transferees.  In  general,  the
trust's  taxable income and losses will be determined  monthly and the tax items
for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the certificateholders
in proportion to the principal  amount of  certificates  (or notional  principal
amount,  in the case of any Strip  Securities)  owned by them as of the close of
the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing certificates may be
allocated  tax  items  (which  will  affect  its tax  liability  and tax  basis)
attributable to periods before the actual transaction.

         The use of such a monthly  convention  may not be permitted by existing
regulations.  If a  monthly  convention  is not  allowed  (or  only  applies  to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the trust might be  reallocated  among the  certificateholders.  The retained
interest holder, acting as tax matters partner for the trust, will be authorized
to revise the trust's method of allocation  between  transferors and transferees
to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.

         Section 754 Election.  In the event that a certificateholder  sells its
certificates at a profit (loss),  the purchasing  certificateholder  will have a
higher (lower) basis in the certificates than the selling certificateholder had.
The tax basis of the trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect that higher
(or lower) basis unless the trust were to file an election  under Section 754 of
the  Code.  In order to avoid  the  administrative  complexities  that  would be
involved in keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements,  the trust will not make such election. As a
result,  certificateholders  might be  allocated  a greater or lesser  amount of
trust income than would be  appropriate  based on their own  purchase  price for
certificates.

         Administrative  Matters.  The  trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete  and accurate  books of the trust.  Such books will be  maintained  for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis, and the fiscal year of
the  trust  is  expected  to be the  calendar  year.  The  trustee  will  file a
partnership  information  return  (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each  taxable
year of the trust and will report each  certificateholder's  allocable  share of
items of trust  income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule  K-1.  The
trust will provide the Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to provide
the trust with the information  statement described below and such nominees will
be  required  to  forward  such  information  to the  beneficial  owners  of the
certificates.  Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with
the information  return filed by the trust or be subject to penalties unless the
holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.

         Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the trust with
a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial owners
and the  certificates so held. Such information  includes (1) the name,  address
and taxpayer  identification number of the nominee and (2) as to each beneficial
owner (a) the name,  address  and  identification  number  of such  person,  (b)
whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt  entity or a foreign
government,  an  international  organization,  or any  wholly  owned  agency  or
instrumentality  of either of the  foregoing,  and (c)  certain  information  on
certificates  that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish

                                                        59

<PAGE>




directly  to the trust  information  as to  themselves  and their  ownership  of
certificates.  A clearing agency  registered under Section 17A of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 is not required to furnish any such  information  statement
to the trust.  The  information  referred to above for any calendar year must be
furnished to the trust on or before the following January 31. Nominees,  brokers
and financial  institutions  that fail to provide the trust with the information
described above may be subject to penalties.

         The  retained  interest  holder will be  designated  as the tax matters
partner  for each trust in the related  trust  Agreement  and, as such,  will be
responsible for representing the  certificateholder in any dispute with the IRS.
The Code provides for  administrative  examination  of a  partnership  as if the
partnership  were a separate and distinct  taxpayer.  Generally,  the statute of
limitations for  partnership  items does not expire before three years after the
date  on  which  the  partnership  information  return  is  filed.  Any  adverse
determination  following an audit of the return of the trust by the  appropriate
taxing  authorities  could  result  in an  adjustment  of  the  returns  of  the
certificateholders, and, under certain circumstances, a certificateholder may be
precluded from separately  litigating a proposed  adjustment to the items of the
trust.  An  adjustment  could also  result in an audit of a  certificateholder's
returns  and  adjustments  of items not  related to the income and losses of the
trust.

         Tax Consequences to Non-U.S.  Certificateholders.  Pursuant to a change
in the safe harbor provisions of Section 864(b)(2)(A) of the Code (applicable to
tax years  beginning  after  December  31,  1997),  Non-U.S.  Persons  which are
certificateholders  will not be  considered to be engaged in a trade or business
in the United States for purposes of federal  withholding  taxes with respect to
Non-U.S.  Persons  solely as a result of owning or  trading  certificates.  As a
result,  the trust is not  obligated  to  withhold on the portion of its taxable
income that is allocable to Non-U.S. Persons at regular graduated rates (35% for
Non-U.S.  Persons  that are  taxable  as  corporations  and  39.6% for all other
Non-U.S.  Persons),  unless such Non-U.S. Person hold certificates in connection
with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

         Interest allocable to a Non-U.S. Person that does not hold certificates
in connection with the conduct of a U. S. trade or business will not qualify for
the exemption for portfolio  interest under Section 871(h) of the Code,  because
underlying  receivables  owned by the trust are not in "registered form" as that
term is defined in applicable Treasury  regulations.  As a result, such Non-U.S.
Person who holds  certificates will be subject to United States  withholding tax
on interest or OID  attributable to the underlying  receivables  (whether or not
such  amount  is  distributed)  at a  rate  of 30  percent,  unless  reduced  or
eliminated  pursuant  to an  applicable  treaty.  Potential  investors  who  are
Non-U.S.  Persons should  consult their own tax advisors  regarding the specific
tax consequences of owning a certificate.

         Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the certificates will be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax
of 31% if,  in  general,  the  certificateholder  fails to comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.

                                                        60

<PAGE>




TRUSTS TREATED AS GRANTOR TRUSTS

Tax Characterization of Grantor Trusts

         If specified in the related prospectus supplement,  federal tax counsel
will deliver its opinion that the trust will not be classified as an association
taxable as a  corporation  and that such trust will be  classified  as a grantor
trust  under  subpart  E,  Part I of  subchapter  J of the Code.  In this  case,
beneficial  owners of grantor  trust  certificates  will be treated  for federal
income tax  purposes as owners of a portion of the trust's  assets as  described
below. The certificates issued by a trust that is treated as a grantor trust are
referred to as grantor trust certificates.

         Characterization.  Each grantor trust certificateholder will be treated
as the owner of a pro rata  undivided  interest in the  interest  and  principal
portions of the trust represented by the grantor trust  certificates and will be
considered the equitable  owner of a pro rata undivided  interest in each of the
receivables   in  the  trust.   Any  amounts   received   by  a  grantor   trust
certificateholder  in lieu of amounts due with respect to any receivable because
of a default or  delinquency  in payment will be treated for federal  income tax
purposes as having the same character as the payments they replace.

         Each grantor trust  certificateholder will be required to report on its
federal   income   tax   return   in   accordance   with  such   grantor   trust
certificateholder's method of accounting its pro rata share of the entire income
from the  receivables in the trust  represented  by grantor trust  certificates,
including  interest,  OID, if any,  prepayment  fees,  assumption fees, any gain
recognized upon an assumption and late payment charges received by the servicer.
Under Code  Sections 162 or 212, each grantor  trust  certificateholder  will be
entitled  to deduct  its pro rata  share of  servicing  fees,  prepayment  fees,
assumption fees and late payment charges retained by the servicer, provided that
such amounts are  reasonable  compensation  for services  rendered to the trust.
Grantor trust certificateholders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be
entitled to deduct their share of expenses only to the extent such expenses plus
all other Section 212 expenses exceed two percent of their  respective  adjusted
gross  incomes.  A grantor  trust  certificateholder  using  the cash  method of
accounting must take into account its pro rata share of income and deductions as
and when collected by or paid to the servicer. A grantor trust certificateholder
using an accrual method of accounting  must take into account its pro rata share
of  income  and  deductions  as they  become  due or are  paid to the  servicer,
whichever is earlier.  If the servicing  fees paid to the servicer are deemed to
exceed  reasonable  servicing  compensation,  the amount of such excess could be
considered as an ownership  interest  retained by the servicer (or any person to
whom the servicer  assigned for value all or a portion of the servicing fees) in
a portion of the interest  payments on the  receivables.  The receivables  would
then be subject to the "coupon stripping" rules of the Code discussed below.

         Stripped  Bonds and Stripped  Coupons.  Although  the tax  treatment of
stripped bonds is not entirely  clear,  based on recent  guidance by the IRS, it
appears that each  purchaser of a grantor trust  certificate  will be treated as
the purchaser of a stripped bond which  generally  should be treated as a single
debt  instrument  issued on the day it is purchased for purposes of  calculating
any OID. Generally, under the recently issued Treasury regulations under Section
1286 of the Code, if the

                                                        61

<PAGE>




discount on a stripped  bond is larger than a de minimis  amount (as  calculated
for purposes of the OID rules of the Code) such stripped bond will be considered
to have been  issued  with OID.  For these  purposes,  OID is the  excess of the
"stated  redemption  price at maturity"  (generally,  principal and any interest
which is not "qualified  stated  interest") of a debt  instrument over its issue
price.  See "-- Original  Issue  Discount"  below.  Based on the preamble to the
Section 1286 Treasury  Regulations,  federal tax counsel is of the opinion that,
although  the  matter  is  not  entirely  clear,  the  interest  income  on  the
certificates  at  the  sum of the  pass-through  rate  and  the  portion  of the
servicing fee rate that does not constitute  excess servicing will be treated as
"qualified  stated  interest"  within the meaning of the Section  1286  Treasury
Regulations  and such income will be so treated in the trustee's tax information
reporting.  It is possible that the treatment  described in this  paragraph will
apply only to that portion of the receivables in a particular  trust as to which
there is "excess  servicing" and that the remainder of such receivables will not
be treated as stripped  bonds,  but as undivided  interests as described  above.
Unless indicated otherwise in the applicable  prospectus  supplement,  it is not
anticipated that grantor trust  certificates will be issued with greater than de
minimis OID.

         Original  Issue  Discount.  The  rules  of  the  Code  relating  to OID
(currently  Sections 1271 through 1273 and 1275) will be applicable to a grantor
trust  certificateholder  that acquires an undivided interest in a stripped bond
issued or acquired  with OID,  and such person must  include in gross income the
sum of the "daily  portions," as defined below, of the OID on such stripped bond
for each day on which it owns a certificate,  including the date of purchase but
excluding the date of disposition.  Because  payments on such stripped bonds may
be  accelerated  by  prepayments  on the  underlying  obligations,  OID  will be
determined as required under Code Section  1272(a)(6).  Pursuant to Code Section
1272(a)(6),  OID accruals will be calculated based on a constant interest method
and a prepayment assumption indicated in such prospectus supplement. In the case
of an  original  grantor  trust  certificateholder,  the daily  portions  of OID
generally  would be  determined as follows.  A  calculation  will be made of the
portion of OID that accrues on the stripped bond during each successive  monthly
accrual  period (or shorter  period in respect of the date of original  issue or
the final  payment  date).  This will be done,  in the case of each full monthly
accrual period, by adding (1) the present value of all remaining  payments to be
received on the stripped bond under the prepayment assumption used in respect of
the grantor trust certificates and (2) any payments (other than qualified stated
interest)  received during such accrual period,  and subtracting  from the total
the "adjusted issue price" of the stripped bond at the beginning of such accrual
period.  No  representation  is made that the grantor  trust  certificates  will
prepay at any prepayment  assumption.  The "adjusted  issue price" of a stripped
bond at the  beginning  of the  first  accrual  period  is its  issue  price (as
determined  for purposes of the OID rules of the Code) and the  "adjusted  issue
price" of a stripped bond at the beginning of a subsequent accrual period is the
"adjusted  issue price" at the beginning of the  immediately  preceding  accrual
period plus the amount of OID  allocable to that  accrual  period and reduced by
the amount of any payment (other than qualified stated interest) made at the end
of or during that accrual  period.  The OID accruing  during such accrual period
will then be divided by the number of days in the period to determine  the daily
portion  of  OID  for  each  day in  the  period.  A  subsequent  grantor  trust
certificateholder  will be  required  to adjust its OID  accrual to reflect  its
purchase price, the remaining period to maturity and, possibly, a new prepayment
assumption.  The servicer will report to all grantor trust certificateholders as
if they were original holders.

                                                        62

<PAGE>




         With  respect  to the  receivables,  the method of  calculating  OID as
described  above will cause the  accrual of OID to either  increase  or decrease
(but never  below  zero) in any given  accrual  period to reflect  the fact that
prepayments  are  occurring  at a faster  or  slower  rate  than the  prepayment
assumption  used in  respect  of the  receivables.  Subsequent  purchasers  that
purchase  grantor trust  certificates at more than a de minimis  discount should
consult their tax advisors with respect to the proper method to accrue such OID.

         Market  Discount.  A grantor trust  certificateholder  that acquires an
undivided interest in receivables may be subject to the market discount rules of
Sections  1276 through 1278 to the extent an undivided  interest in a receivable
or stripped bond is considered  to have been  purchased at a "market  discount."
Generally,  the amount of market  discount is equal to the excess of the portion
of the principal  amount of such  receivable or stripped bond  allocable to such
holder's  undivided  interest  over such  holder's  tax basis in such  interest.
Market discount with respect to a grantor trust  certificate  will be considered
to be zero if the amount allocable to the grantor trust certificate is less than
0.25% of the grantor trust  certificate's  stated  redemption  price at maturity
multiplied  by the  weighted  average  maturity  remaining  after  the  date  of
purchase.  Treasury regulations  implementing the market discount rules have not
yet been issued;  therefore,  investors  should  consult  their own tax advisors
regarding the  application of these rules and the  advisability of making any of
the elections  allowed under Code Section 1276 and 1278. The IRS may require you
to compute  market  discount on a receivable by receivable  basis,  based on the
allocation  of your  purchase  price among the  receivables  based on their fair
market values.  However,  we will not furnish information to you on a receivable
by receivable  basis.  Accordingly,  if you compute  premium  amortization on an
aggregate  basis,  you may be required by the IRS to recompute such premium on a
receivable by receivable basis.

         The Code  provides  that any  principal  payment  (whether a  scheduled
payment or a prepayment) or any gain or  disposition  of a market  discount bond
shall be treated as  ordinary  income to the extent  that it does not exceed the
accrued  market  discount  at the time of such  payment.  The  amount of accrued
market  discount for purposes of  determining  the tax  treatment of  subsequent
principal  payments or dispositions of the market discount bond is to be reduced
by the amount so treated as ordinary income.

         The  Code  also  grants  the  Treasury  Department  authority  to issue
regulations  providing for the  computation of accrued  market  discount on debt
instruments,  the  principal  of which is payable in more than one  installment.
While the Treasury Department has not yet issued regulations, rules described in
the relevant  legislative history will apply. Under those rules, the holder of a
market  discount bond may elect to accrue market discount either on the basis of
a constant  interest  rate or according to one of the  following  methods.  If a
grantor trust certificate is issued with OID, the amount of market discount that
accrues during any accrual period would be equal to the product of (1) the total
remaining market discount and (2) a fraction,  the numerator of which is the OID
accruing  during the period and the  denominator of which is the total remaining
OID at the  beginning  of the accrual  period.  For grantor  trust  certificates
issued  without OID, the amount of market  discount that accrues during a period
is equal to the product of (1) the total  remaining  market  discount  and (2) a
fraction,  the  numerator of which is the amount of stated  interest paid during
the accrual period and

                                                        63

<PAGE>




the denominator of which is the total amount of stated interest  remaining to be
paid at the beginning of the accrual period.  For purposes of calculating market
discount under any of the above methods in the case of instruments  (such as the
grantor trust certificates) that provide for payments that may be accelerated by
reason of prepayments of other obligations  securing such instruments,  the same
prepayment  assumption  applicable to calculating the accrual of OID will apply.
Because the regulations  described above have not been issued,  it is impossible
to predict what effect those  regulations  might have on the tax  treatment of a
grantor  trust  certificate  purchased at a discount or premium in the secondary
market.

         A holder who acquired a grantor trust  certificate at a market discount
also may be  required  to defer a portion  of its  interest  deductions  for the
taxable year attributable to any indebtedness  incurred or continued to purchase
or carry such grantor trust  certificate  purchased  with market  discount.  For
these purposes, the de minimis rule referred to above applies. Any such deferred
interest  expense would not exceed the market  discount that accrues during such
taxable year and is, in general,  allowed as a deduction not later than the year
in which such market discount is includible in income.  If such holder elects to
include market discount in income currently as it accrues on all market discount
instruments  acquired by such holder in that  taxable  year or  thereafter,  the
interest deferral rule described above will not apply.

         Premium.  The price paid for a grantor  trust  certificate  by a holder
will be allocated to such holder's  undivided  interest in each receivable based
on each receivable's relative fair market value, so that such holder's undivided
interest  in each  receivable  will  have its own tax  basis.  A  grantor  trust
certificateholder  that  acquires an interest  in  receivables  at a premium may
elect to amortize such premium  under a constant  interest  method.  Amortizable
bond  premium  will be treated as an offset to interest  income on such  grantor
trust certificate.  The basis for such grantor trust certificate will be reduced
to the extent that amortizable  premium is applied to offset interest  payments.
We cannot tell you whether a reasonable  prepayment assumption should be used in
computing  amortization  of premium  allowable  under Section 171 of the Code. A
grantor  trust  certificateholder  that makes this  election for a grantor trust
certificate  that is  acquired  at a  premium  will be  deemed  to have  made an
election to amortize  bond premium with respect to all debt  instruments  having
amortizable  bond  premium that such grantor  trust  certificateholder  acquires
during the year of the election or thereafter.  We will not furnish  information
to you on a receivable by receivable basis. Accordingly,  if you compute premium
amortization  on an aggregate  basis,  the IRS may require you to recompute such
premium.

         If a  premium  is  not  subject  to  amortization  using  a  reasonable
prepayment  assumption,  the holder of a grantor trust certificate acquired at a
premium should  recognize a loss if a receivable  prepays in full,  equal to the
difference  between  the  portion  of  the  prepaid  principal  amount  of  such
receivable that is allocable to the grantor trust certificate and the portion of
the adjusted  basis of the grantor trust  certificate  that is allocable to such
receivable.  If a  reasonable  prepayment  assumption  is used to amortize  such
premium,  it appears  that such a loss would be  available,  if at all,  only if
prepayments  have  occurred  at  a  rate  faster  than  the  reasonable  assumed
prepayment rate. It is not

                                                        64

<PAGE>




clear  whether any other  adjustments  would be required to reflect  differences
between an assumed prepayment rate and the actual rate of prepayments.

         Election to Treat All  Interest as OID.  The OID  regulations  permit a
grantor  trust  certificateholder  to elect to  accrue  all  interest,  discount
(including de minimis market discount or OID) and premium in income as interest,
based on a  constant  yield  method.  If such an  election  were to be made with
respect   to  a  grantor   trust   certificate   with   market   discount,   the
certificateholder  would be deemed to have made an election to include in income
currently  market  discount  with respect to all other debt  instruments  having
market  discount that such grantor trust  certificateholder  acquires during the
year of the election or thereafter. Similarly, a grantor trust certificateholder
that makes this election for a grantor trust  certificate  that is acquired at a
premium  will be deemed to have made an election to amortize  bond  premium with
respect  to all debt  instruments  having  amortizable  bond  premium  that such
grantor trust  certificateholder  owns or acquires.  See "-- Premium" above. The
election to accrue  interest,  discount  and premium on a constant  yield method
with respect to a grantor trust certificate is irrevocable.

         Sale or Exchange of a Grantor Trust Certificate.  Sale or exchange of a
grantor  trust  certificate  prior to its  maturity  will result in gain or loss
equal to the  difference,  if any,  between the amount  received and the owner's
adjusted basis in the grantor trust  certificate.  Such adjusted basis generally
will  equal the  seller's  purchase  price for the  grantor  trust  certificate,
increased  by the OID and any market  discount  included in the  seller's  gross
income with respect to the grantor trust certificate,  and reduced by any market
premium  amortized by the seller and by principal  payments on the grantor trust
certificate previously received by the seller. Such gain or loss will be capital
gain or loss to an owner for which a grantor  trust  certificate  is a  "capital
asset"  within the  meaning of Section  1221 of the Code  (except in the case of
gain  attributable  to accrued market  discount,  as noted above under "--Market
Discount")  and,  with respect to  noncorporate  owners,  will be  short-term or
long-term,  depending on whether the grantor trust certificate has been held for
12 months or less, or more than 12 months, respectively. (Long-term capital gain
tax rates provide a reduction as compared with short-term  capital gains,  which
are taxed at ordinary income tax rates.)

         Grantor trust  certificates will be "evidences of indebtedness"  within
the meaning of Section  582(c)(1) of the Code,  so that gain or loss  recognized
from the sale of a grantor trust  certificate by a bank or a thrift  institution
to which such section applies will be treated as ordinary income or loss.

         Non-U.S.  Persons.  Interest  or OID paid to  Non-U.S.  Persons who own
grantor trust certificates will be treated as "portfolio  interest" for purposes
of  United  States  withholding  tax.  Such  interest  (including  OID,  if any)
attributable to the underlying receivables will not be subject to the normal 30%
(or such lower rate provided for by an applicable  tax treaty)  withholding  tax
imposed on such  amounts  provided  that (1) the  Non-U.S.  Person is not a "10%
shareholder"  (within the definition of Section 871(h)(3)) of any obligor on the
receivables;  and is not a controlled foreign corporation (within the definition
of  Section  957)  related  to any  obligor  on the  receivables  and  (2)  such
certificateholder  fulfills  certain  certification  requirements.  Under  these
requirements, the certificateholder must certify, under penalty of perjury, that
it is not a "U.S. Person" and must provide

                                                        65

<PAGE>




its name and address. For this purpose "U.S. Person" means a citizen or resident
of the United States, a corporation,  partnership (except to the extent provided
in applicable Treasury regulations),  or other entity created or organized in or
under the laws of the U.S. or any political  subdivision  thereof,  or an estate
that is  subject to U.S.  federal  income  tax  regardless  of the source of its
income  or a trust  if a court  within  the  U.S.  is able to  exercise  primary
supervision  over the  administration  of such trust,  and one or more such U.S.
Persons have the  authority to control all  substantial  decisions of such trust
(or, to the extent provided in applicable Treasury  regulations,  certain trusts
in existence  on August 20, 1996,  which are eligible to and elect to be treated
as U.S. Persons). If, however, such interest or gain is effectively connected to
the  conduct of a trade or business  within the U.S. by such  certificateholder,
such  owner  will be subject to U.S.  federal  income tax  thereon at  graduated
rates. Potential investors who are not U.S. Persons should consult their own tax
advisors regarding the specific tax consequences of owning a certificate.

         Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The servicer will furnish
or make available, within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year,
to each person who was a grantor trust certificateholder at any time during such
year,  such  information as the servicer deems  necessary or desirable to assist
grantor trust  certificateholders in preparing their federal income tax returns,
or to enable holders to make such information  available to beneficial owners or
financial  intermediaries  that hold grantor trust  certificates  as nominees on
behalf  of  beneficial  owners.  If  a  holder,   beneficial  owner,   financial
intermediary  or other  recipient of a payment on behalf of a  beneficial  owner
fails to supply a certified taxpayer  identification  number or if the Secretary
of the  Treasury  determines  that such person has not reported all interest and
dividend  income  required  to be shown on its federal  income tax  return,  31%
backup  withholding  may be required with respect to any  payments.  Any amounts
deducted and withheld from a distribution  to a recipient  would be allowed as a
credit against such recipient's federal income tax liability.

                                       ***

         The federal  tax  discussion  set forth  above is included  for general
information only and may not be applicable to your particular tax situation. You
should consult your own tax advisor with respect to the tax  consequences of the
purchase,   ownership  and   disposition  of   securities,   including  the  tax
consequences  under state, local and foreign and other tax laws and the possible
effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Section 406 of ERISA,  and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension,
profit sharing or other employee benefit plan, as well as individual  retirement
accounts  and  certain  types of Keogh  Plans  (each,  a "Benefit  Plan"),  from
engaging in certain  transactions  involving "plan assets" with persons that are
"parties in interest" under ERISA or "disqualified  persons" under the Code with
respect to the Benefit Plan.  ERISA also imposes  certain  duties on persons who
are  fiduciaries  of  Benefit  Plans  subject  to ERISA  and  prohibits  certain
transactions between a Benefit Plan and parties in interest with respect to such
Benefit Plans. Under ERISA, any person who exercises any authority

                                                        66

<PAGE>




or control  with respect to the  management  or  disposition  of the assets of a
Benefit Plan is  considered  to be a fiduciary of such Benefit Plan  (subject to
certain  exceptions  not  here  relevant).  A  violation  of  these  "prohibited
transaction" rules may generate excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and
the Code for such persons.

         Certain  transactions  involving a trust might be deemed to  constitute
prohibited  transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Benefit Plan
that purchased  notes or  certificates  if assets of the trust were deemed to be
assets of the  Benefit  Plan.  Under a  regulation  issued by the United  States
Department of Labor (the "Plan Assets Regulations"), the assets of a trust would
be treated as plan  assets of a Benefit  Plan for the  purposes of ERISA and the
Code only if the Benefit  Plan  acquired an "equity  interest"  in the trust and
none of the exceptions  contained in the Plan Assets  Regulation was applicable.
An equity  interest is defined  under the Plan Assets  Regulation as an interest
other than an instrument that is treated as indebtedness  under applicable local
law and which has no substantial  equity features.  To the extent that the notes
are  treated  as  indebtedness  under  applicable  local  law  and do  not  have
substantial  equity  features,  their  acquisition  would not be considered  the
acquisition of an "equity interest" in the related trust. In addition,  although
they may  represent  equity  interests  in the  related  trust,  nonsubordinated
certificates  ("Senior  Certificates")  may  be  exempted  from  certain  of the
prohibited  transaction  rules of ERISA as discussed below. The likely treatment
in this context of notes or  certificates of a given series will be discussed in
the related prospectus supplement.

         Employee  Benefit  Plans  that are  governmental  plans (as  defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of
ERISA) are not subject to ERISA requirements.

         A  Benefit  Plan  fiduciary   considering  the  purchase  of  notes  or
certificates  of a given series  should  consult its tax and/or  legal  advisors
regarding  whether the assets of the  related  trust  would be  considered  plan
assets,  the  possibility of exemptive  relief from the  prohibited  transaction
rules and other issues and their potential consequences.

         The U.S. Department of Labor may have granted to the underwriter (or in
the case of series offered by more than one underwriter,  the lead  underwriter)
named in each prospectus  supplement an exemption (the "Exemption") from certain
of the  prohibited  transaction  rules  of ERISA  with  respect  to the  initial
purchase, the holding and the subsequent resale by Benefit Plans of certificates
representing  interests  in  asset-backed  pass-through  trusts that  consist of
certain  receivables,  loans and other  obligations that meet the conditions and
requirements of the Exemption.  The receivables covered by the Exemption include
motor vehicle installment sales contracts such as the receivables. The Exemption
will apply to the  acquisition,  holding and resale of Senior  Certificates by a
Benefit Plan,  provided that certain conditions  (certain of which are described
below) are met.

         Among the conditions  that must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply
to the Senior Certificates are the following:

                                                        67

<PAGE>




         (1)      The trust is considered to consist solely of obligations which
                  bear  interest or are  purchased  at a discount  and which are
                  secured by motor  vehicles or equipment,  or "qualified  motor
                  vehicle leases" (as defined in the  Exemption),  property that
                  had  secured  such  obligations  or  qualified  motor  vehicle
                  leases, cash or temporary  investments  maturing no later than
                  the next date on which  payments  are to be made to the Senior
                  Certificate  owners, and rights of the indenture trustee under
                  the  indenture  or the rights of the owner  trustee or trustee
                  under the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements  and under credit
                  support  arrangements  with  respect  to such  obligations  or
                  qualified motor vehicle leases.

         (2)      The  acquisition of the Senior  Certificates by a Benefit Plan
                  is on terms (including the price for the Senior  Certificates)
                  that are at least as  favorable  to the  Benefit  Plan as they
                  would  be in an arm's  length  transaction  with an  unrelated
                  party;

         (3)      The rights and interests  evidenced by the Senior Certificates
                  acquired  by the  Benefit  Plan  are not  subordinated  to the
                  rights and interests  evidenced by other  certificates  of the
                  trust;

         (4)      The Senior  Certificates  acquired  by the  Benefit  Plan have
                  received a rating at the time of such  acquisition  that is in
                  one of the three highest generic rating categories from either
                  Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, Moody's Investors Service,
                  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. or Fitch IBCA, Inc;

         (5)      The  related  owner  trustee  or  indenture  trustee is not an
                  affiliate  of any  other  member of the  Restricted  Group (as
                  defined below);

         (6)      The sum of all payments made to the underwriters in connection
                  with the  distribution of the Senior  Certificates  represents
                  not more than reasonable  compensation  for  underwriting  the
                  Senior  Certificates;  the  sum of all  payments  made  to and
                  retained by the seller pursuant to the sale of the receivables
                  to the related trust  represents not more than the fair market
                  value of such receivables; and the sum of all payments made to
                  and  retained  by  the  servicer   represents  not  more  than
                  reasonable  compensation for the servicer's services under the
                  related  Transfer and Servicing  Agreements and indenture,  if
                  applicable,  and  reimbursement  of the servicer's  reasonable
                  expenses in connection therewith; and

         (7)      The Benefit Plan  investing in the Senior  Certificates  is an
                  "accredited   investor"  as  defined  in  Rule   501(a)(1)  of
                  Regulation D of the  Commission  under the  securities  Act of
                  1933, as amended.

         Moreover,   the   Exemption   would   provide   relief   from   certain
self-dealing/conflict  of interest or  prohibited  transactions  only if,  among
other requirements, (1) in the case of the acquisition of Senior Certificates in
connection with the initial issuance, at least fifty percent of the Senior

                                                        68

<PAGE>




Certificates  are acquired by persons  independent of the  Restricted  Group (as
defined below),  (2) the Benefit Plan's  investment in Senior  Certificates does
not exceed twenty-five percent of all of the Senior Certificates  outstanding at
the time of the acquisition and (3) immediately  after the acquisition,  no more
than  twenty-five  percent of the assets of the  Benefit  Plan are  invested  in
certificates  representing an interest in one or more trusts  containing  assets
sold or serviced by the same  entity.  The  Exemption  does not apply to Benefit
Plans  sponsored  by the  seller,  any  underwriter,  the related  trustee,  the
servicer,  any obligor with respect to receivables included in the related trust
constituting  more than five  percent  of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal
balance  of the assets in the  trust,  or any  affiliate  of such  parties  (the
"Restricted Group").

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         On the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement with
respect to a given  series,  the seller will agree to cause the related trust to
sell to the underwriters named therein and in the related prospectus supplement,
and each of such  underwriters  will severally agree to purchase,  the principal
amount of each class of securities  of the related  series set forth therein and
in the related prospectus supplement.

         In each underwriting  agreement,  the several  underwriters will agree,
subject to the terms and conditions  set forth  therein,  to purchase all of the
securities  described  therein  that  are  offered  hereby  and by  the  related
prospectus supplement if any of such securities are purchased.

         Each prospectus supplement will either (1) set forth the price at which
each class of securities being offered thereby will be offered to the public and
any concessions that may be offered to certain securities dealers  participating
in the offering of such  securities  or (2) specify that the related  securities
are to be resold by the  underwriters  in  negotiated  transactions  at  varying
prices to be  determined  at the time of such  sale.  After the  initial  public
offering  of  any  such  securities,   such  public  offering  prices  and  such
concessions may be changed.

         Each  underwriting  agreement will provide that UAC and the seller will
indemnify the related underwriters against certain civil liabilities,  including
liabilities  under the  Securities  Act of 1934,  or  contribute to payments the
several underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

         Each trust  may,  from time to time,  invest  the funds in the  related
Accounts in eligible investments acquired from such underwriters.

         Pursuant to each underwriting agreement, the closing of the sale of any
class of securities  subject  thereto will be  conditioned on the closing of the
sale of all other classes of securities of such series.

         The place and time of delivery for the  securities  in respect of which
this  prospectus  is  delivered  will be set  forth  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.

                                                        69

<PAGE>

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters  relating to the securities of any series will be
passed  upon for the  related  trust,  the seller and the  servicer  by Barnes &
Thornburg,  Indianapolis,  Indiana,  and for  the  underwriters  by  Cadwalader,
Wickersham & Taft,  New York, New York or such other firm as shall be identified
in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  Certain  federal  income tax and other
matters  will be passed upon for each trust by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft,
Barnes &  Thornburg  or such other firm as shall be  identified  in the  related
prospectus supplement.

                       WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

         The seller, as originator of each trust, filed a registration statement
relating to the  securities  with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"SEC").  This  prospectus  is  part  of  the  registration  statement,  but  the
registration statement includes additional information about the securities.

         The servicer  will file with the SEC all required  periodic and special
SEC reports and other information about any trust.

         You may read and copy any reports,  statements or other  information we
file at the SEC's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549.  You can  request  copies of these  documents,  upon  payment  of a
duplicating  fee, by writing to the SEC.  Please call the SEC at (800)  SEC-0330
for further  information on the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC
filings  are  also   available   to  the  public  on  the  SEC   Internet   site
(http://www.sec.gov.).

         The SEC allows us to  "incorporate by reference"  information  that the
seller  files  with it,  which  means that the  seller  can  disclose  important
information  to you  by  referring  you  to  those  documents.  The  information
incorporated  by  reference  is  considered  to  be  part  of  this  prospectus.
Information that the seller files later with the SEC which we have  incorporated
by reference will  automatically  update the information in this prospectus.  In
all cases, you should rely on the later  information over different  information
included in this prospectus or the related prospectus supplement. We incorporate
by  reference  any future  annual,  monthly  and  special  SEC reports and proxy
materials  filed by or on behalf of any trust until we  terminate  offering  the
securities.

         As a  recipient  of  this  prospectus,  you may  request  a copy of any
document we incorporate by reference,  except exhibits to the documents  (unless
the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference), at no cost, by writing
or  calling:   Union  Acceptance   Corporation,   250  North  Shadeland  Avenue,
Indianapolis,  IN  46219,  Attention:  Structured  Finance  Manager  (telephone:
317-231- 2717).

                                                        70

<PAGE>
                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS


         We set forth below is a list of certain of the more  significant  terms
used in this  prospectus and the pages on which you may find the  definitions of
such terms.

TERM                                                                      PAGE

Approved Rating ...........................................................   34
Benefit Plan ..............................................................   67
Code ......................................................................   44
DTC .......................................................................   15
ERISA .....................................................................    9
Exemption..................................................................   67
FASIT .....................................................................   52
FTC Rule ..................................................................   50
IRS .......................................................................   52
Non-U.S. Person ...........................................................   66
OID .......................................................................   53
OID Regulations ...........................................................   53
PFC .......................................................................    5
Plan Assets Regulation ....................................................   67
Restricted Group ..........................................................   69
SEC .......................................................................   70
Security Owners ...........................................................   53
Senior Certificates .......................................................   67
Trust Bankruptcy Event ....................................................   43
UAC .......................................................................    1
UACFC .....................................................................    4
UAFC ......................................................................    4
UCC .......................................................................   26






<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     Expenses in connection with the offering of the Securities being registered
herein are estimated as follows:



   SEC registration fee (1)...................................$      278.00
   Legal fees and expenses (2)................................   
   Accounting fees and expenses (2)...........................    
   Blue sky fees and expenses  (2)............................    
   Rating agency fees (2).....................................   
   Trustees' fees and expenses (2)............................    
   Printing (2)...............................................   
   Miscellaneous (2)..........................................   
                                                              -------------
       Total (2)..............................................$
                                                              =============
- ------------
(1) See footnote number 1 to Calculation of Fee Table
(2) To be provided by amendment.


Item 15.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Section  145  of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  provides  that a
Delaware   corporation  may  indemnify  any  persons,   including  officers  and
directors,  who are, or are  threatened to be made,  parties to any  threatened,
pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding,  whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such
corporation),  by reason of the fact that such person was an officer or director
of such corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The
indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement  actually and  reasonably  incurred by such person in
connection  with such claim,  suit or proceeding,  provided that such officer or
director acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be
in or not  opposed  to the  corporation's  best  interests,  and,  for  criminal
proceedings,  had no  reasonable  cause to believe  that his or her  conduct was
illegal.  A Delaware  corporation  may  indemnify  officers and  directors in an
action by or in the right of the corporation  under the same conditions,  except
that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or
director  is  adjudged  to be liable to the  corporation.  Where an  officer  or
director is  successful  on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action
referred to above,  the  corporation  must  indemnify  such  officer or director
against the  expenses  that such  officer or director  actually  and  reasonably
incurred.

     The Bylaws of UAC Securitization Corporation provide for indemnification of
officers  and  directors to the full extent  permitted  by the Delaware  General
Corporation Law.

     The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and the Trust and Servicing  Agreement
provide  that  the  Servicer,  any  subservicer  and  the  partners,  directors,
officers, employees or agents of any of them will be entitled to indemnification
by the Trust and will be held  harmless  against any loss,  liability or expense
incurred  in  connection  with any legal  action  relating  to the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  and the Trust and Servicing  Agreement or the  Securities,
other  than any loss,  liability  or  expense  incurred  by  reason  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the  performance of such persons
duties thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of such persons obligations
and duties thereunder.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

Item 16.  Exhibits.

               1       Underwriting  Agreement  Standard  Provisions  for  UACSC
                       Trusts  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 1 to Form
                       S-3 of UACSC Auto Trusts, Reg. No. 333-52101)

               3       Certificate   of   Incorporation   and   Bylaws   of  UAC
                       Securitization  Corporation (incorporated by reference to
                       Exhibit 3 to Form S-3 of UACSC 1995-A Grantor Trust, Reg.
                       No. 33- 88352)

               4.1(a)  Form of  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  for  Grantor
                       Trusts  including form of Certificates  (incorporated  by
                       reference to Exhibit  4.1(a) to Form S-3  Amendment No. 1
                       of UACSC Auto Trusts, Reg. No. 33-97320)

               4.1(b)  Form of Standard  Terms and  Conditions  of UACSC Grantor
                       Trusts  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  4.1(b) to
                       Form S-3 Amendment  No. 1 of UACSC Auto Trusts,  Reg. No.
                       33- 97320)

               4.2     Form of Trust and Servicing Agreement for Owner Trusts

               4.3     Form of Indenture

            *  5(a)    Opinion  of  Barnes &  Thornburg  with  respect  to
                       legality of the Securities, dated ______________

            *  5(b)    Opinion  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft with respect
                       to legality of the Securities, dated ______________

            *   8      Opinion  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft with  respect
                       to tax matters, dated ______________

               10      Form of Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to
                       Exhibit 10 to Form S-3 of UACSC Auto Trusts, Reg. No.
                       333-52101)

            *  23(a)   Consent of Barnes & Thornburg (included in Exhibit 5(a))

            *  23(b)   Consent of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft  (included in
                       Exhibit 5(b))

            *  23(c)   Consent of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft  (included in
                       Exhibit 8)

               24      Power of Attorney (included on page II-4)

               25      Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee under the 
                       Trust Indenture Act of 1399

- ----------------------
*  To be provided by amendment



Item 17. Undertakings.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

         (a) To file during any period in which  offers or sales are being made,
     a post-effective  amendment to this  registration  statement to include any
     material   information  with  respect  to  the  plan  of  distribution  not
     previously  disclosed in the registration  statement or any material change
     to such information in the registration statement.

         (b) That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
     Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  each such
     post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
     relating  to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the  offering  of such
     securities  at that  time  shall be  deemed  to be the  initial  bona  fide
     offering thereof.

         (c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment
     any  of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
     termination of the offering.

         (d) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
     each filing of the Registrant's annual reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or
     Section 15(d) of the Certificates Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated
     by  reference  in the  registration  statement  shall be deemed to be a new
     registration  statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
     offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
     bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

         (e) To provide to the  Underwriters  at the  closing  specified  in the
     Underwriting  Agreements  certificates in such denominations and registered
     in such names as required by the Underwriters to provide prompt delivery to
     each purchaser.

         (f)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
     Securities  Act may be permitted  to  directors,  officers and  controlling
     persons  of  the  Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or
     otherwise,  the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") such  indemnification
     is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and is,
     therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event  that a claim for  indemnification
     against  such  liabilities  (other  than the payment by the  Registrant  of
     expenses incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling  person of
     the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
     is asserted by such director,  officer or controlling  person in connection
     with the securities being  registered,  the Registrant will,  unless in the
     opinion  of  its  counsel  the  matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling
     precedent,  submit  to a court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question
     whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
     the Securities Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication  of such
     issue.

         (g) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
     the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of this
     registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
     of prospectus filed by the Registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
     497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be  part of this
     registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

         (h) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the  securities
     offered therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements  for  filing on Form S-3,  and has duly  caused  this  Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized in the City of Bonita Springs, State of Florida, on April 29, 1999.


                                             UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                                             as Seller
                                             (Registrant)

                                             By /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani
                                                -------------------------------
                                                  Leeanne W. Graziani
                                                    President and Treasurer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose  signature  appears  below hereby  authorizes  Leeanne W.
Graziani and Dawn M. Huerta,  and each of them,  to file one or more  amendments
(including  post-effective  amendments) to be the registration statement,  which
amendments may make such changes in the registration statement as either of them
deem  appropriate,  and each such person hereby appoints Leeanne W. Graziani and
Dawn M. Huerta, and each of them, as attorney-in-fact to execute in the name and
on the behalf of each person  individually,  and in each capacity  stated below,
and such amendments to the registration statement.

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registation  Statement has been  signed by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.


UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION                Date: April 29, 1999


         Signature                                    Title
    ----------------------                    ------------------------

    /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani                     President and Treasurer
    -----------------------------                 (Principal Executive Officer)
    Leeanne W. Graziani


    /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani
    -----------------------------               President and Treasurer  
    Leeanne W. Graziani                           (Principal Financial
                                                  and Accounting Officer)

    /s/ Jerry D. Von Deylen
    -----------------------------               Director
    Jerry D. Von Deylen


    /s/ John M. Stainbrook
    -----------------------------               Director
    John M. Stainbrook


    /s/ Thomas M. West
    -----------------------------               Director                    
    Thomas M. West


    
    -----------------------------               Director                    
    Gary Mullennix


    /s/ D. Michael Pointer II
    -----------------------------               Director        
    D. Michael Pointer II



<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.
- -----------


       1       Underwriting  Agreement  Standard  Provisions
               for UACSC Trusts (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 1 to Form S-3 of UACSC Auto Trusts,
               Reg. No. 333-52101)

       3       Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of
               UAC Securitization  Corporation (incorporated
               by  reference  to  Exhibit  3 to Form  S-3 of
               UACSC   1995-A   Grantor   Trust,   Reg.  No.
               33-88352)

       4.1(a)  Form of Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement for
               Grantor Trusts including form of Certificates
               (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a)
               to Form S-3  Amendment  No.  1 of UACSC  Auto
               Trusts, Reg. No. 33-97320)

       4.1(b)  Form of  Standard  Terms  and  Conditions  of
               UACSC   Grantor   Trusts   (incorporated   by
               reference  to  Exhibit  4.1(b)  to  Form  S-3
               Amendment  No. 1 of UACSC Auto  Trusts,  Reg.
               No. 33-97320)

       4.2     Form of Trust  and  Servicing  Agreement  for
               Owner Trusts

       4.3     Form of Indenture

       *5(a)   Opinion of Barnes & Thornburg with respect to
               legality    of    the    Securities,    dated
               ______________

       *5(b)   Opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
               with  respect to legality of the  Securities,
               dated ______________

       *8      Opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft with
               respect to tax matters, dated ______________

        10     Form of Purchase  Agreement  (incorporated by
               reference  to Exhibit 10 to Form S-3 of UACSC
               Auto Trusts, Reg. No. 333-52101)

       *23(a)  Consent of Barnes &  Thornburg  (included  in
               Exhibit 5(a))

       *23(b)  Consent  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  &  Taft
               (included in Exhibit 5(b))

       *23(c)  Consent  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  &  Taft
               (included in Exhibit 8)

       24      Power of Attorney (included on page II-4)

       25      Form T-1 Statement of  Eligibility of Trustee
               under the Trust Indenture Act of 1399 
- -------
* To be provided by amendment.



                         UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                                     Seller


                          UNION ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
                                    Servicer


                                       and


                        --------------------------------,
                                  Owner Trustee


                         TRUST AND SERVICING AGREEMENT,


                          Dated as of __________, ____

                            UACSC ____-__ Owner Trust






                                       -1-

<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page

ARTICLE I             Creation of Trust........................................1
         SECTION 1.01. Name....................................................1
         SECTION 1.02. Office..................................................1
         SECTION 1.03.  Purposes and Powers....................................1
         SECTION 1.04. Appointment of Owner Trustee............................2
         SECTION 1.05. Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate............2
         SECTION 1.06. Declaration of Trust....................................2
         SECTION 1.07. Title to Trust Property.................................2
         SECTION 1.08. Situs of Trust..........................................3

ARTICLE II            Definitions..............................................3
         SECTION 2.01.  Definitions............................................3
         SECTION 2.02.  Usage of Terms........................................14
         SECTION 2.03.  Cutoff Date and Record Date...........................14
         SECTION 2.04.  Section References....................................14

ARTICLE III           Conveyance of Receivables...............................14

ARTICLE IV            Acceptance by Trustee...................................15

ARTICLE V             Information Delivered to the Rating Agencies............15

ARTICLE VI            Agent for Service.......................................16

ARTICLE VII           The Receivables.........................................17
         SECTION 7.01.  Representations and Warranties of Seller..............17
         SECTION 7.02.  Repurchase Upon Breach................................17
         SECTION 7.03.  Custody of Receivable Files...........................18
         SECTION 7.04.  Duties of Servicer as Custodian.......................18
         SECTION 7.05.  Instructions; Authority to Act........................19
         SECTION 7.06.  Custodian's Indemnification...........................19
         SECTION 7.07.  Effective Period and Termination......................19

ARTICLE VIII          Administration and Servicing of Receivables.............20
         SECTION 8.01.  Duties of Servicer....................................20
         SECTION 8.02.  Collection of Receivable Payments.....................20
         SECTION 8.03.  Realization Upon Receivables..........................21
         SECTION 8.04.  Physical Damage Insurance.............................21
         SECTION 8.05.  Maintenance of Security Interests 
                              in Financed Vehicles............................22
         SECTION 8.06.  Covenants of Servicer.................................22

                                                        -i-

<PAGE>




         SECTION 8.07.  Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach...................22
         SECTION 8.08.  Servicing Fee.........................................22
         SECTION 8.09.  Servicer's Certificate................................23
         SECTION 8.10.  Annual Statement as to Compliance; 
                              Notice of Default...............................23
         SECTION 8.11.  Annual Independent Certified Public 
                              Accountant's Report.............................24
         SECTION 8.12.  Access to Certain Documentation and Information 
                              Regarding Receivables...........................24
         SECTION 8.13.  Servicer Expenses.....................................24
         SECTION 8.14.  Reports to Noteholders................................25

ARTICLE IX            Collections; Distributions to Noteholders and 
                              Certificateholders..............................25
         SECTION 9.01.  Collection Account....................................25
         SECTION 9.02.  Collections...........................................25
         SECTION 9.03.  Purchase Amounts......................................26
         SECTION 9.04.  Application of Funds..................................26
         SECTION 9.05.  Advances..............................................27
         SECTION 9.06.  Net Deposits..........................................28
         SECTION 9.07.  No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest.................28
         SECTION 9.08.  Accounting and Reports to the Noteholders, 
                                     Certificateholders, the
                                     Internal Revenue Service and Others......28
         SECTION 9.09.  Payahead Account.  ...................................28

ARTICLE X             Intentionally Blank.....................................29

ARTICLE XI            The Certificates........................................29
         SECTION 11.01.  The Certificates.....................................29
         SECTION 11.02.  Authentication of Certificates.......................29
         SECTION 11.03.  Registration of Transfer and Exchange 
                              of Certificates.................................30
         SECTION 11.04.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost, or Stolen Certificates...30
         SECTION 11.05.  Agreement Regarding Tax Matters......................31
         SECTION 11.06.  Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner............31

ARTICLE XII           The Seller..............................................31
         SECTION 12.01.  Representations and Undertakings of Seller...........31
         SECTION 12.02.  Liability of Seller; Indemnities.....................33
         SECTION 12.03.  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of 
                              the Obligations of Seller.......................34
         SECTION 12.04.  Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others.........34

ARTICLE XIII          The Servicer............................................35
         SECTION 13.01.  Representations of Servicer..........................35
         SECTION 13.02.  Indemnities of Servicer..............................36
         SECTION 13.03.  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of 
                              the Obligations of Servicer.....................37
                                                       -ii-

<PAGE>

         SECTION 13.04.  Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.......38
         SECTION 13.05.  Servicer Not to Resign...............................38
         SECTION 13.06.  Delegation of Duties.................................38

ARTICLE XIV           Servicer Default........................................39
         SECTION 14.01.  Events of Servicer Default...........................39
         SECTION 14.02.  Appointment of Successor.............................40
         SECTION 14.03.  Notice of Events of Servicer Default.................41
         SECTION 14.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults..............................41

ARTICLE XV            The Owner Trustee.......................................41
         SECTION 15.01.  Duties of Owner Trustee..............................41
         SECTION 15.02.  Owner Trustee's Certificate..........................43
         SECTION 15.03.  Owner Trustee's Assignment of Purchased Receivables..44
         SECTION 15.04.  Certain Matters Affecting the Owner Trustee..........44
         SECTION 15.05.  Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates 
                              or Receivables..................................45
         SECTION 15.06.  Owner Trustee May Own Notes..........................46
         SECTION 15.07.  Owner Trustee's and Indenture Trustee's 
                              Fees and Expenses...............................46
         SECTION 15.08.  Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee...........47
         SECTION 15.09.  Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee..............47
         SECTION 15.10.  Successor Owner Trustee..............................48
         SECTION 15.11.  Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee.............48
         SECTION 15.12.  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Owner Trustee..48
         SECTION 15.13.  Representations and Warranties of Owner Trustee......50

ARTICLE XVI           Termination.............................................50
         SECTION 16.01.  Termination of the Trust.............................50
         SECTION 16.02.  Optional Disposition of All Receivables..............51

ARTICLE XVII          Miscellaneous Provisions................................51
         SECTION 17.01.  Amendment............................................51
         SECTION 17.02.  Protection of Title to Trust.........................52
         SECTION 17.03.  Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders...........54
         SECTION 17.04.  Governing Law........................................55
         SECTION 17.05.  Notices..............................................55
         SECTION 17.06.  Severability of Provisions...........................55
         SECTION 17.07.  Assignment...........................................55
         SECTION 17.08.  Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid............55
         SECTION 17.09.  Nonpetition Covenant.................................55
         SECTION 17.10.  Counterparts.........................................56
         SECTION 17.11.  Third Party Beneficiary.  ...........................56


                                                       -iii-

<PAGE>






EXHIBIT 1         -    Owner Trustee's Certificate Pursuant to Section 15.02
EXHIBIT 2         -    Owner Trustee's Certificate Pursuant to Section 15.02
EXHIBIT 3         -    Servicer's Certificate
EXHIBIT A         -    Form of Certificate of Trust
EXHIBIT B         -    Form of Certificate


SCHEDULE A        -    Schedule of Receivables
SCHEDULE B        -    Location of Receivables

                                                       -iv-

<PAGE>




         This TRUST AND SERVICING  AGREEMENT,  dated as of  _________,  ____, is
made with respect to the formation of the UACSC  ____-__ Owner Trust,  among UAC
SECURITIZATION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as depositor (the "Seller"),
UNION  ACCEPTANCE  CORPORATION,   an  Indiana  corporation,   as  servicer  (the
"Servicer"),  and __________________,  a Delaware banking corporation,  as owner
trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

         WITNESSETH  THAT:  In  consideration  of the premises and of the mutual
agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                Creation of Trust

         Upon the  execution  of this  Agreement  by the parties  hereto and the
prompt filing  thereafter of the  Certificate of Trust in the State of Delaware,
there is hereby created the UACSC ____-__ Owner Trust.

         SECTION 1.01.  Name.  The Trust created hereby shall be known as "UACSC
____-__ Owner  Trust",  in which name the Owner Trustee may conduct the business
of the Trust,  make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the
Trust and sue and be sued.  The Trust shall  constitute a business  trust within
the meaning of Section 3801(a) of the Delaware  Business Trust Act for which the
Owner  Trustee has filed a  certificate  of trust with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Delaware Business Trust
Act.

         SECTION 1.02.  Office.  The office of the Trust shall be in care of the
Owner  Trustee at its  Corporate  Trust  Office or at such other  address as the
Owner Trustee may  designate by written  notice to the  Certificateholders,  the
Servicer, the Seller, the Insurer and the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION  1.03.  Purposes  and  Powers.  The  purpose of the Trust is to
engage in the following activities:

                      (i) to issue the Notes  pursuant to the  Indenture and the
         Certificates  pursuant to this  Agreement  and to sell or transfer  the
         Notes and the Certificates in one or more transactions;

                      (ii)  with the  proceeds  of the sale of the Notes and the
         Certificates,  to fund the Spread Account  pursuant to Section 10.02 of
         the  Indenture  and  to  purchase  the  Receivables  pursuant  to  this
         Agreement;

                      (iii) to assign,  grant,  transfer,  pledge,  mortgage and
         convey the Trust estate  pursuant to the Indenture and to hold,  manage
         and distribute to the Certificateholders  pursuant to the terms of this
         Agreement  any portion of the Trust estate  released  from the Lien of,
         and remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture;


                                                         1

<PAGE>




                  (iv) to enter  into and  perform  its  obligations  under  the
         related documents to which it is to be a party;

                      (v) to engage in those activities, including entering into
         agreements,  that are  necessary,  suitable or convenient to accomplish
         the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and

                      (vi) subject to compliance with the related documents,  to
         engage in such other  activities as may be required in connection  with
         conservation of the Trust estate and the making of distributions to the
         Certificateholders,  the Noteholders  and the others  specified in this
         Agreement.

         The Trust is hereby  authorized to engage in the foregoing  activities.
         The Trust  shall not engage in any  activity  other than in  connection
         with the foregoing or other than as required or authorized by the terms
         of this Agreement or the other related documents.

         SECTION 1.04.  Appointment of Owner Trustee. The Seller hereby appoints
the Owner  Trustee as trustee of the Trust  effective as of the date hereof,  to
have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein.

         SECTION 1.05. Initial Capital  Contribution of Trust Estate. The Seller
hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Owner Trustee, as
of the date hereof,  the Trust  estate.  The Owner Trustee  hereby  acknowledges
receipt  in trust  from the  Seller,  as of the date  hereof,  of the  foregoing
contribution,  which shall constitute the initial Trust estate. The Seller shall
pay the  organizational  expenses of the Trust as they may arise or shall,  upon
the request of the Owner Trustee,  promptly  reimburse the Owner Trustee for any
such expenses paid by the Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 1.06.  Declaration of Trust.  The Owner Trustee hereby declares
that it will hold the Trust  estate in trust upon and subject to the  conditions
set forth herein for the use and benefit of the  Certificateholders,  subject to
the  obligations  of the  Trust  under the other  related  documents.  It is the
intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a business trust under
Delaware law and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of such
trust.  It is the  intention  of the  parties  hereto  that  the  Trust  will be
disregarded and that the Certificateholders  will be treated as the owner of the
Trust  estate,  and  that the  Notes  will be  treated  as  indebtedness  of the
Certificateholders  for all federal and state income and franchise tax purposes.
The Owner Trustee and the Certificateholders, by acceptance of the Certificates,
agree to treat the Notes for  purposes  of  federal,  state and local  income or
franchise taxes as indebtedness.

         SECTION 1.07. Title to Trust Property.  Legal title to all of the Trust
estate  shall be vested at all times in the  Trust as a  separate  legal  entity
except where  applicable law in any  jurisdiction  requires title to any part of
the Trust estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title

                                                         2

<PAGE>




shall be  deemed  to be  vested in the  Owner  Trustee,  a  co-trustee  and/or a
separate trustee, as the case may be.

         SECTION  1.08.   Situs  of  Trust.   The  Trust  will  be  located  and
administered in the State of Delaware. Any bank accounts maintained by the Owner
Trustee on behalf of the Trust  shall be located in the State of  Delaware.  The
Trust shall not have any employees in any state other than  Delaware;  provided,
however,  that nothing  herein shall restrict or prohibit the Owner Trustee from
having employees within or without the State of Delaware. Payments, if any, will
be received by the Trust only in Delaware, and payments, if any, will be made by
the  Trust  only from  Delaware.  The only  office  of the Trust  will be at the
Corporate Trust Office in Delaware.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   Definitions

         SECTION  2.01.  Definitions.  Whenever  used  in  this  Agreement,  the
following words and phrases,  unless the context otherwise requires,  shall have
the following meanings:

         "Accrued  Interest" means all interest accrued on the Receivables prior
to the opening of business on the day following the Cutoff Date.

         "Administration  Agreement" means the Administration Agreement dated as
of   __________,   _____  among  the  Trust,   the  Owner  Trustee  and  UAC  as
administrator.

         "Administrator"   means  the  Administrator  under  the  Administration
Agreement, which is initially UAC, and its successors and assigns thereunder.

         "Advance"  means,  with respect to a  Receivable  and with respect to a
Collection  Period, the amount that the Servicer is required to advance pursuant
to Section 9.05.

         "Agreement"  means this Trust and Servicing  Agreement  executed by the
Seller,  the Servicer and the Owner Trustee,  and all amendments and supplements
thereto.

         "Amount  Financed"  means,  with  respect to a  Receivable,  the amount
advanced under the Receivable  toward the purchase price of the Financed Vehicle
and any related costs.

         "Approved  Rating" means a rating of P-1 by Moody's or A-l+ by Standard
& Poor's.

         "Authorized  Newspaper" means a newspaper of general circulation in the
Borough of Manhattan,  the City of New York, printed in the English language and
customarily  published  on  each  Business  Day,  whether  or not  published  on
Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.


                                                         3

<PAGE>




         "Available  Spread  Amount"  means,  on any Payment Date, the amount on
deposit in the Spread Account,  including any income or gain from any investment
of funds in the Spread Account,  net of any losses from such  investment  before
giving effect to deposits into or withdrawals  from the Spread Account  pursuant
to Article IX of the Indenture.

         "Available   Funds"  means  the  amount  defined  as  such  in  Section
9.04(a)(i).

         "Business Day" means, unless otherwise specified,  any day other than a
Saturday,  a  Sunday  or a day on  which  banking  institutions  in  Wilmington,
Delaware,  Chicago,  Illinois  or New York,  New York (or, if the  Servicer  has
provided  prior written notice to each of the Owner Trustee and the Insurer that
such day is not a  Business  Day,  in Little  Rock,  Arkansas  or  Indianapolis,
Indiana)  shall  be  authorized  or  obligated  by  law,   executive  order,  or
governmental decree to be closed.

         "Certificate"  means a certificate  executed on behalf of the Trust and
authenticated by the Owner Trustee  substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B, which represents ownership of a 100% interest in the Trust.

         "Certificate  of Trust" means the  Certificate of Trust of the Trust in
substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.

         "Certificate  Register"  means  the  register  maintained  by the Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 11.03.

         "Certificateholder"  or  "Holder"  means the  Person in whose  name the
Certificate shall be registered in the Certificate Register.

         "Closing Date" means _________________.

         "Collection Account" means the account designated as such,  established
and maintained pursuant to Section 9.01.

         "Collected  Interest"  on  a  Receivable,  as  of  the  last  day  of a
Collection  Period,  means the portion of all payments  received by the Servicer
allocable to interest relating to such Collection Period.

         "Collected  Principal"  on a  Receivable,  as  of  the  last  day  of a
Collection  Period,  means the portion of all payments  received by the Servicer
allocable to principal relating to such Collection Period.

         "Collection Period" means (i) initially,  the period from the day after
the Cutoff Date to the end of the  calendar  month of ________,  ____,  and (ii)
thereafter,  each calendar month,  until the Trust shall  terminate  pursuant to
Article XVI.


                                                         4

<PAGE>




         "Consolidated  Net Income" means, for any period,  the consolidated net
income of UAC and its subsidiaries  determined in accordance with GAAP and, with
respect to  Consolidated  Net Income for any fiscal  year,  as reported in UAC's
audited consolidated financial statements.

         "Consolidated  Tangible  Net Worth"  means the  excess,  if any, of the
consolidated   assets  of  UAC  and  its  subsidiaries   over  the  consolidated
liabilities  of UAC  and  its  subsidiaries  less  any  goodwill,  trade  names,
trademarks,   patents,   unamortized  debt  discount  and  expense,   and  other
intangibles,  except that dealer premium rebates and excess  servicing shall not
be so deducted, determined in accordance with GAAP.

         "Contract Rate" means, with respect to a Receivable,  the contract rate
of interest on such Receivable, exclusive of prepaid finance charges.

         "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Owner Trustee at which
its corporate  trust business shall,  at any particular  time, be  administered,
which  office at the date of the  execution  of this  Agreement  is  located  at
___________________________________________________________;          Attention:
__________________________;  Telecopy ______________ or at such other address as
the  Owner  Trustee  may   designate   from  time  to  time  by  notice  to  the
Certificateholders, the Seller, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee.

         "Cutoff Date" means __________, ____.

         "Dealer"  means the seller of a Financed  Vehicle,  who  originated and
assigned  the related  Receivable  to UAC, UAC Finance  Corporation,  PAC or the
Predecessor under an existing agreement with UAC, UAC Finance  Corporation,  PAC
or the  Predecessor or who arranged for a loan from UAC, PAC or the  Predecessor
to the purchaser of a Financed Vehicle under an existing agreement with UAC, PAC
or the Predecessor.

         "Defaulted  Receivable"  means, for any Collection Period, a Receivable
as to which any of the following has occurred: (i) any payment, or part thereof,
in excess of $10.00 was  delinquent  120 days or more as of the last day of such
Collection  Period,  (ii) the Financed  Vehicle that secures the  Receivable has
been  repossessed,  or (iii) the Servicer has determined  that the Receivable is
uncollectible in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices on or before
the last day of such  Collection  Period;  provided,  however,  that  "Defaulted
Receivable" shall not include any Receivable that is to be repurchased  pursuant
to Section 7.02 or purchased  pursuant to Section 8.07;  provided further,  that
any Advances  made with respect to a Receivable  shall not be  considered in the
determination of the delinquency status of such Receivable.

         "Determination  Date" means,  for each  Collection  Period,  the second
Business Day prior to the related Payment Date.

         "Dissolution  Payment  Date"  means  the  Payment  Date  following  the
liquidation of the trust corpus pursuant to Section 16.02.

                                                         5

<PAGE>




         "Eligible  Bank" means any  depository  institution  with trust  powers
(including  the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee),  organized  under the
laws of the  United  States  or any  State  having  a net  worth  in  excess  of
$50,000,000,  the deposits of which are insured to the full extent  permitted by
law  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,   which  is  subject  to
supervision and examination by Federal or State  authorities and which (i) has a
long-term  unsecured  debt  rating  of at least  Baa3  from  Moody's  or (ii) is
approved by each Rating Agency.

         "Eligible Investment" means any of the following:

                   (i)  direct  obligations  of,  and  obligations  the full and
         timely  payment of principal and interest on which is fully  guaranteed
         by,  the  United  States of  America,  the  Federal  National  Mortgage
         Association,  or any agency or  instrumentality of the United States of
         America  the  obligations  of which are  backed  by the full  faith and
         credit of the United States of America;

              (ii) (A) demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposits of,
         bankers' acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by any depository
         institution  or  trust  company  (including  the  Owner  Trustee,   the
         Indenture  Trustee or any of their agents,  acting in their  respective
         commercial capacities) incorporated under the laws of the United States
         of  America,  any State  thereof or the  District  of  Columbia  or any
         foreign  depository  institution with a branch or agency licensed under
         the laws of the United  States of  America  or any State,  in each case
         subject to supervision  and examination by Federal and/or State banking
         authorities  and  having  an  Approved  Rating  at  the  time  of  such
         investment or contractual  commitment  providing for such investment or
         (B) any other demand or time deposit or certificate of deposit which is
         fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

                 (iii)  repurchase  obligations with respect to (A) any security
         described  in  clause  (i) above or (B) any  other  security  issued or
         guaranteed  by an agency or  instrumentality  of the  United  States of
         America,  in either case entered into with a depository  institution or
         trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (ii) (A) above;

                  (iv)  short-term  securities  bearing  interest  or  sold at a
         discount issued by any corporation  incorporated  under the laws of the
         United  States  of  America  or  any  State  the  short-term  unsecured
         obligations of which have an Approved Rating, or higher, at the time of
         such  investment;  provided,  however,  that  securities  issued by any
         particular  corporation will not be Eligible  Investments to the extent
         that  investment  therein  will  cause the then  outstanding  principal
         amount of securities issued by such corporation and held as part of the
         corpus of the Trust to exceed  10% of  amounts  held in the  Collection
         Account;

                  (v) commercial  paper having an Approved Rating at the time of
         such investment;

                  (vi) a guaranteed  investment contract issued by any insurance
         company or other corporation acceptable to the Rating Agency,  provided
         that the Owner Trustee or the

                                                         6

<PAGE>




         Indenture  Trustee shall have received  written  notice from the Rating
         Agency to the effect  that the  investment  of funds in such a contract
         will not result in the  reduction  or  withdrawal  of any rating on the
         Notes;

                  (vii)  interests  in any money  market fund having a rating of
         Aaa by Moody's or AAAm by Standard & Poor's; and

                  (viii) any other investment  approved in advance in writing by
         the Rating Agencies and the Insurer.

         "Event of Servicer Default" means an event specified in Section 14.01.

         "Financed Vehicle" means a new or used automobile,  light truck or van,
together with all accessions thereto,  securing an Obligor's  indebtedness under
the respective Receivable.

         "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles set forth in the
opinions and  pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public  Accountants and statements and  pronouncements of
the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board, or in such other statements that are
described  in  Statement  on Auditing  Standards  No. 69 "The Meaning of Present
Fairly in  Conformity  With  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  in the
Independent Auditor's Report" that are applicable to the circumstances as of the
date of determination, applied on a consistent basis.

         "Holder" -- see "Certificateholder."

         "Indenture"  means the Indenture dated as of  __________________  among
the Owner Trustee as issuer (on behalf of the Trust) and ____________________ as
Indenture Trustee, which provides for the issuance of the Notes.

         "Indenture  Trustee"  means   _____________________   in  its  role  as
Indenture Trustee under the Indenture and its permitted successors and assigns.

         "Indenture Trustee Office" means the office of the Indenture Trustee at
which  its  business  as  Indenture   Trustee  under  the  Indenture   shall  be
administered,      which      office      is      presently      located      at
______________________________________;  telecopy  _______________  or  at  such
other address as the Indenture Trustee may designate from time to time by notice
to the Owner Trustee, the Servicer and the Noteholders.

         "Insolvency  Event"  with  respect to a party  means (i) the entry of a
decree  or  order  by  a  court  or  agency  or  supervisory   authority  having
jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a  trustee-in-bankruptcy  or
similar  official  for  such  party  in any  insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,
marshalling  of assets  and  liabilities,  or  similar  proceedings,  or for the
winding up or liquidation of their  respective  affairs,  and the continuance of
any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a

                                                         7

<PAGE>




period  of 60  consecutive  days;  or (ii)  the  consent  by such  party  to the
appointment of a trustee-in-  bankruptcy or similar  official in any insolvency,
readjustment  of  debt,  marshalling  of  assets  and  liabilities,  or  similar
proceedings of or relating to such party or of or relating to substantially  all
of its property; or (iii) such party shall admit in writing its inability to pay
its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any
applicable  insolvency or  reorganization  statute,  make an assignment  for the
benefit of its creditors, or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations.

         "Insolvency Proceeding" means the commencement,  after the date hereof,
of any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment of debt, reorganization,  marshaling
of assets and liabilities or similar  proceedings by or against UAC, UAFC or the
Seller,  the  commencement,  after the date  hereof,  of any  proceedings  by or
against UAC, UAFC or the Seller for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs
or the  consent,  after  the  date  hereof,  to the  appointment  of a  trustee,
conservator, receiver, or liquidator in any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment
of debt,  reorganization,  marshaling  of  assets  and  liabilities  or  similar
proceedings of or relating to UAC, UAFC or the Seller.

         "Insurance Agreement" means the Insurance and Reimbursement  Agreement,
dated as of the Closing Date, among the Trust, the Seller,  UAC individually and
as  Servicer,  UAFC and the Insurer  pursuant  to which the  Insurer  issued the
Policy.

         "Insurer"  means   __________________________,   a  ________  domiciled
insurance company.

         "Interest Advance Amount" with respect to a simple interest  Receivable
as to which an Advance is  required  to be made on the last day of a  Collection
Period,  shall mean an amount  equal to 30 days of interest  upon the  Principal
Balance of such  Receivable as of such date;  and, with respect to a Precomputed
Receivable  as to which an Advance is  required  to be made on the last day of a
Collection  Period,  shall mean an amount  equal to that portion of the earliest
delinquent  Scheduled  Payment  allocable  to interest  (using the  actuarial or
constant yield method).

         "Interest  Shortfall" means, as to any simple interest Receivable as of
the last day of any Collection Period, the amount, if any, by which (a) interest
due on such Receivable  exceeds (b) the Collected  Interest on such  Receivable.
"Interest Shortfall" with respect to a Precomputed Receivable as of the last day
of any Collection  Period means the amount,  if any, by which the portion of the
Scheduled Payment due during such Collection Period allocable to interest (using
the actuarial or constant yield method)  exceeds the Collected  Interest on such
Receivable  (computed  using the same method except that the amount of Collected
Interest in respect of  Precomputed  Receivables  shall be  increased  by giving
effect to the withdrawal for the related Payment Date of any previously received
Scheduled  Payments in respect of such Receivable  from the Payahead  Account in
accordance with Sections 8.02(b) and 9.09 hereof).

         "Lien" means a security  interest,  lien,  charge,  pledge,  equity, or
encumbrance of any kind other than tax liens,  mechanics'  liens,  and any liens
which  attach to the  respective  Receivable  or  related  Financed  Vehicle  by
operation of law.


                                                         8

<PAGE>




         "Liquidation Proceeds" means the monies collected from whatever source,
including insurance proceeds,  on Defaulted  Receivables,  net of the sum of any
amounts expended by the Servicer for the account of the Obligor plus any amounts
required by law to be  remitted  to the  Obligor.  "Liquidation  Proceeds"  with
respect to a Payment  Date  means such  monies  collected  during the  preceding
Collection Period. In no event shall Liquidation Proceeds be less than zero.

         "Monthly Interest" means the amount of interest which is payable to the
Noteholders on any Payment Date pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

         "Monthly  Principal"  means the amount of principal which is payable to
the Noteholders on any Payment Date pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

         "Monthly  Servicing  Fee" means,  (i) for the first Payment  Date,  the
product of the following:  the (a) monthly Servicing Rate (b) the number of days
remaining in the month of the Closing Date from and  including the Closing Date,
assuming a 30-day  month,  divided by 30 and (c) the  Original  Pool Balance and
(ii) for any subsequent  Payment Date, the product of (a) the Pool Balance as of
the  beginning of the related  Collection  Period and (b) the monthly  Servicing
Rate.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

         "Notes" mean the Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture.

         "Noteholders"  mean the  holders of the Notes  issued  pursuant  to the
Indenture.

         "Obligor" on a Receivable  means the purchaser or the  co-purchasers of
the Financed Vehicle or any other Person who owes payments under the Receivable.
The phrase  "payment made on behalf of an Obligor"  shall mean all payments made
with  respect to a  Receivable  except  payments  made by UAC, the Seller or the
Servicer.

         "Officers'  Certificate"  means a certificate  signed by any two of the
chairman of the board,  the president,  any vice chairman of the board, any vice
president,  the treasurer, or the controller of UAC, the Seller or the Servicer,
as the case may be; provided that no individual shall sign in a dual capacity.

         "Opinion of  Counsel"  means a written  opinion of counsel,  who may be
counsel to the Seller and/or Servicer,  which counsel shall be acceptable to the
Owner Trustee.

         "Optional  Disposition  Price"  means the amount  specified  as such in
Section 16.02.

         "Original Pool Balance" means $______________.

         "Outstanding  Advances" as of any date,  with respect to a  Receivable,
means  the  total  amount  of  Advances  made on such  Receivable  for which the
Servicer has not been reimbursed.


                                                         9

<PAGE>




         "Owner Trustee" means  ________________________,  a banking corporation
organized  under the laws of the State of  Delaware  and its  successors  or any
corporation  resulting from or surviving any merger or consolidation to which it
or its successors may be a party or any successor trustee at the time serving as
successor trustee hereunder.

         "Owner  Trustee's   Certificate"  means  a  certificate  completed  and
executed  by the Owner  Trustee by a  Responsible  Officer  pursuant  to Section
15.02,  substantially  in the form  of,  in the  case of an  assignment  to UAC,
Exhibit 1, and in the case of an assignment to the Servicer, Exhibit 2.

         "PAC" means  Performance  Acceptance  Corporation,  a subsidiary of UAC
which was merged into UAC,  and/or UAC doing business as Performance  Acceptance
Corporation.

         "Payahead"  on a  Precomputed  Receivable  means the amount,  as of the
close of business on the last day of a Collection Period, computed in accordance
with Section 8.02(b) with respect to such Receivable.

         "Payahead  Account" means the account  designated as such,  established
and maintained pursuant to Section 9.09.

         "Payahead Balance" on a Precomputed Receivable means the sum, as of the
close of business on the last day of a Collection  Period, of all Payaheads made
by or on behalf of the Obligor with respect to such Precomputed  Receivable,  as
reduced by applications of previous  Payaheads with respect to such  Precomputed
Receivable, pursuant to Sections 8.02(b) and 9.09.

         "Payment Date" means, for each Collection  Period,  the eighth calendar
day of the month or, if such day is not a Business  Day, the first  Business Day
thereafter. The first Payment Date shall be ----------, ----.

         "Person" means any individual,  corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture,  association,  joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Policy" means the  irrevocable  Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Policy
dated as of the Closing Date issued by the Insurer to the Indenture  Trustee for
the benefit of the Noteholders as required under the Indenture.

         "Pool Balance" as of any date means the aggregate  Principal Balance of
the  Receivables  as of such  date;  provided,  however,  that for  purposes  of
determining Monthly Principal,  the Principal Balance of a Defaulted  Receivable
or a Purchased  Receivable (if actually purchased by the Servicer or repurchased
by UAC)  shall be deemed to be zero on and  after the close of  business  on the
last day of the Collection  Period in which the  Receivable  becomes a Defaulted
Receivable or a Purchased Receivable that is actually purchased or repurchased.


                                                        10

<PAGE>




         "Precomputed  Receivable"  means any Receivable under which the portion
of a payment  allocable  to earned  interest  (which may be  referred  to in the
related  contract as an add-on finance charge) and the portion  allocable to the
Amount Financed is determined according to the sum of periodic balances, the sum
of monthly balances, the rule of 78's or any equivalent method.

         "Predecessor"  means Union  Federal  Savings  Bank of  Indianapolis,  a
federally chartered stock savings bank.

         "Prepayment Charges," as used in the Agreement, shall be interpreted to
include,  without  limitation,  in the case of a Precomputed  Receivable that is
prepaid in full, the difference between the Principal Balance of such Receivable
(plus accrued  interest to the date of prepayment) and the Principal  Balance of
such  Receivable  computed in  accordance  with the method  provided  for in the
contract governing such Receivable, such as the rule of 78's.

         "Principal Balance" of a simple interest Receivable, as of the close of
business on the last day of a Collection Period, means the Amount Financed minus
that portion of all payments received on or before the close of business on such
last day  allocable to principal of such  Receivable.  "Principal  Balance" with
respect to a Precomputed  Receivable,  as of the close of business on the Cutoff
Date, means the gross principal balance of such Receivable on the records of the
Servicer,  net of unearned or accrued interest reflected therein,  and as of the
close of business on the last day of a Collection  Period,  means the  Principal
Balance as of the  Cutoff  Date minus  that  portion of all  Scheduled  Payments
received with respect to such  Receivable in respect of such  Collection  Period
and all prior Collection Periods allocable to principal of such Receivable using
the actuarial or constant yield method.

         "Purchase  Agreement" means the Purchase Agreement dated as of the date
hereof by and between  the Seller,  UAC and UAFC,  as amended,  supplemented  or
modified  from time to time pursuant to which the Seller  purchases  Receivables
which have been or shall be transferred to the Trust.

         "Purchase Amount" of any Receivable, as of the close of business on the
last day of any  Collection  Period,  means the  amount  equal to the sum of the
Principal  Balance of such Receivable  plus any unpaid interest  accrued and due
during or prior to such Collection Period on such Receivable.

         "Purchased  Receivable"  means a  Receivable  purchased by the Servicer
pursuant to Section  8.07 or  repurchased  by UAC  pursuant to Section  7.02 not
later than the respective dates required thereby.

         "Rating  Agency"  means each of Moody's and Standard & Poor's and their
successors and assigns.

         "Rating Agency Condition" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                                                        11

<PAGE>




         "Receivable"  means  any  simple  interest  or  pre-computed   (add-on)
interest  installment sales contract or installment loan and security  agreement
which shall appear on Schedule A to the Agreement.

         "Receivable Files" means the documents specified in Section 7.03.

         "Receivables" or "Receivables Pool" means those Receivables conveyed to
the Trust by the Seller listed as of the Cutoff Date in Schedule A.

         "Record Date" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

         "Recoveries of Advances" means, for any Collection Period, all payments
received by the Servicer by or on behalf of Obligors  (other than  Obligors with
respect to Defaulted  Receivables  and excluding  reimbursements  of Outstanding
Advances on  Defaulted  Receivables  pursuant to Sections  9.04(a)(i)  and 9.05)
during such Collection Period representing recoveries of Interest Shortfalls for
which Advances were made for prior Collection Periods.

         "Responsible  Officer"  means,  when  used  with  respect  to the Owner
Trustee,  any officer within the Corporate  Trust Office (or any successor group
of the Owner Trustee) including any managing director, vice president, assistant
vice president, assistant treasurer, assistant secretary or any other officer of
the Owner Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by
the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any
corporate  trust matter is referred  because of his knowledge of and familiarity
with the particular subject.

         "Scheduled  Payment" on a Receivable  means that portion of the payment
required  to be made by the  Obligor  during the  respective  Collection  Period
sufficient  to amortize  the  Principal  Balance and to provide  interest at the
Contract Rate.

         "Secured Parties" means each of the Indenture Trustee,  the Noteholders
and the Insurer pursuant to the Indenture.

         "Seller" means UAC Securitization  Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
in its capacity as the seller of the Receivables under this Agreement,  and each
successor to UAC  Securitization  Corporation (in the same capacity) pursuant to
Section 12.03.

         "Servicer" means Union Acceptance Corporation,  an Indiana corporation,
in its capacity as the servicer of the  Receivables  and each successor to Union
Acceptance  Corporation  (in the same  capacity)  pursuant  to Section  13.03 or
14.02.

         "Servicer's  Certificate" means a certificate completed and executed by
an officer of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.09.


                                                        12

<PAGE>




         "Servicing Rate" means 1.00% per annum,  payable monthly at one-twelfth
of the annual rate,  subject to adjustment with respect to a successor  Servicer
pursuant to Section 14.02.

         "Spread Account" means the account designated as such,  established and
maintained pursuant to the Indenture.

         "Spread Account  Surplus"  means,  on any Payment Date, the excess,  if
any, of the Available Spread Amount on such Payment Date, after giving effect to
deposits into and withdrawals  from the Spread Account pursuant to Article IX of
the  Indenture on such Payment  Date,  over the Required  Spread  Amount on such
Payment  Date (after  giving  effect to any  payments of Monthly  Principal  and
Monthly  Interest  and all  amounts  owing to the Insurer on such  Payment  Date
pursuant to the Indenture).

         "Standard  &  Poor's"  means  Standard  & Poor's  Ratings  Services,  a
division of The McGraw- Hill Companies, Inc.

         "State" means (i) any state of the United States of America or (ii) the
District of Columbia.

         "Stated Final Payment Date"  means ____________________.

         "Trigger  Event" means any of the events  identified as such in Section
6.01 of the Insurance Agreement.

         "Trust" means the Delaware business trust created by the Agreement, the
estate of which shall generally  comprise the Receivables  (other than Purchased
Receivables) and all monies paid thereon, and all monies due thereon,  including
Accrued  Interest,  as of and  after the  Cutoff  Date  (but  excluding  Accrued
Interest  paid on or prior  to the  Closing  Date);  security  interests  in the
Financed  Vehicles;  funds  deposited in the Collection  Account;  all documents
contained  in the  Receivable  Files;  any  property  that shall have  secured a
Receivable  and that shall have been acquired by or on behalf of the Trust;  any
Liquidation  Proceeds  and any rights of the Seller in  proceeds  from claims or
refunds of premiums on any physical  damage,  lender's single  interest,  credit
life,  disability,  and  hospitalization  insurance  policies  covering Financed
Vehicles or Obligors; the interest of the Seller in recourse to Dealers relating
to certain of the Receivables; the proceeds of the foregoing; amounts on deposit
from time to time in the Spread Account;  and certain rights of the Seller under
the Purchase Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 3.04 thereof.

         "UAC" means Union Acceptance Corporation,  an Indiana corporation,  and
its successors and assigns, other than in its capacity as Servicer.

         "UAC Finance  Corporation"  means UAC Finance  Corporation,  an Indiana
corporation, and its successors and assigns.


                                                        13

<PAGE>




         "UAFC"  means  Union  Acceptance   Funding   Corporation,   a  Delaware
corporation, and its successors and assigns.

         "UCC" means the Uniform  Commercial Code as in effect in the respective
jurisdiction.

         SECTION  2.02.  Usage  of  Terms.  With  respect  to all  terms in this
Agreement,  the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular;  words
importing any gender include the other genders;  references to "writing" include
printing,  typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form;  references to agreements and other  contractual  instruments  include all
subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with
their  respective  terms and not  prohibited  by this  Agreement;  references to
Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the term "including"
means "including without limitation."

         SECTION 2.03. Cutoff Date and Record Date. All references to the Record
Date  prior to the first  Record  Date in the life of the Trust  shall be to the
Closing Date.

         SECTION  2.04.  Section  References.  All  section  references  in this
Agreement shall be to Sections in this Agreement unless otherwise specified.


                                   ARTICLE III

                            Conveyance of Receivables

         In consideration  of the Owner Trustee's  delivery to the Seller of the
Certificates  and the  proceeds to be realized by the Trust from the issuance of
the Notes  pursuant to the  Indenture,  the Seller does hereby  sell,  transfer,
assign,  and otherwise  convey to the Owner Trustee,  in trust without  recourse
(subject to the obligations herein):

                  (i) all right, title, and interest of the Seller in and to the
         Receivables listed in Schedule A hereto;

                  (ii) the security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles granted
         by Obligors pursuant to the Receivables;

                  (iii) any Liquidation Proceeds and any proceeds from claims or
         refunds of premiums on any physical  damage,  lender's single interest,
         credit life, disability and hospitalization insurance policies covering
         Financed Vehicles or Obligors;

                  (iv)     funds deposited in the Collection Account;

                  (v) the interest of the Seller in any proceeds  from  recourse
         to Dealers relating to the Receivables;

                                                        14

<PAGE>




                  (vi)     all documents contained in the Receivable Files;

                  (vii) all monies  paid and all monies due,  including  Accrued
         Interest,  as of  and  after  the  Cutoff  Date,  with  respect  to the
         Receivables  held by the  Servicer  or Seller  (but  excluding  Accrued
         Interest paid on or prior to the Closing Date);

                  (viii)  the  rights of the  Seller  pursuant  to the  Purchase
         Agreement  to require UAC to  repurchase  any  Receivables  as to which
         there has been a breach of the representations and warranties contained
         therein;

                  (ix)     the benefits of the Policy; and

                  (x)      all proceeds of the foregoing.

         The Seller  does  hereby  further  assign,  convey,  pledge and grant a
security interest in (i) any and all other right, title and interest,  including
any  beneficial  interest  the Seller may have in the  Collection  Account,  the
Spread Account and the funds deposited therein,  and (ii) any proceeds of any of
the  foregoing,  to the Owner Trustee and for the benefit of the  Noteholders to
secure amounts  payable to Noteholders  as provided  under this  Agreement.  The
Seller  acknowledges  that all of the foregoing  shall  constitute  the "Pledged
Assets" pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and the Seller hereby consents to
the pledge of all of such assets to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the
Secured Parties pursuant to the Indenture.

         The Seller  does not convey to the Owner  Trustee  any  interest in any
contracts  with  Dealers  related to any  "dealer  reserve" or any rights to the
recapture of any dealer reserve.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              Acceptance by Trustee

         The Owner Trustee does hereby accept all consideration  conveyed by the
Seller  pursuant to Article III, and declares  that the Owner Trustee shall hold
such  consideration  upon the  trusts  herein  set forth for the  benefit of all
present and future  Certificateholders,  subject to the terms and  provisions of
this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE V

                  Information Delivered to the Rating Agencies

                  (a) The Servicer  hereby  expresses  its  intention to deliver
promptly to each Rating Agency (i) a copy of each Servicer's Certificate that it
delivers to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Insurer pursuant to
Section 8.09, (ii) a copy of each annual Officers'  Certificate as to compliance
and any notice of default that it delivers to the Indenture Trustee or the Owner
Trustee

                                                        15

<PAGE>




pursuant  to  Section  8.10,  (iii)  delinquency  and loss  information  for the
Receivables,  the  amount  of any  draws on the  Policy,  written  notice of any
merger, consolidation,  or other succession of the Servicer, pursuant to Section
13.03, or the Seller,  pursuant to Section 12.03,  (iv) a copy of each amendment
to this Agreement and (v) any Opinion of Counsel  delivered to the Owner Trustee
pursuant to Section 17.02(i).

                  (b) The  Owner  Trustee  hereby  expresses  its  intention  to
deliver  promptly  to each  Rating  Agency (i) a copy of each  annual  certified
public  accountant's  report  received by the Owner Trustee  pursuant to Section
8.11,  (ii) a copy of each  amendment to this  Agreement and (iii) a copy of the
notice of termination of the Trust  provided to  Certificateholders  pursuant to
Section 16.01.

                   (c) For purposes of delivery  pursuant to paragraphs  (a) and
(b) of this Article V, the addresses for the Rating Agencies are:

                           Structured Finance/Asset Backed Surveillance Group
                           Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The
                             McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
                           26 Broadway, 15th Floor
                           New York, New York 10004

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
                           Attention:  ABS Monitoring Department
                           4th Floor
                           99 Church Street
                           New York, New York 10007

                  (d) The  provisions of this Article V are included  herein for
convenience  of  reference  only and shall not be  construed  to be  contractual
undertakings or obligations. The failure of the Servicer or the Owner Trustee to
comply with any or all of the  provisions of this Article V shall not constitute
an Event of Default or a default  of any kind under this  Agreement  or make any
remedy available to any Person.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                Agent for Service

         The agent for service for the Seller  shall be Leeanne  Graziani,  Vice
President  of the  Seller.  Any and all  service on the agent for service of the
Seller shall be sent to UAC Securitization Corporation,  9240 Bonita Beach Road,
Suite 1109-A, Bonita Springs,  Florida 34135 or such other address as the Seller
shall provide notice thereof pursuant to Sections 17.02(c) or 17.05.


                                                        16

<PAGE>




         The agent for service for the Servicer  shall be Melanie S. Otto,  Vice
President of the  Servicer.  Any and all service on the agent for service of the
Servicer  shall be sent to Union  Acceptance  Corporation,  250 North  Shadeland
Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 The Receivables

         SECTION 7.01.  Representations  and  Warranties of Seller.  Pursuant to
Article III, the Seller has assigned to the Trust the benefit of, and its rights
respecting,  the  representations  and  warranties  made  to the  Seller  in the
Purchase  Agreement as to the  Receivables  on which the Owner Trustee relies in
accepting  the  Receivables  in  trust  and  executing  and  authenticating  the
Certificates and executing and delivering the Indenture.  The Seller agrees that
the representations  shall also be for the benefit of the Secured Parties.  Such
representations  and  warranties  speak as of the  execution and delivery of the
Purchase Agreement but shall survive the sale,  transfer,  and assignment of the
Receivables to the Owner Trustee.

         (a) The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee that
it has entered into the Purchase  Agreement with UAC and UAFC, that UAC and UAFC
have  made the  representations  and  warranties  set forth  therein,  that such
representations and warranties run to and are for the benefit of the Seller, and
that pursuant to Article III of this  Agreement the Seller has  transferred  and
assigned  to the Owner  Trustee  all rights of the Seller to cause UAC under the
Purchase  Agreement to repurchase  Receivables  in the event of a breach of such
representations and warranties.

         (b) It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer and  assignment
herein contemplated, taken as a whole, constitute a sale of the Receivables from
the  Seller to the Trust and that the  beneficial  interest  in and title to the
Receivables  not be  part  of  the  receivership  estate  in  the  event  of the
appointment  of a  receiver  for  the  Seller.  No  Receivable  has  been  sold,
transferred,  assigned,  or pledged  by the Seller to any Person  other than the
Owner  Trustee.   Immediately  prior  to  the  transfer  and  assignment  herein
contemplated,  the Seller had good and marketable  title to each Receivable free
and clear of all liens, and,  immediately upon the transfer  thereof,  the Owner
Trustee  (for the  benefit of the  Certificateholders  and the  Secured  Parties
pursuant  to the  Indenture)  shall  have  good  and  marketable  title  to each
Receivable,  free and clear of all liens and  rights of  others,  except for the
rights of the  Certificateholders  and the  Insurer;  and the  transfer has been
perfected  under  the  UCC.  On or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date,  all  filings
(including,  without  limitation,  UCC filings) necessary in any jurisdiction to
give the Owner Trustee a first perfected  ownership  interest in the Receivables
shall have been made.

         SECTION 7.02. Repurchase Upon Breach. The Seller, UAC, the Servicer, or
the Owner Trustee,  as the case may be, shall inform the Indenture Trustee,  the
Insurer and the other parties  promptly,  in writing,  upon the discovery of any
breach  of  the  representations  and  warranties   contained  in  the  Purchase
Agreement. This obligation shall not constitute an obligation on the part

                                                        17

<PAGE>




of the Owner Trustee to actively seek to discover any such breaches.  Unless the
breach shall have been cured by the second Record Date  following the discovery,
UAC, pursuant to its obligations under the Purchase Agreement,  shall repurchase
any Receivable materially and adversely affected by the breach as of such Record
Date (or, at UAC's option,  the first Record Date following the  discovery).  In
consideration  of the purchase of the  Receivable,  UAC shall remit the Purchase
Amount,  in the manner  specified in Section 9.03.  The sole remedy of the Owner
Trustee,  the Trust,  or the  Indenture  Trustee with respect to a breach of the
representations  and warranties  referred to in Section 7.01 shall be to require
UAC to  repurchase  Receivables  pursuant  to the  Purchase  Agreement  and this
Section 7.02.

         SECTION 7.03. Custody of Receivable Files. To assure uniform quality in
servicing the Receivables and to reduce administrative costs, the Owner Trustee,
upon the execution and delivery of the Agreement,  hereby revocably appoints the
Servicer,  and the Servicer hereby accepts such appointment,  for the benefit of
the Trust and the Indenture Trustee, to act as the agent of the Owner Trustee as
custodian  of  the  following   documents  or   instruments   which  are  hereby
constructively delivered to the Owner Trustee with respect to each Receivable:

                  (i)      The original of the Receivable.

                  (ii) The original  credit  application  fully  executed by the
         Obligor.

                  (iii) The original certificate of title or such documents that
         the Seller or  Servicer  shall  keep on file,  in  accordance  with its
         customary procedures, evidencing the security interest of the Seller in
         the Financed Vehicle.

                  (iv) Any and all  other  documents  that the  Servicer  or the
         Seller shall keep on file, in accordance with its customary procedures,
         relating to a Receivable, an Obligor, or a Financed Vehicle.

         SECTION 7.04.  Duties of Servicer as Custodian.

         (a) Safekeeping. The Servicer, in its capacity as custodian, shall hold
the  Receivable  Files on behalf of the Owner Trustee for the use and benefit of
all present and future Owner  Trustees,  and maintain such accurate and complete
accounts,  records,  and computer systems  pertaining to each Receivable File as
shall enable the Owner Trustee to comply with this Agreement.  In performing its
duties as custodian  the Servicer  shall act with  reasonable  care,  using that
degree of skill and attention  that the Servicer  exercises  with respect to the
receivable  files relating to all  comparable  automotive  receivables  that the
Servicer  services  for  itself.  The  Servicer  shall  conduct,  or cause to be
conducted,  periodic  audits  of the  Receivable  Files  held by it  under  this
Agreement, and of the related accounts, records, and computer systems, in such a
manner  as shall  enable  the  Owner  Trustee  to  verify  the  accuracy  of the
Servicer's  record  keeping.  The Servicer  shall  promptly  report to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee any failure on its part to hold the Receivable
Files and  maintain  its  accounts,  records,  and  computer  systems  as herein
provided and promptly take appropriate action

                                                        18

<PAGE>




to remedy any such failure; provided,  however,  notwithstanding anything to the
contrary  in  Section  7.03 or this  Section  7.04,  the  Servicer  shall not be
required to possess the original of Receivables representing less than 2% of the
Original Pool Balance until 30 days following the Closing Date.

         (b)  Maintenance of and Access to Records.  The Servicer shall maintain
each  Receivable  File at one of its  offices  specified  in  Schedule B to this
Agreement,  or at such other office as shall be  specified to the Owner  Trustee
and the  Indenture  Trustee by prior  written  notice.  The Servicer  shall make
available  to the  Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee  and  their  duly
authorized  representatives,  attorneys,  or auditors a list of locations of the
Receivable Files, the Receivable Files, and the related accounts,  records,  and
computer  systems  maintained by the Servicer at such times as the Owner Trustee
shall instruct.

         (c) Release of Documents.  Upon instruction from the Owner Trustee, the
Servicer  shall release any document in a Receivable  File to the Owner Trustee,
the Owner Trustee's agent, or the Owner Trustee's designee,  as the case may be,
at  such  place  or  places  as the  Owner  Trustee  may  designate,  as soon as
practicable.

         SECTION  7.05.  Instructions;  Authority to Act. The Servicer  shall be
deemed to have received proper instructions with respect to the Receivable Files
upon its receipt of written  instructions signed by a Responsible Officer of the
Owner Trustee.

         SECTION  7.06.  Custodian's   Indemnification.   The  Servicer,   shall
indemnify the Trust,  the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee  (which shall
include, for purposes of this Section 7.06, their directors, officers, employees
and  agents)  for any and all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  compensatory
damages, payments, costs, or expenses of any kind whatsoever that may be imposed
on, incurred,  or asserted against the Trust, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee as the result of any improper act or omission in any way relating to the
maintenance  and custody by the  Servicer  of the  Receivable  Files;  provided,
however,  that the  Servicer  shall not be liable  for any  portion  of any such
amount resulting from the willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or negligence of the
Owner  Trustee or the  Indenture  Trustee.  This  indemnity  shall  survive  the
termination  of this  Agreement  and the  resignation  or  removal  of the Owner
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION  7.07.   Effective  Period  and  Termination.   The  Servicer's
appointment as custodian shall become  effective as of the Cutoff Date and shall
continue in full force and effect  until  terminated  pursuant  to this  Section
7.07.  If the Servicer  shall resign in accordance  with the  provisions of this
Agreement or if all of the rights and  obligations  of the  Servicer  shall have
been  terminated  under  Section  14.01,  the  appointment  of the  Servicer  as
custodian  may be  terminated  by the  Owner  Trustee  with the  consent  of the
Indenture  Trustee  and the Insurer (so long as the Insurer is not in default of
its obligations under the Policy). In addition,  the Owner Trustee may terminate
the  Servicer's  appointment  as  custodian  with cause at any time upon written
notification to the Servicer and the Indenture  Trustee.  As soon as practicable
after any  termination  of such  appointment,  the  Servicer  shall  deliver the
Receivable Files to the Owner Trustee or the Owner Trustee's agent at such place

                                                        19

<PAGE>




or  places  as the  Owner  Trustee,  with the  consent  of the  Insurer  and the
Indenture Trustee, may reasonably designate.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                   Administration and Servicing of Receivables

         SECTION 8.01. Duties of Servicer.  The Servicer, for the benefit of the
Trust and the Secured  Parties,  shall  manage,  service,  administer,  and make
collections on the Receivables  with reasonable care, using that degree of skill
and  attention  that the  Servicer  exercises  with  respect  to all  comparable
automotive  receivables that it services for itself. The Servicer's duties shall
include  collection  and  posting  of all  payments,  making  Advances  (in  the
Servicer's sole discretion),  responding to inquiries of Obligors or of federal,
state  or  local  governmental  authorities  with  respect  to the  Receivables,
investigating delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors, accounting for
collections,  and furnishing  monthly and annual statements to the Owner Trustee
and the  Indenture  Trustee with respect to  distributions.  The Servicer  shall
follow its customary  standards,  policies,  and  procedures  in performing  its
duties as  Servicer.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the
Servicer  is  authorized  and  empowered  by the Owner  Trustee to  execute  and
deliver,  on behalf of  itself,  the Trust,  the Owner  Trustee,  the  Indenture
Trustee or any of them, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation,
or partial or full release or discharge,  and all other comparable  instruments,
with respect to such  Receivables  or to the  Financed  Vehicles  securing  such
Receivables.  If the Servicer  shall  commence a legal  proceeding  to enforce a
Receivable  or a  Defaulted  Receivable,  the Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture
Trustee shall thereupon be deemed to have automatically assigned, solely for the
purpose of collection,  such  Receivable to the Servicer.  The Owner Trustee and
the Indenture  Trustee shall execute any documents  prepared by the Servicer and
delivered to the Owner Trustee for execution  that are necessary or  appropriate
to enable the  Servicer to carry out its  servicing  and  administrative  duties
hereunder.

         SECTION 8.02.  Collection of Receivable Payments (a) The Servicer shall
make  reasonable  efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and
provisions of such  Receivables  as and when the same shall become due and shall
follow such  collection  procedures as it follows with respect to all comparable
automotive  receivables that it services for itself. If payments are extended in
the ordinary course of the Servicer's collection  procedures,  and, as a result,
any Receivable  would be outstanding at the Stated Final Payment Date,  then the
Servicer shall be obligated to purchase such Receivable pursuant to Section 8.07
(unless such Receivable is otherwise being purchased  pursuant to Section 16.02)
as of the last day of the  Collection  Period  immediately  preceding the Stated
Final Payment Date.  The Servicer may in its  discretion  waive any late payment
charge or any other fees that it is entitled to retain under  Section  8.08,  or
other fee (to the extent consistent with its credit and collection policy on the
Closing  Date) that may be  collected  in the  ordinary  course of  servicing  a
Receivable.

         (b) All  allocations  of  payments  with  respect to a  simple-interest
Receivable to principal and interest and  determinations of periodic charges and
the like shall be made using the simple interest

                                                        20

<PAGE>




method,  based on either the actual number of days elapsed and the actual number
of days in the calendar year or on the basis of a thirty-day month and a 360-day
calendar  year,  as  specified  in the  related  installment  sales  contract or
installment  loan and  security  agreement.  Each  payment on a simple  interest
Receivable  shall be  applied  first to the amount of  interest  accrued on such
Receivable to the date of receipt;  second, to principal due on such Receivable;
third, to late charges, if any, accrued on such Receivable;  and last, to reduce
the remaining principal amount outstanding on such Receivable.  Payments made by
or on behalf of an Obligor including any Payaheads  previously made and added to
the Payahead  Balance with respect to a Precomputed  Receivable shall be applied
first to overdue Scheduled Payments (including reduction of Outstanding Advances
as provided in Section 9.04). Next, any excess shall be applied to the Scheduled
Payment and any  remaining  excess shall be added to the Payahead  Balance,  and
shall be applied to prepay the Precomputed Receivable, but only if such Payahead
Balance  shall be sufficient to prepay the  Receivable in full.  Otherwise,  any
such remaining  excess  payments shall  constitute a Payahead and shall increase
the Payahead Balance.

         SECTION 8.03. Realization Upon Receivables.  (a) On behalf of the Trust
and the Secured Parties the Servicer shall use its best efforts, consistent with
its  customary  servicing  procedures,  to repossess  or  otherwise  convert the
ownership  of the  Financed  Vehicle  securing  any  Receivable  as to which the
Servicer shall have  determined that eventual  payment in full is unlikely.  The
Servicer  shall follow such  customary and usual  practices and procedures as it
shall deem  necessary or advisable in its servicing of  automotive  receivables,
which may include reasonable efforts to realize upon any recourse to Dealers and
selling the Financed  Vehicle at public or private sale. The foregoing  shall be
subject to the provision  that, in any case in which the Financed  Vehicle shall
have suffered damage, the Servicer shall not expend funds in connection with the
repair or the repossession of such Financed Vehicle unless it shall determine in
its  discretion  that  such  repair  and/or   repossession   will  increase  the
Liquidation Proceeds. After appropriate disposition of the Financed Vehicle, the
Servicer shall also take such measures as it deems reasonable and appropriate to
realize value in respect of any deficiency  balance of the Receivable  including
pursuit of action on behalf of the Trust and/or the Secured  Parties against the
Obligor or public or private sale of the remaining  interest of the Trust and/or
the Secured Parties in such Receivable.

         (b) Unless  otherwise  stated in this  Agreement,  the  Servicer  shall
either purchase or liquidate each Financed  Vehicle that has not previously been
liquidated  and that secures,  or  previously  secured,  a Defaulted  Receivable
either (i) by the end of the  Collection  Period  preceding the final  scheduled
Payment Date during the life of the Trust or (ii) if earlier,  by the end of the
ninth  Collection  Period  following  the  Collection  Period  during which such
Receivable became a Defaulted Receivable.  Any purchase of a Financed Vehicle by
the  Servicer  shall be made at a price  equal to the fair  market  value of the
Financed Vehicle as determined by the Servicer in accordance with the Servicer's
normal servicing standards.

         SECTION 8.04.  Physical Damage Insurance.  The Servicer,  in accordance
with its  customary  servicing  procedures  and  underwriting  standards,  shall
require that each Obligor shall have obtained and shall maintain physical damage
insurance covering the Financed Vehicle.


                                                        21

<PAGE>




         SECTION 8.05.  Maintenance of Security  Interests in Financed Vehicles.
The Servicer shall, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures,  take
such steps as are necessary to ensure that  perfection of the security  interest
created by each  Receivable in the related  Financed  Vehicle has been obtained,
and to maintain  such  security  interest.  The Owner  Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee  hereby  authorize  the Servicer to take such steps as are  necessary to
re-perfect  such  security  interest  on behalf of the Trust in the event of the
relocation of a Financed  Vehicle or for any other reason.  Without limiting the
forgoing, in the event that the Servicer consigns a repossessed Financed Vehicle
to an affiliate for liquidation, it shall take such measures as are necessary or
appropriate  to maintain  the security  interest in the Financed  Vehicle in the
hands of the consignee  until such  Financed  Vehicle is  liquidated,  including
appropriate  precautionary UCC-1 filings. In addition, UAC and/or such affiliate
will notify the  creditors,  if any, of such  affiliate that have entered into a
consignment arrangement on or before such arrangements are made.

         SECTION 8.06. Covenants of Servicer. The Servicer shall not release the
Financed Vehicle  securing any Receivable from the security  interest granted by
such  Receivable  in whole or in part  except in the event of payment in full by
the Obligor thereunder or repossession, nor shall the Servicer impair the rights
of the  Certificateholders or the Secured Parties in the Receivables,  nor shall
the Servicer  change the amount of the  Scheduled  Payment under a Receivable or
change the Amount  Financed  under a Receivable or reduce the Contract Rate of a
Receivable  (except  if  so  ordered  by a  bankruptcy  court  in  a  proceeding
concerning the Obligor or otherwise mandated by law).

         SECTION 8.07.  Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach. The Servicer or the
Owner Trustee shall inform the other party and the Insurer promptly, in writing,
upon the  discovery of (i) any breach by the Servicer of its  obligations  under
Section 8.06 or (ii) the  existence of the  Servicer's  obligation to purchase a
Receivable pursuant to Section 8.02(a).  This obligation shall not constitute an
obligation  on the part of the Owner  Trustee to discover  any such  breaches or
circumstances. Unless the breach under Section 8.06 shall have been cured by the
second Record Date  following the  discovery,  the Servicer  shall  purchase any
Receivable  materially and adversely affected by such breach as of such day (or,
at  the  Servicer's  election,  as  of  the  first  Record  Date  following  the
discovery).  In consideration  of the purchase of such Receivable,  the Servicer
shall remit the Purchase  Amount with respect to such  Receivable  in the manner
specified in Section 9.03. The sole remedy of the Owner Trustee,  the Trust,  or
the Secured  Parties  with  respect to a breach  pursuant to Section 8.06 or the
grant of an extension which triggers an obligation of the Servicer under Section
8.02(a)  shall be to require the  Servicer to purchase  Receivables  pursuant to
this Section 8.07, except as provided in Section 13.02.

         SECTION 8.08.  Servicing Fee. The servicing fee for a Collection Period
shall equal the Monthly  Servicing  Fee (except  that in the case of a successor
Servicer, the servicing fee shall equal such amount as is arranged in accordance
with Section  14.02).  The Servicer shall be entitled to retain from payments of
interest on the Receivables collected during a Collection Period an amount equal
to the Monthly  Servicing  Fee due the  Servicer  in respect of such  Collection
Period and need not deposit such amount in the Collection Account.  The Servicer
shall  also be  entitled  to  retain,  and need not  deposit  in the  Collection
Account, all late fees, Prepayment Charges, other administrative fees

                                                        22

<PAGE>




or similar  charges  allowed by applicable law with respect to  Receivables,  if
any, collected (from whatever source) on the Receivables.  The Monthly Servicing
Fee will be paid  only  out of the  funds of the  Trust  and not from the  Owner
Trustee's own funds. So long as Union Acceptance Corporation is the Servicer, if
the  Servicer  fails to pay the fees and  expenses  of the Owner  Trustee or the
Indenture  Trustee pursuant to Section 15.07 hereof or the Indenture,  the Owner
Trustee and Indenture  Trustee shall be entitled to receive such amount from the
Monthly  Servicing Fee prior to payment thereof to the Servicer and the Servicer
shall not retain from  collections  that  portion of the Monthly  Servicing  Fee
equal to any fees of the Owner  Trustee and  Indenture  Trustee that are due and
payable and any unpaid  amount that the Servicer has received  notice is due the
Owner Trustee as reimbursement for expenses.

         SECTION 8.09.  Servicer's  Certificate.  On or before the Determination
Date following each Collection  Period,  the Servicer shall deliver to the Owner
Trustee,  the  Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer a  Servicer's  Certificate  in
substantially  the form of Exhibit 3 attached hereto  containing all information
necessary to make the  distributions  pursuant to Section 9.04 of the  Indenture
(so long as the Notes remain  outstanding)  for the Collection  Period preceding
the date of such Servicer's  Certificate  and all information  necessary for the
Indenture  Trustee to send  statements  to the  Noteholders,  including  (A) the
amount of aggregate  collections on the Receivables,  (B) the aggregate Purchase
Amount of the Receivables  repurchased by UAC and purchased by the Servicer, (C)
with respect to  Precomputed  Receivables  the net deposit  from the  Collection
Account to the Payahead  Account or the net withdrawal from the Payahead Account
to the Collection  Account required for the Collection Period in accordance with
Section  9.09,  and in the case of a net  withdrawal,  the Monthly  Interest and
Monthly  Principal  reported on such  Servicer's  Certificate  shall reflect the
portions of such withdrawal  allocable to interest and principal,  respectively,
in accordance with this Agreement,  (D) the amount, if any, to be withdrawn from
the Spread  Account  and the  amount,  if any,  to be drawn on the  Policy,  (E)
information  respecting (i) delinquent  Receivables  that are 30, 60 and 90 days
past due, and (ii) the number of repossessions  of Financed  Vehicles during the
preceding  Collection  Period,  number  of  unliquidated   repossessed  Financed
Vehicles, gross and net losses on the Receivables, and recoveries on charged off
Receivables;  and (F) each other item  listed in Section  9.04 of the  Indenture
reasonably requested by a Rating Agency, the Indenture Trustee or the Insurer in
order to monitor the performance of the  Receivables.  Receivables  purchased by
UAC as of the last day of such Collection  Period shall be identified by the UAC
account  number with respect to such  Receivable  (as specified in Schedule A to
this Agreement).

         SECTION 8.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default. (a)
The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee and the
Insurer,  on or before  April 30 of each year,  beginning  on the first April 30
that is at least six months after the Closing  Date,  an Officers'  Certificate,
dated as of December 31 of the preceding year,  stating that (i) a review of the
activities of the Servicer during the preceding  12-month period (or in the case
of the initial  Officer's  Certificate,  the period from the Closing Date to and
including the date of such Officer's  Certificate) and of its performance  under
this  Agreement has been made under such officer's  supervision  and (ii) to the
best of such  officer's  knowledge,  based  on such  review,  the  Servicer  has
fulfilled all its obligations under this Agreement  throughout such year, or, if
there has been a default in the

                                                        23

<PAGE>




fulfillment of any such  obligation,  specifying each such default known to such
officer and the nature and status  thereof.  A copy of such  certificate and the
report referred to in Section 8.11 may be obtained by any  Certificateholder  at
its own expense by a request in writing to the Owner  Trustee  addressed  to the
Corporate Trust Office.

         (b) The Servicer  shall deliver to a  Responsible  Officer of the Owner
Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee and the Insurer,  promptly after having obtained
knowledge  thereof,  but in no event  later  than 5  Business  Days  thereafter,
written notice in an Officers' Certificate of any event which with the giving of
notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default under Section
14.01.  The Seller or UAC shall  deliver to a  Responsible  Officer of the Owner
Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee and the Insurer,  promptly after having obtained
knowledge  thereof,  but in no event  later  than 5  Business  Days  thereafter,
written notice in an Officers' Certificate of any event which with the giving of
notice or lapse of time, or both,  would become an Event of Default under clause
(ii) of Section 14.01.

         SECTION 8.11. Annual Independent  Certified Public Accountant's Report.
The Servicer shall cause a firm of independent certified public accountants, who
may also render other services to the Servicer, to deliver to the Owner Trustee,
the  Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer on or before  September  30 of each year
concerning  the 12-month  period  ended June 30 of such year (or shorter  period
since the date of this Agreement), beginning on the first September 30 following
the first June 30 after the Closing  Date,  a report  addressed  to the Board of
Directors  of the  Servicer  to the  effect  that  such  firm has  reviewed  the
servicing of the  Receivables  by the Servicer and that such review (1) included
tests relating to new or used automobile, van and light truck loans serviced for
others in accordance  with the  requirements of the Uniform Single Audit Program
for  Mortgage  Bankers,  to the  extent  the  procedures  in  such  program  are
applicable  to the servicing  obligations  set forth in the  Agreement,  and (2)
except as described  in the report,  disclosed  no  exceptions  or errors in the
records  relating to  automobile,  van or light truck loans  serviced for others
that, in the firm's opinion,  paragraph four of such program  requires such firm
to report.

         The  report  will also  indicate  that the firm is  independent  of the
Servicer within the meaning of the Code of  Professional  Ethics of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

         SECTION 8.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
Receivables.  The Servicer shall provide to the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee
and the Insurer access to the Receivables Files in such cases where such parties
shall  be  required  by  applicable  statutes  or  regulations  to  review  such
documentation. Access shall be afforded without charge, but only upon reasonable
request and during the normal  business hours at the  respective  offices of the
Servicer. Nothing in this Section shall affect the obligation of the Servicer to
observe any applicable law prohibiting  disclosure of information  regarding the
Obligors,  and the failure of the Servicer to provide access to information as a
result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section 8.12.

         SECTION 8.13. Servicer Expenses.  The Servicer shall be required to pay
all  expenses  incurred  by it in  connection  with  its  activities  hereunder,
including fees and disbursements of

                                                        24

<PAGE>




independent accountants, taxes imposed on the Servicer, and expenses incurred in
connection with regular payments and reports to Noteholders.

         SECTION 8.14.  Reports to Noteholders.  The Owner Trustee shall provide
to any Noteholder who so requests in writing  (addressed to the Corporate  Trust
Office)  a copy  of any  certificate  described  in  Section  8.09,  the  annual
statement  described in Section 8.10, or the annual report  described in Section
8.11. The Owner Trustee may require the requesting party to pay a reasonable sum
to cover the cost of the Owner Trustee's complying with such request.

                                   ARTICLE IX

        Collections; Distributions to Noteholders and Certificateholders

         SECTION  9.01.  Collection  Account.  The Seller  shall  establish  the
Collection  Account with an Eligible  Bank as a segregated  trust account in the
name of the Trust for the  benefit of the  Secured  Parties  with the  Indenture
Trustee (at the Indenture Trustee Office) or another Eligible Bank. The Servicer
shall  direct the  Indenture  Trustee to invest  the  amounts in the  Collection
Account in  Eligible  Investments  that mature not later than the  Business  Day
prior to the next succeeding Payment Date and to hold such Eligible  Investments
to  maturity.  The  Indenture  Trustee  (or its  custodian)  shall (i)  maintain
possession  of any  negotiable  instruments  or securities  evidencing  Eligible
Investments until the time of sale or maturity and each certificated security or
negotiable  instrument  evidencing an Eligible  Investment  shall be endorsed in
blank or to the Indenture Trustee or registered in the name of the Owner Trustee
and (ii) cause any Eligible Investment represented by an uncertificated security
to be registered in the name of the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION  9.02.  Collections.  (a)  The  Servicer  shall  remit  to  the
Collection  Account  all  payments  by or on  behalf  of  the  Obligors  on  the
Receivables  and  all  Liquidation  Proceeds,   both  as  collected  during  the
Collection Period net of Monthly Servicing Fees and administrative  fees allowed
to be retained by the Servicer  pursuant to Section 8.08 and net of charge backs
(attributable  to errors in posting,  returned  checks,  or rights of offset for
amounts that should not have been paid or that must be refunded as the result of
a successful  claim or defense under  bankruptcy or similar laws) not later than
the second  Business  Day  following  the Business Day on which such amounts are
received by the Servicer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as (a) UAC
remains  the  Servicer,  (b) no Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing  and  (c)(1) UAC  maintains  a  short-term  rating of at least A-1 by
Standard & Poor's and P-l by Moody's  (and for five  Business  Days  following a
reduction in either such rating) or (2) prior to ceasing daily remittances,  the
Rating  Agency  Condition  shall  have been  satisfied  (and any  conditions  or
limitations imposed by the Rating Agencies in connection  therewith are complied
with) and the prior  written  consent  of the  Insurer  (not to be  unreasonably
withheld) shall have been obtained, the Servicer may remit all such payments and
Liquidation  Proceeds with respect to any  Collection  Period to the  Collection
Account on a less frequent basis,  but in no event later than the  Determination
Date  immediately  preceding  each Payment  Date.  The Servicer  shall remit any
Advances  with respect to a Collection  Period to the  Collection  Account on or
before the Determination Date.

                                                        25

<PAGE>




         (b) The Servicer,  the Owner  Trustee  and/or  Indenture  Trustee shall
deposit in the Collection  Account any funds received by such parties in respect
of funds drawn under the Policy from the Insurer.

         (c) If the Available  Funds for a Payment Date are  insufficient to pay
current and past due  Insurance  Premiums,  or any amounts  owing to the Insurer
pursuant   to   the   Insurance   Agreement   including,   without   limitation,
reimbursements,  indemnities,  fees and expenses, plus accrued interest thereon,
to the Insurer,  the Servicer  shall notify the Owner  Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee of such  deficiency,  and the Available  Spread Amount,  if any, then on
deposit in the Spread  Account (after giving effect to any withdrawal to satisfy
a deficiency  in Monthly  Interest or Monthly  Principal)  shall be available to
cover such deficiency.

         SECTION 9.03. Purchase Amounts.  Not later than the Determination Date,
the Servicer or UAC shall remit to the Collection Account the aggregate Purchase
Amount for such Collection Period pursuant to Sections 7.02 and 8.07.

         SECTION 9.04. Application of Funds. (a) On each Determination Date, the
Servicer shall  determine (i) the amount of payments on all  Receivables and all
Liquidation  Proceeds  received  during such  Collection  Period,  the amount of
Advances for such Collection Period, and the Purchase Amount for all Receivables
purchased or repurchased with respect to such Collection  Period which have been
deposited in the Collection Account (net of amounts required to be paid pursuant
to Section  9.04(d) of the Indenture and excluding  amounts  required to be paid
pursuant to Sections  7.02,  8.07, and 9.05 but not so paid) after giving effect
to the net transfer from the Collection  Account to the Payahead Account or from
the Payahead Account to the Collection Account as provided in Section 9.09, (the
"Available  Funds"),  and  (ii)  the  amount  of  funds  necessary  to make  the
distributions required pursuant to Section 9.04(a) of the Indenture,  inclusive,
on the next Payment Date. The Servicer  shall by a Servicer's  Certificate on or
before the Determination Date notify the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee
of such  amounts by telecopy to the  Corporate  Trust  Office and the  Indenture
Trustee Office or to such numbers as the Owner Trustee or Indenture  Trustee may
from time to time provide, followed promptly by mailing such notice to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee and to the Insurer.

         (b) On any  Payment  Date on which there are not  sufficient  Available
Funds to make the  distributions  required  pursuant  to Section  9.04(a) of the
Indenture,  the Indenture Trustee, or the Servicer on its behalf, shall withdraw
from the Spread Account, to the extent of the Available Spread Amount, an amount
equal to such  deficiency  and promptly  deposit  such amount in the  Collection
Account.  If such deficiency  exceeds the Available Spread Amount,  the Servicer
shall  simultaneously and in the same manner also notify the Owner Trustee,  the
Indenture Trustee and the Insurer of the amount of such excess deficiency.

         (c) On each Payment Date,  the Owner  Trustee shall  distribute to each
Certificateholder such  Certificateholder's  interest and principal, if any, for
such  Distribution  Date,  as received from the  Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to
Section 9.04 of the Indenture on such Distribution Date.

                                                        26

<PAGE>




         (d) On  each  Payment  Date,  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  send  to each
Certificateholder  the  statement  provided to the Owner Trustee by the Servicer
pursuant to Section 9.04 of this Agreement on such Distribution Date.

         (e) In the event that any  withholding  tax is  imposed on the  Trust's
payment (or allocations of income) to a Certificateholder, such tax shall reduce
the amount otherwise  distributable to the  Certificateholder in accordance with
this Section 9.04. The Owner Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain
from amounts otherwise distributable to the Certificateholders  sufficient funds
for the  payment  of any tax  that  is  legally  owed  by the  Trust  (but  such
authorization  shall not prevent the Owner Trustee from  contesting any such tax
in appropriate proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by
law, pending the outcome of such proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax
imposed with respect to a Certificateholder shall be treated as cash distributed
to such Certificateholder at the time it is withheld by the Trust to be remitted
to the appropriate taxing authority.  If there is a possibility that withholding
tax is payable  with  respect to a  distribution  (such as a  distribution  to a
non-U.S.  Certificateholder),  the Owner Trustee in its sole discretion may (but
unless  otherwise  required  by law shall not be  obligated  to)  withhold  such
amounts  in  accordance   with  this   paragraph   (e).  In  the  event  that  a
Certificateholder  wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the
Owner Trustee shall reasonably  cooperate with such  Certificateholder in making
such  claim so long as such  Certificateholder  agrees  to  reimburse  the Owner
Trustee for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred.

         (f)  Subject to Section  16.01,  distributions  required  to be made to
Certificateholders  on any Payment Date shall be made to each  Certificateholder
of record on the preceding  Record Date either by wire transfer,  in immediately
available  funds,  to the account of such  Certificateholder  at a bank or other
entity  having  appropriate  facilities  therefor,  or by check  mailed  to such
Certificateholder  at the  address of such  Certificateholder  appearing  in the
Certificate Register.

         SECTION  9.05.  Advances.  (a)  As of  the  last  day  of  the  initial
Collection Period, the Servicer shall advance funds equal to the excess, if any,
of Monthly Interest due in respect of the initial  Collection  Period,  over the
Collected  Interest for such  Collection  Period;  and (b) as of the last day of
each  subsequent  Collection  Period,  the Servicer  shall  advance funds in the
amount of the  Interest  Advance  Amount (or such other  amount as the  Servicer
shall reasonably  determine to cover an Interest Shortfall) with respect to each
Receivable  that is delinquent  for more than 30 days, in each such case, to the
extent that the Servicer,  in its sole  discretion,  determines that the Advance
will be recoverable  from payments by or on behalf of the Obligor,  the Purchase
Amount, or Liquidation  Proceeds.  With respect to each Receivable,  the Advance
paid  pursuant  to  this  Section  9.05  shall  increase  Outstanding  Advances.
Outstanding  Advances shall be reduced by subsequent payments by or on behalf of
the Obligor,  collections of Liquidation  Proceeds,  or payments of the Purchase
Amount.  The  Servicer  shall remit any  Advances  with  respect to a Collection
Period to the Collection Account by the related Determination Date.

         If the  Servicer  shall  determine  that an  Outstanding  Advance  with
respect  to any  Receivable  shall not be  recoverable,  the  Servicer  shall be
reimbursed from any collections made on other

                                                        27

<PAGE>




Receivables  in the  Trust,  and  Outstanding  Advances  with  respect  to  such
Receivable shall be reduced accordingly.

         SECTION 9.06. Net Deposits. For so long as Union Acceptance Corporation
is the Servicer,  Union Acceptance  Corporation (in whatever  capacity) may make
the remittances with respect to any Payment Date pursuant to Section 9.02 above,
net of amounts to be  distributed  to itself or its delegee  under Section 13.06
(also in whatever  capacity),  if it  determines  pursuant to Section  9.02 that
there is no  deficiency in Available  Funds for such Payment Date.  Nonetheless,
the Servicer  shall  account for all of the above  described  amounts as if such
amounts were deposited and distributed.

         SECTION 9.07. No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest. Subject to Section
9.04,  moneys received by the Owner Trustee  hereunder need not be segregated in
any manner  except to the extent  required by law or this  Agreement  and may be
deposited  under such general  conditions  as may be  prescribed by law, and the
Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any interest thereon.

         SECTION  9.08.  Accounting  and Reports to the  Certificateholder,  the
Internal  Revenue  Service and Others.  The Owner  Trustee  shall deliver to the
Certificateholder,  as may be  required  by the  Code  and  applicable  Treasury
Regulations, or as may be requested by such Certificateholder, such information,
reports or  statements  as may be  necessary to enable each Owner to prepare its
federal   and  state   income  tax   returns.   Consistent   with  the   Trust's
characterization  for tax purposes as a security arrangement for the issuance of
non-recourse  debt  so  long as the  Seller  or any  other  Person  is the  sole
beneficiary  owner of the Trust,  no federal income tax return shall be filed on
behalf of the Trust unless either (i) the Owner Trustee shall receive an Opinion
of Counsel that,  based on a change in applicable  law occurring  after the date
hereof],  or as a result of a  transfer  by the  Company  permitted  by  Section
11.03],  the Code  requires such a filing or (ii) the Internal  Revenue  Service
shall  determine that the Trust is required to file such a return.  In the event
that  there  shall be two or more  beneficial  owners  of the  Trust,  the Owner
Trustee  shall inform the  Indenture  Trustee in writing of such event,  (x) the
Owner  Trustee  shall  prepare or shall  cause to be  prepared  federal  and, if
applicable,  state or local  partnership tax returns required to be filed by the
Trust and shall  remit  such  returns  to the Seller (or if the Seller no longer
owns the Certificate,  to the Seller to the extent its tax liability is affected
thereby and  otherwise  to the  successor  Certificateholder)  at least (5) days
before such  returns  are due to be filed,  and (y)  capital  accounts  shall be
maintained for each beneficial owner in accordance with the Treasury Regulations
under Section 704(b) of the Code reflecting  each such beneficial  owner's share
of the income,  gains,  deductions,  and losses of the Trust  and/or  guaranteed
payments made by the Trust and  contributions  to, and  distributions  from, the
Trust.  The Seller (or such successor  Certificateholder,  as applicable)  shall
promptly sign such returns and deliver such returns after signature to the Owner
Trustee  and  such  returns  shall  be  filed  by the  Owner  Trustee  with  the
appropriate tax  authorities.  In the event that a "tax matters partner" (within
the meaning of Code Section 6231(a)(7)) is required to be appointed with respect
to the Trust, the Seller is hereby  designated as tax matters partner or, if the
Seller is not the Certificateholder,  the Seller to the extent its tax liability
is affected  thereby and  otherwise the  successor  Certificateholder,  shall be
designated  as tax matters  partner.  In no event shall the Owner Trustee or the
Seller (or such designee  Certificateholder,  as  applicable)  be liable for any
liabilities,  costs or expenses of the Trust or the  Noteholders  arising out of
the  application  of any tax law,  including  federal,  state,  foreign or local
income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any
interest,  penalty or addition with respect thereto or arising from a failure to
comply therewith) except for any such liability, cost or expense attributable to
any act or  omission  by the  Owner  Trustee  or the  Seller  (or such  designee
Certificateholder  as  applicable),  as  the  case  may  be,  in  breach  of its
obligations under this Agreement.

         SECTION  9.09.  Payahead  Account.  The Servicer  shall  establish  the
Payahead  Account  in the name of the Trust on behalf  of the  Obligors  and the
Secured Parties as their interests may appear.  The Payahead  Account shall be a
segregated interest bearing trust account established with the Indenture Trustee
or another  Eligible Bank.  Amounts in the Payahead Account shall be invested in
Eligible  Investments  that mature not later than the  Business Day prior to the
next succeeding Payment Date. The Payahead Account is not property of the Trust.
Investment  income or interest earned on the Payahead  Account shall be remitted
to  the  Servicer  at  least  monthly,  or as  frequently  as the  Servicer  may
reasonably  request.  On or prior  to each  Payment  Date,  the  Servicer  shall
transfer or the Indenture Trustee (as instructed in the Servicer's  Certificate)
shall  transfer  (a) from the  Collection  Account to the Payahead  Account,  in
immediately  available  funds,  all  Payaheads  received  by  the  Servicer  and
previously deposited to the Collection Account during the Collection Period as

                                                        28

<PAGE>




described  in  Section  8.02(b);  and  (b)  from  the  Payahead  Account  to the
Collection  Account,  in immediately  available  funds,  the aggregate amount of
previously   deposited   Payaheads  to  be  applied  to  Scheduled  Payments  on
Precomputed Receivables for the related Collection Period or prepayments for the
related Collection Period,  pursuant to Section 8.02(b), each in the amounts set
forth in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the related Determination Date.
A single,  net transfer between the Payahead Account and the Collection  Account
may be made. Any amount  deposited in the Payahead  Account shall not constitute
Available  Funds under  Section  9.02.  Any amount  deposited to the  Collection
Account from the Payahead  Account pursuant to Section 9.09(b) shall be included
in Available Funds under Section 9.02.


                                    ARTICLE X

                               Intentionally Blank




                                   ARTICLE XI

                                The Certificates

         SECTION 11.01. The  Certificates.  The Certificates  shall be issued in
the form of one or more  certificates  and  shall  initially  be  issued  to the
Seller.  The Certificates  shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or
facsimile signature of a Responsible Officer of the Owner Trustee.  Certificates
bearing the manual or facsimile  signatures of individuals who were, at the time
when such  signatures  shall have been affixed,  authorized to sign on behalf of
the Trust, shall be valid and binding obligations of the Trust,  notwithstanding
that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior
to the  authentication  and delivery of such  Certificates  or did not hold such
offices at the date of such Certificates.

         SECTION 11.02. Authentication of Certificates.  The Owner Trustee shall
cause the Certificates to be executed on behalf of the Trust, authenticated, and
delivered to or upon the written order of the Seller,  signed by its chairman of
the board,  its president,  or any vice  president,  without  further  corporate
action by the Seller, in authorized  denominations,  pursuant to this Agreement.
No Certificate shall entitle its holder to any benefit under this Agreement,  or
shall be valid for any purpose,  unless there shall appear on such Certificate a
certificate  of  authentication,  substantially  as set  forth  in the  forms of
Certificate  attached as exhibits to this  Agreement,  executed by a Responsible
Officer of the Owner  Trustee by manual  signature;  such  authentication  shall
constitute  conclusive  evidence  that  such  Certificate  shall  have been duly
authenticated and delivered hereunder.  All Certificates shall be dated the date
of their authentication.


                                                        29

<PAGE>




         SECTION 11.03.  Registration of Transfer and Exchange of  Certificates.
The Owner Trustee shall keep or cause to be kept, at the Corporate Trust Office,
a Certificate  Register in which,  subject to such reasonable  regulations as it
may  prescribe,  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  provide  for  the  registration  of
Certificates  and of  transfers  and  exchanges of  Certificates  subject to the
restrictions provided herein.

         Upon surrender for  registration  of transfer of any Certificate at the
Corporate  Trust  Office,  the Owner Trustee shall  execute,  authenticate,  and
deliver,  in the name of the designated  transferee or transferees,  one or more
new  Certificates in authorized  denominations  of a like aggregate amount dated
the  date of  authentication  by the  Owner  Trustee,  provided,  however,  that
registration of transfer of the  Certificates may not be effected unless (A) the
Owner Trustee receives an Opinion of Counsel,  satisfactory to it, to the effect
that  (i) such  transfer  may be made in  reliance  upon an  exemption  from the
registration  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and (ii)
such transfer  will not  adversely  affect the tax treatment of the Trust or the
Notes;  (B) the Insurer has consented to such transfer and (C) the Rating Agency
Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transfer.

         Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange  shall be  accompanied  by a written  instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory  to the Owner  Trustee duly  executed by the Holder or his attorney
duly authorized in writing.  Each  Certificate  surrendered for  registration of
transfer and exchange shall be canceled and subsequently  destroyed by the Owner
Trustee.

         No service  charge  shall be made for any  registration  of transfer or
exchange of  Certificates,  but the Owner  Trustee may require  payment of a sum
sufficient  to cover  any tax or  governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in
connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

         SECTION 11.04. Mutilated,  Destroyed, Lost, or Stolen Certificates.  If
(a) any mutilated  Certificate shall be surrendered to the Owner Trustee,  or if
the Owner Trustee shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss, or theft of any  Certificate and (b) there shall be delivered to the Owner
Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by it to save it harmless,
then in the absence of notice that such Certificate  shall have been acquired by
a bona fide  purchaser,  the Owner  Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall execute
and the Owner Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu
of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost, or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate
of like tenor and  denomination.  In  connection  with the  issuance  of any new
Certificate  under this Section 11.04, the Owner Trustee may require the payment
of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge that may be
imposed in connection  therewith.  Any duplicate  Certificate issued pursuant to
this  Section  11.04 shall  constitute  conclusive  evidence of ownership in the
Trust, as if originally  issued,  whether or not the lost,  stolen, or destroyed
Certificate shall be found at any time.

         SECTION 11.05.  Agreement Regarding Tax Matters. The Owner Trustee, the
Seller as initial  Certificateholder and each successor  Certificateholder (as a
condition to acquiring its Certificate)

                                                        30

<PAGE>




agree to  disregard  the Trust as a  separate  entity  and to treat the Notes as
indebtedness for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes.

         SECTION  11.06.  Signature  on Returns;  Tax Matters  Partner.  (a) The
Seller shall sign on behalf of the Trust the tax returns of the Trust.

         (b) If Subchapter K of the Code should be applicable to the Trust,  the
Seller shall be designated  the "tax matters  partner" of the Trust  pursuant to
Section 6231(a)(7)(A) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                   The Seller

         SECTION 12.01.  Representations  and  Undertakings  of Seller.  (a) The
Seller makes the following  representations on which the Owner Trustee relies in
accepting  the  Receivables  in  trust  and  executing  and  authenticating  the
Certificates  and undertaking its  obligations  under the Indenture.  The Seller
agrees  that the  representations  shall also be for the  benefit of the Secured
Parties.  The  representations  speak as of the  execution  and delivery of this
Agreement and shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Owner Trustee.

                                  (i) Organization and Good Standing. The Seller
                  shall have been duly  organized and shall be validly  existing
                  as a corporation  in good standing under the laws of the State
                  of Delaware,  with power and  authority to own its  properties
                  and to  conduct  its  business  as such  properties  shall  be
                  currently owned and such business is presently conducted,  and
                  had at all relevant times, and shall have,  power,  authority,
                  and legal right to acquire and own the Receivables.

                                 (ii) Due  Qualification.  The  Seller  shall be
                  duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good
                  standing,  and shall have obtained all necessary  licenses and
                  approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease
                  of property or the conduct of its business  shall require such
                  qualifications.

                                (iii) Power and Authority. The Seller shall have
                  the power and authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement
                  and to carry out its terms;  the Seller  shall have full power
                  and  authority  to sell and assign the property to be sold and
                  assigned to and  deposited  with the Owner  Trustee as part of
                  the  Trust  and  shall  have  duly  authorized  such  sale and
                  assignment  to the Owner  Trustee by all  necessary  corporate
                  action;  and the execution,  delivery,  and performance of the
                  Agreement shall have been duly authorized by the Seller by all
                  necessary corporate action.


                                                        31

<PAGE>




                                 (iv)  Valid  Sale;  Binding  Obligations.  This
                  Agreement   shall  evidence  a  valid  sale,   transfer,   and
                  assignment of the Receivables,  enforceable  against creditors
                  of and purchasers from the Seller; and shall evidence a legal,
                  valid,  and binding  obligation of the Seller  enforceable  in
                  accordance with its terms.

                                  (v)  No  Violation.  The  consummation  of the
                  transactions contemplated by the Agreement and the fulfillment
                  of the terms  hereof shall not  conflict  with,  result in any
                  breach of any of the terms and  provisions  of, nor constitute
                  (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the
                  charter or by-laws of the Seller, or any indenture, agreement,
                  or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which
                  it shall be bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of
                  any Lien upon any of its  properties  pursuant to the terms of
                  any such indenture, agreement, or other instrument (other than
                  this  Agreement);  nor  violate any law or, to the best of the
                  Seller's knowledge,  any order, rule, or regulation applicable
                  to  the  Seller  of  any  court  or of any  federal  or  State
                  regulatory body,  administrative agency, or other governmental
                  instrumentality  having  jurisdiction  over the  Seller or its
                  properties.

                                 (vi) No  Proceedings.  There are no proceedings
                  or investigations pending, or, to the Seller's best knowledge,
                  threatened,  before any court, regulatory body, administrative
                  agency,   or   other   governmental   instrumentality   having
                  jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties:  (A) asserting
                  the invalidity of this  Agreement,  (B) seeking to prevent the
                  consummation of any of the  transactions  contemplated by this
                  Agreement,  (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might
                  materially and adversely  affect the performance by the Seller
                  of its obligations  under,  or the validity or  enforceability
                  of, this Agreement,  or (D) which might  adversely  affect the
                  federal income tax attributes of the Trust.

         (b) The Seller  further  covenants  that,  prior to  termination of the
Trust:

                                  (i) It  will  not  engage  at any  time in any
                  business  or  business  activity  other  than such  activities
                  expressly  set  forth  in  its  Certificate  of  Incorporation
                  delivered to the Insurer on or prior to the Closing Date,  and
                  will not amend its  Certificate of  Incorporation  without the
                  prior written consent of the Insurer.

                                 (ii) It will not,  without  the  consent of the
                  Insurer  (not  to be  unreasonably  withheld),  sell,  assign,
                  pledge or otherwise  transfer,  in whole, or in part or in any
                  series of related or unrelated  transactions any of its right,
                  title or interest in or to the Certificates.

                                (iii)       It will not:

                                    (A)  Fail  to do  all  things  necessary  to
                           maintain its corporate  existence  separate and apart
                           from UAC and any other Person, including,

                                                        32

<PAGE>




                           without  limitation,  holding regular meetings of its
                           stockholders  and board of directors and  maintaining
                           appropriate  corporate books and records (including a
                           current minute book);

                                            (B)  Suffer  any  limitation  on the
                           authority  of  its  own  directors  and  officers  to
                           conduct its business and affairs in  accordance  with
                           their  independent  business judgment or authorize or
                           suffer any Person  other  than its own  officers  and
                           directors  to  customarily  delegated to others under
                           powers of  attorney)  for which a  corporation's  own
                           Officers   and   directors   would   customarily   be
                           responsible;

                                            (C) Fail to (I) maintain or cause to
                           be  maintained  by an agent of the  Seller  under the
                           Seller's control physical possession of all its books
                           and records,  (II) maintain  capitalization  adequate
                           for the conduct of its  business,  (III)  account for
                           and manage all its liabilities  separately from those
                           of any other Person,  including  payment by it of all
                           payroll,  administrative  expenses and taxes, if any,
                           from its own  assets,  (IV)  segregate  and  identify
                           separately  all of its assets from those of any other
                           Person, (V) to the extent any such payments are made,
                           pay its  employees,  officers and agents for services
                           performed  for the Seller or (VI) maintain a separate
                           office address with a separate  telephone number from
                           those of UAC or any other affiliate thereof; or

                                            (D)  Except  as may be  provided  in
                           this Agreement,  or a similar  agreement  relating to
                           other securitizations in which the Seller has similar
                           rights and/or  obligations,  commingle its funds with
                           those  of UAC or any  affiliate  thereof  or use  its
                           funds for other than the Seller's uses.

         SECTION 12.02.  Liability of Seller;  Indemnities.  The Seller shall be
liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by the Seller under this Agreement.

                         (i)  The  Seller  shall  indemnify,  defend,  and  hold
         harmless the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  their  respective
         officers,   directors,   employees  and  agents,   the  Trust  and  the
         Noteholders from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted
         against  such  parties with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale
         of the  Receivables  to the Owner  Trustee or the issuance and original
         sale of the  Certificates  and the Notes,  including  any sales,  gross
         receipts,   general   corporation,   tangible  or  intangible  personal
         property,  privilege,  or license taxes (but, in the case of the Trust,
         not  including  any taxes  asserted  with  respect to  ownership of the
         Receivables   or  federal  or  other  income   taxes   arising  out  of
         distributions  on the Certificates or the Notes) and costs and expenses
         in defending against the same.


                                                        33

<PAGE>




                        (ii)  The  Seller  shall  indemnify,  defend,  and  hold
         harmless the Owner  Trustee,  its  officers,  directors,  employees and
         agents and the Trust from and against any loss,  liability,  or expense
         incurred by reason of (a) the Seller's willful misfeasance,  bad faith,
         or negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, or
         by reason of reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and duties under
         this  Agreement  and (b) the  Seller's  violation  of  federal or State
         securities laws in connection with the  registration of the sale of the
         Certificates.

         Indemnification  under  this  Section  12.02  shall  include,   without
limitation,  reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation.
If the Seller shall have made any indemnity payments to the Owner Trustee or the
Trust  pursuant to this  Section and the Owner  Trustee or the Trust  thereafter
shall  collect any of such amounts from others,  the Owner Trustee or the Trust,
as the case may be,  shall repay such amounts to the Seller,  without  interest.
This  indemnification  shall survive the  termination  of this Agreement and the
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee.

         SECTION  12.03.  Merger  or  Consolidation  of,  or  Assumption  of the
Obligations  of  Seller.  Any  Person (a) into which the Seller may be merged or
consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which the
Seller shall be a party, or (c) which may succeed to all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of the Seller's  business,  which Person in any of the
foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every  obligation
of the  Seller  under  this  Agreement,  shall be the  successor  to the  Seller
hereunder  without the execution or filing of any document or any further act by
any of the parties to this Agreement;  provided,  however,  that (i) immediately
after giving  effect to such  transaction,  no  representation  or warranty made
pursuant to Section 7.01 shall have been  breached and no Event of Default,  and
no event that,  after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of
Default  shall have  happened  and be  continuing,  (ii) the  Seller  shall have
delivered  to the Owner  Trustee  an  Officers'  Certificate  and an  Opinion of
Counsel each stating that such  consolidation,  merger,  or succession  and such
agreement of assumption  comply with this Section 12.03 and that all  conditions
precedent,  if any, provided for in this Agreement  relating to such transaction
have been complied with and (iii) the Seller shall have  delivered an Opinion of
Counsel  either (A) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,  all financing
statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed
and filed that are  necessary  fully to preserve and protect the interest of the
Owner Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee in the  Receivables,  and reciting the
details of such filings, or (B) stating that, in the opinion of such Counsel, no
such  action  shall  be  necessary  to  preserve  and  protect  such   interest.
Notwithstanding  the  forgoing,  the  Seller  shall not  engage in any merger or
consolidation  with any Person,  or a disposition of all or substantially all of
its  assets  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Insurer,  not to be
unreasonably withheld.

         SECTION 12.04. Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others. The Seller
and any  director or officer or employee or agent of the Seller may rely in good
faith on the advice of  counsel  or on any  document  of any kind,  prima  facie
properly  executed and submitted by any Person  respecting  any matters  arising
hereunder. The Seller shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute,
or

                                                        34

<PAGE>




defend any legal action that shall not be  incidental to its  obligations  under
this  Agreement,  and that in its  opinion  may  involve  it in any  expense  or
liability.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  The Servicer

         SECTION  13.01.  Representations  of Servicer.  The Servicer  makes the
following  representations  on which the Owner  Trustee  relies in accepting the
Receivables  in trust and  executing and  authenticating  the  Certificates  and
executing  and  delivering  the   Indenture.   The  Servicer   agrees  that  the
representations  shall  also be for the  benefit  of the  Secured  Parties.  The
representations  speak as of the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and
shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Owner Trustee and the pledge to
the Secured Parties pursuant to the Indenture.

                         (i) Organization and Good Standing.  The Servicer shall
         have been duly organized and shall be validly existing as a corporation
         under the laws of the State of Indiana, with power and authority to own
         its properties and to conduct its business as such properties  shall be
         currently  owned and such business is presently  conducted,  and had at
         all relevant times, and shall have, power,  authority,  and legal right
         to acquire,  own,  sell,  and service the  Receivables  and to hold the
         Receivable Files as custodian on behalf of the Owner Trustee.

                        (ii)  Due  Qualification.  The  Servicer  shall  be duly
         qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and
         shall  have  obtained  all  necessary  licenses  and  approvals  in all
         jurisdictions  in which  the  ownership  or lease  of  property  or the
         conduct of its business  (including the servicing of the Receivables as
         required by this Agreement) shall require such qualifications.

                       (iii) Power and  Authority.  The Servicer  shall have the
         power and authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement and to carry
         out its terms;  and the execution,  delivery,  and  performance of this
         Agreement  shall  have  been duly  authorized  by the  Servicer  by all
         necessary corporate action.

                        (iv)   Binding   Obligations.   This   Agreement   shall
         constitute  a legal,  valid,  and binding  obligation  of the  Servicer
         enforceable in accordance with its terms,  except as enforceability may
         be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization, or other similar
         laws affecting the  enforcement of creditors'  rights in general and by
         general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability
         shall be considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

                        (v) No Violation.  The  consummation of the transactions
         contemplated  by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof
         shall not conflict  with,  result in any breach of any of the terms and
         provisions of, nor constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time)
         a default  under,  the  charter  or  by-laws  of the  Servicer,  or any
         indenture, agreement,

                                                        35

<PAGE>




         or other  instrument  to which the  Servicer  is a party or by which it
         shall be bound;  nor result in the creation or  imposition  of any Lien
         upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture,
         agreement, or other instrument (other than this Agreement); nor violate
         any law or, to the best of the Servicer's  knowledge,  any order, rule,
         or regulation applicable to the Servicer of any court or of any federal
         or State regulatory body,  administrative agency, or other governmental
         instrumentality   having   jurisdiction   over  the   Servicer  or  its
         properties.

                        (vi)  No  Proceedings.   There  are  no  proceedings  or
         investigations  pending, or, to the Servicer's  knowledge,  threatened,
         before any court,  regulatory  body,  administrative  agency,  or other
         governmental  instrumentality  having jurisdiction over the Servicer or
         its  properties:  (A) asserting the invalidity of this  Agreement,  (B)
         seeking  to  prevent  the  consummation  of  any  of  the  transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement, (C) seeking any determination or ruling
         that might  materially  and  adversely  affect the  performance  by the
         Servicer of its obligations  under,  or the validity or  enforceability
         of, this  Agreement,  or (D) which might  adversely  affect the federal
         income tax attributes of the Trust.

         SECTION 13.02. Indemnities of Servicer. The Servicer shall be liable in
accordance  herewith  only  to  the  extent  of  the  obligations   specifically
undertaken by the Servicer under this Agreement.

                         (i) The  Servicer  shall  defend,  indemnify,  and hold
         harmless the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee, and their officers,
         directors,  employees and agents, the Trust, the Certificateholders and
         the Noteholders from and against any and all costs,  expenses,  losses,
         damages, claims, and liabilities,  arising out of or resulting from the
         use,  ownership,  or operation by the Servicer or any affiliate thereof
         of a Financed Vehicle.

                        (ii)  The  Servicer  shall  indemnify,  defend  and hold
         harmless the Owner  Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  their  officers,
         directors,  employees  and agents and the Trust  from and  against  any
         taxes  that may at any  time be  asserted  against  such  parties  with
         respect to the transactions  contemplated  herein,  including,  without
         limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible or
         intangible personal property,  privilege, or license taxes (but, in the
         case of the Trust,  not including  any taxes  asserted with respect to,
         and as of the date of, the sale of the  Receivables to the Trust or the
         issuance and original sale of the Certificates,  the Notes, or asserted
         with  respect  to  ownership  of the  Receivables,  or federal or other
         income taxes arising out of  distributions  on the  Certificates or the
         Notes) and costs and expenses in defending against the same.

                       (iii) The  Servicer  shall  indemnify,  defend,  and hold
         harmless the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee,  the Insurer,  their
         officers,   directors,   employees  and  agents,  and  the  Trust,  the
         Certificateholders  and the  Noteholders  from and  against any and all
         costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities to the extent
         that such cost,  expense,  loss, claim,  damage, or liability arose out
         of, or was imposed upon such parties through,  the negligence,  willful
         misfeasance,  or bad faith of the  Servicer in the  performance  of its
         duties

                                                        36

<PAGE>




         under  this  Agreement,  or by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of its
         obligations  and duties  under this  Agreement.  This  indemnity  shall
         survive  the  termination  of  this  Agreement  or the  Trust  and  the
         resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee.

                        (iv) The  Servicer  shall  indemnify,  defend,  and hold
         harmless the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  their  respective
         officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents  and the  Trust  from and
         against all costs, expenses,  losses, claims,  damages, and liabilities
         arising  out of or  incurred  in  connection  with  the  acceptance  or
         performance  of the trusts and duties herein  contained,  except to the
         extent that such cost, expense,  loss, claim, damage or liability:  (a)
         shall be due to the willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  or negligence of
         the Owner  Trustee or the  Indenture  Trustee;  (b)  relates to any tax
         other  than the  taxes  with  respect  to which  either  the  Seller or
         Servicer  shall be  required  to  indemnify  the Owner  Trustee  or the
         Indenture  Trustee;   (c)  shall  arise  from  the  breach  of  any  of
         representations or warranties of the Owner Trustee set forth in Section
         15.13 or by the  Indenture  Trustee  set forth in Section  15.13 of the
         Indenture;  (d) shall be one as to which  the  Seller  is  required  to
         indemnify  the Owner  Trustee or the  Indenture  Trustee;  or (e) shall
         arise  out of or be  incurred  in  connection  with the  acceptance  or
         performance by the Owner Trustee of the duties of successor Servicer.

         Indemnification  under this Section 13.02 shall include reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel and expenses of  litigation.  If the Servicer shall have
made  any  indemnity  payments  pursuant  to  this  Section  and  the  recipient
thereafter  collects  any of such  amounts  from  others,  the  recipient  shall
promptly   repay  such  amounts  to  the  Servicer,   without   interest.   This
indemnification  shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the removal
of the Servicer.

         SECTION  13.03.  Merger  or  Consolidation  of,  or  Assumption  of the
Obligations of Servicer. Any Person (a) into which the Servicer may be merged or
consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which the
Servicer shall be a party, or (c) which may succeed to all or substantially  all
of the properties and assets of the Servicer's indirect automobile financing and
receivables  servicing  business,  which  Person in any of the  foregoing  cases
executes an agreement of assumption to perform every  obligation of the Servicer
hereunder,  shall be the successor to the Servicer under this Agreement  without
further  act on the  part of any of the  parties  to this  Agreement;  provided,
however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,  no Event
of Default,  and no event which,  after notice or lapse of time, or both,  would
become an Event of  Default  shall have  happened  and be  continuing,  (ii) the
Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee an Officers'  Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession
and such  agreement of  assumption  comply with this Section  13.03 and that all
conditions precedent provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction
have been complied with and (iii) the Servicer  shall have  delivered an Opinion
of  Counsel  either (A)  stating  that,  in the  opinion  of such  counsel,  all
financing  statements and  continuation  statements and amendments  thereto have
been  executed  and filed that are  necessary  fully to preserve and protect the
interest of the Owner Trustee and the Secured  Parties in the  Receivables,  and
reciting the details of such  filings,  or (B) stating  that,  in the opinion of
such  Counsel,  no such action  shall be  necessary to preserve and protect such
interest.  Notwithstanding  the forgoing,  the Servicer  shall not engage in any
merger or consolidation

                                                        37

<PAGE>




in which it is not the surviving  corporation  without the prior written consent
of the Insurer, not to be unreasonably withheld.

         SECTION 13.04.  Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others. Neither
the Servicer nor any of the  directors or officers or employees or agents of the
Servicer shall be under any liability to the Trust, the Indenture  Trustee,  the
Certificateholders or the Noteholders,  except as provided under this Agreement,
for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action pursuant to
this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that this provision shall not protect the
Servicer  or any such person  against  any  liability  that would  otherwise  be
imposed  by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  or  negligence  in the
performance  of duties or by reason of reckless  disregard  of  obligations  and
duties  under  this  Agreement.  The  Servicer  and any  director  or officer or
employee or agent of the  Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any
kind prima facie  properly  executed and submitted by any Person  respecting any
matters arising under this Agreement.

         Except as provided in this  Agreement,  the Servicer shall not be under
any  obligation to appear in,  prosecute,  or defend any legal action that shall
not be incidental to its duties to service the  Receivables  in accordance  with
this Agreement  (collection  actions with respect to Defaulted  Receivables  are
understood  to  be  incidental   to  the   Servicer's   duties  to  service  the
Receivables),  and  that  in  its  opinion  may  involve  it in any  expense  or
liability.

         SECTION  13.05.  Servicer Not to Resign.  The Servicer shall not resign
from its obligations and duties under this Agreement  except upon  determination
that  the  performance  of its  duties  shall no  longer  be  permissible  under
applicable law or otherwise with the consent of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee and the  Insurer.  Any  determination  described  above  permitting  the
resignation  of the Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such
effect  delivered  to the  Owner  Trustee.  No  such  resignation  shall  become
effective until the Owner Trustee or a successor servicer shall have assumed the
responsibilities  and  obligations  of the Servicer in  accordance  with Section
14.02.

         SECTION  13.06.  Delegation  of Duties.  Except as  provided in Section
13.03  hereof,  it is  understood  and  agreed by the  parties  hereto  that the
Servicer or the Seller may at any time delegate any duties  including  duties as
custodian to any Person  willing to accept such  delegation  and to perform such
duties  (including  any  affiliate  of the  Servicer)  in  accordance  with  the
customary  procedures of the Servicer.  In connection with such delegation,  the
Servicer or the Seller may assign rights to the delegee or direct the payment to
the  delegee of  benefits  or amounts  otherwise  inuring to the  benefit of, or
payable to, the Seller or the Servicer hereunder.  Any such delegation shall not
relieve  the  Servicer  or  the  Seller  of  their   respective   liability  and
responsibility  with  respect  to  such  duties,  and  shall  not  constitute  a
resignation  within Section 13.05 hereof. The Servicer shall give written notice
to the Rating Agencies, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Insurer
of any such delegation.


                                                        38

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                Servicer Default

         SECTION 14.01.  Events of Servicer Default. If any one of the following
events ("Events of Servicer Default") shall occur and be continuing:

                         (i) Any  failure by the  Servicer  or UAC to deliver to
         the Collection Account (or to the Indenture Trustee for distribution to
         the  Noteholders)  any proceeds or payment  required to be so delivered
         under  the  terms of the  Indenture,  this  Agreement  or the  Purchase
         Agreement  or any failure by the  Servicer  to deliver  any  Servicer's
         Certificate  pursuant  to Section  8.09  that,  in either  case,  shall
         continue unremedied for a period of two Business Days (A) after written
         notice  from either the Owner  Trustee,  the  Indenture  Trustee or the
         Insurer  (so long as the  Insurer is not in default of its  obligations
         under the Policy) or by the holders of Notes  evidencing  not less than
         25% of the  aggregate  outstanding  balance of the Notes is received by
         the  Servicer  or UAC as  specified  in  this  Agreement  or (B)  after
         discovery by an officer of the Servicer; or

                        (ii) Failure on the part of the Servicer,  the Seller or
         UAC duly to observe or to perform  in any  material  respect  any other
         covenants or agreements of the Servicer, the Seller or UAC, as the case
         may be, set forth in this  Agreement or the Purchase  Agreement,  which
         failure  shall  (a)  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  rights of
         Certificateholders  or the Secured Parties and (b) continue  unremedied
         for a period of 60 days after the date on which written  notice of such
         failure,  requiring  the same to be remedied,  shall have been given to
         the  Servicer,  UAC or the  Seller,  as the case may be,  by the  Owner
         Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee or the Insurer (so long as the Insurer
         is not in  default  of its  obligations  under  the  Policy)  or by the
         holders  of  Notes  evidencing  not  less  than  25% of  the  aggregate
         outstanding balance of the Notes; or

                  (iii) The  occurrence of an  Insolvency  Event with respect to
         the Servicer;

then,  and in each and every case, so long as an Event of Default shall not have
been  remedied,  the  Insurer  (so long as the  Insurer is not in default of its
obligations under the Policy), or the Indenture Trustee (upon direction to do so
by the  holders  of  Notes  evidencing  not  less  than  25% of the  outstanding
principal  balance of the Notes if the Insurer is in default  under the Policy),
by notice then given in writing to the Servicer may, terminate all of the rights
and obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement.  In addition, if a Trigger
Event (as defined in the Insurance  Agreement) shall have occurred,  the Insurer
may (A) require that the Owner Trustee  deliver a notice of  termination  to the
Servicer  and appoint a  successor  Servicer  designated  by the Insurer in such
notice  pursuant to Section  14.02;  (B) require  that the Owner  Trustee  amend
certificates  of title relating to the Financed  Vehicles and take other actions
to identify the Indenture  Trustee (on behalf of the Secured Parties) as the new
secured party on such  certificates  of title;  (C) as provided in the Insurance
Agreement,  require that the Servicer or successor Servicer or the Owner Trustee
instruct Obligors in respect of the

                                                        39

<PAGE>




Receivables to remit payment on the Receivable  directly to the Owner Trustee or
a separate account established exclusively for the Trust; and (D) as provided in
the  Insurance  Agreement,  compel  transfer by the Servicer of all  Receivables
Files and, if applicable,  certain rights in respect of servicing systems assets
to the Insurer or to the successor  Servicer  designated  by the Insurer.  On or
after the receipt by the  Servicer of such written  notice,  all  authority  and
power  of the  Servicer  under  this  Agreement,  whether  with  respect  to the
Certificates,  the Notes or the Receivables or otherwise, shall, without further
action,  pass to and be  vested  in the  Owner  Trustee  (except  that the Owner
Trustee  may but shall  not be  required  to make  Advances)  or such  successor
Servicer as may be  appointed  under  Section  14.02  pursuant to and under this
Section 14.01; and, without  limitation,  the Owner Trustee is hereby authorized
and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the predecessor  Servicer, as
attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments,  and
to do or accomplish all other acts or things  necessary or appropriate to effect
the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and
endorsement  of  the  Receivables  and  related  documents,  or  otherwise.  The
predecessor  Servicer shall cooperate with the successor  Servicer and the Owner
Trustee in effecting the termination of the  responsibilities  and rights of the
predecessor  Servicer  under  this  Agreement,  including  the  transfer  to the
successor Servicer of electronic records related to the Receivables in such form
as the  successor  Servicer  may  reasonably  request  and the  transfer  to the
successor  Servicer for  administration  by it of all cash amounts that shall at
the time be held by the predecessor Servicer for deposit, or shall thereafter be
received  with  respect  to a  Receivable.  All  reasonable  costs and  expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees)  incurred  in  connection  with  transferring  the
Receivable  Files to the  successor  Servicer  and  amending  this  Agreement to
reflect such succession as Servicer pursuant to this Section 14.01 shall be paid
by the predecessor  Servicer upon  presentation of reasonable  documentation  of
such costs and expenses.

         SECTION  14.02.  Appointment  of  Successor.  (a) Upon  the  Servicer's
receipt of notice of  termination  pursuant to Section  14.01 or the  Servicer's
resignation  in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  the  predecessor
Servicer  shall  continue  to  perform  its  functions  as  Servicer  under this
Agreement,  in the case of  termination,  only until the date  specified in such
termination  notice or, if no such date is specified in a notice of termination,
until receipt of such notice and, in the case of resignation, until the later of
(x) the date 45 days from the  delivery to the Owner  Trustee and the  Indenture
Trustee of written notice of such  resignation (or written  confirmation of such
notice) in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement  and (y) the date upon
which the  predecessor  Servicer  shall  become  unable to act as  Servicer,  as
specified in the notice of resignation and accompanying  Opinion of Counsel.  In
the event of the Servicer's resignation or termination hereunder,  the Indenture
Trustee shall appoint a successor  Servicer,  which successor  Servicer shall be
reasonably  acceptable  to the Insurer (so long as the Insurer is not in default
of its obligations  under the Policy),  and the successor  Servicer shall accept
its appointment by a written  assumption in form acceptable to the Owner Trustee
and the Indenture  Trustee.  In the event that a successor Servicer has not been
appointed  at the time  when  the  predecessor  Servicer  has  ceased  to act as
Servicer in accordance  with this Section 14.02,  the Indenture  Trustee without
further  action  shall   automatically  be  appointed  the  successor  Servicer.
Notwithstanding  the above, the Indenture  Trustee shall, if it shall be legally
unable  or  unwilling  so to act,  appoint,  or  petition  a court of  competent
jurisdiction to appoint,  any established  financial  institution,  having a net
worth of not less than $50,000,000 and whose regular

                                                        40

<PAGE>




business shall include the servicing of automotive receivables, as the successor
to the Servicer under this Agreement and which financial  institution is, in the
case of appointment by the Owner Trustee,  reasonably  acceptable to the Insurer
and the Indenture Trustee.

         (b) Upon appointment,  the successor Servicer shall be the successor in
all  respects  to the  predecessor  Servicer  and  shall be  subject  to all the
responsibilities,  duties, and liabilities  arising thereafter  relating thereto
placed  on the  predecessor  Servicer,  and  shall be  entitled  to the  Monthly
Servicing Fee and all of the rights granted to the predecessor  Servicer, by the
terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement.  The  predecessor  Servicer  shall be
entitled to be reimbursed for Outstanding Advances.

         (c) In  connection  with such  appointment,  the Owner Trustee may make
such  arrangements for the successor  Servicer out of payments on Receivables it
and  such  successor  Servicer  shall  agree;  provided,  however,  that no such
compensation  shall be in excess of that  permitted the original  Servicer under
this  Agreement.  The Owner Trustee and such successor  Servicer shall take such
action,  consistent with this Agreement, as shall be necessary to effectuate any
such succession.

         SECTION 14.03. Notice of Events of Servicer Default. Upon any notice of
an Event of Servicer  Default or upon any  termination  of, or  appointment of a
successor to, the Servicer pursuant to this Article XIV, the Owner Trustee shall
give prompt  written notice thereof to  Certificateholders  at their  respective
addresses appearing in the Certificate Register and to the Indenture Trustee for
further notice thereof to the Noteholders.

         SECTION  14.04.  Waiver of Past  Defaults.  The Insurer (so long as the
Insurer is not in default of its obligations  under the Policy) or the Indenture
Trustee (if the  Insurer is in default  under the Policy)  upon  direction  from
holders  of Notes  evidencing  not less  than 51% of the  outstanding  principal
balance of the Notes may waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of
its obligations  hereunder and its consequences,  except a default in making any
required deposits to or payments from the Collection  Account in accordance with
this  Agreement;  provided,  that no waiver of any default or  provision of this
Agreement shall become effective  without the consent of the Insurer (unless the
Insurer is in default of its obligations under the Policy). Upon any such waiver
of a past default,  such default shall cease to exist,  and any Event of Default
arising  therefrom  shall be deemed to have been  remedied for every  purpose of
this  Agreement.  No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default
or impair any right consequent thereon.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                                The Owner Trustee

         SECTION 15.01. Duties of Owner Trustee.  The Owner Trustee,  both prior
to and after the occurrence of an Event of Default,  shall  undertake to perform
such  duties as are  specifically  set forth in this  Agreement.  If an Event of
Default shall have occurred and shall not have been cured and, in

                                                        41

<PAGE>




the case of an Event of Default  described in clause (i) of Section  14.01,  the
Owner  Trustee has received  notice of such Event of Default,  the Owner Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and
shall  use the same  degree of care and  skill in their  exercise,  as a prudent
person would exercise or use under the  circumstances  in the conduct of his own
affairs; provided, however, that if the Owner Trustee shall assume the duties of
the Servicer  pursuant to Section  14.02,  the Owner Trustee in performing  such
duties shall use the degree of skill and  attention  customarily  exercised by a
servicer with respect to automobile  receivables  that it services for itself or
others.

         It shall be the duty of the Owner  Trustee to discharge (or cause to be
discharged) all its responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and
the other documents to which the Trust is a party and to administer the Trust in
the interest of the  Certificateholders,  subject to and in accordance  with the
provisions  of this  Agreement  and the other  documents to which the Trust is a
party. Without limiting the foregoing,  the Owner Trustee shall on behalf of the
Trust  file and prove any claim or claims  that may exist on behalf of the Trust
against the Seller in connection with any claims paying  procedure as part of an
insolvency or a receivership  proceeding  involving the Seller.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have  discharged its duties
and responsibilities  hereunder and under the other documents to which the Trust
is a party to the extent  the  Administrator  has  agreed in the  Administration
Agreement  to  perform  any act or to  discharge  any duty of the Owner  Trustee
hereunder  or under any other  document  to which the Trust is a party,  and the
Owner  Trustee  shall not be held  liable  for the  default  or  failure  of the
Administrator to carry out its obligations under the  Administration  Agreement.
Except as expressly provided in the documents to which the Trust is a party, the
Owner Trustee shall have no  obligation  to  administer,  service or collect the
Receivables or to maintain,  monitor or otherwise  supervise the administration,
servicing or collection of the Receivables.

         The Owner  Trustee,  upon  receipt  of all  resolutions,  certificates,
statements,  opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished
to the  Owner  Trustee  that  shall be  specifically  required  to be  furnished
pursuant to any  provision of this  Agreement,  shall  examine them to determine
whether they conform to the requirements of this Agreement.

         No provision of this Agreement  shall be construed to relieve the Owner
Trustee from liability for its own negligent  action,  its own negligent failure
to act, or its own bad faith; provided, however, that:

                         (i) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, and
         after the curing of all such Events of Servicer  Default  that may have
         occurred,  the duties and  obligations  of the Owner  Trustee  shall be
         determined  solely by the express  provisions  of this  Agreement,  the
         Owner Trustee shall not be liable  except for the  performance  of such
         duties  and  obligations  as shall be  specifically  set  forth in this
         Agreement,  no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
         Agreement against the Owner Trustee and, in the absence of bad faith on
         the part of the Owner Trustee, or manifest error, the Owner Trustee may
         conclusively rely on the truth of the statements and the correctness of
         the opinions expressed in any certificates or opinions furnished to the
         Owner Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement;

                        (ii) The Owner  Trustee shall not be liable for an error
         of  judgment  made in good faith by a  Responsible  Officer,  unless it
         shall be proved that the Owner  Trustee  shall have been  negligent  in
         ascertaining the pertinent facts;

                       (iii) The Owner  Trustee shall not be liable with respect
         to any action taken,  suffered, or omitted to be taken in good faith in
         accordance with this Agreement or at the direction of the  Certificates
         relating to the time,  method,  and place of conducting  any proceeding
         for any remedy available to the Owner Trustee,  or exercising any trust
         or power conferred upon the Owner Trustee, under this Agreement;


                                                        42

<PAGE>




                        (iv)  The  Owner  Trustee  shall  not  be  charged  with
         knowledge of any failure by the Servicer to comply with the obligations
         of the Servicer referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 14.01, or
         of any  failure by the  Seller to comply  with the  obligations  of the
         Seller  referred  to  in  clause  (ii)  of  Section  14.01,   unless  a
         Responsible  Officer of the Owner Trustee  receives  written  notice of
         such failure (it being understood that knowledge of the Servicer or the
         Servicer as custodian,  in its capacity as agent for the Owner Trustee,
         is not  attributable  to the Owner  Trustee)  from the  Servicer or the
         Seller, as the case may be; and

                         (v) Without  limiting the generality of this Section or
         Section  15.04,  the Owner Trustee shall have no duty (A) to see to any
         recording,  filing,  or depositing  of this  Agreement or any agreement
         referred to therein or any  financing  statement  evidencing a security
         interest in the Receivables or the Financed Vehicles,  or to see to the
         maintenance  of any such  recording or filing or  depositing  or to any
         rerecording, refiling or redepositing of any thereof, (B) to see to any
         insurance of the Financed Vehicles or Obligors or to effect or maintain
         any such insurance,  (C) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax,
         assessment,  or other governmental charge or any Lien or encumbrance of
         any kind owing with respect to, assessed,  or levied against,  any part
         of the Trust,  (D) to confirm or verify the  contents of any reports or
         certificates of the Servicer delivered to the Owner Trustee pursuant to
         this Agreement  believed by the Owner Trustee to be genuine and to have
         been signed or  presented  by the proper  party or  parties,  or (E) to
         inspect the Financed Vehicles at any time or ascertain or inquire as to
         the  performance or observance of any of the Seller's or the Servicer's
         representations,  warranties or covenants or the Servicer's  duties and
         obligations as Servicer and as custodian of the Receivable  Files under
         this Agreement.

         The Owner Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur  financial  liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder,  or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be
reasonable  ground for  believing  that the  repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability shall not be reasonably  assured to it,
and none of the  provisions  contained  in this  Agreement  shall  in any  event
require  the Owner  Trustee  to  perform,  or be  responsible  for the manner of
performance  of, any of the  obligations  of the Servicer  under this  Agreement
except during such time, if any, as the Owner Trustee shall be the successor to,
and be vested with the rights,  duties,  powers, and privileges of, the Servicer
in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement.  Except for actions  expressly
authorized by this Agreement,  the Owner Trustee shall take no action reasonably
likely to impair the security interests created or existing under any Receivable
or to impair the value of any Receivable.

         SECTION  15.02.  Owner  Trustee's   Certificate.   On  or  as  soon  as
practicable  after each Payment Date on which  Receivables shall be (i) assigned
to UAC  pursuant  to Section  7.02 or deemed to be  assigned  to the Seller as a
result of the application of Available Funds in respect of Defaulted Receivables
pursuant to Sections 9.04 and 9.05 or (ii) assigned to the Servicer  pursuant to
Section 8.07 or to the  Certificateholder  pursuant to Section 16.02,  the Owner
Trustee shall, at the written request of the Servicer, execute a Owner Trustee's
Certificate,  substantially in the form of, in the case of an assignment to UAC,
Exhibit 1, or, in the case of an assignment to the Servicer, Exhibit 2, based

                                                        43

<PAGE>




on the  information  contained  in the  Servicer's  Certificate  for the related
Collection  Period,  amounts  deposited to the Collection  Account,  and notices
received pursuant to this Agreement,  identifying the Receivables repurchased or
deemed to be repurchased by UAC pursuant to Section 7.02 or 9.02 or purchased by
the  Servicer  pursuant to Section  8.07 or the  Certificateholders  pursuant to
Section  16.02  during such  Collection  Period,  and shall  deliver  such Owner
Trustee's  Certificate,  accompanied by a copy of the Servicer's Certificate for
such  Collection  Period to UAC or the  Servicer,  as the case may be. The Owner
Trustee's Certificate shall be an assignment pursuant to Section 15.03.

         SECTION 15.03.  Owner  Trustee's  Assignment of Purchased  Receivables.
With respect to each Receivable  repurchased by UAC pursuant to Section 7.02, or
deemed to be so repurchased  pursuant to Section 9.02, purchased by the Servicer
pursuant to Section 8.07 or the  Certificateholders  pursuant to Section  16.02,
the Owner  Trustee  shall assign,  as of the last day of the  Collection  Period
during which such Receivable became a Defaulted  Receivable or became subject to
repurchase by UAC or purchase by the Servicer or the Certificateholders, without
recourse,   representation,   or   warranty,   to  UAC,   the  Servicer  or  the
Certificateholders  (as the case may be) all the Owner Trustee's  right,  title,
and interest in and to such Receivables, and all security and documents relating
thereto,  such assignment being an assignment outright and not for security.  If
in any enforcement  suit or legal  proceeding it shall be held that the Servicer
may not enforce a Receivable  on the ground that it shall not be a real party in
interest  or a holder  entitled  to enforce the  Receivable,  the Owner  Trustee
shall,  at the  Servicer's  expense,  take such steps as the Owner Trustee deems
necessary to enforce the Receivable,  including bringing suit in its name and/or
the name of the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 15.04.  Certain Matters Affecting the Owner Trustee.  Except as
otherwise provided in Section 15.01:

                         (i) The Owner  Trustee may rely and shall be  protected
         in acting or  refraining  from  acting upon any  resolution,  Officers'
         Certificate,  Servicer's  Certificate,  certificate of auditors, or any
         other certificate,  statement,  instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,
         request,  consent, order,  appraisal,  bond, or other paper or document
         believed by it to be genuine and to have been  signed or  presented  by
         the proper party or parties.

                        (ii) The Owner  Trustee may consult with counsel and any
         written  advice  or  Opinion  of  Counsel  shall be full  and  complete
         authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered
         or omitted by it under this  Agreement in good faith and in  accordance
         with such written advice or Opinion of Counsel.

                       (iii) The Owner  Trustee  shall be under no obligation to
         exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or
         to institute, conduct, or defend any litigation under this Agreement or
         in relation to this Agreement,  at the request,  order, or direction of
         any of  the  Certificateholders  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  this
         Agreement,  unless such  Certificateholders  shall have  offered to the
         Owner Trustee reasonable security or indemnity reasonably  satisfactory
         to the Owner Trustee against the costs,  expenses, and liabilities that
         may  be  incurred  therein  or  thereby.   Nothing  contained  in  this
         Agreement,

                                                        44

<PAGE>




         however,  shall relieve the Owner Trustee of the obligations,  upon the
         occurrence of an Event of Default (that shall not have been cured),  to
         exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this  Agreement,
         and to use the same  degree  of care and skill in their  exercise  as a
         prudent  man  would  exercise  or use under  the  circumstances  in the
         conduct of his own affairs.

                        (iv) The  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  liable  for any
         action taken,  suffered, or omitted by it in good faith and believed by
         it to be  authorized  or  within  the  discretion  or  rights or powers
         conferred upon it by this Agreement.

                         (v) Prior to the  occurrence of an Event of Default and
         after  the  curing  of all  Events of  Servicer  Default  that may have
         occurred,   the  Owner   Trustee   shall  not  be  bound  to  make  any
         investigation  into the  facts of  matters  stated  in any  resolution,
         certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
         consent,  order,  approval,  bond,  or other paper or document,  unless
         requested  in writing so to do by the  Indenture  Trustee or holders of
         Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the outstanding principal balance
         of  the  Notes;  provided,  however,  that  if  the  payment  within  a
         reasonable  time  to the  Owner  Trustee  of the  costs,  expenses,  or
         liabilities  likely  to be  incurred  by  it  in  the  making  of  such
         investigation  shall  be, in the  opinion  of the  Owner  Trustee,  not
         reasonably  assured to the Owner Trustee by the security afforded to it
         by  the  terms  of  this  Agreement,  the  Owner  Trustee  may  require
         reasonable  indemnity  against  such cost,  expense,  or liability as a
         condition  to so  proceeding.  The  reasonable  expense  of every  such
         examination  shall be paid by the  Servicer  or,  if paid by the  Owner
         Trustee,  shall be reimbursed  by the Servicer upon demand.  Nothing in
         this clause (v) shall affect the  obligation of the Servicer to observe
         any applicable law prohibiting  disclosure of information regarding the
         Obligors.

                        (vi) The Owner  Trustee may execute any of the trusts or
         powers  hereunder  or perform any duties  under this  Agreement  either
         directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian. The Owner
         Trustee  shall not be  responsible  for any  misconduct  or  negligence
         solely  attributable  to the acts or  omissions  of the Servicer in its
         capacity as Servicer or custodian.

                       (vii)  Subsequent to the sale of the  Receivables  by the
         Seller to the Owner  Trustee,  the Owner  Trustee shall have no duty of
         independent  inquiry,  except as may be required by Section 15.01,  and
         the Owner Trustee may rely upon the  representations and warranties and
         covenants  of the Seller and the Servicer  contained in this  Agreement
         with respect to the Receivables and the Receivable Files.

         SECTION   15.05.   Owner  Trustee  Not  Liable  for   Certificates   or
Receivables.  The recitals contained herein and in the Certificates  (other than
the certificate of  authentication  on the  Certificates)  shall be taken as the
statements  of the  Seller or the  Servicer,  as the case may be,  and the Owner
Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Owner Trustee
shall  make  no  representations  as to the  validity  or  sufficiency  of  this
Agreement or of the Certificates  (other than the certificate of  authentication
on the Certificates), or of any Receivable or related document. The

                                                        45

<PAGE>




Owner Trustee shall at no time have any  responsibility or liability for or with
respect to the legality,  validity,  and enforceability of any security interest
in any Financed  Vehicle or any  Receivable,  or the  perfection and priority of
such a security interest or the maintenance of any such perfection and priority,
or for or with  respect to the  efficacy of the Trust or its ability to generate
the payments to be distributed to the Certificateholder or the Noteholders under
this Agreement or the Indenture,  including,  without limitation: the existence,
condition,  location,  and ownership of any Financed Vehicle;  the existence and
enforceability  of any  physical  damage  insurance,  lender's  single  interest
insurance,  or credit life or  disability  and  hospitalization  insurance  with
respect to any  Receivable;  the existence and contents of any Receivable or any
computer  or  other  record  thereof;  the  validity  of the  assignment  of any
Receivable to the Trust or of any intervening  assignment;  the  completeness of
any Receivable; the performance or enforcement of any Receivable; the compliance
by the Seller or the  Servicer  with any warranty or  representation  made under
this Agreement or in any related  document and the accuracy of any such warranty
or  representation  prior to the  Owner  Trustee's  receipt  of  notice or other
discovery of any noncompliance  therewith or any breach thereof;  any investment
of monies by the Servicer or any loss resulting  therefrom (it being  understood
that the Owner Trustee shall remain  responsible  for any Trust property that it
may hold); the acts or omissions of the Seller, the Servicer, or any Obligor; an
action of the Servicer taken in the name of the Owner Trustee;  or any action by
the Owner Trustee taken at the instruction of the Servicer;  provided,  however,
that the  foregoing  shall not relieve the Owner  Trustee of its  obligation  to
perform its duties under this Agreement. Except with respect to a claim based on
the failure of the Owner  Trustee to perform its duties under this  Agreement or
based on the Owner Trustee's negligence or willful misconduct, no recourse shall
be  had  for  any  claim  based  on  any  provision  of  this   Agreement,   the
Certificateholder  or the Noteholders,  or any Receivable or assignment  thereof
against the Owner Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  the Owner Trustee shall
not  have  any  personal  obligation,  liability,  or  duty  whatsoever  to  any
Certificateholder  or the  Noteholders  or any other  Person with respect to any
such claim, and any such claim shall be asserted solely against the Trust or any
indemnitor who shall furnish indemnity as provided in this Agreement.  The Owner
Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Seller of any
of the  Certificates  or Notes  or of the  proceeds  thereof,  or for the use or
application  of any funds paid to the Seller or the  Servicer  in respect of the
Receivables.

         SECTION  15.06.  Owner Trustee May Own Notes.  The Owner Trustee in its
individual  or any other  capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with
the same rights as it would have if it were not Trustee.

         SECTION  15.07.  Owner  Trustee's  and  Indenture  Trustee's  Fees  and
Expenses. (a) The Servicer shall pay to the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee
shall be entitled to, reasonable compensation (which shall not be limited by any
provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust)
for all services  rendered by it in the execution of the trusts  created by this
Agreement  and in the exercise  and  performance  of any of the Owner  Trustee's
powers and duties under this Agreement and the Indenture, and the Servicer shall
pay or reimburse the Owner Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
disbursements,  and advances  (including  the  reasonable  compensation  and the
expenses and  disbursements  of its counsel and of all persons not  regularly in
its  employ)  incurred  or made by the  Owner  Trustee  in  accordance  with any
provisions of this

                                                        46

<PAGE>




Agreement and the Indenture, except any such expense,  disbursement,  or advance
as may be attributable to its willful misfeasance, negligence, or bad faith, and
the Servicer  shall  indemnify  the Owner Trustee  (which,  for purposes of this
section, shall include its directors,  officers,  employees, and agents) for and
hold it  harmless  against  any loss,  liability,  or expense  incurred  without
willful misfeasance,  negligence, or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in
connection  with the acceptance or  administration  of the Trust,  including the
costs and  expenses  of  defending  itself  against  any claim or  liability  in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under
this Agreement and the Indenture.  Additionally, the Seller, pursuant to Section
12.02,  and  the  Servicer,  pursuant  to  Section  13.02,  respectively,  shall
indemnify  the Owner  Trustee with respect to certain  matters.  This  indemnity
shall  survive  the  termination  of this  Agreement  and the  Indenture  or the
termination of the Trust and the resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee.

         (b) The  Servicer  hereby  agrees  to pay or  reimburse  the  fees  and
expenses of the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 15.07 of the Indenture.

         SECTION 15.08.  Eligibility  Requirements for Owner Trustee.  The Owner
Trustee under this Agreement  shall at all times be a corporation  (i) having an
office  in the same  State as the  location  of the  Corporate  Trust  Office as
specified in this Agreement; (ii) organized and doing business under the laws of
such State or the United States of America;  (iii) authorized under such laws to
exercise  corporate  trust  powers;   (iv)  having  a  net  worth  of  at  least
$50,000,000;  (v)  subject to  supervision  or  examination  by federal or State
authorities;  and (vi) the long-term  unsecured  debt of which is rated at least
Baa3 or  which is  approved  by the  Insurer  and each  Rating  Agency.  If such
corporation  shall publish reports of condition at least  annually,  pursuant to
law or to the requirements of the aforesaid  supervising or examining authority,
then for the purpose of this Section 15.08,  the combined capital and surplus of
such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set
forth in its most recent report of condition so  published.  In case at any time
the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance  with the  provisions
of this Section 15.08, the Owner Trustee shall resign  immediately in the manner
and with the effect specified in Section 15.09.

         SECTION  15.09.  Resignation  or  Removal of Owner  Trustee.  The Owner
Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged  from the trusts hereby created
by giving written notice thereof to the Servicer.  Upon receiving such notice of
resignation,  the Servicer, with the prior written consent of the Insurer, shall
promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee, by written instrument, in duplicate,
one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one
copy to the successor  Owner Trustee.  If no successor  Owner Trustee shall have
been so appointed and have accepted  appointment within 30 days after the giving
of such notice of resignation,  the resigning  Trustee may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

         If at any  time  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  cease  to be  eligible  in
accordance  with the  provisions of Section 15.08 and shall fail to resign after
written  request  therefor by the Servicer,  or if at any time the Owner Trustee
shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or
a receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property  shall be  appointed,  or any
public officer shall take

                                                        47

<PAGE>




charge or control of the Owner  Trustee or of its  property  or affairs  for the
purpose of rehabilitation,  conservation,  or liquidation, then the Servicer may
remove  the  Owner  Trustee.  If it shall  remove  the Owner  Trustee  under the
authority of the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  the Servicer shall promptly
appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument,  in duplicate, one copy
of which  instrument  shall be delivered to the Owner Trustee so removed and one
copy to the successor Owner Trustee.

         Any  resignation  or removal of the Owner Trustee and  appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee  pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 15.09
shall not become  effective  until  acceptance of  appointment  by the successor
Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 15.10.

         SECTION 15.10.  Successor  Owner Trustee.  Any successor  Owner Trustee
appointed pursuant to Section 15.09 shall execute,  acknowledge,  and deliver to
the Servicer and to its predecessor  Owner Trustee an instrument  accepting such
appointment  under this  Agreement,  and thereupon the resignation or removal of
the  predecessor  Owner Trustee shall become  effective and such successor Owner
Trustee, without any further act, deed, or conveyance, shall become fully vested
with all the rights,  powers,  duties,  and obligations of its predecessor under
this  Agreement,  with  like  effect  as if  originally  named as  Trustee.  The
predecessor  Owner  Trustee  shall  deliver to the  successor  Owner Trustee all
documents and statements held by it under this  Agreement;  and the Servicer and
the predecessor  Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do
such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly  vesting
and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights,  powers,  duties,
and obligations.

         No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section 15.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee
shall be eligible pursuant to Section 15.08.

         Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to
this  Section  15.10,  the Servicer  shall mail notice of the  successor of such
Trustee  under this  Agreement  to the  Indenture  Trustee and to all Holders of
Certificates  at their addresses as shown in the  Certificate  Register.  If the
Servicer  shall  fail to mail such  notice  within 10 days after  acceptance  of
appointment by the successor  Owner Trustee,  the successor  Owner Trustee shall
cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Servicer.

         SECTION  15.11.   Merger  or  Consolidation   of  Owner  Trustee.   Any
corporation  into which the Owner  Trustee  may be merged or  converted  or with
which it may be  consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting  from any merger,
conversion, or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any
corporation  succeeding  to all or  substantially  all  of the  corporate  trust
business  of the Owner  Trustee,  shall be the  successor  of the Owner  Trustee
hereunder,  provided  such  corporation  shall be  eligible  pursuant to Section
15.08,  without the execution or filing of any  instrument or any further act on
the  part  of  any  of the  parties  hereto,  anything  herein  to the  contrary
notwithstanding.

         SECTION  15.12.  Appointment  of Co-Trustee or Separate  Owner Trustee.
Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this  Agreement,  at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal

                                                        48

<PAGE>




requirements of any  jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust or any Financed
Vehicle may at the time be located,  the Servicer and the Owner  Trustee  acting
jointly  shall have the power and shall execute and deliver all  instruments  to
appoint one or more Persons  approved by the Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee,
jointly with the Owner Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all
or any part of the Trust,  and to vest in such Person,  in such capacity and for
the  benefit of the  Certificateholders,  such  title to the Trust,  or any part
thereof,  and,  subject to the other  provisions  of this  Section  15.12,  such
powers,  duties,  obligations,  rights, and trusts as the Servicer and the Owner
Trustee may consider  necessary  or  desirable.  If the Servicer  shall not have
joined in such  appointment  within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request
so to do,  or in the  case an  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing,  the  Owner  Trustee  alone  shall  have  the  power  to  make  such
appointment.  No co-trustee or separate  trustee under this  Agreement  shall be
required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor Owner Trustee  pursuant
to Section 15.08 and no notice to  Certificateholders  of the appointment of any
co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 15.10.

         Each separate trustee and co-trustee  shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

                         (i)  All  rights,   powers,   duties,  and  obligations
         conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and
         exercised or performed by the Owner Trustee and such  separate  trustee
         or co-trustee  jointly (it being  understood that such separate trustee
         or co-trustee is not  authorized  to act  separately  without the Owner
         Trustee  joining in such act),  except to the extent that under any law
         of any  jurisdiction  in  which  any  particular  act or acts are to be
         performed  (whether as Trustee under this  Agreement or as successor to
         the  Servicer  under  this  Agreement),  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  be
         incompetent  or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event
         such rights,  powers, duties, and obligations (including the holding of
         title to the Trust or any  portion  thereof  in any such  jurisdiction)
         shall be exercised  and performed  singly by such  separate  trustee or
         co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee;

                        (ii) No trustee under this Agreement shall be personally
         liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this
         Agreement; and

                       (iii) The Servicer and the Owner Trustee  acting  jointly
         may at any time  accept  the  resignation  of or  remove  any  separate
         trustee or co-trustee.

         Any notice,  request, or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall
be  deemed  to have  been  given  to  each of the  then  separate  trustees  and
co-trustees,  as  effectively  as if  given to each of  them.  Every  instrument
appointing any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article XV. Each separate  trustee and  co-trustee,  upon
its  acceptance  of the trusts  conferred,  shall be vested  with the estates or
property  specified in its  instrument of  appointment,  either jointly with the
Owner  Trustee or  separately,  as may be provided  therein,  subject to all the
provisions of this  Agreement,  specifically  including  every provision of this
Agreement

                                                        49

<PAGE>




relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording  protection
to,  the Owner  Trustee.  Each  such  instrument  shall be filed  with the Owner
Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer.

         Any separate  trustee or  co-trustee  may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee,  its agent or  attorney-in-fact  with full power and authority,  to the
extent not  prohibited  by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate  trustee or co-trustee
shall  die,  become  incapable  of acting,  resign,  or be  removed,  all of its
estates, properties, rights, remedies, and trusts shall vest in and be exercised
by the Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of
a new or successor Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 15.13.  Representations  and  Warranties of Owner Trustee.  The
Owner Trustee shall make the following  representations  and warranties on which
the Seller, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders may rely:

                         (i) Organization and Existence.  The Owner Trustee is a
         Delaware banking  corporation duly organized and validly existing under
         the laws of the State of Delaware and authorized to engage in a banking
         and trust business under such laws.

                        (ii) Power and  Authority.  The Owner  Trustee  has full
         power, authority, and legal right to execute, deliver, and perform this
         Agreement,  and shall have taken all necessary  action to authorize the
         execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement.

                       (iii) Duly Executed.  This Agreement shall have been duly
         executed and  delivered by the Owner Trustee and shall  constitute  the
         legal,  valid, and binding agreement of the Owner Trustee,  enforceable
         in  accordance  with its terms,  except as such  enforceability  may be
         limited by (i)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  liquidation,  reorganization,
         moratorium, conservatorship,  receivership or other similar laws now or
         hereinafter in effect relating to the enforcement of creditors'  rights
         in  general,  as such laws  would  apply in the event of a  bankruptcy,
         insolvency, liquidation,  reorganization,  moratorium, conservatorship,
         receivership  or similar  occurrence  affecting the Owner Trustee,  and
         (ii)  general   principles  of  equity   (regardless  of  whether  such
         enforceability  is  considered  in a proceeding in equity or at law) as
         well as concepts of reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                                   Termination

         SECTION 16.01. Termination of the Trust. The respective obligations and
responsibilities  of the Seller,  the  Servicer  and the Owner  Trustee  created
hereby and the Trust  created by this  Agreement  shall  terminate  upon (i) the
disposition of the Trust corpus as of the last day of any  Collection  Period at
the  direction  of the  Certificateholder,  at its  option,  pursuant to Section
16.02,  or (ii) the  payment  to  Noteholders  and the  Insurer  of all  amounts
required to be paid to them pursuant

                                                        50

<PAGE>




to this  Agreement,  the Indenture and the Insurance  Agreement (as set forth in
writing by the Insurer) and the  disposition of all property held as part of the
Trust;  provided,  however,  that the Trust shall terminate one year and one day
following  the  date of the  occurrence  of (i)  above,  if on the  date of such
occurrence, UAC's Consolidated Tangible Net Worth is less than $45,000,000, plus
50% of UAC's  cumulative  Consolidated Net Income (with no reduction for losses)
from and after August 31, 1995;  provided,  further,  that in no event shall the
trust created by this Agreement  continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from
the date as of which this  Agreement is executed.  The Servicer  shall  promptly
notify the Owner Trustee of any prospective termination pursuant to this Section
16.01.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Trust shall continue and the Owner
Trustee shall pursue recovery of any Preference Amounts under the Policy and the
distribution of the same to Noteholders  until the Policy  terminates by its own
terms.

         SECTION 16.02. Optional Disposition of All Receivables. On the last day
of any Collection  Period on which the Pool Balance is equal to or less than 10%
of the  Original  Pool  Balance,  any  Certificateholders  owning a majority  of
interest  in the  outstanding  Certificates  shall  have the option to cause the
Owner Trustee to sell (to the  Certificateholders or any other person designated
by such  Certificateholders)  the corpus of the Trust at a price (the  "Optional
Disposition  Price") equal to the fair market value of the Receivables,  but not
less than the sum of (x) 100% of the outstanding  principal balance of the Notes
(including any overdue  principal or interest  thereon),  (y) accrued and unpaid
interest  on such  amount  computed  at a rate  equal  to the  weighted  average
Contract  Rate,  and (z) all  amounts  due and owing to the  Insurer  under this
Agreement,   the  Indenture  and  the  Insurance  Agreement  minus  any  amounts
representing  payments  received  on the  Receivables  not  yet  applied  to the
interest  related  thereto  or to reduce  the  principal  balance  thereof.  The
proceeds  of such  sale  will be  deposited  into  the  Collection  Account  for
distribution  to the  Indenture  Trustee  (and,  to the extent  applicable,  the
Insurer)  on  the  next  succeeding   Payment  Date.  In  connection  with  such
disposition,  the  Certificateholder  is  required  to pay any  unpaid  fees and
expenses of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee that it would otherwise
have been entitled to pursuant to this Agreement.  The Servicer shall notify the
Owner Trustee and the  Certificateholder  on or before the Determination Date if
the Pool  Balance as of the end of the  related  Collection  Period will be less
than or equal to 10% of the Original Pool Balance. The  Certificateholder  shall
notify  the  Owner  Trustee  on  or  before  the   Determination   Date  if  the
Certificateholder  intends to exercise  its option to purchase the corpus of the
Trust  pursuant to this  Section  16.02.  Such price shall be  deposited  to the
Collection  Account in immediately  available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City
time, on the Payment Date and, upon notice to the Owner Trustee of such deposit,
the Owner Trustee shall transfer the Receivables and the Receivable Files to the
purchaser,  whereupon  the  Certificates  shall no longer  evidence any right or
interest in the Receivables or any proceeds thereof.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

         SECTION 17.01. Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by the Seller,
the  Servicer  and  the  Owner  Trustee,  without  the  consent  of  any  of the
Certificateholders or the Noteholders, to

                                                        51

<PAGE>




cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provisions in this  Agreement,
or to add any other  provisions  with  respect to matters or  questions  arising
under this Agreement that shall not be inconsistent  with the provisions of this
Agreement;  provided,  however,  that such action  shall not, as evidenced by an
Opinion of Counsel,  adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of
any Certificateholders or the Secured Parties.

         Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in this  Agreement  (i) no
amendment of this Agreement shall be effective without the prior written consent
of the Insurer and the holders of 51% of the outstanding  Note Balances and (ii)
except as provided in the third paragraph of this Section 17.01, no amendment to
this Agreement  shall be recognized or be effective  without the written consent
of the Owner  Trustee and receipt by the Owner  Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel
to the effect that such  amendment  will not cause the Trust to be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation or as a publicly-traded partnership.

         Promptly  after the  execution of any  amendment or consent,  the Owner
Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent to each Certificateholder.

         It  shall  not be  necessary  for  the  consent  of  Certificateholders
pursuant to this Section  17.01 to approve the  particular  form of any proposed
amendment or consent,  but it shall be  sufficient if such consent shall approve
the substance  thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing
the  authorization  of the  execution  thereof  by  Certificateholders  shall be
subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

         Prior to the  execution of any amendment to this  Agreement,  the Owner
Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating
that  the  execution  of such  amendment  is  authorized  or  permitted  by this
Agreement  and the Opinion of Counsel  referred to in Section  17.02(i)(1).  The
Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such  amendment
which affects the Owner Trustee's own rights,  duties,  or immunities under this
Agreement.

         SECTION 17.02.  Protection of Title to Trust.

         (a) The Seller shall  execute and file such  financing  statements  and
cause to be executed and filed such continuation statements,  all in such manner
and in such places as may be required by law fully to  preserve,  maintain,  and
protect the interest of the Trust under this Agreement in the Receivables and in
the proceeds thereof. The Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the
Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee  file-stamped  copies  of, or filing
receipts  for,  any  document  filed as  provided  above,  as soon as  available
following such filing.

         (b)  Neither  the  Seller  nor the  Servicer  shall  change  its  name,
identity,  or corporate structure in any manner that would, could, or might make
any  financing  statement  or  continuation  statement  filed by the  Seller  in
accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously  misleading  within the meaning of
ss.  9-402(7) of the UCC,  unless it shall have given the Owner Trustee at least
60 days' prior written notice thereof.

                                                        52

<PAGE>




         (c) The Seller and the Servicer  shall give the Owner  Trustee at least
60 days' prior  written  notice of any  relocation  of its  principal  executive
office if, as a result of such relocation,  the applicable provisions of the UCC
would require the filing of any amendment of any previously  filed  financing or
continuation  statement  or of any new  financing  statement  (in which case the
Servicer  shall  file or  cause  to be  filed  such  amendment  or  continuation
statement or new financing  statement).  The Owner Trustee shall be permitted to
waive the 60 day notice  period to any shorter  period;  provided  that such UCC
financing  statements or  amendments  have been filed on or before the effective
date of any such waiver.  The Servicer  shall at all times  maintain each office
from which it shall service  Receivables,  and its principal  executive  office,
within the United States of America.

         (d)  The  Servicer  shall  maintain  accounts  and  records  as to each
Receivable  accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof
to know at any  time the  status  of such  Receivable,  including  payments  and
recoveries   made  and  payments  owing  (and  the  nature  of  each)  and  (ii)
reconciliation  between  payments  or  recoveries  on (or with  respect to) each
Receivable and the amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection Account
in respect of such Receivable.

         (e) The Servicer shall maintain its computer  systems so that, from and
after the time of sale  under this  Agreement  of the  Receivables  to the Owner
Trustee, the Servicer's master computer records (including any back-up archives)
that  refer  to a  Receivable  shall  indicate  clearly  with  reference  to the
particular trust that such Receivable is owned by the Owner Trustee.  Indication
of the Owner  Trustee's  ownership  of a  Receivable  shall be  deleted  from or
modified on the Servicer's  computer systems when, and only when, the Receivable
shall have been paid in full or repurchased.

         (f) If at any time the Seller or the  Servicer  shall  propose to sell,
grant a security  interest in, or otherwise  transfer any interest in automotive
receivables to any  prospective  purchaser,  lender,  or other  transferee,  the
Servicer shall give to such prospective  purchaser,  lender, or other transferee
computer  tapes,  records,  or print-outs  (including  any restored from back-up
archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner  whatsoever to any Receivable,
shall  indicate  clearly that such  Receivable has been sold and is owned by the
Owner Trustee.

         (g) The Servicer  shall permit the Owner  Trustee and its agents at any
time during  normal  business  hours to inspect,  audit,  and make copies of and
abstracts from the Servicer's records regarding any Receivable.

         (h) Upon request,  the Servicer  shall furnish to the Owner Trustee and
the Indenture Trustee,  within five Business Days, a list of all Receivables (by
contract  number and name of Obligor)  then held as part of the Trust,  together
with a reconciliation of such list to the Schedule of Receivables and to each of
the Servicer's  Certificates furnished before such request indicating removal of
Receivables from the Trust.

         (i) The Servicer  shall  deliver to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee:


                                                        53

<PAGE>




                  (1)  promptly   after  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this
         Agreement and of each amendment  thereto,  an Opinion of Counsel either
         (a)  stating  that,  in the  opinion  of such  counsel,  all  financing
         statements  and  continuation  statements  have been executed and filed
         that are  necessary  fully to preserve  and protect the interest of the
         Owner  Trustee in the  Receivables  and  reciting  the  details of such
         filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details
         are given, or (b) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such
         action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest; and

                  (2) within 90 days after the  beginning of each  calendar year
         beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months
         after the Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date during
         such 90-day  period,  either (a) stating  that,  in the opinion of such
         counsel, all financing statements and continuation statements have been
         executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the
         interest of the Owner  Trustee in the  Receivables,  and  reciting  the
         details of such filings or  referring  to prior  Opinions of Counsel in
         which such details are given,  or (b) stating  that,  in the opinion of
         such counsel, no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect
         such interest.

         SECTION 17.03. Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders. The death or
incapacity of a Certificateholder  shall not operate to terminate this Agreement
or the Trust,  nor entitle such  Certificateholder's  legal  representatives  or
heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or commence any proceeding in
any court for a partition or winding up of the Trust,  nor otherwise  affect the
rights, obligations,  and liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or any of
them.

         No  Certificateholder  shall have any right to vote (except as provided
in  Section  17.01,  17.03 or  17.07) or in any  manner  otherwise  control  the
operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties to this
Agreement  except as  expressly  set forth  herein,  nor shall  anything in this
Agreement set forth, or contained in the terms of the Certificates, be construed
so as to constitute  the  Certificateholders  from time to time as members of an
association; nor shall any Certificateholder be under any liability to any third
person  by  reason  of any  action  taken  pursuant  to any  provision  of  this
Agreement.

         No  Certificateholder  shall  have any right by  virtue or by  availing
itself of any  provisions of this  Agreement to institute any suit,  action,  or
proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this  Agreement,
unless such Holder  previously  shall have given to the Owner  Trustee a written
notice of default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore  provided, and
unless also the  Certificateholder  requests in writing to the Owner  Trustee to
institute such action, suit, or proceeding in its own name as Trustee under this
Agreement and shall have offered to the Owner Trustee such reasonable  indemnity
as it may require  against the costs,  expenses,  and liabilities to be incurred
therein or thereby, and the Owner Trustee, for 30 days after its receipt of such
notice,  request,  and offer of  indemnity,  shall have  neglected or refused to
institute any such action,  suit, or proceeding and during such 30-day period no
direction  inconsistent  with such  written  request has been given to the Owner
Trustee.


                                                        54

<PAGE>




         SECTION  17.04.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  [Delaware]  applicable  to agreements
made and to be performed  within the State of [Delaware],  and the  obligations,
rights,  and remedies of the parties under this Agreement shall be determined in
accordance with such laws.

         SECTION 17.05. Notices. All demands,  notices, and communications under
this Agreement shall be in writing,  personally delivered, sent by facsimile to,
sent by courier to or mailed by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  and
shall be deemed to have been duly given unless otherwise  provided herein,  upon
receipt (a) in the case of the Seller to the agent for service as  specified  in
this Agreement, at the following address: UAC Securitization  Corporation,  9240
Bonita Beach Road, Suite 1109-A, Bonita Springs, Florida 34135, or at such other
address as shall be designated by the Seller in a written notice to the Servicer
or  Trustee;  (b) in the  case of the  Servicer  to the  agent  for  service  as
specified  in  this  Agreement,  at  the  following  address,  Union  Acceptance
Corporation, 250 North Shadeland Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219, (c) in the
case of the Owner Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office, (d) in the case of the
Insurer,  at  ____________________________________  and  (e) in the  case of the
Indenture Trustee __________________________.  Unless otherwise provided herein,
any  notice so mailed  within the time  prescribed  in this  Agreement  shall be
conclusively   presumed   to  have  been  duly   given,   whether   or  not  the
Certificateholder shall receive such notice.

         SECTION 17.06.  Severability  of Provisions.  If any one or more of the
covenants,  agreements,  provisions, or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements,  provisions, or
terms  shall be  deemed  severable  from the  remaining  covenants,  agreements,
provisions,  or terms of this  Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity
or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

         SECTION  17.07.  Assignment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
contained herein, except as provided below or in Sections 12.03 and 13.03 and as
provided in the provisions of this Agreement  concerning the  resignation of the
Servicer,  this  Agreement  may not be  assigned  by the Seller or the  Servicer
without   the   prior   written   consent   of  the   Owner   Trustee   and  the
Certificateholders.

         SECTION   17.08.    Certificates    Nonassessable   and   Fully   Paid.
Certificateholders  shall not be personally liable for obligations of the Trust.
The interests  represented by the Certificates  shall be  nonassessable  for any
losses  or  expenses  of the  Trust  or for any  reason  whatsoever,  and,  upon
authentication   thereof  by  the  Owner  Trustee  pursuant  to  Section  11.02,
Certificates shall be deemed fully paid.

         SECTION  17.09.   Nonpetition  Covenants.   Notwithstanding  any  prior
termination  of this  Agreement,  the Servicer,  UAC and the Owner Trustee shall
not,  prior to the date which is one year and one day after the  termination  of
this Agreement with respect to the Trust or the Seller,  acquiesce,  petition or
otherwise  invoke or cause the Trust or the Seller to invoke the  process of any
court or

                                                        55

<PAGE>




government  authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against
the Trust or the Seller  under any Federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator,  assignee, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator  or  other  similar  official  of the  Trust or the  Seller  or any
substantial  part of its property,  or ordering the winding up or liquidation of
the affairs of the Trust or the Seller.

         SECTION  17.10.  Counterparts.  For the  purpose  of  facilitating  the
execution  of this  Agreement  and for other  purposes,  this  Agreement  may be
executed   simultaneously   in  any  number  of  counterparts,   each  of  which
counterparts  shall be deemed to be an original,  and all of which  counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 17.11. Third Party  Beneficiary.  This Agreement shall inure to
the benefit of the  Insurer,  the  Indenture  Trustee and their  successors  and
assigns.








                          [Next page is signature page]

                                                        56

<PAGE>




         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused this Trust and
Servicing  Agreement to be duly executed by their respective  officers as of the
day and year first above written.

                                            UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION,
                                            as Seller


                                            By
                                            TITLE:   Vice President


                                            UNION ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION,
                                            as Servicer


                                            By
                                            TITLE: Vice President


                                              ______________________________,
                                                     as Owner Trustee


                                            By
                                            TITLE:   Vice President



                                                        57

<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit 1




                           Owner Trustee's Certificate
                            pursuant to Section 15.02
                      of the Trust and Servicing Agreement


         ________________________, as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee") of the
UACSC ____- __ Owner Trust created pursuant to the Trust and Servicing Agreement
(the "Trust Agreement") dated as of  ________________,  among UAC Securitization
Corporation,  as depositor (the  "Seller"),  Union  Acceptance  Corporation,  as
servicer (the  "Servicer")  and the Owner Trustee,  does hereby sell,  transfer,
assign, and otherwise convey to Union Acceptance  Corporation  without recourse,
representation,  or  warranty,  all of the Owner  Trustee's  right,  title,  and
interest in and to all of the  Receivables  (as defined in the Trust  Agreement)
identified in the attached  Servicer's  Certificate as "Purchased  Receivables,"
which have been  repurchased  by the  Seller  pursuant  to Section  7.02 and all
security and documents relating thereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand this _____ day of
- -----------------, -------.



                                           ------------------------------------


                                                        58

<PAGE>




                                                                       Exhibit 2






                           Owner Trustee's Certificate
                            pursuant to Section 15.02
                      of the Trust and Servicing Agreement


         ________________________, as trustee (the "Owner Trustee") of the UACSC
____-__ Owner Trust created  pursuant to the Trust and Servicing  Agreement (the
"Trust  Agreement")  dated  as of  ________________,  among  UAC  Securitization
Corporation,  as depositor (the  "Seller"),  Union  Acceptance  Corporation,  as
servicer (the  "Servicer")  and the Owner Trustee,  does hereby sell,  transfer,
assign,  and  otherwise  convey  to the  [Servicer  or the  Certificateholders],
without recourse, representation, or warranty, all of the Owner Trustee's right,
title,  and interest in and to all of the  Receivables  (as defined in the Trust
Agreement)  identified  in the attached  Servicer's  Certificate  as  "Purchased
Receivables,"  which have been  purchased by [the  Servicer  pursuant to Section
8.07 or by the  Certificateholders  pursuant to Section 16.02], and all security
and documents relating thereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand this _____ day of
- -----------------, --------.



                                      ------------------------------------------



                                                        59

<PAGE>




                                                                       Exhibit 3




                         Form of Servicer's Certificate
                       pursuant to Sections 8.09 and 9.02
                      of the Trust and Servicing Agreement



                             SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE






                                                        60

<PAGE>




                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                             CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
                          UACSC OWNER TRUST ______-____


         This  Certificate  of Trust  of  UACSC  Owner  Trust  ______-____  (the
"Trust"),  dated as of ___________________,  is being duly executed and filed by
_________________,  a [Delaware  banking  corporation],  as  trustee,  to form a
business trust under the [Delaware  Business  Trust Act (12 Del.  Code,  Section
3801 et seq.)].

         1. Name.  The name of the business  trust formed  hereby is UACSC OWNER
TRUST -----------.

         2. [Delaware] Trustee.  The name and business address of the trustee of
the  Trust  in the  State  of  [Delaware]  is  ____________________,  (Address),
Attention: ________________.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned,  being the sole  trustee of the
Trust,  has  executed  this  Certificate  of Trust as of the  date  first  above
written.


                             ___________________________,
                             not in its individual capacity but solely as owner
                             trustee under a Trust Agreement dated as of
                             --------------,


                                       By:
                                      Name:
                                     Title:



                                                        61

<PAGE>




                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                              [Form of Certificate]

THIS  CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED.  NEITHER  THIS  CLASS IC  CERTIFICATE  NOR ANY  PORTION  HEREOF  MAY BE
TRANSFERRED,  ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED OR OTHERWISE PLEDGED OR CONVEYED EXCEPT (1) IN
COMPLIANCE  WITH  THE  REGISTRATION  PROVISIONS  OF SUCH ACT OR  PURSUANT  TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS AND (2) IN COMPLIANCE WITH
THE RESTRICTIONS OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

                            UACSC ____-__ OWNER TRUST
                              AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLE
                               BACKED CERTIFICATE

evidencing an undivided interest in the Trust, as defined below, the property of
which  includes  a  pool  of  simple  interest  installment  loan  and  security
agreements and installment  sales contracts secured by new and used automobiles,
light  trucks  and vans.  The  contracts  were sold to the Owner  Trustee by UAC
Securitization Corporation.

(This  Certificate  does not  represent  an  interest  in or  obligation  of UAC
Securitization  Corporation or any of its affiliates.  Neither this  Certificate
nor the underlying  Receivables,  as defined below, are insured or guaranteed by
any other government agency).

NUMBER                                                                  One Unit
R-1


         THIS  CERTIFIES  THAT  UAC  Securitization   Corporation,   a  Delaware
corporation, is the registered owner of a nonassessable,  fully-paid interest in
the UACSC ____-__ Owner Trust (the  "Trust"),  a Delaware  business  trust.  The
Trust was  created  pursuant  to a Trust  and  Servicing  Agreement  dated as of
________________  (the  "Agreement"),  among UAC  Securitization  Corporation as
Seller, Union Acceptance Corporation,  as Servicer and  ________________________
(the "Owner Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which
is set forth  below.  A copy of the  Agreement  may be  examined  during  normal
business  hours at the  Corporate  Trust  Office  of the  Owner  Trustee  by any
Certificateholder  upon request. To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the
capitalized  terms  used  herein  have  the  meanings  assigned  to  them in the
Agreement.  This  Certificate  is issued  under  and is  subject  to the  terms,
provisions,  and conditions of the Agreement,  to which  Agreement the holder of
this  Certificate by virtue of the  acceptance  hereof assents and by which such
holder  is  bound.  The  property  of the Trust  includes  a pool of simple  and
precomputed   interest  loan  and  security  agreements  and  installment  sales
contracts for new and used automobiles,  light trucks,  vans and van conversions
(the  "Receivables"),  all monies  paid  thereon,  and all  monies due  thereon,
including  Accrued  Interest,  after  ________________  (but  excluding  Accrued
Interest  paid or due  before  the  Closing  Date),  security  interests  in the
vehicles  financed  thereby,  certain bank accounts and the proceeds thereof and
certain other property and rights described in the Agreement and the proceeds of
the foregoing.


         This Certificate represents an interest in certain assets of the Trust,
including the right to receive a portion of the collections and other amounts at
the times and in the  amounts  specified  in the  Agreement.  The  rights of the
Certificateholders  in the assets of the Trust are subordinated to the rights of
the Noteholders as set forth in the Indenture and the Agreement.


         Unless  the  certificate  of  authentication  hereon  shall  have  been
executed by a Responsible  Officer of the Owner Trustee,  by manual or facsimile
signature,  this Certificate  shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit
under the  Agreement  or be valid for any purpose.  Registration  of transfer of
this Certificate to a person may not be effected unless (a)

                                                        62

<PAGE>




the Insurer consents to such transfer, (b) the Owner Trustee receives an Opinion
of Counsel,  satisfactory to it, to the effect that such transfer may be made in
reliance upon an exemption from the registration  requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended,  (c) such  transfer  will not adversely  affect the tax
treatment of the Trust or the Notes,  and (d) the Rating  Agency  Condition  has
been satisfied with respect to such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Seller  shall  have  no  obligation  to  register  this  Certificate  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         The obligations and  responsibilities  created by the Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to  Certificateholders of
all  amounts  required  to be paid to them  pursuant  to the  Agreement  and the
disposition of all property held as part of the Trust.  The holder of a majority
in interest of the  outstanding  Certificates  may at its option cause the Owner
Trustee to sell the corpus of the Trust at a price not to be less than the price
specified in the Agreement;  however,  such right is exercisable  only as of the
last day of a Collection  Period on which the Pool Balance is less than or equal
to 10% of the Original Pool Balance. The  Certificateholders are required to pay
any unpaid fees and expenses of the Owner  Trustee and in  connection  with such
disposition.

         Although  this  Certificate   summarizes   certain  provisions  of  the
Agreement,  this  Certificate  does not purport to summarize  the  Agreement and
reference  is  made  to  the  Agreement  for  information  with  respect  to the
interests, rights, benefits,  obligations,  proceeds and duties evidenced hereby
and the rights, duties and obligations of the Owner Trustee. In the event of any
inconsistency or conflict between the terms of this Certificate and the terms of
the Agreement,  the terms of the Agreement shall control.  By acceptance of this
Certificate,  the  holder  agrees  to be  bound by the  terms of the  Agreement,
including  the  agreement  to treat the Trust as a  partnership  for  income tax
purposes and the Certificates as an equity interest therein.




                                                        63

<PAGE>




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust and not in
its individual capacity has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.


Dated:


                            UACSC ____-__ OWNER TRUST


                                  By ________________________, solely in its 
                                  capacity  as Owner Trustee

                                  By
                                             Responsible Officer



                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

                      This   is   the    Certificate    referred   to   in   the
within-mentioned Agreement.

                                                     ------------------------,
                                                     as Owner Trustee



                                                     By
                                                                Signatory

Dated:





                                                        64

<PAGE>




                                   ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
OF ASSIGNEE




(Please  print or typewrite  name and  address,  including  postal zip code,  of
assignee) the within Certificate, and all rights thereunder,  hereby irrevocably
constituting  and appointing  Attorney to transfer said Certificate on the books
of the Certificate Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

                                                                               *
                                                         Signature Guaranteed:

                                                                               *

* NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment must correspond with the name as it
appears upon the face of the within  Certificate  in every  particular,  without
alteration,   enlargement  or  any  change  whatever.  Such  signature  must  be
guaranteed  by a member of the New York Stock  Exchange  or a  commercial  bank,
trust company savings bank or other savings and loan institution.


                                                        65

<PAGE>




                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                to the Trust and
                                                             Servicing Agreement




                             SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES


    Seller          Name of
Account Number      Obligor        Amount Financed
                                   (as of the Cutoff Date)
                                   $


                           A COPY OF THE SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES,  INCLUDING THE
                           ABOVE  CAPTIONED  INFORMATION  WITH  RESPECT  TO EACH
                           RECEIVABLE, WAS DELIVERED TO THE OWNER TRUSTEE WITH A
                           COUNTERPART OF THE TRUST AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.



                                                        66

<PAGE>



                                                                      Schedule B
                                                                to the Trust and
                                                             Servicing Agreement




1.                         Location of Receivables:


                           Union Acceptance Corporation
                           250 N. Shadeland Avenue
                           Indianapolis, IN  46219































                                    INDENTURE



                                     between



                            UACSC ____-__ OWNER TRUST
                                    as Issuer



                                       and



                            ------------------------
                              as Indenture Trustee



                            Dated as of ____________




<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

ARTICLE I             DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE...............2
         SECTION 1.01.  Definitions............................................2
         SECTION 1.02.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.....14
         SECTION 1.03.  Rules of Construction.................................14

ARTICLE II            THE NOTES...............................................15
         SECTION 2.01.  Form..................................................15
         SECTION 2.02.  Execution, Authentication and Delivery................15
         SECTION 2.03.  Temporary Notes.......................................16
         SECTION 2.04.  Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange...16
         SECTION 2.05.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes............17
         SECTION 2.06.  Intentionally Blank...................................18
         SECTION 2.07.  Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.18
         SECTION 2.08.  Cancellation..........................................20
         SECTION 2.09.  Book-Entry Notes......................................20
         SECTION 2.10.  Notices to Clearing Agency............................21
         SECTION 2.11.  Definitive Notes......................................21
         SECTION 2.12.  Release of Pledged Assets.............................21
         SECTION 2.13.  Tax Treatment.........................................22
         SECTION 2.14.  ERISA.................................................22

ARTICLE III           COVENANTS...............................................22
         SECTION 3.01.  Payment of Principal and Interest.....................22
         SECTION 3.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.......................22
         SECTION 3.03.  Money for Payments to be Held in Trust................22
         SECTION 3.04.  Existence.............................................24
         SECTION 3.05.  Protection of Trust Estate............................24
         SECTION 3.06.  Opinions as to Pledged Assets.........................25
         SECTION 3.07.  Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables..25
         SECTION 3.08.  Negative Covenants....................................27
         SECTION 3.09.  Annual Statement as to Compliance.....................27
         SECTION 3.10.  Issuer May Consolidate, etc. Only on 
                              Certain Conditions..............................28
         SECTION 3.11.  Successor Transferee..................................30
         SECTION 3.12.  No Other Business.....................................30
         SECTION 3.13.  Servicer's Obligations................................30
         SECTION 3.14.  Restricted Payments...................................30
         SECTION 3.15.  Notice of Events of Default...........................31
         SECTION 3.16.  Further Instruments and Acts..........................31
         SECTION 3.17.  Compliance with Laws..................................31

                                                         i

<PAGE>




         SECTION 3.18.  Amendments of Trust Agreement.........................31

ARTICLE IV            SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE..............................31
         SECTION 4.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture...............31
         SECTION 4.02.  Application of Trust Money............................32
          SECTION 4.03.  Repayment of Monies Held by Paying Agent.............33

ARTICLE V             EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES.............................33
         SECTION 5.01.  Events of Default.....................................33
         SECTION 5.02.  Rights Upon Event of Default..........................34
         SECTION 5.03.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for 
                              Enforcement by Indenture Trustee................35
         SECTION 5.04.  Remedies..............................................36
         SECTION 5.05.  Optional Preservation of the Receivables..............38
         SECTION 5.06.  Priorities............................................38
         SECTION 5.07.  Limitation of Suits...................................38
         SECTION 5.08.  Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive
                                    Principal and Interest....................39
         SECTION 5.09.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies....................39
         SECTION 5.10.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative........................39
         SECTION 5.11.  Delay or Omission Not a Waiver........................40
         SECTION 5.12.  Control by Noteholders................................40
         SECTION 5.13.  Waiver of Past Defaults...............................40
         SECTION 5.14.  Undertaking for Costs.................................41
         SECTION 5.15.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws......................41
         SECTION 5.16.  Action on Notes.......................................41
         SECTION 5.17.  Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations....41

ARTICLE VI            THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE...................................42
         SECTION 6.01.  Duties of Indenture Trustee...........................42
         SECTION 6.02.  Rights of Indenture Trustee...........................44
         SECTION 6.03.  Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee................45
         SECTION 6.04.  Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer........................46
         SECTION 6.05.  Notice of Defaults....................................46
         SECTION 6.06.  Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders...............46
         SECTION 6.07.  Compensation and Indemnity............................46
         SECTION 6.08.  Replacement of Indenture Trustee......................47
         SECTION 6.09.  Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger.................48
         SECTION 6.10.  Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate
                                    Indenture Trustee.........................48
         SECTION 6.11.  Eligibility...........................................50
         SECTION 6.12.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer......50
         SECTION 6.13.  Representations and Warranties of Indenture Trustee...50

                                                        ii

<PAGE>





ARTICLE VII           NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS..........................50
         SECTION 7.01.  Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and
                                    Addresses of Noteholders..................51
         SECTION 7.02.  Preservation of Information; Communications 
                              to Noteholders..................................51
         SECTION 7.03.  Reports by Issuer.....................................51
         SECTION 7.04.  Reports by Indenture Trustee..........................52

ARTICLE VIII          INTENTIONALLY BLANK.....................................52

ARTICLE IX            DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO THE NOTEHOLDERS............52
         SECTION 9.01.  Collection Account....................................52
         SECTION 9.02.  Collections...........................................52
         SECTION 9.03.   Purchase Amounts.....................................53
         SECTION 9.04.  Distributions to Parties..............................53
         SECTION 9.06.  Net Deposits..........................................55
         SECTION 9.07.  Intentionally Blank...................................56
         SECTION 9.08.  Intentionally Blank...................................56
         SECTION 9.09.  Payahead Account......................................56

ARTICLE X             CREDIT ENHANCEMENT......................................56
         SECTION  10.01.  Subordination.......................................56
         SECTION 10.02.   Spread Account......................................56
         SECTION 10.03.   Policy..............................................58

ARTICLE XI            SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.................................59
         SECTION 11.01.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent 
                              of Noteholders..................................59
         SECTION 11.02.  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders..60
         SECTION 11.03.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures.................61
         SECTION 11.04.  Effect of Supplemental Indenture.....................62
         SECTION 11.05.  Conformity With Trust Indenture Act..................62
         SECTION 11.06.  Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures........62

ARTICLE XII           REDEMPTION OF NOTES.....................................62
         SECTION 12.01.  Redemption...........................................62
         SECTION 12.02.  Form of Redemption Notice............................62
         SECTION 12.03.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date.....................63

ARTICLE XIII          MISCELLANEOUS...........................................63
         SECTION 13.01.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc............63
         SECTION 13.02.  Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee.....65
         SECTION 13.03.  Acts of Noteholders..................................66
         SECTION 13.04.  Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer, 
                              Insurer and Rating Agencies.....................66

                                                        iii

<PAGE>




         SECTION 13.05.  Notices to Noteholders; Waiver.......................67
         SECTION 13.06.  Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions..............68
         SECTION 13.07.  Conflict With Trust Indenture Act....................68
         SECTION 13.08.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.............68
         SECTION 13.09.  Successors and Assigns...............................68
         SECTION 13.10.  Separability.........................................68
         SECTION 13.11.  Benefits of Indenture................................68
         SECTION 13.12.  Legal Holidays.......................................68
         SECTION 13.13.  Governing Law........................................69
         SECTION 13.14.  Counterparts.........................................69
         SECTION 13.15.  Recording of Indenture...............................69
         SECTION 13.16.  Trust Obligation.....................................69
         SECTION 13.17.  No Petition..........................................69
         SECTION 13.18.  Inspection...........................................69
         SECTION 13.19.  Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee.............70
         SECTION 13.20.  Certain Matters Regarding the Insurer................70


EXHIBITS

Schedule A            Form of Depository Agreement
Exhibit A-1           Form of Class A-1 Note
Exhibit A-2           Form of Class A-2 Note
Exhibit A-3           Form of Class A-3 Note
Exhibit A-4           Form of Class A-4 Note
Exhibit B             Form of Class B Note

                              CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

310(a).....................................................................6.11
310(b).....................................................................6.11
310(c)......................................................................N/A
311(a).....................................................................6.12
311(b).....................................................................6.12
311(c)......................................................................N/A
312(a)...............................................................7.01, 7.02
312(b).....................................................................7.02
312(c).....................................................................7.02
313(a).....................................................................7.04
313(b).....................................................................7.04
313(c).....................................................................7.03
314(a).....................................................................7.03
314(b).....................................................................3.06

                                                        iv

<PAGE>




314(c).........................................................3.06, 4.01, 13.01
314(d).....................................................................13.01
314(e).....................................................................13.01
314(f).......................................................................N/A
315(a)......................................................................6.01
315(b)......................................................................6.05
315(c)......................................................................6.01
315(d)......................................................................6.01
315(e)......................................................................5.14
316(a)......................................................................5.04
316(b).....................................................................11.02
316(c).....................................................................13.03
317(a)......................................................................5.03
317(b)......................................................................3.03
318(a)......................................................................1.02


                                                         v

<PAGE>




         This INDENTURE, dated as of ____________, ____, is entered into between
UACSC  ____- ___  OWNER  TRUST,  a  Delaware  business  trust,  as  issuer  (the
"Issuer"), and ___________________, a Delaware banking corporation, as indenture
trustee (the "Indenture Trustee").

         Each party  agrees as follows for the benefit of the other  parties and
for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Insurer:

                                 GRANTING CLAUSE

         The  Issuer  hereby  Grants to the  Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the
Trust on the Closing Date,  on behalf of and for the benefit of the  Noteholders
and the Insurer, without recourse, all of the Issuer's right, title and interest
in,  to and  under,  (i) the  Receivables  listed  on  Schedule  A to the  Trust
Agreement,  (ii) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles or in any other
property granted by Obligors pursuant to the Receivables,  (iii) any Liquidation
Proceeds  and any  proceeds  from claims or refunds of premiums on any  physical
damage,  lender's single interest,  credit life,  disability and hospitalization
insurance  policies  covering  Financed  Vehicles  or  Obligors  relating to the
Receivables,  (iv) funds  deposited  in the  Spread  Account  (and any  Eligible
Investments  purchased  therewith),  the  Collection  Account  and the  Payahead
Account with respect to the  Receivables,  (v) the interest of the Issuer in any
proceeds  from  recourse  to  Dealers  relating  to the  Receivables,  (vi)  all
documents  contained in the Receivable Files relating to the Receivables,  (vii)
all monies paid and all monies due, including Accrued Interest,  as of and after
the Cutoff Date (but excluding  Accrued Interest paid on or prior to the Closing
Date),  (viii) the rights of the Seller  pursuant to the Purchase  Agreement and
the rights of the  Issuer  pursuant  to the Trust  Agreement  to require  UAC to
repurchase  any such  Receivables  as to which  there  has been a breach  of the
representations  and  warranties  contained  therein,  (ix) the  benefits of the
Policy with respect to the Receivables and (x) all proceeds (including,  without
limitation,  "proceeds"  as  defined in the UCC of the  jurisdiction  the law of
which governs the perfection of the interest in such Receivables so transferred)
of any of the  foregoing.  Such property  described in the  preceding  sentence,
together  with (a) any and all other right,  title and  interest,  including any
beneficial  interest the Issuer may have in the Collection  Account,  the Spread
Account and (b) the funds  deposited in and from time to time on deposit in such
accounts,  and all Eligible  Investments and other  securities,  instruments and
other investments purchased from such funds, shall hereinafter be referred to as
the "Pledged Assets." The Issuer does not convey to the Indenture  Trustee,  and
the Pledged  Assets do not include,  any interest in any contracts  with Dealers
related to any  "dealer  reserve" or any rights to the  recapture  of any dealer
reserve with respect to such Receivables.

         The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal
of and  interest  on,  and any other  amounts  owing in  respect  of, the Notes,
equally and  ratably  without  prejudice,  priority  or  distinction  (except as
provided herein with respect to the subordination of the Class B Notes),  and to
secure  compliance  with the  provisions  of this  Indenture  and the  Insurance
Agreement, all as provided in this Indenture and the Insurance Agreement.

         The  Indenture   Trustee,   as  Indenture  Trustee  on  behalf  of  the
Noteholders and the Insurer,  acknowledges such Grant,  accepts the trusts under
this Indenture in accordance with the provisions

                                                         1

<PAGE>




of this Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Indenture to
the best of its ability to the end that the interests of the  Noteholders may be
adequately and effectively protected.

                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.

         (a)  Except  as  otherwise  specified  herein  or as  the  context  may
otherwise  require,  (i)  capitalized  terms that are used  herein  that are not
otherwise  defined herein shall have the meanings  assigned to them in the Trust
Agreement (as defined  below) and (ii) the following  terms have the  respective
meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Indenture.

         "Accelerated Principal Amount" means, for any Payment Date after giving
effect to all payments of interest  and  principal  (other than any  Accelerated
Principal  Amount) to the Noteholders,  an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the
Available  Excess Funds or (2) the amount necessary to reduce the then aggregate
Note  Balances  below the Pool  Balance as of the end of the related  Collection
Period until the aggregate  Pool Balance  exceeds the aggregate Note Balances by
2.5% of the initial Note Balances or $ .

         "Act" shall have the meaning specified in Section 13.03(a).

         "Administration Agreement" means the Administration Agreement, dated as
of the date hereof,  among the Administrator,  the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and
the Indenture Trustee.

         "Administrator"  means the  Servicer,  or any  successor  Administrator
under the Administration Agreement.

         "Authorized  Officer" means, with respect to the Issuer, any officer of
the Owner  Trustee  who is  authorized  to act for the Owner  Trustee in matters
relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized  Officers
delivered by the Owner Trustee or to the  Indenture  Trustee on the Closing Date
(as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter) and,
so long as the Administration Agreement is in effect, any Vice President or more
senior  officer  of  the   Administrator  who  is  authorized  to  act  for  the
Administrator  in  matters  relating  to the  Issuer and to be acted upon by the
Administrator pursuant to the Administration  Agreement and who is identified on
a list of Authorized  Officers  delivered by the  Administrator to the Indenture
Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or  supplemented  from
time to time thereafter).

         "Available  Excess  Funds"  for any  Payment  Date  means the amount of
Available Funds remaining from such Payment Date after paying the Servicer,  the
Noteholders  and the Insurer the amounts they are  entitled to receive,  without
considering  the  amount of the  Monthly  Principal  payment  in  respect of the
Accelerated Principal Amount.

                                                         2

<PAGE>




         "Available Funds" has the meaning provided in the Trust Agreement.

         "Basic  Documents" means the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement,
the Administration Agreement, the Depository Agreement, the Insurance Agreement,
the Policy and this Indenture.

         "Book-Entry Notes" means a beneficial interest in the Notes,  ownership
and  transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing  Agency
as described in Section 2.09.

         "Certificateholders"  mean the owners or  holders  of the  Certificates
pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

         "Class" means all Notes whose form is identical except for variation in
denomination, principal amount or owner.

         "Class A Monthly Interest" means the sum of Class A-1 Monthly Interest,
Class A-2 Monthly  Interest,  Class A-3 Monthly  Interest  and Class A-4 Monthly
Interest.

         "Class  A  Monthly  Principal"  means  the  sum of  Class  A-1  Monthly
Principal,  Class A-2 Monthly  Principal,  Class A-3 Monthly Principal and Class
A-4 Monthly Principal.

         "Class A Note"  means a Class A-1 Note,  a Class A-2 Note,  a Class A-3
Note or a Class A-4 Note.

         "Class A-1 Interest Rate" means ____% per annum.

         "Class A-1 Monthly Interest" means, (i) for the first Payment Date, the
product of one-three hundred sixtieth  (1/360th) of the Class A-1 Interest Rate,
the actual number of days from the Closing Date through the day before the first
Payment Date and the Class A-1 Note Balance at the Closing Date and (ii) for any
subsequent  Payment Date, the product of one-three hundred sixtieth (1/360th) of
the Class A-1 Interest Rate, the actual number of days from the previous Payment
Date  through  the day before the  related  Payment  Date and the Class A-1 Note
Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to any
distribution of Monthly  Principal made on such  immediately  preceding  Payment
Date).

         "Class A-1 Monthly  Principal" means that portion of Monthly  Principal
to be paid to Class A-1  Noteholders  on each  Payment Date in  accordance  with
Section 9.04.

         "Class A-1 Note"  means a  promissory  note  executed  on behalf of the
Trust and  authenticated  by the  Indenture  Trustee  substantially  in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A-1.

         "Class A-1 Note Balance" means, at any time, the Initial Class A-1 Note
Balance minus all payments of Monthly Principal to Class A-1 Noteholders made up
to such time.


                                                         3

<PAGE>




         "Class A-1  Noteholder"  means the Person in whose name the  respective
Class A-1 Note shall be registered in the Note Register, except that, solely for
the purposes of giving any consent,  waiver, request, or demand pursuant to this
Indenture,  the interest  evidenced by any Class A-1 Note registered in the name
of the Issuer,  the  Seller,  the  Servicer  or UAC, or any Person  controlling,
controlled  by, or under  common  control  with the  Issuer,  the  Seller or the
Servicer,  shall not be taken into account in determining  whether the requisite
percentage  necessary to effect any such  consent,  waiver,  request,  or demand
shall have been obtained.

         "Class A-2 Interest Rate" means ____% per annum.

         "Class A-2 Monthly Interest" means, (i) for the first Payment Date, the
product of one twelfth of the Class A-2 Interest  Rate,  the number of days from
the Closing Date  (assuming  the month of the Closing Date has 30 days)  through
the day  before  the first  Payment  Date  divided  by 30 and the Class A-2 Note
Balance  at the  Closing  Date and (ii) for any  subsequent  Payment  Date,  the
product of  one-twelfth  of the Class A-2  Interest  Rate and the Class A-2 Note
Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to any
distribution of Monthly  Principal made on such  immediately  preceding  Payment
Date).

         "Class A-2 Monthly  Principal" means that portion of Monthly  Principal
to be paid to Class A-2  Noteholders  on each  Payment Date in  accordance  with
Section 9.04.

         "Class A-2 Note"  means a  promissory  note  executed  on behalf of the
Trust and  authenticated  by the  Indenture  Trustee  substantially  in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A-2.

         "Class A-2 Note Balance" means, at any time, the Initial Class A-2 Note
Balance minus all payments of Monthly Principal to Class A-2 Noteholders made up
to such time.

         "Class A-2  Noteholder"  means the Person in whose name the  respective
Class A-2 Note shall be registered in the Note Register, except that, solely for
the purposes of giving any consent,  waiver, request, or demand pursuant to this
Indenture,  the interest  evidenced by any Class A-2 Note registered in the name
of the Issuer,  the  Seller,  the  Servicer  or UAC, or any Person  controlling,
controlled  by, or under  common  control  with the  Issuer,  the  Seller or the
Servicer,  shall not be taken into account in determining  whether the requisite
percentage  necessary to effect any such  consent,  waiver,  request,  or demand
shall have been obtained.

         "Class A-3 Interest Rate" means ____% per annum.

         "Class A-3 Monthly Interest" means, (i) for the first Payment Date, the
product of one twelfth of the Class A-3 Interest  Rate,  the number of days from
the Closing Date  (assuming  the month of the Closing Date has 30 days)  through
the day  before  the first  Payment  Date  divided  by 30 and the Class A-3 Note
Balance  at the  Closing  Date and (ii) for any  subsequent  Payment  Date,  the
product of  one-twelfth  of the Class A-3  Interest  Rate and the Class A-3 Note
Balance as of the immediately

                                                         4

<PAGE>




preceding  Payment  Date (after  giving  effect to any  distribution  of Monthly
Principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date).

         "Class A-3 Monthly  Principal" means that portion of Monthly  Principal
to be paid to Class A-3  Noteholders  on each  Payment Date in  accordance  with
Section 9.04.

         "Class A-3 Note"  means a  promissory  note  executed  on behalf of the
Trust and  authenticated  by the  Indenture  Trustee  substantially  in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A-3.

         "Class A-3 Note Balance" means, at any time, the Initial Class A-3 Note
Balance minus all payments of Monthly Principal to Class A-3 Noteholders made up
to such time.

         "Class A-3  Noteholder"  means the Person in whose name the  respective
Class A-3 Note shall be registered in the Note Register, except that, solely for
the purposes of giving any consent,  waiver, request, or demand pursuant to this
Indenture,  the interest  evidenced by any Class A-3 Note registered in the name
of the Issuer,  the  Seller,  the  Servicer  or UAC, or any Person  controlling,
controlled  by, or under  common  control  with the  Issuer,  the  Seller or the
Servicer,  shall not be taken into account in determining  whether the requisite
percentage  necessary to effect any such  consent,  waiver,  request,  or demand
shall have been obtained.

         "Class A-4 Interest Rate" means ____% per annum; provided, however, the
per annum rate shall be increased by 0.50%  beginning on the first  Payment Date
following the end of any Collection Period on which the Pool Balance is equal to
or less than 10% of the Original Pool Balance if the Class A-4 Notes will not be
redeemed on such Payment Date.

         "Class A-4 Monthly Interest" means, (i) for the first Payment Date, the
product of one twelfth of the Class A-4 Interest  Rate,  the number of days from
the Closing Date  (assuming  the month of the Closing Date has 30 days)  through
the day  before  the first  Payment  Date  divided  by 30 and the Class A-4 Note
Balance  at the  Closing  Date and (ii) for any  subsequent  Payment  Date,  the
product of  one-twelfth  of the Class A-4  Interest  Rate and the Class A-4 Note
Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to any
distribution of Monthly  Principal made on such  immediately  preceding  Payment
Date).

         "Class A-4 Monthly  Principal" means that portion of Monthly  Principal
to be paid to Class A-4  Noteholders  on each  Payment Date in  accordance  with
Section 9.04.

         "Class A-4 Note"  means a  promissory  note  executed  on behalf of the
Trust and  authenticated  by the  Indenture  Trustee  substantially  in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A-4.

         "Class A-4 Note Balance" means, at any time, the Initial Class A-4 Note
Balance minus all payments of Monthly Principal to Class A-4 Noteholders made up
to such time.


                                                         5

<PAGE>




         "Class A-4  Noteholder"  means the Person in whose name the  respective
Class A-4 Note shall be registered in the Note Register, except that, solely for
the purposes of giving any consent,  waiver, request, or demand pursuant to this
Indenture,  the interest  evidenced by any Class A-4 Note registered in the name
of the Issuer,  the  Seller,  the  Servicer  or UAC, or any Person  controlling,
controlled  by, or under  common  control  with the  Issuer,  the  Seller or the
Servicer,  shall not be taken into account in determining  whether the requisite
percentage  necessary to effect any such  consent,  waiver,  request,  or demand
shall have been obtained.

         "Class B Interest Rate" means ____% per annum;  provided,  however, the
per annum rate shall be increased by 0.50%  beginning on the first  Payment Date
following the end of any Collection Period on which the Pool Balance is equal to
or less than 10% of the  Original  Pool Balance if the Class B Notes will not be
redeemed on such Payment Date.

         "Class B Monthly  Interest"  means, (i) for the first Payment Date, the
product of one twelfth of the Class B Interest Rate, the number of days from the
Closing Date  (assuming  the month of the Closing Date has 30 days)  through the
day before the first  Payment Date divided by 30 and the Class B Note Balance at
the  Closing  Date and (ii) for any  subsequent  Payment  Date,  the  product of
one-twelfth  of the Class B Interest Rate and the Class B Note Balance as of the
immediately  preceding  Payment Date (after giving effect to any distribution of
Monthly Principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date).

         "Class B Monthly  Principal" means that portion of Monthly Principal to
be paid to Class B Noteholders  on each Payment Date in accordance  with Section
9.04.

         "Class B Note" means a promissory  note executed on behalf of the Trust
and  authenticated by the Indenture  Trustee  substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit B.

         "Class B Note  Balance"  means,  at any time,  the Initial Class B Note
Balance minus all payments of Monthly  Principal to Class B Noteholders  made up
to such time.

         "Class B  Noteholder"  means the  Person in whose  name the  respective
Class B Note shall be registered in the Note Register,  except that,  solely for
the purposes of giving any consent,  waiver, request, or demand pursuant to this
Indenture,  the interest evidenced by any Class B Note registered in the name of
the  Issuer,  the  Seller,  the  Servicer  or UAC,  or any  Person  controlling,
controlled  by, or under  common  control  with the  Issuer,  the  Seller or the
Servicer,  shall not be taken into account in determining  whether the requisite
percentage  necessary to effect any such  consent,  waiver,  request,  or demand
shall have been obtained.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Controlling  Party" means the Insurer,  so long as no Insurer  Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, and the Indenture Trustee, for so long as
an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

                                                         6

<PAGE>




         "Default"  means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of
time or both would become, an Event of Default.

         "Definitive Notes" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.09.

         "Depository  Agreement"  means the agreement dated  ___________,  ____,
among the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and DTC, as the initial Clearing Agency,
relating to the Notes, substantially in the form of Schedule A hereto.

         "Event of Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

         "Excess Yield Requirement" has the meaning specified in Section 1.01 of
the Insurance Agreement.

         "Executive Officer" means, with respect to any corporation or bank, the
Chief Executive  Officer,  Chief  Operating  Officer,  Chief Financial  Officer,
President,  Executive Vice President,  any Vice President,  the Secretary or the
Treasurer of such corporation or bank; and with respect to any partnership,  any
general partner thereof.

         "Final  Maturity Date" means  ______________  with respect to the Class
A-1 Notes,  ______________  with respect to the Class A-2 Notes,  ______________
with  respect to the Class A-3 Notes,  ______________  with respect to the Class
A-4 Notes and ______________ with respect to the Class B Notes.

         "Grant" means  mortgage,  pledge,  bargain,  sell,  warrant,  alienate,
remise, release,  convey, assign,  transfer,  create and grant a lien upon and a
security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm
pursuant  to this  Indenture.  A Grant of the  Pledged  Assets  or of any  other
agreement or instrument  shall include all rights,  powers and options (but none
of the  obligations) of the granting party  thereunder,  including the immediate
and  continuing  right to claim  for,  collect,  receive  and give  receipt  for
principal and interest  payments in respect of the Pledged  Assets and all other
monies payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications,
to make waivers or other  agreements,  to exercise  all rights and  options,  to
bring  Proceedings  in the name of the granting party or otherwise and generally
to do and receive  anything that the granting  party is or may be entitled to do
or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

         "Issuer" means UACSC _____-_____ Owner Trust as the issuer of the Notes
under this Indenture and its permitted successors and assigns.

         "Indebtedness"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person at any time,  (i)
indebtedness  or  liability  of such Person for  borrowed  money  whether or not
evidenced by bonds, debentures,  notes or other instruments, or for the deferred
purchase  price of property  or services  (including  trade  obligations);  (ii)
obligations  of such Person as lessee  under  leases  which  should have been or
should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded
as capital leases; (iii) current

                                                         7

<PAGE>




liabilities  of such Person in respect of unfunded  vested  benefits under plans
covered  by  Title IV of  ERISA;  (iv)  obligations  issued  for or  liabilities
incurred on the account of such Person;  (v)  obligations or liabilities of such
Person  arising under  acceptance  facilities;  (vi)  obligations of such Person
under any guaranties,  endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the
ordinary course of business) and other  contingent  obligations to purchase,  to
provide funds for payment,  to supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise
to assure a creditor against loss;  (vii)  obligations of such Person secured by
any lien on property or assets of such  Person,  whether or not the  obligations
have been assumed by such Person; or (viii) obligations of such Person under any
interest rate or currency exchange agreement.

         "Indenture" means this Indenture,  as amended or supplemented from time
to time.

         "Indenture  Trustee"  means  ____________________,   a  _______________
banking  corporation  as the  Indenture  Trustee  under this  Indenture  and its
permitted successors and assigns.

         "Independent"  when used with respect to any  specified  Person,  means
such a Person who (i) is in fact  independent of the Issuer,  the Seller and any
of their respective Affiliates,  (ii) is not a director,  officer or employee of
the Issuer,  the Seller or any of their  respective  Affiliates,  (iii) is not a
person  related to any officer or  director of the Issuer,  the Seller or any of
their  respective  Affiliates,  (iv) is not a holder (directly or indirectly) of
more than 10% of any voting securities of the Issuer, the Seller or any of their
respective  Affiliates,  and (v) is not connected with the Issuer, the Seller or
any  of  their  respective  Affiliates  as  an  officer,   employee,   promoter,
underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions.

         "Independent   Certificate"  means  a  certificate  or  opinion  to  be
delivered to the  Indenture  Trustee under the  circumstances  described in, and
otherwise complying with, the applicable  requirements of Section 13.01, made by
an  Independent  appraiser  or other  expert  appointed  by an Issuer  Order and
approved by the Indenture  Trustee in the exercise of reasonable  care, and such
opinion or  certificate  shall state that the signer has read the  definition of
"Independent"  in this Indenture and that the signer is  Independent  within the
meaning thereof.

         "Initial Class A-1 Note Balance" means $_____________________.

         "Initial Class A-2 Note Balance" means $_____________________.

         "Initial Class A-3 Note Balance" means $_____________________.

         "Initial Class A-4 Note Balance" means $_____________________.

         "Initial Class B Note Balance" means $_____________________.

         "Initial Note Balances" means $_____________________.


                                                         8

<PAGE>




         "Insurance  Premium" means for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the
product of (i) [__%] per annum  calculated for the actual number of days elapsed
during the  Collection  Period on the basis of a 360- day year and (ii) the Note
Balances as of the Payment  Date to which such  Payment  Date  relates,  payable
monthly in arrears.

         "Insurer  Default"  means the Insurer is in default under the Policy or
the Insurance Agreement after the expiration of any applicable cure period.

         "Issuer  Order" and "Issuer  Request"  means a written order or request
signed in the name of the Issuer by an  Authorized  Officer and delivered to the
Indenture Trustee.

         "Monthly  Interest" means the sum of Class A Monthly Interest and Class
B Monthly Interest.

         "Monthly  Principal"  for any  Payment  Date will  equal the sum of the
following:

         (i)      the  amount  by which the Pool  Balance  declined  during  the
                  related Collection Period;

         (ii)     the  amount,  if any,  which is  necessary  to reduce the Note
                  Balance  of a class  of Notes  to zero on its  Final  Maturity
                  Date; and

         (iii)    the Available  Excess Funds or, if less, the portion  thereof,
                  that will cause the Pool  Balance to exceed the Note  Balances
                  by the Accelerated Principal Amount.

For the purpose of determining  Monthly Principal,  the unpaid principal balance
of a Defaulted  Receivable or a Purchased Receivable is deemed to be zero on and
after the last day of the Collection  Period in which such  Receivable  became a
Defaulted Receivable or a Purchased Receivable.

         "Net Principal Policy Amount" means the Initial Note Balances as of the
first Payment Date minus all amounts  previously drawn on the Policy or from the
Spread Account with respect to Monthly Principal.

         "Note"  means a Class A-1 Note,  a Class A-2 Note,  a Class A-3 Note, a
Class A-4 Note or a Class B Note.

         "Note Balances"  means, at any time the Initial Note Balances minus all
payments of Monthly  Principal made to the Noteholders up to such time. The term
"Note Balance" means the Outstanding  principal balance of a particular Class of
Notes,  depending upon the context. When the term "Note Balances" is used herein
with  respect to an issue  relating to the consent of or voting of  Noteholders,
such term shall  refer only to the classes of Notes then  Outstanding  such that
the Notes will vote as a single class.

         "Noteholder" means the owner of a note.


                                                         9

<PAGE>




         "Note Owner" means,  with respect to a Book-Entry  Note, the Person who
is the owner of such Book-Entry  Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing
Agency,  or on the books of a Person  maintaining  an account with such Clearing
Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency participant or as an indirect participant,
in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

          "Note  Register" and "Note  Registrar"  have the  respective  meanings
specified in Section 2.04.

         "UAC" means Union Acceptance Corporation,  an Indiana corporation,  and
its successors.

         "Officer's  Certificate"  means a  certificate  signed by an Authorized
Officer of the  Issuer,  under the  circumstances  described  in, and  otherwise
complying with, the applicable  requirements of Section 13.01, and delivered to,
the Indenture Trustee.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means one or more written  opinions of counsel who
may, except as otherwise  expressly provided in this Indenture,  be employees of
or counsel to the Depositor or the Issuer and who shall be  satisfactory  to the
Indenture Trustee and, if addressed to the Insurer, satisfactory to the Insurer,
and which shall comply with any applicable  requirements  of Section 13.01,  and
shall be in form and substance  satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee,  and if
addressed to the Insurer, satisfactory to the Insurer.

         "Original Pool Balance" means $_____________________.

         "Outstanding"  or  "Outstanding   Notes"  means,  as  of  the  date  of
determination,  all Notes  theretofore  authenticated  and delivered  under this
Indenture except:

                  (i)  Notes  theretofore  canceled  by the  Note  Registrar  or
         delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation;

                  (ii) Notes or portions  thereof the payment for which money in
         the necessary amount has been theretofore  deposited with the Indenture
         Trustee  or any  Paying  Agent in trust for the  Holders  of such Notes
         (provided,  however,  that if such Notes are to be redeemed,  notice of
         such  redemption  has been duly given  pursuant  to this  Indenture  or
         provision for such notice has been made,  satisfactory to the Indenture
         Trustee, has been made); and

                  (iii)  Notes in  exchange  for or in lieu of other Notes which
         have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture unless
         proof  satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee is presented that any such
         Notes are held by a bona fide  purchaser;  provided,  however,  that in
         determining  whether  the  Holders of the  requisite  Outstanding  Note
         Balances  have given any  request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,
         notice,  consent or waiver hereunder or under any other Basic Document,
         Notes  owned by the  Issuer,  the  Seller  or any of  their  respective
         Affiliates  shall be  disregarded  and  deemed  not to be  Outstanding,
         except that,  in  determining  whether the  Indenture  Trustee shall be
         protected in relying upon any such request, demand,

                                                        10

<PAGE>




         authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent or waiver, only Notes that
         the  Indenture  Trustee  knows to be so owned shall be so  disregarded.
         Notes so owned that have been  pledged in good faith may be regarded as
         Outstanding  if the  pledgee  establishes  to the  satisfaction  of the
         Indenture  Trustee the  pledgee's  right so to act with respect to such
         Notes and that the  pledgee  is not the  Issuer,  the  Seller or any of
         their respective Affiliates.

         "Paying  Agent"  means the  Indenture  Trustee or any other Person that
meets the eligibility  standards for the Indenture  Trustee specified in Section
6.11  and is  authorized  by the  Issuer  to make  the  distributions  from  the
Collection  Account,  including payment of principal of or interest on the Notes
on behalf of the Issuer.

         "Pledged  Assets" has the meaning  provided in the  Granting  Clause of
this Indenture.

         "Policy" means the  irrevocable  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy
dated as of ______, ____, issued by the Insurer to the Indenture Trustee for the
benefit of the Noteholders and having a maximum amount  available to be drawn in
respect of Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal equal to the Policy Amount.

         "Policy Amount" means with respect to any Payment Date:

                  (x) the sum of (A) the lesser of (i) the Note Balances  (after
         giving  effect to any  distribution  of  Available  Funds and any funds
         withdrawn  from the Spread  Account to pay  Monthly  Principal  on such
         Payment  Date)  and  (ii) the Net  Principal  Policy  Amount,  plus (B)
         Monthly Interest, plus (C) the Monthly Servicing Fee; less

                  (y) all  amounts  on  deposit  in the  Spread  Account on such
         Payment Date (after  giving  effect to any amounts  withdrawn  from the
         Spread Account to pay Monthly Principal on such Payment Date).

         "Predecessor  Note" means,  with respect to any particular  Note, every
previous Note  evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by
such  particular  Note;  and,  for the  purpose  of this  definition,  any  Note
authenticated  and delivered  under  Section 2.05 in lieu of a mutilated,  lost,
destroyed  or  stolen  Note  shall be deemed  to  evidence  the same debt as the
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

         "Principal Payment Sequence" means the order in which Monthly Principal
shall be distributed among the Noteholders. The order of distribution of Monthly
Principal is:

         (1)      to the Class A-1 Noteholders  until the Class A-1 Note Balance
                  has been reduced to zero;

         (2)      to the Class A-2 Noteholders  until the Class A-2 Note Balance
                  has been reduced to zero;

                                                        11

<PAGE>




         (3)      to the Class A-3 Noteholders  until the Class A-3 Note Balance
                  has been reduced to zero;

         (4)      to the Class A-4 Noteholders  until the Class A-4 Note Balance
                  has been reduced to zero; and

         (5)      to the Class B Noteholders  until the Class B Note Balance has
                  been reduced to zero.

However,  if the amount of Available Funds (together with amounts withdrawn from
the Spread  Account and/or the Policy) are not sufficient on any Payment Date to
pay the required payment of Class A Monthly  Principal to Class A Noteholders in
full,  the amount of such funds  available  to pay Class A Monthly  Principal to
Class A  Noteholders  will be  distributed  pro rata to the Class A  Noteholders
based upon the relative Note Balance of each class of Class A Notes.

         "Proceeding" means any suit in equity,  action at law or other judicial
or administrative proceeding.

         "Rating Agency Condition"  means, with respect to any action,  that (i)
Standard  & Poor's  shall  have been given ten  Business  Days (or such  shorter
period as is  acceptable  to Standard & Poor's)  prior  notice  thereof and that
Standard & Poor's shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer,  the Insurer and
the  Issuer in writing  that such  action  will not  result in a  qualification,
reduction or withdrawal of its then-current  rating of any Class of Notes,  (ii)
Moody's  shall have been given ten Business  Days (or such shorter  period as is
acceptable  to Moody's)  prior  notice  thereof and copies of all  documentation
relating to the event  requiring  such Rating  Agency  Condition  and (iii) each
Rating  Agency  shall have  confirmed to the Insurer that the shadow risk of the
Insurer with respect to the Notes is investment grade.

         "Rating  Event" means the  qualification,  reduction or  withdrawal  by
either Rating Agency of its then-current rating of any Class of Notes.

         "Record Date" means, with respect to a Payment Date or Redemption Date,
the close of business on the Business  Day  immediately  preceding  such Payment
Date or Redemption Date, or, in the event that Definitive Notes are issued,  the
close of business on the last day of the related Collection Period.

         "Redemption  Date" means the Payment Date  specified by the Servicer or
the Issuer pursuant to Section 12.01.

         "Redemption Price" means an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount
of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the respective
interest  rates of each Class of Notes being so redeemed  to but  excluding  the
Redemption Date.


                                                        12

<PAGE>




         "Holder"  means the  Person in whose name a Note is  registered  on the
Note Register on the applicable Record Date

         "Required  Spread Amount" means on each Payment Date, the lesser of (x)
__% of the Initial Note  Balances  and (y) the Note  Balances as of the previous
Distribution  Date (after giving  effect to any payment of Monthly  Principal on
such Payment  Date);  provided,  that on any Payment Date on which (or after the
first  Payment  Date on which)  the Excess  Yield  Requirement  is not met,  the
Required Spread Amount shall be increased,  if greater than the amounts provided
above,  to __% of the Note  Balances  (after  giving  effect to any  payment  of
Monthly  Principal on such Payment  Date).  On any Payment Date  following  such
first  Payment  Date on which  the  Excess  Yield  Requirement  is not met,  the
Required  Spread Amount shall be reduced below __% of the Note Balances (if such
amount is the applicable  Required  Spread Amount)  beginning on the [eighteenth
(18th)] Payment Date, as follows:

                  (i) on and after the [eighteenth  (18th)] Payment Date, if the
         Net  Cumulative  Loss  Percentage  is less  than or equal to __% on the
         [eighteenth (18th)] Payment Date, then the Required Spread Amount shall
         be __% of the Note Balances; and

                  (ii) on and after the  [thirty-sixth  (36th)] Payment Date, if
         the Net Cumulative  Loss Percentage is less than or equal to __% on the
         [thirty-sixth  (36th)]  Payment Date,  then the Required  Spread Amount
         shall be __% of the Note Balances.

Notwithstanding  any of the  foregoing,  upon and during the  continuance  of an
Indenture  Default or a Trigger Event, the Required Spread Amount shall be equal
to the Policy Amount as of such Payment Date,  without  giving effect to amounts
on deposit in the related  Spread  Account,  after giving effect to any draws on
the Policy, draws on the related Spread Account and other distributions pursuant
to Section 9.04 on such Payment  Date.  Once such  Indenture  Default or Trigger
Event has been  cured or  discontinued,  the  Required  Spread  Amount  shall be
determined as set forth above.

         "Servicer  Default" means an Event of Servicer  Default under the Trust
Agreement.

         "State"  means  any one of the 50 states  of the  United  States or the
District of Columbia.

         "Successor  Servicer"  shall  have the  meaning  specified  in  Section
3.07(e).

         "Termination Date" means the latest of (i) the expiration of the Policy
and the return of the Policy to the Insurer for  cancellation,  (ii) the date on
which the Insurer shall have received payment and performance of all amounts and
obligations  which the Issuer may owe to or on behalf of the Insurer  under this
Indenture and (iii) the date on which the Indenture  Trustee shall have received
payment and performance of all amounts and obligations  which the Issuer may owe
to or on behalf of the  Indenture  Trustee  for the  benefit of the  Noteholders
under this Indenture or the Notes.


                                                        13

<PAGE>




         "Trust Agreement" means the Trust and Servicing Agreement,  dated as of
the date hereof, between the Seller, the Servicer and the Owner Trustee.

         "Trust  Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939,
as  amended,  as in force  on the date  hereof,  unless  otherwise  specifically
provided.

         "United States" means the United States of America.

         SECTION  1.02.  Incorporation  by  Reference  of Trust  Indenture  Act.
Whenever  this  Indenture  refers to a provision  of the TIA,  the  provision is
incorporated  by reference in and made a part of this  Indenture.  The following
TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Indenture Securities" means the Notes.

         "Indenture Security Holder" means a Noteholder.

         "Indenture to be Qualified" means this Indenture.

         "Indenture  Trustee" or  "Institutional  Trustee"  means the  Indenture
Trustee.

         "Obligor" on the  indenture  securities  means the Issuer and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.

         All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another  statute or defined by Commission  rule have
the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.

         SECTION  1.03.  Rules of  Construction.  Unless the  context  otherwise
requires:

                  (i)      a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (ii) an accounting term not otherwise  defined has the meaning
         assigned  to  it  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
         principles as in effect from time to time;

                  (iii)    "or" is not exclusive;

                  (iv)     "including" means including without limitation;

                  (v) words in the singular  include the plural and words in the
         plural include the singular;


                                                        14

<PAGE>




                  (vi) any agreement,  instrument or statute defined or referred
         to herein or in any instrument or  certificate  delivered in connection
         herewith  means such  agreement,  instrument or statute as from time to
         time  amended,  modified or  supplemented  and includes (in the case of
         agreements or instruments)  references to all  attachments  thereto and
         instruments  incorporated  therein;  references to a Person are also to
         its permitted successors and assigns; and

                  (vii) the words  "hereof,"  "herein" and "hereunder" and words
         of  similar  import  when used in this  Indenture  shall  refer to this
         Indenture  as a  whole  and  not to any  particular  provision  of this
         Indenture;  Section,  subsection and Schedule  references  contained in
         this Indenture are references to Sections, subsections and Schedules in
         or to this Indenture unless otherwise specified.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE NOTES

         SECTION 2.01.  Form.  The Class A-1 Notes,  Class A-2 Notes,  Class A-3
Notes,  Class  A-4  Notes and  Class B Notes,  in each  case  together  with the
Indenture Trustee's certificate of authentication, shall be in substantially the
forms set forth as Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and B to this Indenture with such
appropriate  insertions,  omissions,  substitutions  and other variations as are
required or permitted by this  Indenture and may have such  letters,  numbers or
other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as
may, consistently  herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes,
as  evidenced by their  execution  of the Notes.  Any portion of the text of any
Note may be set forth on the  reverse  thereof,  with an  appropriate  reference
thereto on the face of the Note.

         Each Note shall be dated the date of its  authentication.  The terms of
the  Notes  set  forth in the  exhibits  hereto  are  part of the  terms of this
Indenture.

         SECTION 2.02. Execution,  Authentication and Delivery.  The Notes shall
be  executed  on behalf of the Issuer by the Owner  Trustee,  as provided in the
Trust Agreement.  The signature of any such Authorized  Officer on the Notes may
be manual or  facsimile.  Notes  bearing the manual or  facsimile  signature  of
individuals  who were at any time  Authorized  Officers of the Issuer shall bind
the Issuer,  notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to
hold such offices prior to the  authentication and delivery of such Notes or did
not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.

         The  Indenture   Trustee  shall,  upon  receipt  of  an  Issuer  Order,
authenticate  and deliver for original  issue Notes in the amount of the Initial
Class A-1 Note Balance,  the Initial  Class A-2 Note Balance,  the Initial Class
A-3 Note  Balance,  the Initial  Class A-4 Note Balance and the Initial  Class B
Note Balance.  The aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes  outstanding at any
time may not exceed such  respective  amounts,  except as otherwise  provided in
Section 2.05. Each Note shall be

                                                        15

<PAGE>




dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be issuable as registered
Notes in the minimum  denomination of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000
in  excess  thereof,  except  that one Note of each  Class  may be  issued  in a
different denomination.

         No Note shall be  entitled to any benefit  under this  Indenture  or be
valid or  obligatory  for any  purpose,  unless  there  appears  on such  Note a
certificate  of  authentication  substantially  in the form  provided for in the
forms of Notes attached as exhibits to this Indenture  executed by the Indenture
Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized  signatories,  and such
certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive  evidence,  and the only evidence,
that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

         SECTION 2.03.  Temporary  Notes.  Pending the preparation of definitive
Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Indenture
Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  deliver,  temporary  Notes that are  printed,
lithographed,  typewritten,  mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of
the definitive  Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such  variations
not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture as the officers executing such
Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

         If temporary Notes are issued,  the Issuer will cause  definitive Notes
to be prepared without  unreasonable  delay. After the preparation of definitive
Notes,  the temporary  Notes shall be  exchangeable  for  definitive  Notes upon
surrender  of the  temporary  Notes at the  office or agency of the Issuer to be
maintained  as  provided in Section  3.02,  without  charge to the Holder.  Upon
surrender for  cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall
execute and the  Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate  and deliver in exchange
therefor a like tenor and  principal  amount of  definitive  Notes of authorized
denominations.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.

         SECTION 2.04. Registration;  Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The
Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the "Note Register") in which, subject
to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for
the  registration  of Notes and the  registration  of  transfers  of Notes.  The
Indenture Trustee shall be "Note Registrar" for the purpose of registering Notes
and  transfers of Notes as herein  provided.  Upon any  resignation  of any Note
Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to
make such an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.

         If a Person other than the Indenture Trustee is appointed by the Issuer
as Note  Registrar,  the Issuer will give the Indenture  Trustee  prompt written
notice of the  appointment of such Note  Registrar and of the location,  and any
change in the location,  of the Note Register,  and the Indenture  Trustee shall
have the right to  inspect  the Note  Register  at all  reasonable  times and to
obtain copies  thereof,  and the Indenture  Trustee shall have the right to rely
upon a  certificate  executed on behalf of the Note  Registrar  by an  Executive
Officer  thereof  as to the  names  and  addresses  of the  Noteholders  and the
principal amounts and number of such Notes.


                                                        16

<PAGE>




         Upon surrender for  registration  of transfer of any Note at the office
or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02, the Issuer
shall execute,  and the Indenture Trustee shall  authenticate and the Noteholder
shall  obtain  from  the  Indenture  Trustee,  in the  name  of  the  designated
transferee  or  transferees,  one or more new  Notes  of the  same  Class in any
authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount.

         At the option of the Holder,  Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of
the same Class in any authorized  denominations,  of a like aggregate  principal
amount,  upon  surrender  of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.
Whenever any Notes are so  surrendered  for exchange,  the Issuer shall execute,
and the Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate  and the Noteholder  shall obtain
from the Indenture  Trustee,  the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange
is entitled to receive.

         All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall be the valid  obligations  of the Issuer,  evidencing  the same debt,  and
entitled to the same benefits  under this  Indenture,  as the Notes  surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         Every Note presented or  surrendered  for  registration  of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form  satisfactory  to the  Indenture  Trustee duly executed by, the
Holder thereof or such Holder's  attorney duly authorized in writing,  with such
signature  guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a
correspondent  located,  in the  city of New  York  or the  city  in  which  the
Corporate Trust Office is located,  or by a member firm of a national securities
exchange, and such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may require.

         No service  charge  shall be made to a Holder for any  registration  of
transfer  or  exchange  of Notes,  but the Issuer or the  Indenture  Trustee may
require  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to cover  any tax or other  governmental
charge that may be imposed in connection  with any  registration  of transfer or
exchange of Notes,  other than  exchanges  pursuant to Section 2.03 or 11.06 not
involving any transfer.

         The preceding  provisions of this Section  notwithstanding,  the Issuer
shall not be required to make and the Note Registrar need not register transfers
or exchanges of Notes  selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15
days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note.

         SECTION 2.05.  Mutilated,  Destroyed,  Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture Trustee, or the Indenture Trustee
receives  evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,  loss or theft of any
Note,  and (ii) there is  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the Insurer
(unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing)  such security
or  indemnity  as may be  required  by them to hold the  Issuer,  the  Indenture
Trustee and the Insurer harmless,  then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer,
the Note Registrar or the Indenture  Trustee that such Note has been acquired by
a bona fide  purchaser,  the  Issuer  shall  execute  and upon its  request  the
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,  in exchange for or in lieu of
any such mutilated,

                                                        17

<PAGE>




destroyed,  lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of the same Class; provided,
however,  that if any such  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated
Note, shall have become or within seven days shall be due and payable,  or shall
have been called for  redemption,  instead of issuing a  replacement  Note,  the
Issuer  may pay such  destroyed,  lost or stolen  Note when so due or payable or
upon the Redemption Date without  surrender  thereof.  If, after the delivery of
such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to
the proviso to the  preceding  sentence,  a bona fide  purchaser of the original
Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such
original  Note,  the  Issuer,  the Insurer and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be
entitled to recover such  replacement  Note (or such payment) from the Person to
whom it was  delivered  or any Person  taking  such  replacement  Note from such
Person to whom such  replacement  Note was  delivered  or any  assignee  of such
Person, except a bona fide purchaser,  and shall be entitled to recover upon the
security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage,  cost
or expense  incurred by the  Issuer,  the  Insurer or the  Indenture  Trustee in
connection therewith.

         Upon the  issuance  of any  replacement  Note under this  Section,  the
Issuer or the  Indenture  Trustee  may require the payment by the Holder of such
Note of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental  charge that may
be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable  expenses (including the
fees and  expenses of the  Indenture  Trustee or the Note  Registrar)  connected
therewith.

         Every  replacement  Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement
of any mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note shall  constitute an original
additional  contractual  obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone,  and
shall  be  entitled  to  all  the  benefits  of  this   Indenture   equally  and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the  replacement or
payment  of  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or  stolen  Notes.  In the case of the
registration  of transfer of any Note, the Issuer,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the
Insurer  and any of their  respective  agents may treat the Person in whose name
any Note is  registered  (as of the day of  determination)  as the owner of such
Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any,
on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever,  whether or not such Note be
overdue,  and none of the Issuer, the Insurer,  the Indenture Trustee nor any of
their respective agents shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         SECTION 2.06.  Intentionally Blank.

         SECTION 2.07.  Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.

         (a) Each  Class of Notes  shall  accrue  interest  as  provided  in the
Indenture at the related  interest rate for such Class,  and such interest shall
be payable on each Payment Date as specified  therein,  subject to Section 3.01.
Interest accrued on any Note but not paid on any Payment Date will be due on the
immediately  succeeding Payment Date,  together with, to the extent permitted by
applicable  law,  interest on such  shortfall at the related  interest rate. Any
installment of interest or

                                                        18

<PAGE>




principal, if any, payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided
for by the Issuer on the applicable  Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in
whose name such Note (or one or more  Predecessor  Notes) is  registered  on the
Record  Date,  by check mailed  first-class,  postage  prepaid to such  Person's
address as it appears on the Note  Register on such Record  Date,  except  that,
unless  Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.11, with respect
to  Notes  registered  on the  Record  Date in the  name of the  nominee  of the
Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will be made
by wire transfer in  immediately  available  funds to the account  designated by
such  nominee and except for the final  installment  of  principal  payable with
respect to such Note on a Payment  Date,  a  Redemption  Date or on the  related
Final Maturity Date, as the case may be (and except for the Redemption Price for
any Note  called for  redemption  pursuant  to Section  12.01),  which  shall be
payable as provided  below.  The funds  represented by any such checks  returned
undelivered shall be held in accordance with Section 3.03.

         (b) The principal of each Note shall be payable on each Payment Date to
the  extent  provided  in the form of the  related  Note set forth as an Exhibit
hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the
Notes of a Class of Notes shall be due and payable,  if not previously  paid, on
the earlier of:

                  (i)      the Final Maturity Date of such Class;

                  (ii)     the Redemption Date;

                  (iii)  if an Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
         continuing,  so long as an Insurer  Default shall not have occurred and
         be  continuing,  the date on which the Insurer  shall have declared the
         Notes to be  immediately  due and  payable  in the manner  provided  in
         Section 5.02; or

                  (iv)  if an  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
         continuing and an Insurer  Default has occurred and is continuing,  the
         date on which the Noteholders representing not less than 66 2/3% of the
         Note Balances have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable
         in the manner provided in Section 5.02.

All  principal  payments  on each  Class of Notes  shall be made pro rata to the
Noteholders of such Class entitled  thereto.  The Indenture Trustee shall notify
the Person in whose name a Note is  registered  at the close of  business on the
Record Date  preceding  the Payment  Date on which the Issuer  expects  that the
final  installment of principal of and interest on such Note will be paid.  Such
notice shall be mailed  within five  Business  Days of such Payment Date (or, in
the case of Notes  registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, such
notice  shall be  provided  within one  Business  Day of such  Payment  Date) or
receipt of notice of termination  of the Trust  pursuant to Section  ________ of
the Trust  Agreement  and shall  specify  that such  final  installment  will be
payable only upon  presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the
place  where such Note may be  presented  and  surrendered  for  payment of such
installment.  Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to
Noteholders as provided in Section 12.02. In addition, the Administrator

                                                        19

<PAGE>




shall  notify the  Insurer  and the Rating  Agencies  upon the final  payment of
interest and principal of each Class of Notes,  and upon the  termination of the
Trust, in each case pursuant to the Administration Agreement.

         SECTION  2.08.   Cancellation.   All  Notes  surrendered  for  payment,
registration  of transfer,  exchange or redemption  shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Indenture  Trustee,  be delivered to the Indenture Trustee
and shall be promptly cancelled by the Indenture Trustee.  The Issuer may at any
time deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee for  cancellation  any Notes  previously
authenticated and delivered  hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the
Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for
any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section,  except as expressly  permitted
by this  Indenture.  All  cancelled  Notes  may be held  or  disposed  of by the
Indenture  Trustee in accordance with its standard  retention or disposal policy
as in effect at the time unless the Issuer  shall direct by an Issuer Order that
they be destroyed or returned to it;  provided  that such Issuer Order is timely
and the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 2.09. Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance, will
be issued in the form of a typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry
Notes, to be delivered to DTC, the initial Depository,  by, or on behalf of, the
Issuer (except for any fractional  units which cannot be accepted by DTC).  Such
Notes shall  initially be  registered on the Note Register in the name of Cede &
Co., the nominee of the initial Clearing Agency,  and no Note Owner will receive
a Definitive Note  representing  such Note Owner's interest in such Note, except
as provided in Section 2.11. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes
(the  "DEFINITIVE  NOTES")  have been issued to Note Owners  pursuant to Section
2.11:

                  (i) the  provisions of this Section shall be in full force and
         effect;

                  (ii) the Note  Registrar  and the  Indenture  Trustee shall be
         entitled  to deal with the  Clearing  Agency for all  purposes  of this
         Indenture  (including  the payment of  principal of and interest on the
         Notes and the giving of  instructions  or directions  hereunder) as the
         sole  holder of the  Notes,  and shall have no  obligation  to the Note
         Owners;

                  (iii)  to the  extent  that  the  provisions  of this  Section
         conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of
         this Section shall control;

                  (iv) the rights of Note Owners shall be exercised only through
         the Clearing  Agency and shall be limited to those  established  by law
         and agreements  between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or
         the Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Depository Agreement,
         unless and until  Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to Section 2.11,
         the Clearing Agency will make  book-entry  transfers among the Clearing
         Agency  Participants and receive and transmit  payments of principal of
         and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

                                                        20

<PAGE>




                  (v) whenever this Indenture  requires or permits actions to be
         taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders evidencing a
         specified percentage of the Note Balances, the Clearing Agency shall be
         deemed to  represent  such  percentage  only to the extent  that it has
         received  instructions  to such effect from Note Owners and/or Clearing
         Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required
         percentage  of the  beneficial  interest in the Notes and has delivered
         such instructions to the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 2.10.  Notices to Clearing  Agency.  Whenever a notice or other
communication  to the Noteholders is required under this  Indenture,  unless and
until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.11,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall give all such  notices and  communications
specified  herein to be given to Noteholders to the Clearing  Agency,  and shall
have no obligation to the Note Owners.

         SECTION 2.11.  Definitive Notes. If (i) the  Administrator  advises the
Indenture  Trustee in writing that the Clearing  Agency is no longer  willing or
able to properly discharge its  responsibilities  as described in the Depository
Agreement,  and the Administrator or the Indenture Trustee is unable to locate a
qualified  successor,  or (ii) after the  occurrence of an Event of Default or a
Servicer Default, Note Owners representing in the aggregate more than 50% of the
Note Balances of all Classes of Notes advise the Indenture  Trustee  through the
Clearing Agency  Participants  in writing that the  continuation of a book-entry
system  through the  Clearing  Agency is no longer in the best  interests of the
related Note Owners,  then the  Indenture  Trustee shall notify all Note Owners,
through the Clearing  Agency,  of the  availability of Definitive  Notes to Note
Owners  requesting the same. Upon surrender to the Indenture Trustee of the Note
or Notes evidencing the Book Entry Notes by the Clearing Agency,  accompanied by
registration instructions from the Clearing Agency, the Issuer shall execute and
the Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate the Definitive Notes and deliver such
Definitive  Notes in accordance with the  instructions  of the Clearing  Agency.
None of the Issuer,  the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee shall be liable
for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and
shall be  protected  in relying  on,  such  instructions.  Upon the  issuance of
Definitive Notes of a Class,  the Indenture  Trustee shall recognize the Holders
of the Definitive Notes as Noteholders hereunder.

         The Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable if the Indenture  Trustee or
the Administrator is unable to locate a qualified successor Clearing Agency. The
Definitive  Notes shall be  typewritten,  printed,  lithographed  or engraved or
produced by any  combination  of these methods  (with or without steel  engraved
borders),  all as determined by the officers  executing such Notes, as evidenced
by their execution of such Notes.

         SECTION 2.12.  Release of Pledged Assets.  Subject to Section 13.01 and
the terms of the Basic Documents,  the Indenture  Trustee shall release property
from  the  lien of  this  Indenture  only  upon  receipt  of an  Issuer  Request
accompanied by an Officer's  Certificate,  an Opinion of Counsel and Independent
Certificates  in accordance  with Sections 314(c) and 314(d)(l) of the TIA or an
Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such  Independent  Certificates to the effect that
the TIA does not require any such Independent Certificates.

                                                        21

<PAGE>




         SECTION  2.13.  Tax  Treatment.   The  Issuer  has  entered  into  this
Indenture,  and the Notes will be issued,  with the intention that, for federal,
state and local income,  single  business and franchise tax purposes,  the Notes
will qualify as indebtedness  of the Issuer secured by the Pledged  Assets.  The
Issuer, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder,  by its acceptance
of its Note  (and  each  Note  Owner by its  acceptance  of an  interest  in the
applicable  Book-Entry  Note),  agree to treat the Notes for federal,  state and
local income,  single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the
Issuer.

         SECTION 2.14.  ERISA.  Each purchaser or transferee of a Note that is a
Benefit Plan shall be deemed to have  represented  that the relevant  conditions
for exemptive  relief under  Prohibited  Transaction  Class  Exemption  ("PTCE")
84-14,  PTCE 90-1,  PTCE  91-38,  PTCE  95-60 or PTCE 96-23 or other  applicable
exemption providing substantially similar relief have been satisfied.

                                                    ARTICLE III

                                                     COVENANTS

         SECTION 3.01.  Payment of Principal and Interest.  The Issuer will duly
and  punctually  pay  Monthly  Interest  and Monthly  Principal  on the Notes in
accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.  Without limiting the
foregoing,  subject to Section 9.04(a),  the Issuer will cause to be distributed
the amount of  Available  Funds on a Payment  Date.  The  Issuer  will cause the
deposits  received on Receivables  to be deposited  into the Collection  Account
pursuant  to the Trust  Agreement  for the benefit of the  Noteholders.  Amounts
properly  withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder
of interest  and/or  principal  shall be  considered  as having been paid by the
Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

         SECTION 3.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will or will
cause the  Administrator or the Indenture Trustee to maintain in The City of New
York, an office or agency where Notes may be  surrendered  for  registration  of
transfer  or  exchange,  and where  notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in
respect  of the  Notes and this  Indenture  may be  served.  The  Issuer  hereby
initially appoints the Indenture Trustee to serve as its agent for the foregoing
purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee of
the location,  and of any change in the location,  of any such office or agency.
If at any time the Issuer  shall fail to  maintain  any such office or agency or
shall fail to furnish  the  Indenture  Trustee  with the address  thereof,  such
surrenders,  notices and demands  may be made or served at the  Corporate  Trust
Office,  and the Issuer hereby  appoints the  Indenture  Trustee as its agent to
receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

         SECTION 3.03.  Money for Payments to be Held in Trust.

         (a) As provided in Section 9.02 of the Trust Agreement, all payments of
amounts  due and  payable  with  respect  to any Notes  that are to be made from
amounts  withdrawn  from the  Collection  Account,  the Spread  Account  and the
Payahead Account shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the

                                                        22

<PAGE>




Indenture  Trustee or by another Paying Agent,  and no amounts so withdrawn from
the Collection Account, the Spread Account and the Payahead Account for payments
of Notes shall be paid over to the Issuer except as provided in this Section.

         The Notes shall be non-recourse  obligations of the Issuer and shall be
limited in right of payment to amounts available from the Pledged Assets and the
Policy as provided  in this  Indenture  and the Issuer  shall not  otherwise  be
liable for payments on the Notes.  No Person shall be personally  liable for any
amounts  payable  under the  Notes.  If any other  provision  of this  Indenture
conflicts or is deemed to conflict with the  provisions of this  paragraph,  the
provisions of this paragraph shall control.

         The Issuer  will  cause  each  Paying  Agent  other than the  Indenture
Trustee to execute  and  deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Insurer an
instrument  in which such Paying  Agent shall agree with the  Indenture  Trustee
(and if the  Indenture  Trustee  acts as Paying  Agent,  it  hereby so  agrees),
subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

                  (i) hold all sums held by it for the  payment of  amounts  due
         with  respect  to the Notes in trust  for the  benefit  of the  Persons
         entitled  thereto  until  such sums  shall be paid to such  Persons  or
         otherwise  disposed  of as  herein  provided  and pay such sums to such
         Persons as herein provided;

                  (ii) give the Indenture  Trustee  notice of any default by the
         Issuer  (or any other  obligor  upon the  Notes)  in the  making of any
         payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

                  (iii) at any time during the  continuance of any such default,
         upon the written request of the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the
         Indenture Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

                  (iv)  immediately  resign as Paying Agent and forthwith pay to
         the  Indenture  Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of
         Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met
         by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

                  (v) comply with all  requirements  of the Code with respect to
         the  withholding  from  any  payments  made by it on any  Notes  of any
         applicable  withholding  taxes imposed  thereon and with respect to any
         applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

         The  Issuer  may  at  any  time,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the  Indenture  Trustee all sums held in
trust by such Paying Agent,  such sums to be held by the Indenture  Trustee upon
the same trusts as those upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and
upon such  payment by any Paying  Agent to the  Indenture  Trustee,  such Paying
Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

                                                        23

<PAGE>




         Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds,  any money
held by the  Indenture  Trustee or any Paying  Agent in trust for the payment of
any amount due with respect to any Note and  remaining  unclaimed  for two years
after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust
and be paid to the Issuer upon receipt of an Issuer  Request;  and the Holder of
such Note shall thereafter,  as an unsecured general creditor,  look only to the
Issuer for payment thereof,  and all liability of the Indenture  Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon  cease;  provided,
however,  that the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required
to make any such  repayment,  shall at the expense and  direction  of the Issuer
cause to be published  once, in a newspaper  published in the English  language,
customarily  published on each  Business Day and of general  circulation  in The
City of New York,  notice that such money remains  unclaimed  and that,  after a
date  specified  therein,  which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of
such  publication,  any unclaimed  balance of such money then  remaining will be
repaid to or for the account of the Issuer. The Indenture Trustee may also adopt
and  employ,  at the  expense  of the  Issuer,  any  other  reasonable  means of
notification of such repayment (including, but not limited to, mailing notice of
such  repayment  to  Holders  whose  Notes  have been  called  but have not been
surrendered  for  redemption  or whose  right to or  interest  in monies due and
payable  but not  claimed is  determinable  from the  records  of the  Indenture
Trustee  or of any  Paying  Agent,  at the last  address of record for each such
Holder).

         SECTION  3.04.  Existence.  The  Issuer  will keep in full  effect  its
existence, rights and franchises as a business trust under the laws of the State
of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes,
organized  under the laws of any other state or of the United  States,  in which
case the Issuer will keep in full effect its  existence,  rights and  franchises
under the laws of such other  jurisdiction)  and will  obtain and  preserve  its
qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is
or shall be  necessary  to  protect  the  validity  and  enforceability  of this
Indenture, the Notes, and the Pledged Assets.

         SECTION  3.05.  Protection  of Trust  Estate.  The Issuer  intends  the
security  interest  Granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of the Indenture
Trustee on behalf of the  Noteholders  to be prior to all other liens in respect
of the Pledged Assets, and the Issuer shall take all actions necessary to obtain
and  maintain,  for the  benefit  of the  Indenture  Trustee  on  behalf  of the
Noteholders,  a first lien on and a first priority,  perfected security interest
in the Pledged Assets. The Issuer will from time to time execute and deliver all
such  supplements  and  amendments  hereto  and all such  financing  statements,
continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments,
all as prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Issuer,  and will take such
other action necessary or advisable to:

                  (i) Grant more  effectively  all or any portion of the Pledged
         Assets;

                  (ii) maintain or preserve the lien and security  interest (and
         the  priority  thereof)  created  by this  Indenture  or carry out more
         effectively the purposes hereof;


                                                        24

<PAGE>




                  (iii)  perfect,  publish  notice of or protect the validity of
         any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

                  (iv)     enforce any of the Pledged Assets;

                  (v) preserve  and defend  title to the Pledged  Assets and the
         rights of the  Indenture  Trustee and the  Noteholders  in such Pledged
         Assets against the claims of all persons and parties; or

                  (vi) pay all taxes or assessments  levied or assessed upon the
         Pledged Assets when due.

The   Issuer   hereby   designates   the   Indenture   Trustee   its  agent  and
attorney-in-fact to execute all financing statements, continuation statements or
other instruments required to be executed pursuant to this Section.

         SECTION 3.06.  Opinions as to Pledged Assets.

         (a) Promptly  after the execution and delivery of this  Indenture,  the
Issuer  shall  furnish to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the Insurer an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect  that,  in the  opinion  of such  counsel,  either (i) all
financing  statements and  continuation  statements have been executed and filed
that are necessary to create and continue the Indenture Trustee's first priority
perfected  security interest in the Pledged Assets (subject to the rights of the
Insurer under the Insurance  Agreement) for the benefit of the Noteholders,  and
reciting the details of such  filings or referring to prior  Opinions of Counsel
in which such  details are given,  or (ii) no such action  shall be necessary to
perfect such security interest.

         (b) Within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year  beginning
with the first  calendar year  beginning more than three months after the Cutoff
Date,  the Issuer  shall  furnish to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the Insurer an
Opinion of Counsel,  dated as of a date during such 90-day period, to the effect
that, in the opinion of such counsel,  either (i) all financing  statements  and
continuation  statements  have been  executed  and filed that are  necessary  to
create and continue the Indenture  Trustee's first priority  perfected  security
interest in the Pledged  Assets  (subject to the rights of the Insurer under the
Insurance  Agreement)  for the  benefit of the  Noteholders,  and  reciting  the
details of such filings or referring to prior  Opinions of Counsel in which such
details are given,  or (ii) no such action  shall be  necessary  to perfect such
security interest.

         SECTION 3.07.  Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables.

         (a) The Issuer  will not take any action and will use its best  efforts
not to permit any action to be taken by others  that  would  release  any Person
from any of such Person's material covenants or obligations under any instrument
or  agreement  included  in the  Pledged  Assets  or that  would  result  in the
amendment, hypothecation,  subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair
the validity

                                                        25

<PAGE>




or  effectiveness  of, any such  instrument  or  agreement,  except as expressly
provided in the Basic Documents or such other instrument or agreement.

         (b) The Issuer may contract with or otherwise  obtain the assistance of
other  Persons  (including,  without  limitation,  the  Administrator  under the
Administration  Agreement) to assist it in performing its duties and obligations
under this Indenture,  and any performance of such duties by a Person identified
to the Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer in an Officer's  Certificate  shall be
deemed to be action  taken by the Issuer.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be
responsible  for the action or  inaction of the  Servicer or the  Administrator.
Initially,  the Issuer has contracted with the Servicer as the  Administrator to
assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture.

         (c)  The  Issuer  will  punctually  perform  and  observe  all  of  its
obligations  and  agreements  contained  in  this  Indenture,  the  other  Basic
Documents and in the instruments and agreements  included in the Pledged Assets,
including  but not  limited to filing or  causing to be filed all UCC  financing
statements and continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of this
Indenture and the Trust Agreement in accordance with and within the time periods
provided for herein and therein. Except as otherwise expressly provided therein,
the Issuer shall not waive,  amend,  modify,  supplement  or terminate any Basic
Document or any provision thereof without the consent of the Indenture  Trustee,
the Insurer  (unless an Insurer  Default has occurred and is continuing) and the
Holders of at least a majority of the Note Balances of the Notes.

         (d) If the Issuer shall have actual  knowledge of the  occurrence  of a
Servicer Default,  the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture  Trustee,  the
Insurer and each Rating  Agency  thereof,  and shall  specify in such notice the
action, if any, the Issuer is taking with respect of such default. If a Servicer
Default  shall  arise from the  failure of the  Servicer  to perform  any of its
duties or obligations under the Trust Agreement with respect to the Receivables,
the Issuer  shall  take all  reasonable  steps  available  to it to remedy  such
failure.

         (e) Upon the  resignation or  termination  of the Servicer  pursuant to
Sections  13.05 or 14.01 of the Trust  Agreement,  the  Indenture  Trustee shall
appoint a successor servicer ("Successor  Servicer")  acceptable to the Insurer.
If the Indenture  Trustee shall succeed to the Servicer's  duties as servicer of
the Receivables as provided in 14.02 of the Trust  Agreement,  it shall do so in
its  individual  capacity  and not in its  capacity as  Indenture  Trustee  and,
accordingly,  the  provisions  of  Article  Six  shall  be  inapplicable  to the
Indenture  Trustee  in its  duties  as the  successor  to the  Servicer  and the
servicing  of the  Receivables.  In case  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  become
successor to the Servicer under the Trust Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall
be entitled to appoint as Servicer one of its Affiliates, provided that it shall
not be liable  for the  actions  and  omissions  of any such  Affiliate  in such
capacity as successor Servicer appointed with due care.

         (f) Upon any  termination of the Servicer's  rights and powers pursuant
to the Trust Agreement,  the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture  Trustee
and the Insurer. As soon as a Successor Servicer is appointed,  the Issuer shall
notify the Indenture Trustee and the Insurer of such appointment,  specifying in
such notice the name and address of such Successor Servicer.

                                                        26

<PAGE>




         (g) The Issuer  agrees  that it will not waive  timely  performance  or
observance  by the Servicer or the Seller of their  respective  duties under the
Basic Documents: (i) without the prior consent of the Insurer (unless an Insurer
Default shall have  occurred and be  continuing)  or (ii) if the effect  thereof
would adversely affect the Noteholders.

         SECTION 3.08.  Negative  Covenants.  Until the  Termination  Date,  the
Issuer shall not:

                  (i)  except as  expressly  permitted  by the Basic  Documents,
         sell, transfer,  exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties
         or  assets of the  Issuer,  including  those  included  in the  Pledged
         Assets,  unless  directed to do so by the  Indenture  Trustee  with the
         prior  written  consent of the Insurer  (unless an Insurer  Default has
         occurred and is continuing);

                  (ii)  claim  any  credit  on, or make any  deduction  from the
         principal  or  interest  payable in respect  of, the Notes  (other than
         amounts  properly  withheld  from  such  payments  under  the  Code  or
         applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former
         Noteholder  by reason of the  payment of the taxes  levied or  assessed
         upon any part of the Pledged Assets;

                  (iii)  (A)  permit  the  validity  or  effectiveness  of  this
         Indenture to be impaired,  or permit the lien created by this Indenture
         to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or
         permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with
         respect to the Notes under this  Indenture  except as may be  expressly
         permitted hereby, (B) permit any lien, charge,  excise, claim, security
         interest,  mortgage or other  encumbrance  (other than the lien of this
         Indenture)  to be  created on or extend to or  otherwise  arise upon or
         burden the Pledged  Assets or any part thereof or any interest  therein
         or the proceeds  thereof  (other than tax liens,  mechanics'  liens and
         other liens that arise by  operation of law, in each case on a Financed
         Vehicle and arising  solely as a result of an action or omission of the
         related Obligor),  (C) permit the lien created by this Indenture not to
         constitute a valid first priority  (other than with respect to any such
         tax, mechanics' or other lien) security interest in the Pledged Assets;
         or

                  (iv)     dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part.

         SECTION  3.09.  Annual  Statement  as to  Compliance.  The Issuer  will
deliver to the Indenture Trustee and the Insurer,  on or before April 30 of each
year,  beginning  on the first  April 30 that is at least six  months  after the
Closing Date, an Officer's  Certificate dated as of December 31 of the preceding
year stating,  as to the Authorized Officer signing such Officer's  Certificate,
that:

                  (i) a review of the  activities of the Issuer during such year
         and of  performance  under  this  Indenture  has been made  under  such
         Authorized Officer's supervision; and

                  (ii) to the best of such Authorized Officer's knowledge, based
         on such  review,  the  Issuer  has  complied  with all  conditions  and
         covenants under this Indenture throughout such

                                                        27

<PAGE>




         year,  or, if there has been a default  in the  compliance  of any such
         condition  or  covenant,  specifying  each such  default  known to such
         Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof.

         SECTION 3.10. Issuer May Consolidate,  etc. Only on Certain Conditions.
(a) The Issuer  shall not  consolidate  or merge with or into any other  Person,
unless:

                  (i) the  Person  (if  other  than  the  Issuer)  formed  by or
         surviving such  consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and
         existing  under  the laws of the  United  States or any State and shall
         expressly assume,  by an indenture  supplemental  hereto,  executed and
         delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Insurer,  in  form  and
         substance  satisfactory  to the  Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer (so
         long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing), the due and
         punctual  payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the
         performance  or  observance  of every  agreement  and  covenant of this
         Indenture and each other Basic Document on the part of the Issuer to be
         performed or observed, all as provided herein;

                  (ii) immediately after giving effect to such  consolidation or
         merger,  no  Default or Event of Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
         continuing;

                  (iii) the Rating Agency  Condition  shall have been  satisfied
         with respect to such consolidation or merger;

                  (iv) the  Issuer  shall  have  received  an Opinion of Counsel
         which shall be delivered to and shall be  satisfactory to the Indenture
         Trustee and the Insurer to the effect that such consolidation or merger
         will not have any material  adverse tax  consequence to the Trust,  the
         Insurer, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

                  (v) any  action  as is  necessary  to  maintain  the  lien and
         security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken;

                  (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture  Trustee
         and the  Insurer  an  Officer's  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel
         (which shall describe the actions taken as required by clause (v) above
         or  that  no such  actions  will  be  taken)  each  stating  that  such
         consolidation  or merger and such  supplemental  indenture  comply with
         this Article III and that all conditions  precedent herein provided for
         relating to such  transaction  have been compiled with  (including  any
         filings required by the Exchange Act); and

                  (vii) so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing,  the Issuer shall have given the Insurer  written notice of
         such  consolidation  or merger at least 20  Business  Days prior to the
         consummation  of such action and shall have  received the prior written
         approval of the Insurer of such  consolidation or merger and the Issuer
         or the Person (if other than the Issuer)  formed by or  surviving  such
         consolidation  or  merger  has  a net  worth,  immediately  after  such
         consolidation or merger, that is (A) greater than zero and (B) not less

                                                        28

<PAGE>




         than the net worth of the Issuer  immediately prior to giving effect to
         such consolidation or merger.

         (b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all of
its properties or assets, including those included in the Pledged Assets, to any
Person (except as expressly permitted by the Basic Documents), unless:

                  (i) the Person that  acquires by  conveyance  or transfer  the
         properties  and  assets  of the  Issuer  shall  (A) be a United  States
         citizen or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United
         States or any State, (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental
         hereto,  executed  and  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee  and  the
         Insurer,  in form and substance  satisfactory to the Indenture  Trustee
         and the Insurer  (so long as no Insurer  Default  has  occurred  and is
         continuing),  the due and  punctual  payment  of the  principal  of and
         interest  on all  Notes  and the  performance  or  observance  of every
         agreement and covenant of this  Indenture and each other Basic Document
         on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed,  all as provided
         herein,  (C) expressly  agree by means of such  supplemental  indenture
         that all right,  title and interest so conveyed or transferred shall be
         subject  and  subordinate  to the  rights of  Noteholders,  (D)  unless
         otherwise provided in such supplemental  indenture,  expressly agree to
         indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless  the Issuer  against and from any
         loss,  liability or expense  arising under or related to this Indenture
         and the Notes  and (E)  expressly  agree by means of such  supplemental
         indenture  that  such  Person  (or if a  group  of  Persons,  then  one
         specified  Person) shall make all filings with the Commission  (and any
         other  appropriate  Person)  required by the Exchange Act in connection
         with the Notes;

                  (ii)  immediately  after giving  effect to such  conveyance or
         transference, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing;

                  (iii) the Rating Agency  Condition  shall have been  satisfied
         with respect to such conveyance or transference;

                  (iv) the  Issuer  shall  have  received  an Opinion of Counsel
         which shall be delivered to and shall be  satisfactory to the Indenture
         Trustee  and the  Insurer  (so long as no  Insurer  Default  shall have
         occurred  and be  continuing)  to the effect  that such  conveyance  or
         transference  will not have any material adverse tax consequence to the
         Trust, the Insurer, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

                  (v) any  action  as is  necessary  to  maintain  the  lien and
         security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken;

                  (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture  Trustee
         and the  Insurer  an  Officer's  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel
         (which shall describe the actions taken as required by clause (v) above
         or  that  no such  actions  will  be  taken)  each  stating  that  such
         conveyance or transference and such supplemental  indenture comply with
         this Article Three

                                                        29

<PAGE>




         and that all conditions  precedent herein provided for relating to such
         transaction  have been complied with (including any filings required by
         the Exchange Act); and

                  (vii) so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing,  the Issuer shall have given the Insurer  written notice of
         such  conveyance  or  transfer  of  properties  or  assets  at least 20
         Business Days prior to the  consummation  of such action and shall have
         received the prior written  approval of the Insurer of such  conveyance
         or transfer and the Person  acquiring by conveyance or transference the
         properties or assets of the Issuer has a net worth,  immediately  after
         such conveyance or transfer,  that is (A) greater than zero and (B) not
         less  than the net  worth of the  Issuer  immediately  prior to  giving
         effect to such conveyance or transfer.

         SECTION  3.11.  Successor  Transferee.  (a) Upon any  consolidation  or
merger of the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or
surviving such  consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed
to, and be  substituted  for,  and may  exercise  every  right and power of, the
Issuer  under this  Indenture  with the same  effect as if such  Person had been
named as the Issuer herein.

         (b) Upon a  conveyance  or  transfer  of all or  substantially  all the
assets or properties of the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10(b),  the Issuer will
be released from every  covenant and agreement of this  Indenture to be observed
or  performed  on the part of the Issuer with  respect to the Notes  immediately
upon the  delivery of written  notice to the  Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer
stating that the Issuer is to be so released.

         SECTION 3.12. No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in (i) any
business  other than  financing,  purchasing,  owning,  selling and managing the
Receivables  in the manner  contemplated  by this  Indenture and the other Basic
Documents  and  activities  incidental  thereto  or (ii) any other  business  or
activities as contemplated by Section 1.03 of the Trust Agreement.

         SECTION  3.13.  Servicer's  Obligations.  The  Issuer  shall  cause the
Servicer to comply with the Servicer's obligations under the Trust Agreement.

         SECTION 3.14. Restricted Payments. Except as expressly permitted by the
Basic  Documents,  the Issuer  shall not,  directly or  indirectly,  (i) pay any
dividend  or make any  distribution  (by  reduction  of capital  or  otherwise),
whether in cash,  property,  securities or a combination  thereof,  to the Owner
Trustee or any owner of a beneficial  interest in the Issuer or  otherwise  with
respect to any  ownership or equity  interest or security in or of the Issuer or
to the Servicer,  (ii) redeem,  purchase,  retire or otherwise acquire for value
any such  ownership  or  equity  interest  or  security  or (iii)  set  aside or
otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose;  provided,  however,  that
the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, (A) distributions to the Servicer, the
Indenture  Trustee,  the Owner Trustee,  the Insurer,  the  Noteholders  and the
Certificateholders as contemplated by, and to the extent funds are available for
such  purpose  under,  the Trust  Agreement  and (B)  payments to the  Indenture
Trustee and the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) of the Administration

                                                        30

<PAGE>




Agreement.  The Issuer will not,  directly or  indirectly,  make  payments to or
distributions  from the  Collection  Account  except  in  accordance  with  this
Indenture and the other Basic Documents.

         SECTION  3.15.  Notice of Events of Default.  The Issuer agrees to give
the Indenture Trustee,  the Insurer and each Rating Agency prompt written notice
of each Event of Default  hereunder and each default on the part of the Servicer
or the Seller of their respective obligations under the Trust Agreement.

         SECTION  3.16.  Further  Instruments  and  Acts.  Upon  request  of the
Indenture  Trustee or the  Insurer,  the Issuer will  execute  and deliver  such
further  instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably  necessary or
proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

         SECTION 3.17.  Compliance  with Laws.  The Issuer shall comply with the
requirements  of all  applicable  laws,  the  non-compliance  with which  would,
individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of
the Issuer to perform its  obligations  under the Notes,  this  Indenture or any
other Basic Document.

         SECTION 3.18. Amendments of Trust Agreement. The Issuer shall not agree
to any  amendment  to Section  17.01 of the Trust  Agreement  to  eliminate  the
requirements  thereunder that the Noteholders  consent to amendments  thereto as
provided therein.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

         SECTION 4.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.  This Indenture
shall cease to be of further  effect with  respect to the Notes except as to (i)
rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments
of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) Sections 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.07,
3.08,  3.10,  3.11,  3.12,  3.17  and  3.18,  (v) the  rights,  obligations  and
immunities  of the  Indenture  Trustee  hereunder  (including  the rights of the
Indenture  Trustee  under  Section  6.07 and the  obligations  of the  Indenture
Trustee under Section 4.02),  (vi) the rights of  Noteholders  as  beneficiaries
hereof with  respect to the  property so deposited  with the  Indenture  Trustee
payable to all or any of them and (vii) the obligation of the Indenture  Trustee
to make claims under the Policy,  which shall survive the Final Maturity Date of
the Class B Notes and extend  through  any  preference  period  applicable  with
respect to the Notes or any  payments  made in  respect  of the  Notes,  and the
Indenture Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer,  shall execute
proper  instruments  acknowledging  satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
with respect to the Notes, when

         (A)      either

                  (1) all Notes  theretofore  authenticated and delivered (other
than (i)  Notes  that  have been  destroyed,  lost or stolen  and that have been
replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.05

                                                        31

<PAGE>




and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has  theretofore  been deposited in trust
or  segregated  and held in trust by the  Issuer  and  thereafter  repaid to the
Issuer or  discharged  from such trust,  as provided in Section  3.03) have been
delivered to the Indenture  Trustee for  cancellation and the Policy has expired
and been returned to the Insurer for cancellation; or

                  (2) all  Notes  not  theretofore  delivered  to the  Indenture
         Trustee for cancellation

                        (i) have become due and payable,

                        (ii) will become due and  payable at the Final  Maturity
         Date of the Class B Notes within one year, or

                        (iii) are to be called  for  redemption  within one year
         under arrangements satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee for the giving
         of notice of redemption by the  Indenture  Trustee in the name,  and at
         the expense, of the Issuer,

and the Issuer, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be irrevocably  deposited with the Indenture Trustee cash
or Eligible  Investments  for such purpose,  in an amount  sufficient to pay and
discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Indenture  Trustee for  cancellation  when due to the Final Maturity Date of the
Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes or  Redemption  Date (if Notes  shall have
been called for redemption pursuant to Section 12.01), as the case may be;

         (B) the Issuer has paid or  performed or caused to be paid or performed
all amounts and obligations  which the Issuer may owe to or on behalf of (1) the
Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under this Indenture or the
Notes and (2) the Insurer under this Indenture and the Basic Documents; and

         (C) the Issuer has delivered to the  Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer
an Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA, the
Indenture  Trustee) an Independent  Certificate  from a firm of certified public
accountants,  each meeting the applicable  requirements of Section 13.01(a) and,
subject to Section  13.02,  each stating that all  conditions  precedent  herein
provided for relating to the  satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture have
been complied with and the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

         SECTION 4.02. Application of Trust Money. All monies deposited with the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance  with the provisions of the Notes and this  Indenture,  to the
payment,  either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Indenture  Trustee
may  determine,  to the  Holders  of the  particular  Notes for the  payment  or
redemption of which such monies have been deposited with the Indenture  Trustee,
of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal  and interest;  but such
monies need not be  segregated  from other funds  except to the extent  required
herein or in the Trust Agreement or required by law.

                                                        32

<PAGE>




          SECTION 4.03.  Repayment of Monies Held by Paying Agent. In connection
with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes,
all monies then held by any Paying Agent other than the Indenture  Trustee under
the provisions of this  Indenture with respect to such Notes shall,  upon demand
of the Issuer, be paid to the Indenture Trustee to be held and applied according
to Section  3.03 and  thereupon  such Paying  Agent  shall be released  from all
further liability with respect to such monies.


                                    ARTICLE V

                           EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES


         SECTION  5.01.  Events of Default.  "Event of Default,"  wherever  used
herein,  means any one of the  following  events  (whatever  the reason for such
Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected
by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

         (a)  default in the  payment of any  interest on any Note when the same
becomes due and payable and such  default  shall  continue  for a period of five
days after notice thereof is given to the Issuer, the Insurer and the Servicer;

         (b) default in the payment of any  principal due and payable on a Class
of Notes on the Final  Maturity  Date for such  Class of Notes and such  default
shall  continue for a period of five days after  notice  thereof is given to the
Issuer, the Insurer and the Servicer;

         (c) (i) default in the  observance  or  performance  of any covenant or
agreement  of the  Issuer  made in this  Indenture  (other  than a  covenant  or
agreement,  a default in the  observance or performance of which is elsewhere in
this Section specifically dealt with), and such default shall continue or not be
cured for a period of 90 days after  notice  thereof  shall have been given,  by
registered  or certified  mail,  to the Issuer by the  Indenture  Trustee or the
Insurer or to the Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee by the  Holders of at least
25% of the  Note  Balances,  acting  together  as a  single  class  or (ii)  any
representation  or  warranty  made by the  Issuer  in this  Indenture  or in any
certificate  delivered  pursuant  hereto or in connection  herewith  having been
incorrect in a material  respect as of the time made, and such breach not having
been  cured  within 30 days after  notice  thereof is given to the Issuer by the
Indenture Trustee or the Insurer,  or to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by
the holders of at least 25% of the Note Balances of the Notes acting together as
a single class;

         (d) the  filing  of a decree  or order  for  relief  by a court  having
jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer or any substantial part of
the Pledged Assets in an involuntary case under any applicable  federal or state
bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar law now or  hereafter  in effect,  or
appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
similar  official  of the  Issuer  or for any  substantial  part of the  Pledged
Assets, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of

                                                        33

<PAGE>




the  Issuer's  affairs,  and such decree or order shall  remain  unstayed and in
effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

         (e) the  commencement  by the  Issuer  of a  voluntary  case  under any
applicable  federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter  in effect,  or the consent by the Issuer to the entry of an order for
relief in an  involuntary  case under any such law, or the consent by the Issuer
to the  appointment or taking  possession by a receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,
custodian,  trustee,  sequestrator or similar  official of the Issuer or for any
substantial  part of the  Pledged  Assets,  or the  making by the  Issuer of any
general  assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  or the failure by the Issuer
generally  to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by
the Issuer in  furtherance of any of the  foregoing;  provided,  however that so
long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, neither the Indenture
Trustee nor the Noteholders may declare an Event of Default under the Indenture.
So long as an Insurer  Default has not occurred and is  continuing,  an Event of
Default shall occur only upon  delivery by the Insurer to the Indenture  Trustee
of notice of the occurrence of an Event of Default. The failure to pay principal
on a class of Notes  shall not result in the  occurrence  of an Event of Default
until the Final Maturity Date for such class of Notes.

         The Issuer  shall  deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee and the  Insurer,
within five days after obtaining  knowledge of the occurrence  thereof,  written
notice  in the form of an  Officer's  Certificate  of any event  which  with the
giving  of notice or the lapse of time  would  become an Event of  Default,  its
status and what  action the Issuer is taking or  proposes  to take with  respect
thereto.

         SECTION 5.02.  Rights Upon Event of Default.  (a) So long as no Insurer
Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  if an Event of  Default  shall have
occurred and is continuing,  then the Insurer shall have the right,  but not the
obligation,  upon prior  written  notice to each  Rating  Agency,  to declare by
written  notice to the Issuer,  the Servicer and the Indenture  Trustee that the
Notes become  immediately  due and payable,  and upon any such  declaration  the
unpaid principal amount of the Notes,  together with accrued and unpaid interest
thereon,  shall become  immediately due and payable.  The Indenture Trustee will
have no  discretion  with  respect to the  acceleration  of the Notes  under the
foregoing circumstances. In the event of any such acceleration of the Notes, the
Indenture Trustee shall continue to make claims under the Policy with respect to
the Notes.

         (b) If an Insurer  Default shall have occurred and be continuing and an
Event of Default  specified in Section 5.01(a),  (b), (c), (d) or (e) shall have
occurred and be  continuing,  the Indenture  Trustee  shall,  if so requested in
writing by the  Noteholders  representing at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate Note
Balances of the Notes, upon prior written notice to each Rating Agency,  declare
that the Notes become immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration
the unpaid  principal  amount of the Notes,  together  with  accrued  and unpaid
interest thereon, shall become immediately due and payable.

         (c) Following any Event of Default, the Insurer may elect to pay all or
any  portion of the  outstanding  amount of the  Notes,  plus  accrued  interest
thereon to the date of payment.


                                                        34

<PAGE>




         SECTION 5.03.  Collection of Indebtedness  and Suits for Enforcement by
Indenture  Trustee.  (a) The Issuer covenants that, if the Notes are accelerated
following the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer will, upon demand of
the  Indenture  Trustee,  pay to the Indenture  Trustee,  for the benefit of the
Noteholders,  the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for  principal
and  interest,  with  interest  upon the overdue  principal,  and, to the extent
payment at such rate of  interest  shall be legally  enforceable,  upon  overdue
installments  of  interest,  at the  applicable  interest  rates and in addition
thereto  such  further  amount  as shall be  sufficient  to cover  the costs and
expenses of  collection,  including the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses and
disbursements of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel.

         (b) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be  continuing,  the
Indenture  Trustee  shall  (i)  if  no  Insurer  Default  has  occurred  and  is
continuing, at the direction of the Insurer, or (ii) if an Insurer Default shall
have  occurred  and  be  continuing,   at  the  direction  of  the   Noteholders
representing  at  least  66 2/3% of the  Note  Balances  of the  Notes,  as more
particularly provided in Section 5.04, proceed to protect and enforce the rights
of the  Noteholders,  by such appropriate  Proceedings as the Indenture  Trustee
shall deem most  effective to protect and enforce any such  rights,  whether for
the specific  enforcement  of any covenant or agreement in this  Indenture or in
aid of the exercise of any power granted herein,  or to enforce any other proper
remedy or legal or  equitable  right  vested in the  Indenture  Trustee  by this
Indenture or by law.

         (c) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in
the Pledged Assets,  Proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any
other applicable  federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law,
or in case a receiver,  assignee  or trustee in  bankruptcy  or  reorganization,
liquidator,  sequestrator  or similar  official shall have been appointed for or
taken  possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person,
or in case of any other comparable judicial  Proceedings  relative to the Issuer
or other  obligor upon the Notes,  or to the creditors or property of the Issuer
or such other  obligor,  the  Indenture  Trustee,  irrespective  of whether  the
principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein  expressed or by
declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee shall
have made any  demand  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Section,  shall be
entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

                  (i) to file and prove a claim or claims  for the whole  amount
         of principal and interest  owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and
         to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable
         in order to have the claims of the  Indenture  Trustee  (including  any
         claim for  reasonable  compensation  to the Indenture  Trustee and each
         predecessor  Indenture Trustee, and their respective agents,  attorneys
         and counsel,  and for  reimbursement  of all  expenses and  liabilities
         incurred  by the  Indenture  Trustee  and  each  predecessor  Indenture
         Trustee,  except as a result of  negligence  or bad  faith)  and of the
         Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings;


                                                        35

<PAGE>




                  (ii) unless  prohibited by applicable law and regulations,  to
         vote on behalf of the  Noteholders  in any  election  of a  trustee,  a
         standby  trustee or Person  performing  similar  functions  in any such
         Proceedings;

                  (iii) to collect  and  receive  any  monies or other  property
         payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts
         received  with  respect  to the  claims of the  Noteholders  and of the
         Indenture Trustee on their behalf; and

                  (iv)  to file  such  proofs  of  claim  and  other  papers  or
         documents  as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims
         of the  Indenture  Trustee or the  Noteholders  allowed in any judicial
         proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property; and
         any trustee, receiver, liquidator,  custodian or other similar official
         in any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders
         to make payments to the Indenture  Trustee,  and, in the event that the
         Indenture  Trustee shall consent to the making of payments  directly to
         such Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall
         be  sufficient  to  cover  reasonable  compensation  to  the  Indenture
         Trustee,  each  predecessor  Indenture  Trustee  and  their  respective
         agents,  attorneys and counsel,  and all other expenses and liabilities
         incurred  by the  Indenture  Trustee  and  each  predecessor  Indenture
         Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

         (d) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture
Trustee to  authorize  or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of
any  Noteholder  any  plan  of   reorganization,   arrangement,   adjustment  or
composition  affecting  the Notes or the  rights  of any  Holder  thereof  or to
authorize  the  Indenture  Trustee  to  vote  in  respect  of the  claim  of any
Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election
of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

         (e) All rights of action and of asserting  claims under this Indenture,
or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture  Trustee without the
possession of any of the Notes or the  production  thereof in any trial or other
Proceedings relative thereto,  and any such action or Proceedings  instituted by
the Indenture  Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express
trust,  and any  recovery of judgment,  subject to the payment of the  expenses,
disbursements  and  compensation  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  each  predecessor
Indenture  Trustee and their respective  agents and attorneys,  shall be for the
ratable benefit of the Noteholders.

         (f) In any Proceedings  brought by the Indenture Trustee (including any
Proceedings  involving the  interpretation  of any provision of this Indenture),
the Indenture  Trustee shall be held to represent  all the  Noteholders,  and it
shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any such Proceedings.

         SECTION  5.04.  Remedies.  (a) If (i) an Event of  Default  shall  have
occurred and be  continuing,  the Indenture  Trustee  shall  (subject to Section
5.04(b)  below and Section  5.05),  if no Insurer  Default has  occurred  and is
continuing, at the direction of the Insurer, or (ii) if an Event of

                                                        36

<PAGE>




Default  specified in Section 5.01(a),  (b), (c), (d) or (e) shall have occurred
and be continuing, the Indenture Trustee shall (subject to Section 5.04(b) below
and Section 5.05), if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing,  at the
direction of the Noteholders  representing at least 66 2/3% of the Note Balances
of the Notes, take one or more of the following actions as so directed:

                  (i) institute  Proceedings in its own name and as or on behalf
         of a trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then
         payable  on the Notes or under this  Indenture  with  respect  thereto,
         whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and
         collect  from the Issuer and any other  obligor  upon such Notes monies
         adjudged due;

                  (ii) institute  Proceedings from time to time for the complete
         or partial  foreclosure  of this  Indenture with respect to the Pledged
         Assets;

                  (iii)  exercise any remedies of a secured  party under the UCC
         and any other remedy  available to the  Indenture  Trustee and take any
         other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies
         of the  Indenture  Trustee  on behalf  of the  Noteholders  under  this
         Indenture or the Notes;

                  (iv) sell or cause the  Servicer to  otherwise  liquidate  the
         Pledged Assets or any portion  thereof or rights or interests  therein,
         at one or more  public or private  sales  called and  conducted  in any
         manner  permitted  by law and  deliver  the  proceeds  of such  sale or
         liquidation  to the Indenture  Trustee for  distribution  in accordance
         with the terms of this Indenture; and

                  (v)      maintain possession of the Pledged Assets.

         (b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing,

                    (i) in the event that the Indenture Trustee is acting at the
         direction  of the Insurer,  so long as an Insurer  Default has occurred
         and is continuing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(a),
         (b) or (c) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Insurer shall not
         have the right to cause the  Indenture  Trustee or the Servicer to, and
         neither the  Indenture  Trustee nor the Servicer  shall,  liquidate the
         Pledged  Assets  in whole or in part if the  proceeds  of such  sale or
         liquidation would not be sufficient to pay all outstanding principal of
         and accrued interest on the Notes; and

                  (ii) in the event that the Indenture  Trustee is acting at the
         direction of the Noteholders  representing at least 66 2/3% of the Note
         Balances  of the  Notes,  the  Noteholders  shall not have the right to
         direct the  Indenture  Trustee or the  Servicer  to,  and  neither  the
         Indenture Trustee nor the Servicer shall,  liquidate the Pledged Assets
         in whole or in part unless an Event of Default as  specified in Section
         5.01(d) or (e) shall have  occurred and be  continuing  and in any case
         the  Insurer  shall have  failed to make a payment  required  under the
         Policy in accordance with its terms.

                                                        37

<PAGE>




         (c) In determining the sufficiency or  insufficiency of the proceeds of
a sale or liquidation of the Pledged Assets to pay all amounts required pursuant
to Section  5.04(b)(i)  above,  the Indenture  Trustee may, but need not, at the
sole  expense  of the Issuer  obtain and rely upon an opinion of an  Independent
investment  banking  or  accounting  firm  of  national  reputation  as  to  the
feasibility  of such proposed  action and as to the  sufficiency  of the Pledged
Assets for such purpose.

         SECTION 5.05.  Optional  Preservation of the Receivables.  If the Notes
have been declared to be due and payable  under Section 5.02  following an Event
of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and
annulled, the Indenture Trustee shall, absent direction to the contrary from the
Insurer or the Noteholders  pursuant to Section 5.04, maintain possession of the
Pledged Assets.

         SECTION 5.06. Priorities. (a) If the Notes have been declared to be due
and payable under Section 5.02 following an Indenture  Event of Default and such
declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, any money
collected by the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Pledged Assets, the Notes
or the Certificates pursuant to this Article or otherwise and any money that may
then be held or thereafter received by the Indenture Trustee with respect to the
Pledged Assets, the Notes or the Certificates (excluding any payments made under
the Policy), shall be applied pursuant to Section 9.04(a).

         (b) The  Indenture  Trustee may fix a record date and payment  date for
any payment to  Noteholders  pursuant to this  Section.  At least 15 days before
such record date,  the Issuer shall mail to each  Noteholder  and the  Indenture
Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to
be paid.

         SECTION 5.07. Limitation of Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any
right to institute any Proceeding,  judicial or otherwise,  with respect to this
Indenture,  or for the  appointment  of a receiver or trustee,  or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:

                  (i) such Holder has  previously  given  written  notice to the
         Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

                  (ii) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Note  Balances of
         the  Notes  have made  written  request  to the  Indenture  Trustee  to
         institute  such  Proceeding  in respect of such Event of Default in its
         own name as Indenture Trustee hereunder;

                  (iii) such  Holder or Holders  have  offered to the  Indenture
         Trustee   reasonable   indemnity   against  the  costs,   expenses  and
         liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request;

                  (iv) the  Indenture  Trustee  for 60 days after its receipt of
         such  notice,  request and offer of  indemnity  has failed to institute
         such Proceedings;


                                                        38

<PAGE>




                  (v) no direction  inconsistent  with such written  request has
         been given to the  Indenture  Trustee  during such 60-day period by the
         Holders  of a  majority  of the  Note  Balances  of the  Notes,  voting
         together as a single class; and

                  (vi) an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

It is  understood  and intended that no one or more  Noteholders  shall have any
right in any manner  whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any  provision of
this  Indenture  to  affect,  disturb  or  prejudice  the  rights  of any  other
Noteholders  or to obtain or to seek to obtain  priority or preference  over any
other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner
herein provided.

         In the  event  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  receive  conflicting  or
inconsistent requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Noteholders, each
representing  less  than a  majority  of the Note  Balances  of the  Notes,  the
Indenture  Trustee in its sole  discretion  may determine  that action,  if any,
shall be taken,  notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Indenture and any
such action shall be binding on all parties.

         SECTION 5.08.  Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal
and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder
of any Note  shall have the  right,  which is  absolute  and  unconditional,  to
receive  payments of Monthly  Interest and Monthly  Principal on such Note on or
after  the  respective  due  dates  thereof  expressed  in such  Note or in this
Indenture (or, in the case of redemption,  on or after the Redemption  Date) and
to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment,  and such right shall
not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

         SECTION  5.09.  Restoration  of Rights and  Remedies.  If the Indenture
Trustee,  the Insurer or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce
any  right  or  remedy  under  this  Indenture  and  such  Proceeding  has  been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the
Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or to such  Noteholder,  then and in every such
case the Issuer, the Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer and the Noteholders shall,
subject to any  determination  in such  Proceeding,  be restored  severally  and
respectively to their former positions hereunder,  and thereafter all rights and
remedies of the Indenture  Trustee and the Noteholders  shall continue as though
no such Proceeding had been instituted.

         SECTION 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein
conferred  upon or  reserved  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or to the
Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy,  and every
right and remedy shall,  to the extent  permitted by law, be  cumulative  and in
addition to every other right and remedy  given  hereunder  or now or  hereafter
existing at law or in equity or  otherwise.  The  assertion or employment of any
right or remedy  hereunder,  or  otherwise,  shall not  prevent  the  concurrent
assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.


                                                        39

<PAGE>




         SECTION 5.11.  Delay or Omission Not a Waiver.  No delay or omission of
the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or any Holder of any Note to exercise  any
right or remedy  accruing  upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any
such  right or remedy or  constitute  a waiver of any such  Default  or Event of
Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article
Five or by law to the Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or to the Noteholders may
be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient,  by the
Indenture Trustee, the Insurer or by the Noteholders, as the case may be.

         SECTION 5.12. Control by Noteholders.  The Holders of a majority of the
Note  Balances of the Notes shall have the right to direct the time,  method and
place of conducting  any  Proceeding  for any remedy  available to the Indenture
Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power  conferred on
the Indenture Trustee; provided that:

                  (i) such  direction  shall not be in conflict with any rule of
         law or with this Indenture;

                  (ii)  any  direction  to the  Indenture  Trustee  to  sell  or
         liquidate  the Pledged  Assets shall be subject to the terms of Section
         5.04; and

                  (iii) the  Indenture  Trustee may take any other action deemed
         proper by the  Indenture  Trustee  that is not  inconsistent  with such
         direction.

Notwithstanding the rights of Noteholders set forth in this Section,  subject to
Section 6.01, the Indenture Trustee need not take any action that it determines,
in its sole  discretion,  might  involve  it in  liability  or might  materially
adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.

         SECTION 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults.  Prior to the declaration of the
acceleration  of the  maturity  of the Notes as provided  in Section  5.02,  the
Insurer or the  Noteholders  representing  not less than a majority  of the Note
Balances of the Notes with the consent of the Insurer may waive any past Default
or Event of Default and its consequences  except a Default (a) in the payment of
or  interest  on any of the Notes or (b) in respect of a covenant  or  provision
hereof that  cannot be modified or amended  without the consent of the Holder of
each Note,  as  applicable.  In the case of any such  waiver,  the  Issuer,  the
Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer and the Noteholders  shall be restored to their
former positions and rights  hereunder,  respectively;  but no such waiver shall
extend  to any  subsequent  or other  Default  or impair  any  right  consequent
thereto.

         Upon any such waiver,  such Default  shall cease to exist and be deemed
to have been cured and not to have  occurred,  and any Event of Default  arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every
purpose of this Indenture;  but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.


                                                        40

<PAGE>




         SECTION  5.14.  Undertaking  for Costs.  All parties to this  Indenture
agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's  acceptance thereof shall be
deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit
for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture,  or in any suit
against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as
Indenture  Trustee,  the  filing  by any  party  litigant  in  such  suit  of an
undertaking  to pay the  costs  of such  suit  and that  such  court  may in its
discretion  assess  reasonable  costs,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,
against  any party  litigant  in such suit,  having due regard to the merits and
good  faith of the  claims or  defenses  made by such  party  litigant;  but the
provisions  of this Section  shall not apply to (i) any suit  instituted  by the
Indenture  Trustee,  (ii) any suit  instituted  by any  Noteholder,  or group of
Noteholders,  in each case  holding in the  aggregate  more than 10% of the Note
Balances of the Notes or (iii) any suit  instituted  by any  Noteholder  for the
enforcement  of the payment of  principal of or interest on any Note on or after
the  respective  due dates  expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or, in
the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

         SECTION 5.15.  Waiver of Stay or Extension  Laws. The Issuer  covenants
(to the extent  that it may  lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist
upon,  or plead or in and  manner  whatsoever,  claim  or take  the  benefit  or
advantage  of, any stay or extension  law wherever  enacted,  now or at any time
hereafter in force,  that may affect the  covenants or the  performance  of this
Indenture;  and the  Issuer (to the extent  that it may  lawfully  do so) hereby
expressly  waives all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants  that
it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to
the  Indenture  Trustee,  but will suffer and permit the execution of every such
power as though no such law had been enacted.

         SECTION 5.16.  Action on Notes.  The Indenture  Trustee's right to seek
and recover  judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected
by the  seeking,  obtaining  or  application  of any other  relief under or with
respect to this Indenture.  Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or
remedies of the Indenture  Trustee or the  Noteholders  shall be impaired by the
recovery of any judgment by the Indenture  Trustee  against the Issuer or by the
levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Pledged Assets
or upon any of the assets of the Issuer.  Any money or property collected by the
Indenture Trustee shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.06.

         SECTION 5.17.  Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.  (a)
Promptly  following  a request  from the  Indenture  Trustee to do so and at the
Administrator's  expense,  the Issuer  shall take all such lawful  action as the
Indenture Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance
by the Seller and the Servicer as  applicable,  of each of their  obligations to
the Issuer under or in connection  with the Trust  Agreement in accordance  with
the terms  thereof,  and to exercise  any and all rights,  remedies,  powers and
privileges  lawfully  available  to the Issuer under or in  connection  with the
Trust  Agreement  to the  extent  and in the manner  directed  by the  Indenture
Trustee,  including  the  transmission  of notices of default on the part of the
Seller or the Servicer thereunder and the institution of legal or administrative
actions  or  proceedings  to compel or secure  performance  by the Seller or the
Servicer of each of their obligations under the Trust Agreement.

                                                        41

<PAGE>




         (b) If the Indenture  Trustee is the Controlling  Party and if an Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, and at the
direction  (which  direction  shall  be  given  in  writing  and may  include  a
facsimile)  of the Holders of 66 2/3% of the Note  Balances of the Notes  shall,
exercise  all  rights,  remedies,  powers,  privileges  and claims of the Issuer
against  the  Seller  or the  Servicer  under or in  connection  with the  Trust
Agreement,  including  the right or power to take any action to compel or secure
performance  or  observance  by the  Seller  or the  Servicer  of each of  their
obligations to the Issuer thereunder and to give any consent,  request,  notice,
direction,  approval,  extension  or waiver under the Trust  Agreement,  and any
right of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

         SECTION 6.01. Duties of Indenture  Trustee.  (a) If an Event of Default
has occurred and is  continuing,  and of which the Indenture  Trustee shall have
actual  knowledge,  the Indenture  Trustee shall  exercise the rights and powers
vested  in it by this  Indenture  and with the same  degree of care and skill in
their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the conduct of such  person's own  affairs;  provided,  however,  that if the
Indenture  Trustee  shall assume the duties of the Servicer  pursuant to Section
3.07(e), the Indenture Trustee in performing such duties shall use the degree of
care and skill customarily  exercised by a prudent  institutional  servicer with
respect to automobile  retail  installment  sales contracts that it services for
itself or others.

         (b)  Except  during the  continuance  of an Event of Default of which a
Responsible  Officer of the  Indenture  Trustee  shall have actual  knowledge or
written notice:

                  (i) the  Indenture  Trustee  undertakes to perform such duties
         and only such duties as are  specifically  set forth in this  Indenture
         and no  implied  covenants  or  obligations  shall  be read  into  this
         Indenture against the Indenture Trustee; and

                  (ii) in the  absence of bad faith on its part,  the  Indenture
         Trustee may  conclusively  rely, as to the truth of the  statements and
         the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
         opinions  furnished  to the  Indenture  Trustee and  conforming  to the
         requirements of this Indenture;  however,  the Indenture  Trustee shall
         examine the certificates and opinions to determine  whether or not they
         conform  to the  requirements  of this  Indenture  and the other  Basic
         Documents to which the Indenture Trustee is a party; provided, however,
         that the Indenture Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy or
         content  of any of  the  aforementioned  documents  and  the  Indenture
         Trustee shall have no obligation to verify,  re-compute or  recalculate
         any  numerical  information  provided  to  it  pursuant  to  the  Basic
         Documents.

         (c) The Indenture  Trustee may not be relieved  from  liability for its
own  negligent  action,  its own  negligent  failure  to act or its  own  wilful
misconduct, except that:

                                                        42

<PAGE>




                  (i) this  paragraph  does not  limit  the  effect  of  Section
         6.01(b);

                  (ii) the  Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable for any error
         of judgment  made in good faith by a Responsible  Officer  unless it is
         proved that the  Indenture  Trustee was negligent in  ascertaining  the
         pertinent facts; and

                  (iii) the  Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable with respect
         to any  action  it takes or omits to take in good  faith in  accordance
         with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.12.

         (d) Every  provision of this  Indenture  that in any way relates to the
Indenture Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

         (e) The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it.

         (f) Money held in trust by the Indenture Trustee need not be segregated
from  other  funds  except to the  extent  required  by law or the terms of this
Indenture or the Trust Agreement.

         (g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Indenture  Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise  incur  financial  liability in the
performance  of any of its duties  hereunder  or in the  exercise  of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayments
of such  funds or  adequate  indemnity  against  such risk or  liability  is not
reasonably assured to it.

         (h) Every  provision  of this  Indenture  relating  to the  conduct  or
affecting  the liability of or affording  protection  to the  Indenture  Trustee
shall be subject to the  provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the
TIA.

         (i) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  and hereby agrees that it will (i)
perform  all of the  obligations  and  duties  required  of it under  the  Trust
Agreement  and (ii) hold the Policy in trust,  and will hold any proceeds of any
claim on the Policy in trust  solely for  application  as  provided in the Trust
Agreement.

         (j) Except as  otherwise  required  or  permitted  by the TIA,  nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture Trustee to engage in
any business  operations  or any  activities  other than those set forth in this
Indenture. Specifically, the Indenture Trustee shall have no authority to engage
in any business  operations,  acquire any assets  other than those  specifically
included in the Pledged Assets under this Indenture or otherwise vary the assets
held by the Trust. Similarly,  the Indenture Trustee shall have no discretionary
duties other than performing those ministerial acts set forth above necessary to
accomplish the purpose of this Trust as set forth in this Indenture.

         (k)  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  not be  liable  in its  individual
capacity with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it
in good faith in accordance with this Indenture or

                                                        43

<PAGE>




at the  direction of a majority of the Note  Balances of Notes,  relating to the
time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Indenture Trustee,  or exercising or omitting to exercise any trust or power
conferred upon the Indenture Trustee, under this Indenture.

         (l) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be required to take notice or be
deemed to have notice or knowledge  of any Default or Event of Default  unless a
Responsible  Officer of the Indenture Trustee shall have received written notice
thereof.  In the absence of receipt of such notice,  the  Indenture  Trustee may
conclusively assume that there is no Default or Event of Default.

         (m) Subject to the other  provisions of this  Indenture,  the Indenture
Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing, or depositing of
this Agreement or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or
continuation  statement  evidencing  a  security  interest,  or to  see  to  the
maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any rerecording,
refiling or redepositing of any thereof, (ii) to see to any insurance,  (iii) to
see to the payment or discharge of any tax,  assessment,  or other  governmental
charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or
levied against, any part of the Pledged Assets, or (iv) to confirm or verify the
contents of any  reports or  certificates  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee
pursuant to this Indenture  believed by the Indenture  Trustee to be genuine and
to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

         (n) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding,  in no
event  shall  the  Indenture   Trustee  be  liable  for  special,   indirect  or
consequential  loss or damage of any kind whatsoever  (including but not limited
to  lost  profits),  even if the  Indenture  Trustee  has  been  advised  of the
likelihood of such loss or damage regardless of the form of action.

         SECTION 6.02.  Rights of Indenture Trustee.

         (a) Except as otherwise provided in the second succeeding sentence, the
Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon or
refraining from acting upon any resolution,  certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion,  report,  notice,  request,  consent,  order, note, direction,  demand,
election  or other  paper or  document  believed by it to be genuine and to have
been signed or presented by the proper  person.  The Indenture  Trustee need not
investigate  any fact or matter  stated  in the  document.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, the Indenture Trustee, subject to Section 6.01(b)(ii) upon receipt of
all resolutions,  certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders
or  other  instruments   furnished  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  that  shall  be
specifically  required  to be  furnished  pursuant  to  any  provision  of  this
Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether they comply as to form to the
requirements of this Indenture.

         (b) Before the Indenture  Trustee acts or refrains from acting,  it may
require an Officer's Certificate (with respect to factual matters) or an Opinion
of Counsel,  as  applicable.  The Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable for any
action  it takes or omits to take in good  faith in  reliance  on the  Officer's
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.


                                                        44

<PAGE>




         (c) The  Indenture  Trustee  may  execute  any of the  trusts or powers
hereunder  or perform  any duties  hereunder  either  directly  or by or through
agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall
not be  responsible  for any  misconduct  or  negligence on the part of any such
agent,  attorney,  custodian or nominee  appointed by the Indenture Trustee with
due care.

         (d) The  Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes
or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be  authorized or within its
rights or powers;  provided,  however, that the Indenture Trustee's conduct does
not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

         (e) The Indenture  Trustee may consult with counsel,  and the advice or
opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters  relating to this Indenture and
the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability
in respect to any action  taken,  omitted or  suffered by it  hereunder  in good
faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

         (f) The Indenture  Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the trusts or powers vested in it by this Indenture or to institute,  conduct
or defend any litigation  hereunder or in relation hereto at the request,  order
or  direction  of any of the  Noteholders,  pursuant to the  provisions  of this
Indenture,  unless such Noteholders  shall have offered to the Indenture Trustee
reasonable  security or indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities
which may be  incurred  therein or  thereby;  nothing  contained  herein  shall,
however, relieve the Indenture Trustee of the obligation, during the continuance
of an Event of Default of which a Responsible  Officer of the Indenture  Trustee
shall have actual knowledge, to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it by this  Indenture,  and to use the same  degree  of care and  skill in their
exercise,  as a prudent person would exercise or use under the  circumstances in
the conduct of such person's own affairs.

         (g) The Indenture  Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation
into the facts or  matters  stated in any  resolution,  certificate,  statement,
instrument,  opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or
other paper or document,  unless  requested in writing to do so by a majority of
Noteholders;  provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to
the  Indenture  Trustee  of the  costs,  expenses  or  liabilities  likely to be
incurred  by it in the making of such  investigation  is, in the  opinion of the
Indenture  Trustee,  not  reasonably  assured  to the  Indenture  Trustee by the
security  afforded to it by the terms of this Agreement,  the Indenture  Trustee
may require  reasonable  indemnity against such cost,  expense or liability as a
condition to taking any such action.

         (h) The right of the Indenture Trustee to perform any discretionary act
enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Indenture
Trustee  shall  not  be  answerable  for  other  than  its  willful  misconduct,
negligence or bad faith in the performance of such act.

         SECTION 6.03.  Individual  Rights of Indenture  Trustee.  The Indenture
Trustee in its  individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates  with the same
rights it would have if it were not Indenture Trustee.

                                                        45

<PAGE>




Any Paying Agent,  Note  Registrar,  co-registrar  or co-paying agent may do the
same with like rights. However, the Indenture Trustee is required to comply with
Sections 6.11 and 6.12.

         SECTION 6.04.  Indenture  Trustee's  Disclaimer.  The Indenture Trustee
shall not be responsible for and makes no  representation  as to the validity or
adequacy of this  Indenture,  the Pledged  Assets or the Notes,  it shall not be
accountable  for the Issuer's use of the proceeds  from the Notes,  and it shall
not be  responsible  for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any
document  issued in connection  with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other
than the Indenture Trustee's certificate of authentication.

         SECTION 6.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing
and a Responsible  Officer of the Indenture  Trustee has actual knowledge or has
received  written  notice  thereof,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall mail to each
Noteholder and the Insurer notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs.
Except in the case of a Default in payment of  principal  of or  interest on any
Note  (including  payments  pursuant to the redemption of Notes),  the Indenture
Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible
Officers  in  good  faith  determines  that  withholding  the  notice  is in the
interests of Noteholders.

         SECTION 6.06.  Reports by Indenture  Trustee to Holders.  The Indenture
Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder such  information as may be required to
enable such holder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns.

         SECTION 6.07.  Compensation  and Indemnity.  The Issuer shall cause the
Servicer  to  pay  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  from  time  to  time  reasonable
compensation for its services. The Indenture Trustee's compensation shall not be
limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer
shall cause the Servicer to reimburse the Indenture  Trustee for all  reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in
addition to the compensation  for its services.  Such expenses shall include the
reasonable  compensation  and  expenses  and  disbursements  and advances of the
Indenture Trustee's agents, counsel,  accountants and experts. The Issuer shall,
or shall cause the Administrator to, indemnify the Indenture Trustee against any
and all loss, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) incurred by it in
connection  with the  administration  of this trust and the  performance  of its
duties  hereunder.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  notify  the  Issuer  and the
Administrator promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by
the Indenture  Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the  Administrator  shall not
relieve the Issuer or the Administrator of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer
shall,  or shall cause the  Administrator  to,  defend any such  claim,  and the
Indenture Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall, or shall cause
the  Administrator  to, pay the fees and expenses of such  counsel.  Neither the
Issuer nor the Administrator need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any
loss,  liability  or expense  incurred  by the  Indenture  Trustee  through  the
Indenture Trustee's own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

         The Issuer's  obligations  to the  Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to this
Section shall survive the  resignation  or removal of the Indenture  Trustee and
the discharge of this Indenture. When the

                                                        46

<PAGE>




Indenture Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in
Section 5.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer,  the expenses are intended to
constitute  expenses of administration  under Title 11 of the United States Code
or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

         SECTION 6.08.  Replacement of Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee
may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer, the Servicer and the Insurer.
The Issuer,  may,  with the consent of the  Insurer,  and, at the request of the
Insurer shall,  remove the Indenture  Trustee,  unless an Insurer  Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, if:

                  (i) the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

                  (ii) a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of
         the  Indenture  Trustee  in an  involuntary  case or  proceeding  under
         federal  or state  banking  or  bankruptcy  laws,  as now or  hereafter
         constituted,  or any  other  applicable  federal  or state  bankruptcy,
         insolvency or other  similar law,  shall have entered a decree or order
         granting  relief  or  appointing  a  receiver,  liquidator,   assignee,
         custodian, trustee, conservator, sequestrator (or similar official) for
         the  Indenture  Trustee or for any  substantial  part of the  Indenture
         Trustee's  property,  or ordering the  winding-up or liquidation of the
         Indenture  Trustee's  affairs,  provided any such decree or order shall
         have  continued  unstayed and in effect for a period of 30  consecutive
         days;

                  (iii) the Indenture  Trustee  commences a voluntary case under
         any federal or state  banking or  bankruptcy  laws, as now or hereafter
         constituted,  or any  other  applicable  federal  or state  bankruptcy,
         insolvency or other similar law, or consents to the  appointment  of or
         taking  possession  by a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  custodian,
         trustee,  conservator,  sequestrator or other similar  official for the
         Indenture  Trustee  or  for  any  substantial  part  of  the  Indenture
         Trustee's  property,  or  makes  any  assignment  for  the  benefit  of
         creditors or fails  generally to pay its debts as such debts become due
         or takes any corporate  action in  furtherance of any of the foregoing;
         or

                  (iv) the  Indenture  Trustee  otherwise  becomes  incapable of
         acting.

         If the Indenture  Trustee  resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists
in the office of Indenture Trustee for any reason (the Indenture Trustee in such
event being referred to herein as the retiring  Indenture  Trustee),  the Issuer
shall promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee acceptable to the Insurer.

          A successor  Indenture  Trustee shall deliver a written  acceptance of
its appointment to the retiring  Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon
the  resignation  or removal of the  retiring  Indenture  Trustee  shall  become
effective, and the successor Indenture Trustee shall have all the rights, powers
and duties of the  Indenture  Trustee  under this  Indenture.  The Issuer or the
successor

                                                        47

<PAGE>




Indenture  Trustee  shall mail a notice of its  succession to  Noteholders.  The
retiring  Indenture  Trustee shall promptly  transfer all property held by it as
Indenture Trustee to the successor Indenture Trustee.

         If a successor  Indenture  Trustee does not take office  within 30 days
after the  retiring  Indenture  Trustee  resigns  or is  removed,  the  retiring
Indenture Trustee,  the Issuer or the Holders of a majority of the Note Balances
of  the  Notes  may  petition  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  the
appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

         If the  Indenture  Trustee  fails to  comply  with  Section  6.11,  any
Noteholder may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the removal of
the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

         Any resignation or removal of the Indenture  Trustee and appointment of
a successor  Indenture  Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall
not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor  Indenture
Trustee  pursuant to this Section and payment of all fees and  expenses  owed to
the outgoing Indenture Trustee. Notwithstanding the replacement of the Indenture
Trustee  pursuant to this  Section,  the  retiring  Indenture  Trustee  shall be
entitled to payment or  reimbursement of such amounts as such Person is entitled
pursuant to Section 6.07.

         SECTION 6.09.  Successor  Indenture Trustee by Merger. If the Indenture
Trustee  consolidates  with,  merges  or  converts  into,  or  transfers  all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation
or banking  association,  the  resulting,  surviving or  transferee  corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Indenture Trustee; provided, that
such  corporation  or  banking  association  shall be  otherwise  qualified  and
eligible under Section 6.11. The Indenture Trustee shall provide the Insurer and
each Rating Agency prompt notice of any such transaction.

         In  case  at  the  time  such   successor  by  merger,   conversion  or
consolidation  to the Indenture  Trustee shall succeed to the trusts  created by
this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered,
any such  successor  to the  Indenture  Trustee  may  adopt the  certificate  of
authentication   of  any  predecessor   trustee,   and  deliver  such  Notes  so
authenticated;  and in case at that  time any of the  Notes  shall not have been
authenticated,  any successor to the  Indenture  Trustee may  authenticate  such
Notes  either  in the name of any  predecessor  hereunder  or in the name of the
successor  to the  Indenture  Trustee;  and in all such cases such  certificates
shall have the full force and effect of the certificate of the Indenture Trustee
pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture.

         SECTION 6.10. Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture
Trustee.

         (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, at any time,
for the purpose of meeting any legal  requirement of any  jurisdiction  in which
any part of the Pledged Assets may at the time be located, the Indenture Trustee
shall have the power and may execute and deliver all  instruments to appoint one
or  more  Persons  to act as a  co-trustee  or  co-trustees,  jointly  with  the
Indenture Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees,  of all or any part
of the Trust, and to vest

                                                        48

<PAGE>




in such  Person  or  Persons,  in such  capacity  and  for  the  benefit  of the
Noteholders,  such title to the Pledged Assets, or any part hereof, and, subject
to the other  provisions  of this  Section,  such powers,  duties,  obligations,
rights and trusts as the Indenture Trustee may consider  necessary or desirable.
No co-trustee or separate trustee  hereunder shall be required to meet the terms
of eligibility as a successor Indenture Trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice
to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be
required under Section 6.08.

         (b)  Every  separate  trustee  and  co-trustee  shall,  to  the  extent
permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following  provisions  and
conditions:

                  (i) all rights,  powers,  duties and obligations  conferred or
         imposed upon the  Indenture  Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon
         and exercised or performed by the  Indenture  Trustee and such separate
         trustee or co-trustee  jointly (it being  understood that such separate
         trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act  separately  without the
         Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under
         any law of any  jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to
         be performed the Indenture  Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified
         to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties
         and  obligations  (including  the  holding of title to the Trust or any
         portion  thereof  in any  such  jurisdiction)  shall be  exercised  and
         performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee,  but solely at
         the direction of the Indenture Trustee;

                  (ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason
         of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

                  (iii)  the  Indenture  Trustee  may at  any  time  accept  the
         resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

         (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee
shall be deemed to have been  given to each of the then  separate  trustees  and
co-trustees,  as  effectively  as if  given to each of  them.  Every  instrument
appointing any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and
the conditions of this Article.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee,  upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property
specified in its instrument of co-appointment, either jointly with the Indenture
Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions
of this  Indenture,  specifically  including  every  provision  relating  to the
conduct  of,  affecting  the  liability  of, or  affording  protection  to,  the
Indenture  Trustee.  Every such  instrument  shall be filed  with the  Indenture
Trustee.

         (d) Any separate  trustee or co-trustee may at any time  constitute the
Indenture Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact  with full power and authority,
to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of
this  Indenture  on its  behalf  and in its name.  If any  separate  trustee  or
co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting,  resign or be removed,  all of
its  estates,  properties,  rights,  remedies  and  trusts  shall vest in and be
exercised by the Indenture Trustee,  to the extent permitted by law, without the
appointment of a new or successor trustee. Notwithstanding

                                                        49

<PAGE>




anything to the  contrary in this  Indenture,  the  appointment  of any separate
trustee or co-trustee shall not relieve the Indenture Trustee of its obligations
and duties under this Indenture.

         SECTION 6.11.  Eligibility.  The  Indenture  Trustee shall at all times
satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a).  The Indenture Trustee hereunder
shall at all times be a financial institution organized and doing business under
the laws of the United  States of America  or any state,  authorized  under such
laws to exercise corporate trust powers, whose long term unsecured debt is rated
at least Baa3 by Moody's  and shall have a combined  capital  and  surplus of at
least $50,000,000 or shall be a member of a bank holding system to the aggregate
combined  capital and surplus of which is $50,000,000 and subject to supervision
or  examination  by  federal or state  authority,  provided  that the  Trustee's
separate  capital and surplus shall at all times be at least the amount required
by Section  310(a)(2) of the TIA. If such Person publishes  reports of condition
at least  annually,  pursuant to law or to the  requirements of a supervising or
examining  authority,  then for the purposes of this Section 6.11,  the combined
capital and surplus of such Person  shall be deemed to be its  combined  capital
and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In
case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in  accordance  with the
provisions of this Section 6.11,  the Trustee  shall resign  immediately  in the
manner and with the effect  specified in Section  6.08.  The  Indenture  Trustee
shall comply with TIA Section  310(b);  provided,  however,  that there shall be
excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures
under which other  securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the  requirements
for such exclusion set forth in TIA Sections 310(b)(1) are met.

         SECTION 6.12.  Preferential  Collection of Claims Against  Issuer.  The
Indenture  Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a),  excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). An Indenture Trustee who has resigned
or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

         SECTION 6.13.  Representations and Warranties of Indenture Trustee. The
Indenture Trustee hereby makes the following  representations  and warranties on
which the Issuer and Noteholders shall rely:

         (a) the Indenture  Trustee is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its place of incorporation; and

         (b) the Indenture Trustee has full power,  authority and legal right to
execute,  deliver, and perform this Indenture and shall have taken all necessary
action to  authorize  the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by it of this
Indenture.



                                                        50

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS



         SECTION 7.01.  Issuer to Furnish  Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses
of  Noteholders.  The  Issuer  will  furnish  or  cause to be  furnished  to the
Indenture  Trustee  (i) not more than five days  after the  earlier  of (a) each
Record Date and (b) three months  after the last Record  Date,  a list,  in such
form as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses
of the  Noteholders  as of such  Record Date and (ii) at such other times as the
Indenture  Trustee may request in writing,  within 10 days after  receipt by the
Issuer of any such request,  a list of similar form and content as of a date not
more than ten days prior to the time such list is furnished;  provided, however,
that so long as the Indenture Trustee is the Note Registrar,  no such list shall
be required to be furnished.  The Indenture Trustee or, if the Indenture Trustee
is not the Note Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Insurer in writing at
such times as the Insurer may reasonably request a copy of the list.

         SECTION  7.02.   Preservation   of   Information;   Communications   to
Noteholders.

         (a) The Indenture  Trustee shall  preserve,  in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable,  the names and addresses of the Noteholders contained in
the most recent list  furnished to the Indenture  Trustee as provided in Section
7.01 and the  names and  addresses  of  Noteholders  received  by the  Indenture
Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. The Indenture Trustee may destroy any
list furnished to it as provided in such Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list
so furnished.

         (b)  Noteholders  may  communicate  pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with
other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the
Notes.

         (c) The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have
the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

         SECTION 7.03.  Reports by Issuer.  (a) The Issuer shall:

                  (i) file with the Indenture Trustee,  within 15 days after the
         Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission,  copies of the
         annual reports and of the information,  documents and other reports (or
         copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the  Commission  may
         from time to time by rules and regulations  prescribe) which the Issuer
         may be required to file with the  Commission  pursuant to Section 13 or
         15(d) of the Exchange Act;

                  (ii) file with the  Indenture  Trustee and the  Commission  in
         accordance with rules and  regulations  prescribed from time to time by
         the Commission such additional information,  documents and reports with
         respect to compliance by the Issuer with the  conditions  and covenants
         of this  Indenture  as may be required  from time to time by such rules
         and regulations; and

                  (iii)  supply  to the  Indenture  Trustee  (and the  Indenture
         Trustee  shall  transmit by mail to all  Noteholders  described  in TIA
         Section  313(c))  such  summaries  of any  information,  documents  and
         reports  required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and
         (ii) of this

                                                        51

<PAGE>




         Section 7.03(a) as may be required by rules and regulations  prescribed
         from time to time by the Commission.

         (b) Unless  the Issuer  otherwise  determines,  the fiscal  year of the
Issuer shall end on June 30 of each year.

         SECTION 7.04. Reports by Indenture  Trustee.  To the extent that any of
the events  described in TIA Section 313(a) shall have  occurred,  the Indenture
Trustee shall, within 60 days after each December 15 beginning with December 15,
1999,  mail to the Issuer,  the Insurer and each  Noteholder  as required by TIA
Section  313(c) a brief  report  dated as of such  date that  complies  with TIA
Section 313(a). The Indenture Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b).

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               INTENTIONALLY BLANK



                                   ARTICLE IX

                  DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO THE NOTEHOLDERS

         SECTION 9.01.  Collection Account.  The Issuer shall cause the Servicer
to  establish  the  Collection  Account  with the  Indenture  Trustee or another
Eligible Bank as a segregated trust account in the name of the Indenture Trustee
for the benefit of the Secured  Parties.  The amounts in the Collection  Account
shall be  invested  in  Eligible  Investments  that  mature  not later  than the
Business  Day  prior  to the next  succeeding  Payment  Date  and such  Eligible
Investments shall be held to maturity.  The Indenture Trustee (or its custodian)
shall (i)  maintain  possession  of any  negotiable  instruments  or  securities
evidencing  Eligible  Investments  until the time of sale or  maturity  and each
certificated security or negotiable instrument evidencing an Eligible Investment
shall be endorsed in blank or to the Indenture Trustee or registered in the name
of the Indenture Trustee and (ii) cause any Eligible  Investment  represented by
an  uncertificated  security  to be  registered  in the  name  of the  Indenture
Trustee.

         SECTION  9.02.  Collections.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall review the
Servicer's Certificate prepared by the Servicer immediately upon receipt thereof
pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Trust Agreement.

         For any Payment  Date on which there will not be  sufficient  Available
Funds to make the distributions required pursuant to Sections 9.04(a)(i) through
(vi),  the Indenture  Trustee shall  withdraw or direct the Servicer to withdraw
from the Spread Account, to the extent of the Available Spread Amount, an amount
equal to such  deficiency  and promptly  deposit  such amount in the  Collection
Account.  If such deficiency  exceeds the Available Spread Amount, the Indenture
Trustee

                                                        52

<PAGE>




shall notify the Insurer of the amount of such excess deficiency.  The Indenture
Trustee shall promptly (and in any event not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City
time,  on the  Business Day  preceding  the Payment  Date)  deliver a Notice for
Payment as defined in the Policy  (appropriately  completed) to the Fiscal Agent
with respect to the Policy.  The Insurer is required  pursuant to Section  10.03
and the terms of the  Policy  to pay the  amount of such  excess  deficiency  of
Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal, up to the Policy Amount.

         The Indenture Trustee shall,  immediately upon receipt,  deposit in the
Collection  Account any funds  received by the  Indenture  Trustee in respect of
funds drawn under the Policy from the Insurer.

         If the  Available  Funds for a  Payment  Date are  insufficient  to pay
current and past due Insurance  Premiums on the Policy,  or any amounts owing to
the Insurer pursuant to the Insurance Agreement  including,  without limitation,
reimbursements,  indemnities,  fees and expenses, plus accrued interest thereon,
to the  Insurer,  the  Servicer  shall  notify  the  Indenture  Trustee  of such
deficiency,  and the applicable Available Spread Amount, if any, then on deposit
in the  Spread  Account(after  giving  effect  to any  withdrawal  to  satisfy a
deficiency in Monthly Interest or Monthly Principal) shall be available to cover
such deficiency.

         SECTION 9.03.  Purchase Amounts.  Pursuant to the Trust Agreement,  the
Servicer and the Seller have agreed to remit to the Collection Account not later
than the Determination  Date, the aggregate  Purchase Amount for such Collection
Period pursuant to Sections 7.02 and 8.07 of the Trust Agreement.

         SECTION 9.04.  Distributions to Parties.  (a) On each Payment Date, the
Indenture  Trustee shall apply or cause to be applied the Available Funds in the
Collection Account for the prior Collection Period,  (plus any amounts withdrawn
from the Spread  Account or drawn on the Policy  pursuant to Section  9.02),  to
make the following payments in the listed order of priority:

                  (i)  Without  duplication,  an amount  equal to the sum of (y)
         Outstanding   Advances  on  all  Receivables   that  became   Defaulted
         Receivables  during the prior Collection  Period,  plus (z) Outstanding
         Advances which the Servicer determines to be unrecoverable  pursuant to
         Section 9.05 of the Trust Agreement, to the Servicer;

                  (ii) To the extent not previously distributed to the Servicer,
         the Monthly Servicing Fee, including any such overdue Monthly Servicing
         Fee, to the Servicer;

                  (iii) Class A Monthly Interest to the Class A Noteholders;

                  (iv)  Monthly  Principal  to  the  Class  A  Noteholders,   in
         accordance with the Principal Payment Sequence;


                                                        53

<PAGE>




                  (v)  Class B  Monthly  Interest  to the  Class B  Noteholders;

                  (vi)  Monthly   Principal  to  the  Class  B  Noteholders   in
         accordance  with  the  Principal   Payment  Sequence  (only  after  the
         Principal Balances of the Class A Notes have been repaid in full);

                  (vii) The Insurance  Premium,  including any overdue Insurance
         Premium,  plus  accrued  interest  thereon at the rate  provided in the
         Insurance Agreement, to the Insurer;

                  (viii) The amount of Recoveries  of Advances,  to the Servicer
         (to the extent not  applied  pursuant  to (i) above on or prior to such
         Payment Date);

                  (ix) The aggregate  amount of all  unreimbursed  draws made on
         the Policy in respect of Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal and any
         other amounts  payable to the Insurer  under the  Insurance  Agreement,
         plus accrued  interest  thereon at the rate  provided in the  Insurance
         Agreement, to the Insurer;

                  (x) The balance for deposit in the Spread Account.  The rights
         of the  Certificateholders  to  receive  distributions  from the Spread
         Account are described in Sections 10.02(e) and (f).

(b)(i) If on any Payment Date there are not sufficient Available Funds (together
with amounts  withdrawn from the applicable Spread Account and/or the Policy) to
pay the  distributions  required  by  Section  9.04(a)(iii)  through  (vi),  the
Available  Funds  payable  under  Section  9.04(a)(iii)  through  (vi)  shall be
allocated  first to Class A  Noteholders  pari passu for the  payment of Class A
Monthly  Interest,  and  second  for Class A Monthly  Principal.  The  amount of
Monthly Interest allocated to Class A Noteholders shall be based upon the amount
of  interest  due each  class of Class A  Noteholders  and the amount of Monthly
Principal  allocated  to Class A  Noteholders  shall be based upon the  relative
outstanding Note Balance of each class of Class A Notes then Outstanding.

                  (ii)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if on any Payment Date,
         the  Certificateholder  exercises its option to cause a disposition  of
         the  remaining  corpus of the Trust  pursuant  to Section  16.02 of the
         Trust Agreement: (a) the Available Funds and amounts withdrawn from the
         Spread  Account  or drawn on the  Policy  in  respect  only of  Monthly
         Interest  and  Monthly   Principal  with  respect  to  the  immediately
         preceding  Payment Date as determined in accordance  with Sections 9.02
         and 9.04 shall be distributed to the  Noteholders on such Payment Date;
         (b) the Policy will not be  available  to pay any  shortfall of Monthly
         Interest or Monthly  Principal  after a prepayment of the Note Balances
         pursuant to this Section  9.04(a)(ii);  and (c) any  remaining  Pledged
         Assets (including all remaining Available Spread Amounts) shall be paid
         to the Noteholders on such Payment Date until the Note Balances

                                                        54

<PAGE>




         shall have been reduced to zero. Any amounts in excess thereof shall be
         remitted to the Certificateholder pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

                  (iii) In making such payments the  Indenture  Trustee shall be
         entitled to rely (without investigation, confirmation or recalculation)
         upon all  information  and  calculations  contained  in the  Servicer's
         Certificate delivered to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 8.09
         of the Trust Agreement.

                  (iv) All monthly  payments  shall be made by wire  transfer of
         immediately  available  funds  to  the  Noteholder  of  record  on  the
         preceding Record Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment
         on the Notes shall be made only against  presentation  and surrender of
         the Notes at the  office or agency  then  maintained  by the  Indenture
         Trustee in accordance with Section _____ of this Indenture.

         (c) On each Payment Date, if the Servicer has reported to the Indenture
Trustee in the Servicer's  Certificate for any Collection Period that an Obligor
or an Obligor's  representative or successor  successfully shall have asserted a
claim or defense  under  bankruptcy  law or similar laws for the  protection  of
creditors  generally  (including the avoidance of a preferential  transfer under
bankruptcy  law)  that  results  in a  liability  to  such  Obligor  for  monies
previously  collected  and remitted to the  Indenture  Trustee and not otherwise
netted against collections pursuant to Section 9.02, the Indenture Trustee shall
make all  payments in respect of such  claims or defenses  out of the amounts on
deposit in the Collection  Account with respect to such Collection Period before
making the distributions required by paragraph (a) of this Section 9.04.

         (d) If the  Servicer has failed to provide the  Indenture  Trustee with
the notice  required  pursuant  to  Section  9.02,  the  Indenture  Trustee  may
calculate Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal and apply funds, if any, in the
Collection  Account  as of the  last  day of the  Collection  Period,  to make a
distribution of Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal to the Noteholders.

         SECTION  9.05.  Servicer  Advances.  The  Servicer  is required to make
certain  Advances  pursuant  to  Section  9.05 of the  Trust  Agreement.  If the
Servicer  shall  determine  that an  Outstanding  Advance  with  respect  to any
Receivable  shall  not  be  recoverable,  the  Servicer  shall  be  entitled  to
reimbursement from any collections made on other Receivables pursuant to Section
9.04(a)(i),  and Outstanding  Advances with respect to such Receivable  shall be
reduced accordingly.

         SECTION 9.06. Net Deposits. For so long as UAC is the Servicer, UAC (in
whatever  capacity)  may make the  remittances  with respect to any Payment Date
pursuant to Section 9.02 above,  net of amounts to be  distributed  to itself or
its delegee under Section 13.06 (also in whatever  capacity) pursuant to Section
9.04, if it  determines  pursuant to Section 9.02 that there is no deficiency in
Available Funds for such Payment Date.  Nonetheless,  the Servicer shall account
for all of the above  described  amounts as if such amounts were  deposited  and
distributed.

         SECTION 9.07.  Intentionally Blank.

                                                        55

<PAGE>




         SECTION 9.08.  Intentionally Blank.

         SECTION  9.09.  Payahead  Account.  The Servicer  shall  establish  the
Payahead Account with the Indenture Trustee or another Eligible Bank in the name
of the Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the Obligors and the Noteholders as their
interests may appear pursuant to Section 9.09 of the Trust Agreement. Investment
income or  interest  earned on the  Payahead  Account  shall be  remitted to the
Servicer at least  monthly,  or as  frequently  as the Servicer  may  reasonably
request.  On or prior to each Payment Date,  the Servicer  shall transfer or the
Indenture Trustee (as instructed in the Servicer's  Certificate)  shall transfer
(a)  from  the  Collection  Account  to the  Payahead  Account,  in  immediately
available funds, all Payaheads received by the Servicer and previously deposited
to the Collection  Account during the Collection  Period as described in Section
8.02(b)  of the  Trust  Agreement;  and (b) from  the  Payahead  Account  to the
Collection  Account,  in immediately  available  funds,  the aggregate amount of
previously  deposited  Payaheads to be applied to the related Scheduled Payments
on Precomputed  Receivables for the related Collection Period or prepayments for
the  related  Collection  Period,  pursuant  to  Section  8.02(b)  of the  Trust
Agreement, each in the amounts set forth in the Servicer's Certificate delivered
on the related  Determination  Date. A single, net transfer between the Payahead
Account and the  Collection  Account may be made.  Any amount  deposited  in any
Payahead  Account shall not constitute  Available  Funds under Section 9.02. Any
amount  deposited to the Collection  Account from a Payahead Account pursuant to
Section 9.09(b) shall be included in Available Funds under Section 9.02.


         SECTION 9.10.  Release of Pledged Assets. (a) Subject to the payment of
its fees and expenses  pursuant to Section ____, the Indenture  Trustee may, and
when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall,  execute instruments to
release  property  from the lien of this  Indenture,  or  convey  the  Indenture
Trustee's interest in the same, in a manner and under circumstances that are not
inconsistent  with the  provisions of this  Indenture.  No party relying upon an
instrument  executed by the Indenture  Trustee as provided in this Article shall
be bound to  ascertain  the  Indenture  Trustee's  authority,  inquire  into the
satisfaction  of any  conditions  precedent  or see  to the  application  of any
monies.

         (b) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  at such time as there are no Notes
Outstanding and all sums due the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section ____ have
been paid,  release any remaining portion of the Pledged Assets that secured the
Notes  from the lien of this  Indenture  and  release to the Issuer or any other
Person entitled thereto any funds then on deposit in the Trust Accounts. The

<PAGE>

Indenture  Trustee  shall  release  property  from  the  lien of this  Indenture
pursuant  to this  Section  9.10(b)  only  upon  receipt  of an  Issuer  Request
accompanied by an Officer's Certificate,  an Opinion of Counsel and (if required
by the TIA) Independent  Certificates in accordance with TIA Sections 314(c) and
314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 13.01.

         SECTION 9.11.  Opinion of Counsel.  The Indenture Trustee shall receive
at least seven  days'  notice  when  requested  by the Issuer to take any action
pursuant to Section 9.10(a),  accompanied by copies of any instruments involved,
and the Indenture Trustee shall also require,  as a condition to such action, an
Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance  satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee
(and not at the expense of the Indenture  Trustee),  stating the legal effect of
any such  action,  outlining  the steps  required  to  complete  the  same,  and
concluding that all conditions  precedent to the taking of such action have been
complied  with and such  action will not  materially  and  adversely  impair the
security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in  contravention of the
provisions of this Indenture;  provided,  however,  that such Opinion of Counsel
shall not be  required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Pledged
Assets.  Counsel  rendering  any such  opinion  may  rely,  without  independent
investigation,  on the  accuracy  and  validity  of  any  certificate  or  other
instrument  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee  in  connection  with any such
action.

                                    ARTICLE X

                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

         SECTION  10.01.  Subordination.  The  payment of Monthly  Interest  and
Monthly Principal to Class B Noteholders shall be subordinated to the payment of
Class A Monthly Interest and Class A Monthly Principal on any Payment Date.

         SECTION 10.02. Spread Account. (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the
Indenture  Trustee shall establish and maintain a segregated  trust account with
the Indenture  Trustee or in the corporate trust  department of another Eligible
Bank  referred to herein as the "Spread  Account."  The Spread  Account shall be
maintained  in the name of the  Indenture  Trustee.  The Spread  Account and any
amounts on deposit  therein shall be part of the Pledged Assets and shall be for
the benefit of Secured Parties, as their respective interests may appear herein;
provided,   however,   that  the  interest  of  the  Insurer  therein  shall  be
subordinated to the interests of the Noteholders as provided herein.

         (b)  Funds on  deposit  in the  Spread  Account  shall be  invested  in
Eligible Investments in the same manner and subject to the same requirements and
limitations  as the investment of funds in the  Collection  Account  pursuant to
Section 9.01,  including the  limitation  that Eligible  Investments  mature not
later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Payment Date; provided,
however,  that no such limitation on the maturity of Eligible  Investments shall
apply if the Indenture  Trustee  obtains the benefit of a liquidity  facility or
similar arrangement from a commercial bank with

                                                        56

<PAGE>




an  Approved  Rating or other  provider  approved  in  advance in writing by the
Insurer  and the  Administrative  Agent,  with  respect  to funds in the  Spread
Account (a "Spread Account  Facility") and Standard & Poor's and Moody's confirm
in writing  that the rating of the Notes will not be lowered or  withdrawn  as a
result of  eliminating  or modifying the  limitation on the maturity of Eligible
Investments in respect of the Spread  Account.  For purposes of determining  the
availability  of funds or the balance in the Spread Account for any reason under
this  Indenture,  investment  earnings  on such  funds  shall  be  deemed  to be
available or on deposit only to the extent that the  aggregate of such  amounts,
plus the funds on deposit in such  Spread  Account,  do not exceed the  Required
Spread Amount.

         (c)  If  on  any  Payment  Date  the  amount  of  Available   Funds  is
insufficient to make the distributions  required by Sections  9.04(a)(i) through
(vi),  the Indenture  Trustee shall  withdraw or cause to be withdrawn  from the
Spread  Account and  deposited in the  Collection  Account the lesser of (i) the
entire  Available  Spread  Amount and (ii) the amount  necessary to make up such
deficiency to pay any  deficiency  in permitted  reimbursements  of  Outstanding
Advances  pursuant to Section  9.04(a)(i),  the Monthly  Servicing Fee,  Monthly
Interest and Monthly Principal (prior to making any draw on the Policy),  all as
provided in Sections 9.02 and 9.04 and the Policy.

         (d) On each Payment Date,  all  distributions  made pursuant to Section
9.04(a)(x) shall be deposited into the Spread Account;  provided,  however, that
the Accelerated Principal Amount has been paid in full to the Noteholders.

         (e) If the amount on deposit in the Spread Account, after giving effect
to the distributions set forth in Section 9.04 (including,  without  limitation,
payment of amounts due and owing to the  Insurer) is greater  than the  Required
Spread  Amount on such Payment Date (after  giving  effect to the payment of the
Accelerated  Principal Amount in Monthly  Principal),  the amount of such excess
shall be  distributed by the Indenture  Trustee to the Owner Trustee,  or as the
Owner  Trustee  shall  direct  in  accordance  with the Trust  Agreement  to the
Certificateholders.  Amounts  properly  distributed  to  the  Owner  Trustee  or
Certificateholders  pursuant to this Section, either directly without deposit in
the Spread  Account or from excess amounts in the Spread Account shall be deemed
released from the security  interest of the  Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the
Secured Parties.

         (f) The  Certificateholders  are permitted to purchase the  Receivables
from the Issuer  when the Pool  Balance  has been  reduced to 10% or less of the
Original  Pool Balance  pursuant to Section 16.02 of the Trust  Agreement.  Upon
discharge and satisfaction of this Indenture pursuant to Section 16.01,  amounts
remaining in the Spread  Account,  after payment of any amounts due and owing to
the  Noteholders  and to the  Insurer,  shall be  distributed  by the  Indenture
Trustee to the Owner Trustee, or as the Owner Trustee shall direct in accordance
with the Trust Agreement to the Certificateholders and such amounts shall not be
subject to any claims or rights of any Noteholder.

         SECTION 10.03.  Policy.  (a) The Insurer is required under the terms of
the Policy to pay Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal up to the Policy Amount
in the event of any  deficiency  of Available  Funds to pay such amounts  (after
permitted reimbursements of related Outstanding

                                                        57

<PAGE>




Advances  and  payment of the  related  Monthly  Servicing  Fee) not  covered by
amounts  withdrawn from the Spread  Account,  as determined  pursuant to Section
9.02 to the Indenture Trustee for credit to the Collection  Account on the later
of (a) 12:00 noon,  New York City time,  on the Payment Date and (b) 12:00 noon,
New York City time, on the Business Day immediately  succeeding  presentation to
the Fiscal Agent of the  Indenture  Trustee's  demand  therefor.  Any demand for
payment  pursuant  to Section  9.02 to the Fiscal  Agent  received by the Fiscal
Agent on a Business Day after 1:00 p.m.,  New York City time, or on any day that
is not a Business Day, will be deemed to be received by the Fiscal Agent at 9:00
a.m.,  New  York  City  time,  on the next  Business  Day.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  on a Dissolution  Payment Date, the obligations of the Insurer under
the  Policy  shall be  limited  in  accordance  with  Section  9.04(b)(ii).  The
Indenture  Trustee  hereby  agrees  on  behalf  of  the  Noteholders  (and  each
Noteholder,  by its  acceptance of its Notes,  hereby agrees) for the benefit of
the Insurer that the Indenture  Trustee shall  recognize  that to the extent the
Insurer makes a payment under the Policy,  either  directly or indirectly (as by
paying through the Indenture Trustee),  to the Noteholders,  the Insurer will be
entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Noteholders to the extent of such
payments under the Policy. Any rights of subrogation  acquired by the Insurer as
a result of any  payment  made  under the  Policy  shall,  in all  respects,  be
subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible  payment in
full of all amounts due the  Indenture  Trustee on account of payments due under
the Notes pursuant to Section 9.04 hereof.

         (b) The Insurer shall pay any Preference Amounts,  but only after there
shall have been  delivered to the Insurer (x) a certified  copy of a final order
of the court exercising  jurisdiction in the Insolvency Proceeding to the effect
that the  Indenture  Trustee is required  to return any such  payment or portion
thereof prior to the  Termination  Date (as defined in the Policy) of the Policy
because  such  payment was voided under  applicable  law,  with respect to which
order the appeal  period has  expired  without an appeal  having been filed (the
"Final  Order"),  (y) an  assignment,  in the form of  Exhibit D to the  Policy,
irrevocably  assigning  to the Insurer  all rights and claims of such  Indenture
Trustee  relating to or arising under such Avoided  Payment and (z) a Notice for
Payment  in the form of  Exhibit A to the  Policy  appropriately  completed  and
executed by the  Indenture  Trustee.  Such  payment  shall be  disbursed  to the
receiver,  conservator,  debtor-in-possession  or trustee in bankruptcy named in
the Final Order and not to the Indenture Trustee directly. In no event shall the
Insurer pay more than one Insured Payment in respect of any Preference Amount.

         The  Indenture  Trustee,  for itself and on behalf of the  Noteholders,
agrees  that  the  Insurer  may at  any  time  during  the  continuation  of any
proceeding  relating to a Final Order direct all matters  relating to such Final
Order, including,  without limitation,  the direction of any appeal of any order
relating  to such Final  Order and the  posting of any  surety,  supersedeas  or
performance bond pending any such appeal. In addition and without  limitation of
the  foregoing,  the Insurer shall be  subrogated,  to the extent of the Insured
Payments,  to the rights of UAC,  the  Servicer,  the Seller,  the  Issuer,  the
Indenture  Trustee and the  Noteholders in the conduct of any preference  claim,
including,  without  limitation,  all  rights  of any  party to any  adversarial
proceeding or action with respect to any court order issued in  connection  with
any such preference claim.



                                                        58

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE XI

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

         SECTION 11.01.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.

         (a)  Without  the  consent  of the  Holders  of any  Notes but with the
consent of the Insurer and with prior notice to each Rating  Agency,  the Issuer
and the Indenture  Trustee,  when  authorized by an Issuer Order,  and the other
parties  hereto  at any time and from time to time,  may enter  into one or more
indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the TIA
as in force at the date of the execution  thereof),  in form satisfactory to the
Indenture Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

                  (i) to correct or amplify the  description  of any property at
         any time  subject to the lien of this  Indenture,  or better to assure,
         convey and confirm unto the Indenture  Trustee any property  subject or
         required to be subjected to the lien created by this  Indenture,  or to
         subject to the lien created by this Indenture additional property;

                  (ii) to  evidence  the  succession,  in  compliance  with  the
         applicable  provisions hereof, of another Person to the Issuer, and the
         assumption by any such  successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein
         and in the Notes contained;

                  (iii) to add to the  covenants of the Issuer,  for the benefit
         of the Noteholders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
         upon the Issuer;

                  (iv) to  convey,  transfer,  assign,  mortgage  or pledge  any
         property to or with the Indenture Trustee;

                  (v) to cure  any  ambiguity,  to  correct  or  supplement  any
         provision  herein  or  in  any  supplemental  indenture  which  may  be
         inconsistent  with any other  provision  herein or in any  supplemental
         indenture or the Basic  Documents or to make any other  provisions with
         respect to matters or questions  arising under this Indenture or in any
         supplemental  indenture;  provided that such action shall not adversely
         affect the interests of the Noteholders;

                  (vi)  to  evidence  and  provide  for  the  acceptance  of the
         appointment  hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes
         and to add to or change  any of the  provisions  of this  Indenture  as
         shall be  necessary  to  facilitate  the  administration  of the trusts
         hereunder by more than one  trustee,  pursuant to the  requirements  of
         Article Six; or

                  (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add to the  provisions  of this
         Indenture   to  such  extent  as  shall  be  necessary  to  effect  the
         qualification  of this  Indenture  under the TIA or under  any  similar
         federal  statute  hereafter  enacted and to add to this  Indenture such
         other provisions as may he expressly required by the TIA.

                                                        59

<PAGE>




         The Indenture  Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of
any such supplemental  indenture and to make any further appropriate  agreements
and stipulations that may be therein contained.

         (b) The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee,  when authorized by an Issuer
Order,  may,  also  without the consent of any of the  Noteholders  but with the
consent of the Insurer and with prior notice to each Rating  Agency,  enter into
an indenture  or  indentures  supplemental  hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions  to, or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the provisions
of, this  Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the  Noteholders
under  this  Indenture;  provided,  however,  that such  action  shall  not,  as
evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any Noteholder.

         SECTION 11.02. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders. The
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee,  when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may,
with prior  notice to each  Rating  Agency,  with the consent of the Insurer and
with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the Note Balances
of the Notes,  by Act of such Holders  delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture
Trustee,  enter into an  indenture  or  indentures  supplemental  hereto for the
purpose of adding any  provisions  to, or changing in any manner or  eliminating
any of the  provisions  of, this  Indenture  or of  modifying  in any manner the
rights of the Noteholders under this Indenture; provided, however, that, subject
to the  express  rights  of the  Insurer  under  the  Basic  Documents,  no such
supplemental  indenture  shall,  without  the  consent  of the  Holder  of  each
Outstanding Note affected thereby:

         (a) change the date of payment of any  installment  of  principal of or
interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof,  the interest rate
thereon or the  Redemption  Price with respect  thereto,  or change any place of
payment  where,  or the coin or  currency  in  which,  any Note or the  interest
thereon is payable;

         (b)  impair  the right to  institute  suit for the  enforcement  of the
provisions  of this  Indenture  requiring  the  application  of funds  available
therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the
Notes  on or  after  the  respective  due  dates  thereof  (or,  in the  case of
redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);

         (c) reduce  the  percentage  of the Note  Balances  of the  Notes,  the
consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture,
or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any waiver of  compliance
with certain  provisions  of this  Indenture or certain  defaults  hereunder and
their consequences provided for in this Indenture;

         (d)  modify  or alter  the  provisions  of the  second  proviso  to the
definition of the term "Outstanding";


                                                        60

<PAGE>




         (e) reduce  the  percentage  of the Note  Balances  of the  Notes,  the
consent of the Holders of which is required to direct the  Indenture  Trustee to
sell or liquidate the Pledged Assets pursuant to Section 5.04;

         (f) decrease the  percentage of the Note Balances of the Notes required
to amend this Indenture or the other Basic Documents;

         (g) permit the  creation  of any lien  ranking  prior to or on a parity
with the lien created by this  Indenture with respect to any part of the Pledged
Assets or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated  herein,  terminate the
lien created by this  Indenture  on any  property at any time subject  hereto or
deprive the Holder of any Note of the  security  provided by the lien created by
this Indenture.

         The Indenture  Trustee may in its discretion  determine  whether or not
any  Notes  would  be  affected  by any  supplemental  indenture  and  any  such
determination  shall  be  conclusive  upon the  Holders  of all  Notes,  whether
theretofore or thereafter  authenticated and delivered hereunder.  The Indenture
Trustee shall not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.

         It shall not be necessary for any act of Noteholders under this Section
to approve the particular form of any proposed  supplemental  indenture,  but it
shall be sufficient if such act shall approve the substance thereof.

         Promptly after the execution by the parties hereto of any  supplemental
indenture  pursuant to this  Section,  the  Indenture  Trustee shall mail to the
Noteholders to which such amendment or supplemental  indenture  relates a notice
setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any
failure of the  Indenture  Trustee to mail such notice,  or any defect  therein,
shall  not,  however,  in any way  impair or  affect  the  validity  of any such
supplemental indenture.

         SECTION 11.03. Execution of Supplemental  Indentures.  In executing, or
permitting  the  additional  trusts  created  by,  any  supplemental   indenture
permitted by this Article or the modifications  thereby of the trusts created by
this Indenture,  the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject
to Sections  6.01 and 6.02 shall be fully  protected in relying upon, an Opinion
of  Counsel  stating  that  the  execution  of such  supplemental  indenture  is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the
Indenture  Trustee's own rights,  duties,  liabilities or immunities  under this
Indenture or otherwise.

         SECTION 11.04. Effect of Supplemental Indenture.  Upon the execution of
any supplemental  indenture  pursuant to the provisions  hereof,  this Indenture
shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance  therewith  with
respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of
rights, obligations,  duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of
the parties hereto and the Noteholders shall thereafter be determined, exercised
and enforced hereunder

                                                        61

<PAGE>




subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments,  and all the terms
and conditions of any such  supplemental  indenture shall be and be deemed to be
part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

         SECTION 11.05.  Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of
this  Indenture  and every  supplemental  indenture  executed  pursuant  to this
Article shall conform to the  requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in
effect  so long as this  Indenture  shall  then be  qualified  under  the  Trust
Indenture Act.

         SECTION 11.06.  Reference in Notes to  Supplemental  Indentures.  Notes
authenticated  and delivered after the execution of any  supplemental  indenture
pursuant to this Article may, and if required by the  Indenture  Trustee  shall,
bear a  notation  in form  approved  by the  Indenture  Trustee as to any matter
provided  for in such  supplemental  indenture.  If the Issuer or the  Indenture
Trustee shall so determine,  new notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion
of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental  indenture may
be prepared and executed by the Issuer and  authenticated  and  delivered by the
Indenture Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

         SECTION  12.01.  Redemption.  In the event  that the  Certificateholder
pursuant to Section  16.02 of the Trust  Agreement  purchases  the corpus of the
Trust,  the Notes are subject to  redemption  in whole,  but not in part, on the
Payment Date on which such repurchase  occurs, for a purchase price equal to the
Redemption  Price;  provided,  however,  that the  Issuer  has  available  funds
sufficient to pay the Redemption  Price. The Seller,  the Servicer or the Issuer
shall furnish the Insurer and each Rating Agency notice of such  redemption.  If
the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 12.01, the Servicer or the
Issuer shall furnish notice of such election to the Indenture  Trustee not later
than 20 days prior to the Redemption  Date and the Issuer shall deposit with the
Indenture Trustee in the Collection Account the Redemption Price of the Notes to
be redeemed  whereupon all such Notes shall be due and payable on the Redemption
Date upon the furnishing of a notice complying with Section 12.02 to each Holder
of the Notes.

         SECTION 12.02.  Form of Redemption  Notice.  Notice of redemption under
Section  12.01  shall be given by the  Indenture  Trustee by  first-class  mail,
postage  prepaid,  mailed  not less  than  five  days  prior  to the  applicable
Redemption  Date to each  Holder of Notes,  as of the close of  business  on the
Record Date preceding the applicable  Redemption  Date, at such Holder's address
appearing in the Note Register. In addition,  the Administrator shall notify the
Insurer and Rating Agencies upon the redemption of any Class of Notes,  pursuant
to Section 1(a)(i)(AA) of the Administration Agreement.

         All notices of redemption shall state:


                                                        62

<PAGE>




                  (i)      the Redemption Date;

                  (ii)     the Redemption Price; and

                  (iii) the place  where  such Notes are to be  surrendered  for
         payment of the Redemption Price (which shall be the office or agency of
         the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02).

         Notice  of  redemption  of the  Notes  shall be given by the  Indenture
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.  Failure to give notice of
redemption, or any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note shall not impair or
affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

         SECTION 12.03.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date. The Notes or portions
thereof  to be  redeemed  shall,  following  notice  of  redemption  (if any) as
required by Section 12.02,  on the Redemption Date become due and payable at the
Redemption  Price and  (unless  the Issuer  shall  default in the payment of the
Redemption  Price) no  interest  shall  accrue on the  Redemption  Price for any
period after the date to which accrued  interest is  calculated  for purposes of
calculating the Redemption Price.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 13.01.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.

         (a) Upon any  application  or request  by the  Issuer to the  Indenture
Trustee to take any action  under any  provision of this  Indenture,  the Issuer
shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee (i) an Officer's Certificate stating that
all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that
in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent,  if any, have been
complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from
a firm of certified public  accountants  meeting the applicable  requirements of
this  Section  and  TIA  Sections  314(c)  and  314(d)(1).  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  in the case of any  such  application  or  request  as to which  the
furnishing of such documents is  specifically  required by any provision of this
Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

         Every  certificate  or  opinion  with  respect  to  compliance  with  a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

                  (i) a statement  that each  signatory of such  certificate  or
         opinion has read or has caused to be read such  covenant  or  condition
         and the definitions herein relating thereto;


                                                        63

<PAGE>




                  (ii) a brief  statement  as to the  nature  and  scope  of the
         examination  or  investigation  upon which the  statements  or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                  (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory,
         such  signatory  has  made  such  examination  or  investigation  as is
         necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to
         whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                  (iv) a statement  as to  whether,  in the opinion of each such
         signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

         (b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any Pledged Assets or other property or
securities  with the  Indenture  Trustee  that is to be made the  basis  for the
release of any  property  subject to the lien  created  by this  Indenture,  the
Issuer  shall,  in addition  to any  obligation  imposed in Section  13.01(a) or
elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Indenture Trustee and the Insurer an
Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of the signer thereof as
to the fair value  (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the Pledged
Assets or other property or securities to be so deposited.

                  (ii)  Whenever  the  Issuer  is  required  to  furnish  to the
         Indenture Trustee and the Insurer an Officer's  Certificate  certifying
         or  stating  the  opinion  of any  signer  thereof  as to  the  matters
         described  in clause (i) above,  the Issuer  shall also  deliver to the
         Indenture Trustee and the Insurer an Independent  Certificate as to the
         named matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the property to be so
         deposited  and of all other  such  property  made the basis of any such
         withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current fiscal
         year  of  the  Issuer,  as set  forth  in  the  Officer's  Certificates
         delivered  pursuant to clause (i) above and this clause (ii), is 10% or
         more of the Note Balances of the Notes, but such Officer's  Certificate
         need not be furnished with respect to any property so deposited, if the
         fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related  Officer's
         Certificate  is less than  $25,000 or less than one percent of the Note
         Balances of the Notes.

                  (iii)  Whenever any property or securities  are to be released
         from the lien created by this Indenture,  the Issuer shall also furnish
         to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Insurer an  Officer's  Certificate
         certifying  or  stating  the  opinion  of  each  person   signing  such
         certificate  as to the fair value  (within 90 days of such  release) of
         the property or securities  proposed to be released and stating that in
         the opinion of such  person the  proposed  release  will not impair the
         security  created by this Indenture in  contravention of the provisions
         hereof.

                  (iv)  Whenever  the  Issuer  is  required  to  furnish  to the
         Indenture Trustee and the Insurer an Officer's  Certificate  certifying
         or  stating  the  opinion  of any  signer  thereof  as to  the  matters
         described in clause  (iii) above,  the Issuer shall also furnish to the
         Indenture Trustee and the Insurer an Independent  Certificate as to the
         same matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of all
         other  property or  securities  released  from the lien created by this
         Indenture  since the  commencement  of the then current fiscal year, as
         set forth in the

                                                        64

<PAGE>




         Officer's  Certificate  required by clause  (iii) above and this clause
         (iv),  equals 10% or more of the Note  Balances of the Notes,  but such
         Officer's  Certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release
         of property or securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the
         related  Officer's  Certificate  is less than  $25,000 or less than one
         percent of the then Note Balances of the Notes.

         SECTION 13.02. Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee. In any
case where  several  matters are required to be  certified  by, or covered by an
opinion of, any specified  Person,  it is not necessary that all such matters be
certified  by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person,  or that they
be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify
or give an  opinion  with  respect  to some  matters  and one or more other such
Persons as to other matters,  and any such Person may certify or give an opinion
as to such matters in one or several documents.

         Any  certificate or opinion of an Authorized  Officer of the Issuer may
be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters,  upon a certificate or opinion
of, or  representations  by,  counsel,  unless  such  officer  knows,  or in the
exercise of  reasonable  care should know,  that the  certificate  or opinion or
representations  with  respect  to the  matters  upon which his  certificate  or
opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or
Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters,  upon
a certificate  or opinion of, or  representations  by, an officer or officers of
the  Servicer,  the Seller or the  Issuer,  stating  that the  information  with
respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Seller
or the  Issuer,  unless such  officer or counsel  knows,  or in the  exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or  representations
with respect to such matters are erroneous.

         Where any  Person is  required  to make,  give or  execute  two or more
applications,  requests, consents,  certificates,  statements, opinions or other
instruments  under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated  and
form one instrument.

         Whenever in this  Indenture,  in  connection  with any  application  or
certificate or report to the Indenture  Trustee,  it is provided that the Issuer
shall  deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such  application,
or as evidence of the Issuer's  compliance with any term hereof,  it is intended
that the truth and accuracy,  at the time of the granting of such application or
at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the
facts and  opinions  stated in such  document  shall in such case be  conditions
precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application  granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however,  be
construed  to affect the  Indenture  Trustee's  right to rely upon the truth and
accuracy of any statement or opinion  contained in any such document as provided
in Article Six.


                                                        65

<PAGE>




         SECTION 13.03.  Acts of Noteholders.

         (a) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver  or  other  action  provided  by this  Indenture  to be given or taken by
Noteholders  may be  embodied in and  evidenced  by one or more  instruments  of
substantially  similar tenor signed by such  Noteholders  in person or by agents
duly appointed in writing;  and except as herein otherwise  expressly  provided,
such action shall become  effective  when such  instrument  or  instruments  are
delivered to the Indenture Trustee,  and, where it is hereby expressly required,
to the Issuer.  Such instrument or instruments  (and the action embodied therein
and  evidenced  thereby)  are herein  sometimes  referred to as the "Act" of the
Noteholders  signing such instrument or  instruments.  Proof of execution of any
such  instrument or of a writing  appointing  any such agent shall be sufficient
for any purpose of this  Indenture and (subject to Section  6.01)  conclusive in
favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in
this Section.

         (b) The  fact  and  date of the  execution  by any  Person  of any such
instrument  or writing  may be proved in any manner that the  Indenture  Trustee
deems sufficient.

         (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register and the
record date applicable to any solicitation  for an Act of the Noteholders  shall
comply with Section 3.16(c) of the TIA.

         (d) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of every
Note issued  upon the  registration  thereof or in exchange  therefor or in lieu
thereof,  in respect of  anything  done,  omitted or  suffered to be done by the
Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon,  whether or not notation of
such action is made upon such Note.

         SECTION 13.04. Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer, Insurer and
Rating Agencies.

         (a) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver or Act of  Noteholders or other  documents  provided or permitted by this
Indenture  shall  be in  writing  and if such  request,  demand,  authorization,
direction,  notice,  consent,  waiver or Act of  Noteholders is to be made upon,
given or furnished to or filed with:

                  (i) the Indenture  Trustee by any  Noteholder or by the Issuer
         shall  be  sufficient  for  every  purpose  hereunder  if  in  writing,
         personally delivered,  sent by facsimile  transmission and confirmed or
         mailed by overnight  service,  to or with the Indenture  Trustee at its
         Corporate Trust Office;

                                                        66

<PAGE>



                  (ii) the Issuer by the Indenture  Trustee or by any Noteholder
         shall  be  sufficient  for  every  purpose  hereunder  if  in  writing,
         personally delivered,  sent by facsimile  transmission and confirmed or
         mailed by overnight  service,  to the Issuer addressed to: UACSC ____-_
         ____-_,  in  care  of  ______  _____  (Delaware),   as  Owner  Trustee,
         ___________________________,        ______________,       _____________
         _______________, Attention:  _________________________________________,
         or at any other address  furnished in writing to the Indenture  Trustee
         by the Issuer; or

                  (iii) the Insurer by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall
         be  sufficient  for any purpose  hereunder  if in  writing,  personally
         delivered,  sent by facsimile  transmission  and confirmed or mailed by
         overnight service, to the Insurer addressed to:
         -------------------------, ---------------, ----------------------.

         (b) Notices  required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer,
the  Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee  shall be in  writing,  personally
delivered,  sent by facsimile  transmission and confirmed or mailed by overnight
service,  to (i) in the  case of  Moody's,  at the  following  address:  Moody's
Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring Department,  99 Church Street, New York,
New York  10007  and (ii) in the case of  Standard  & Poor's,  at the  following
address: Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, 26 Broadway (20th Floor), New York,
New York 10004, Attention:  Asset Backed Surveillance Department;  or as to each
of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by written notice
to the other parties.

         SECTION 13.05.  Notices to  Noteholders;  Waiver.  Where this Indenture
provides  for  notice  to  Noteholders  of  any  event,  such  notice  shall  be
sufficiently  given (unless  otherwise herein expressly  provided) if in writing
and mailed,  first-class,  postage prepaid to each  Noteholder  affected by such
event,  at his  address as it appears on the Note  Register,  not later than the
latest date, and not earlier than the earliest  date,  prescribed for the giving
of such  notice.  In any case  where  notice  to  Noteholders  is given by mail,
neither  the  failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed
to any particular  Noteholder  shall affect the  sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein
provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

         Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may
be waived in writing by any Person  entitled  to  receive  such  notice,  either
before or after the  event,  and such  waiver  shall be the  equivalent  of such
notice.  Waivers  of notice by  Noteholders  shall be filed  with the  Indenture
Trustee but such filing  shall not be a condition  precedent  to the validity of
any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

         In case,  by reason of the  suspension  of  regular  mail  service as a
result of a strike,  work stoppage or similar activity,  it shall be impractical
to mail  notice of any event to  Noteholders  when such notice is required to be
given  pursuant to any  provision of this  Indenture,  then any manner of giving
such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to
be a sufficient giving of such notice.

         Where  this  Indenture  provides  for  notice to the  Rating  Agencies,
failure to give such  notice  shall not affect any other  rights or  obligations
created hereunder,  and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or
Event of Default.

                                                        67

<PAGE>




         SECTION 13.06. Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding
any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary,  the Issuer
may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of
payment,  or notice by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder,
that is  different  from the methods  provided  for in this  Indenture  for such
payments or notices.  The Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of
each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee will cause payments to be made and
notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.

         SECTION  13.07.  Conflict  With Trust  Indenture  Act. If any provision
hereof  limits,  qualifies or conflicts  with another  provision  hereof that is
required to be included in this  indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust
Indenture Act, such required provision shall control.

         The  provisions  of TIA Sections 310 through 317 that impose  duties on
any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless
expressly  excluded by this  Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture,
whether or not physically contained herein.

         SECTION  13.08.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.  The Article
and Section  headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience  only
and shall not affect the construction hereof.

         SECTION 13.09.  Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in
this  Indenture  and the  Notes by the  Issuer  shall  bind its  successors  and
assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Indenture Trustee in
this Indenture shall bind its successors, co-trustees and agents.

         SECTION 13.10. Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or
in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,  the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining  provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

         SECTION  13.11.  Benefits of Indenture.  The Insurer and its successors
and  assigns  shall  be a  third-party  beneficiary  to the  provisions  of this
Indenture,  and shall be  entitled  to rely upon and  directly  to enforce  such
provisions of this  Indenture so long as no Insurer  Default shall have occurred
and be  continuing.  Nothing  in this  Indenture  or in the  Notes,  express  or
implied,  shall  give to any  Person,  other than the  parties  hereto and their
successors  hereunder,  and  the  Noteholders,   and  any  other  party  secured
hereunder,  and any other Person with an  ownership  interest in any part of the
Pledged  Assets,  any benefit or any legal or equitable  right,  remedy or claim
under this  Indenture.  The  Insurer may  disclaim  any of its rights and powers
under this Indenture,  but not its duties and obligations under the Policy, upon
delivery of a written notice to the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 13.12. Legal Holidays.  In any case where the date on which any
payment  is due shall not be a Business  Day,  then  (notwithstanding  any other
provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next  succeeding  Business  Day with the same  force  and
effect as if made on the date on which  nominally  due,  and no  interest  shall
accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

                                                        68

<PAGE>




         SECTION  13.13.  Governing  Law. This  Indenture  shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of the state of New York and the  obligations,  rights,
and  remedies  of the  parties  under  this  Indenture  shall be  determined  in
accordance with such laws.

         SECTION 13.14. Counterparts.  This Indenture may be executed in several
counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  be an  original  and all of  which  shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 13.15. Recording of Indenture.  If this Indenture is subject to
recording in any appropriate public recording  offices,  such recording is to be
effected by the Issuer and at its expense  accompanied  by an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be counsel to the Indenture  Trustee or any other counsel  reasonably
acceptable  to the  Indenture  Trustee and the  Insurer) to the effect that such
recording is necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other
Person secured  hereunder or for the  enforcement of any right or remedy granted
to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.

         SECTION 13.16. Trust Obligation.  No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly,  with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or
the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or
other  writing  delivered in connection  herewith or therewith,  against (i) the
Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  (ii) any
owner of a  beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer  or (iii) any  partner,  owner,
beneficiary,  agent,  officer,  director,  employee  or agent  of the  Indenture
Trustee  or the  Owner  Trustee  in its  individual  capacity,  any  holder of a
beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or
of any successor or assign of the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual  capacity,  except as any such Person may have  expressly  agreed (it
being  understood that the Indenture  Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such
obligations  in their  individual  capacity)  and except that any such  partner,
owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable
law, for any unpaid  consideration  for stock,  unpaid capital  contribution  or
failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of
this  Indenture,  in the  performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer
hereunder,  the Owner  Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits
of,  the terms and  provisions  of  Articles  Six,  Seven and Eight of the Trust
Agreement.

         SECTION 13.17. No Petition.  The parties hereto,  by entering into this
Indenture, and each Noteholder,  by accepting a Note or a beneficial interest in
a Note,  hereby  covenant  and agree  that  they will not at any time  institute
against the Seller or the Issuer, or join in any institution  against the Seller
or the Issuer of, any  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  arrangement,  insolvency or
liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or
state  bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations  relating to
the Notes, this Indenture or any of the other Basic Documents.

         SECTION 13.18. Inspection.  The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior
notice,  it will permit any  representative  of the Indenture  Trustee or of the
Insurer,  during the Issuer's normal business hours, to examine all the books of
account,  records,  reports and other  papers of the Issuer,  to make copies and
extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by independent certified

                                                        69

<PAGE>




public accountants,  and to discuss the Issuer's affairs,  finances and accounts
with  the  Issuer's  officers,   employees  and  independent   certified  public
accountants,  all at such  reasonable  times  and as often as may be  reasonably
requested.  The  Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer  shall and shall cause their
respective  representatives to hold in confidence all such information except to
the extent  disclosure may be required by law (and all  reasonable  applications
for  confidential  treatment are  unavailing)  and except to the extent that the
Indenture  Trustee or the Insurer may reasonably  determine that such disclosure
is consistent with its obligations hereunder.

         SECTION   13.19.    Limitation   of   Liability   of   Owner   Trustee.
Notwithstanding  anything contained herein to the contrary,  this instrument has
been  countersigned  by the Owner  Trustee not in its  individual  capacity  but
solely in its capacity as Owner  Trustee of the Issuer and in no event shall the
Owner Trustee in its individual  capacity or any beneficial  owner of the Issuer
have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or
other obligations of the Issuer hereunder,  as to all of which recourse shall be
had solely to the assets of the Issuer.  For all purposes of this Indenture,  in
the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder,  the Owner
Trustee  shall be subject  to, and  entitled to the  benefits  of, the terms and
provisions of Articles Eight, Ten, Thirteen and Fifteen of the Trust Agreement.

         SECTION 13.20.  Certain  Matters  Regarding the Insurer.  So long as an
Insurer  Default  shall not have occurred and be  continuing,  the Insurer shall
have the right to  exercise  all  rights,  including  voting  rights,  which the
Noteholders  or  Certificateholders  are  entitled to exercise  pursuant to this
Indenture,  without  any  consent  of such  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders;
provided,   however,   that   without  the  consent  of  each   Noteholder   and
Certificateholder  affected thereby,  the Insurer shall not exercise such rights
to amend this  Indenture  in any manner  that would (i) reduce the amount of, or
delay the timing of, collections of payments on the Receivables or distributions
which are required to be made on any Note or Certificate,  (ii) adversely affect
in  any  material  respect  the  interests  of  the  Holders  of  any  Notes  or
Certificates  Instruments,  or (iii)  alter  the  rights  of any such  Holder to
consent to such amendment.

         Notwithstanding any provision in this Indenture to the contrary, in the
event an Insurer  Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing,  the Insurer
shall not have the right to take any action  under this  Agreement or to control
or direct the actions of the Trust,  the Seller,  the  Indenture  Trustee or the
Owner Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture,  nor shall the consent of
the Insurer be required with respect to any action (or waiver of a right to take
action) to be taken by the Trust, the Seller, the Indenture  Trustee,  the Owner
Trustee or the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, that the consent
of the Insurer  shall be required at all times with respect to any  amendment of
this Indenture.



                                                        70

<PAGE>




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

                                         UACSC ____-_ OWNER TRUST


                                         By:
                                         not in its individual capacity but
                                         solely on behalf of the Issuer as Owner
                                         Trustee under the Trust Agreement


                                         By:
                                                    Name:
                                                    Title:


                                         [INDENTURE TRUSTEE]
                                         not in its individual capacity but 
                                         solely as Indenture Trustee


                                         By:
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                                        71

<PAGE>




                                                                     EXHIBIT A-1

                            [FORM OF CLASS A-1 NOTE]


PRINCIPAL  IN  RESPECT  OF THIS  CLASS  A-1 NOTE IS  DISTRIBUTABLE  AS SET FORTH
HEREIN.  ACCORDINGLY,  THE UNPAID  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT OF THE FRACTIONAL  INTEREST
EVIDENCED HEREBY AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE ORIGINAL  PRINCIPAL AMOUNT SET
FORTH HEREIN.

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized  representative of The Depository
Trust Company,  a New York corporation  ("DTC"),  to the issuer or its agent for
registration of transfer,  exchange or payment,  and any  Certificate  issued is
registered  in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as  requested  by an
authorized  representative  of DTC (and any  payment is made to Cede & Co. or to
such other entity as is requested by an authorized  representative  of DTC), ANY
TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS  WRONGFUL  inasmuch  as the  registered  owner  thereof,  Cede & Co.,  has an
interest herein.

PRINCIPAL IN RESPECT OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN.


                            UACSC ______ OWNER TRUST
               _____% CLASS A-1 AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTE

         Evidencing  the  indebtedness  of the UACSC  ____-___  Owner  Trust,  a
         Delaware  business  Trust,  secured by the Pledged  Assets,  as defined
         below,  including a pool of simple and precomputed interest installment
         loan and security agreements and installment sales contracts secured by
         new and used automobiles, light trucks and vans.

         (This  Note  does  not  represent  an  interest  in UAC  Securitization
         Corporation  nor an interest in or obligation of any of its affiliates.
         Neither this Note nor the underlying Receivables, as defined below, are
         insured or guaranteed by any government agency).


NUMBER ____                                                       $_____________
                                                          CUSIP ________________

         UACSC  ____-___  Owner  Trust , a Delaware  business  Trust,  for value
received,   hereby  promises  to  pay  to  the  order  of  [____________]  ("the
Noteholder")    or   its    registered    assigns,    the   principal   sum   of
____________________  dollars  ($___________),  which amount shall be payable in
the amounts and at the times set forth in the Indenture dated as of ______ ____,
____  (the  "Indenture";  such  term  to  include  any  amendment,  restatement,
supplement or other modification thereof or thereto) provided, however, that the
entire unpaid amount of this Note shall be due and

                                                        72

<PAGE>




payable on or  before__________,  ____.  However,  principal with respect to the
Notes may be paid earlier or later under certain limited circumstances under the
Indenture.  The Issuer will pay  interest on this Note at the Class A-1 Interest
Rate. Such interest shall be payable in the manner and at the times set forth in
the Indenture. To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms
used herein have the meanings  assigned to them in the  Indenture.  This Note is
issued  under and is subject to the terms,  provisions,  and  conditions  of the
Indenture,  to which the holder of this Note by virtue of the acceptance  hereof
assents and by which such holder is bound.

         This Note is secured by the Pledged Assets.  The Pledged Assets consist
of a pool of simple and  precomputed  interest loan and security  agreements and
installment sales contracts for new and used automobiles, light trucks, vans and
van conversions (the "Receivables"), all monies paid thereon, and all monies due
thereon,  including  Accrued Interest (but excluding Accrued Interest paid on or
prior to the Closing Date with respect to such Receivables),  security interests
in the  vehicles  financed  thereby,  certain  bank  accounts  and the  proceeds
thereof,  all documents  contained in the  Receivable  Files,  any property that
shall  have  secured a  Receivable  and that  shall  have been  acquired  by the
Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the Noteholder,  any Liquidation  Proceeds,  any
rights of the Issuer in proceeds  from claims or refunds of premiums on physical
damage,  lender's single interest,  credit life,  disability and hospitalization
insurance policies,  if any, covering vehicles financed thereby and the obligors
thereunder,  the  interest  of the Issuer in  recourse  to dealers  relating  to
certain of the Receivables,  the proceeds of all of the foregoing and amounts on
deposit  from  time  to time  in the  Spread  Account  for  the  benefit  of the
Noteholder, and the Policy for the benefit of the Noteholder.

         Under the Indenture, the Issuer will pay, on the eighth calendar day of
each  month,  or if such day is not a Business  Day, on the first  Business  Day
thereafter (the " Payment Date"),  commencing ____________,  ____, to the person
in whose name this Note is registered on the Record Date, the portion of Monthly
Interest and Monthly  Principal to which the Noteholder is entitled  pursuant to
the Indenture.

         Payments  on this Note will be made by the  Indenture  Trustee  by wire
transfer  through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company if this note is
held by Cede & Co. and otherwise by check mailed to the Person entitled  thereto
without the presentation or surrender of this Note or the making of any notation
hereon.  Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture and  notwithstanding  the
above,  the final payment on this Note will be made only upon  presentation  and
surrender  of this Note at the office or agency  maintained  for that purpose by
the Indenture Trustee.

         Unless  the  certificate  of  authentication  hereon  shall  have  been
executed  by a  Responsible  Officer  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  by  manual or
facsimile  signature,  this Note  shall not  entitle  the  holder  hereof to any
benefit under the Indenture or be valid for any purpose.

         The Note does not  represent  an interest in the Issuer nor an interest
in or obligation of any  affiliate of the Issuer,  including UAC  Securitization
Corporation  or Union  Acceptance  Corporation.  The Note is limited in right of
payment to certain collections and recoveries respecting the Receivables, all as
more  specifically  set forth in the  Indenture.  In  addition  to the Class A-1
Notes,

                                                        73

<PAGE>




the Issuer has also issued Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes and
Class B  Notes.  The  Class B Notes  are  subordinated  to the  Class A Notes as
provided in the  Indenture.  The  Indenture  provides for certain  amounts to be
deposited into the Spread Account. In the event amounts available for withdrawal
from the Spread Account are insufficient to make payments  relating to this Note
and the other notes issued by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee will draw on the
Policy up to the Policy Amount to pay such deficiency.

         The Indenture permits,  with certain  exceptions therein provided,  the
amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and  obligations  of the
Issuer and the rights of the  Noteholder  under the Indenture at any time by the
Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee with the consent of the  Noteholder.  Any such
consent  by the  holder of this Note  shall be  conclusive  and  binding  on the
Noteholder.

         This Note is  transferrable  solely in accordance  with Section 2.04 of
the Indenture.

         The obligations and  responsibilities  to the Noteholder created by the
Indenture shall terminate upon the payment to Noteholder of all amounts required
to be paid to it pursuant to the  Indenture.  The  Certificateholder  may at its
option cause the Indenture  Trustee to sell the Pledged Assets at a price not to
be less than the price  specified in the Trust  Agreement,  and such sale of the
Receivables and other property may effect early retirement of the Note.

         Although this Note summarizes certain provisions of the Indenture, this
Note does not purport to summarize  the  Indenture  and reference is made to the
Indenture  for  information  with respect to the  interests,  rights,  benefits,
obligations,  proceeds and duties  evidenced  hereby and the rights,  duties and
obligations  of the  Indenture  Trustee.  In the event of any  inconsistency  or
conflict  between  the terms of this Note and the  terms of the  Indenture,  the
terms of the Indenture shall control.

         Unless the  certificate of  authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Indenture  Trustee whose name appears below by manual  signature,  this Note
shall not be  entitled  to any benefit  under the  Indenture  referred to on the
reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.



                                                        74

<PAGE>




         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Issuer  has  caused  this  Note  to be duly
executed.

Dated:

                                      UACSC ____-___ OWNER TRUST
                                      By _____________ Bank as Indenture Trustee


                                       By
                                      Name:
                                     Title:





                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

                                This is the Note
                       referred to in the within-mentioned
                                   Indenture.


                                   ----------------------------------,
                                   solely in its capacity as Indenture Trustee,



                                   By ________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

Dated:




                                                        75

<PAGE>



                                   ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:_______

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:



(name and address of assignee)



the within Note and all rights thereunder,  and hereby  irrevocably  constitutes
and appoints,________________________________ attorney, to transfer said Note on
the books kept for registration  thereof, with full power of substitution in the
premises.

Dated:_________________



                                                         Signature Guaranteed:

                                                                               *

* NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the
registered  owner  as it  appears  on the  face  of the  within  Note  in  every
particular,  without  alteration,  enlargement  or  any  change  whatever.  Such
signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor  institution" meeting the
requirements of the Note Registrar,  which  requirements  include  membership or
participation  in STAMP or such other  "signature  guarantee  program" as may be
determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution  for, STAMP,
all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.






                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM T-1

                            Statement of Eligibility
                      Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
                  of a Corporation Designated to Act as Trustee

                Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility
                of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) ______



                          HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
                                (Name of Trustee)


         Illinois                                 36-1194448
 (State of Incorporation)                 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


                 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603
                    (Address of principal executive offices)


                 Rory Nowakowski, Harris Trust and Savings Bank,
                311 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois, 60606
                  (312) 461-5180 phone (312) 461-3525 facsimile
           (Name, address and telephone number for agent for service)






                                UACSC Auto Trusts
                                  (Note Issuer)


        Delaware                                       35-1937340
(State of Incorporation)                    (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


                         UAC Securitization Corporation
                             9240 Bonita Beach Road
                                  Suite 1109-A
                            Bonita Springs, FL 34135
                    (Address of principal executive offices)



                       Automobile Receivable Backed Notes
                         (Title of indenture securities)



<PAGE>







1.   GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

     (a)  Name and address of each examining or  supervising  authority to which
          it is subject.

          Commissioner  of  Banks  and  Trust  Companies,   State  of  Illinois,
          Springfield,  Illinois;  Chicago Clearing House Association,  164 West
          Jackson  Boulevard,   Chicago,  Illinois;  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
          Corporation,  Washington,  D.C.; The Board of Governors of the Federal
          Reserve System, Washington, D.C.

     (b)  Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

          Harris  Trust and Savings  Bank is  authorized  to exercise  corporate
          trust powers.

2.   AFFILIATIONS  WITH OBLIGOR.  If the Obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee,
     describe each such affiliation.

                  The Obligor is not an affiliate of the Trustee.

3. through 15.

                  NO RESPONSE NECESSARY

16.  LIST OF EXHIBITS.

     1.   A copy of the articles of  association of the Trustee as now in effect
          which  includes the authority of the trustee to commence  business and
          to exercise corporate trust powers.

          A copy of the Certificate of Merger dated April 1, 1972 between Harris
          Trust and  Savings  Bank,  HTS Bank and Harris  Bankcorp,  Inc.  which
          constitutes  the  articles  of  association  of the  Trustee as now in
          effect and includes the authority of the Trustee to commence  business
          and to exercise  corporate  trust powers was filed in connection  with
          the  Registration  Statement of Louisville  Gas and Electric  Company,
          File No. 2-44295, and is incorporated herein by reference.

     2.   A copy of the existing by-laws of the Trustee.

          A copy of the existing  by-laws of the Trustee was filed in connection
          with the  Registration  Statement of Commercial  Federal  Corporation,
          File No. 333-20711, and is incorporated herein by reference.

     3.   The consents of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

          (included as Exhibit A on page 2 of this statement)

     4.   A copy of the latest  report of  condition  of the  Trustee  published
          pursuant to law or the  requirements  of its  supervising or examining
          authority.

          (included as Exhibit B on page 3 of this statement)

                                                                1


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURE


Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee,
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS  BANK, a corporation  organized and existing  under the
laws of the State of Illinois,  has duly caused this statement of eligibility to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  all in
the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 29th day of April, 1999.

HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK


By:      /s/  Rory Nowakowski
         -------------------------
         Rory Nowakowski
         Assistant Vice President

EXHIBIT A

The consents of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as the Trustee herein named, hereby consents that
reports of examinations of said trustee by Federal and State  authorities may be
furnished by such  authorities to the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  upon
request therefor.

HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK


By:      /s/  Rory Nowakowski
         -------------------------
         Rory Nowakowski
         Assistant Vice President












                                                                2


<PAGE>



EXHIBIT B
Attached is a true and correct  copy of the  statement  of  condition  of Harris
Trust and Savings Bank as of December 31, 1998, as published in accordance  with
a call made by the State Banking  Authority  and by the Federal  Reserve Bank of
the Seventh Reserve District.

                                     [logo]
                          Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                             111 West Monroe Street
                             Chicago, Illinois 60603

of Chicago,  Illinois,  And Foreign and Domestic  Subsidiaries,  at the close of
business on  December  31,  1998,  a state  banking  institution  organized  and
operating  under the  banking  laws of this  State  and a member of the  Federal
Reserve System.  Published in accordance with a call made by the Commissioner of
Banks and Trust  Companies of the State of Illinois  and by the Federal  Reserve
Bank of this District.

                         Bank's Transit Number 71000288
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                THOUSANDS
                                             ASSETS                             OF DOLLARS
<S>                                                                             <C>        
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
              Non-interest bearing balances and currency and coin ....          $ 1,435,233
              Interest bearing balances ..............................          $    98,929

Securities:
a.  Held-to-maturity securities ......................................          $         0
b.  Available-for-sale securities ....................................          $ 5,295,498
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell          $   151,575
Loans and lease financing receivables:
              Loans and leases, net of unearned  income ..............          $ 9,320,939
              LESS:  Allowance for loan and lease losses .............          $   108,280
                                                                                -----------

              Loans and leases, net of unearned income,
              allowance, and reserve
              (item 4.a minus 4.b) ...................................          $ 9,212,659
Assets held in trading accounts ......................................          $   252,881
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) .............          $   271,540
Other real estate owned ..............................................          $       366
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies ..          $        57
Customer's liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding .........          $    30,829
Intangible assets ....................................................          $   257,627
Other assets .........................................................          $ 1,093,599
                                                                                -----------

TOTAL ASSETS .........................................................          $18,100,793
                                                                                ===========
</TABLE>

                                        3


<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    LIABILITIES
<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>        
Deposits:
     In domestic offices ...............................................                       $10,270,499
              Non-interest bearing .....................................          $ 3,410,568
              Interest bearing .........................................          $ 6,859,931
     In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBF's ....                       $   935,609
              Non-interest bearing .....................................          $    69,215
              Interest bearing .........................................          $   866,394
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under
agreements to repurchase in domestic offices
of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBF's:
Federal funds purchased & securities sold under agreements to repurchase                       $ 3,642,049
Trading Liabilities ....................................................                           131,909
Other borrowed money:
a.  With remaining maturity of one year or less ........................                       $ 1,107,125
b.  With remaining maturity of more than one year ......................                       $         0
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding ...............                       $    30,829
Subordinated notes and debentures ......................................                       $   225,000
Other liabilities ......................................................                       $   424,376
                                                                                               ===========

TOTAL LIABILITIES ......................................................                       $16,767,396
                                                                                               ===========

                              EQUITY CAPITAL
Common stock ...........................................................                       $   100,000
Surplus ................................................................                       $   608,116
a.  Undivided profits and capital reserves .............................                       $   593,973
b.  Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on
    available-for-sale securitie .......................................                       $    31,308
                                                                                               -----------

TOTAL EQUITY CAPITAL ...................................................                       $ 1,333,397
                                                                                               ===========

Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital ....                       $18,100,793
                                                                                               ===========
</TABLE>


         I, Pamela Piarowski,  Vice President of the above-named bank, do hereby
declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance  with the
instructions  issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and
is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

                                PAMELA PIAROWSKI
                                     1/27/99

         We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report
of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and, to the best of our
knowledge and belief,  has been prepared in  conformance  with the  instructions
issued  by the  Board  of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System  and  the
Commissioner  of Banks and Trust  Companies of the State of Illinois and is true
and correct.

                  EDWARD W. LYMAN,
                  ALAN G. McNALLY,
                  RICHARD E. TERRY
                                           Directors

                                        4





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission